Loading...
AG 16-019RETURN TO: 2J ,R �Y1 EXT: 27(7) l t 26174- CITY OF FEDERAL WAY LAW DEPARTMENT ROUTING FORM 1. ORIGINATING DEPT/DIV: PUBLIC WORKS / STREETS 2. ORIGINATING STAFF PERSON: NAVEEN CHANDRA EXT: 2729 3. DATE REQ. By:ASAP 4. TYPE OF DOCUMENT (CHECK ONE): ❑ CONTRACTOR SELECTION DOCUMENT (E.G., RFB, RFP, RFQ) ❑ PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ GOODS AND SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ REAL ESTATE DOCUMENT ❑ ORDINANCE ❑ CONTRACT AMENDMENT (AG #): 16 -019 in 'OTHER CHANGE ORDER # 6 ❑ SMALL OR LIMITED PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT ❑ HUMAN SERVICES / CDBG ❑ SECURITY DOCUMENT (E.G. BOND RELATED DOCUMENTS) ❑ RESOLUTION ❑ INTERLOCAL 5. PROJECT NAME:S.352ND STREET EXTENSION PROJECT (PACIFIC HIGHWAY S TO ENCHANTED PARKWAY S) 6. NAME OF CONTRACTOR: SCARSELLA BROTHERS, INC ADDRESS: P.O. BOX 68697, SEATTLE, WA 98168 -0697 E -MAIL: RICK.K@SCARSELLABROS.COM SIGNATURE NAME: RICK KRIER TELEPHON E:253- 872 -7173 FAX: TITLE: PROJECT MANAGER 7. EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS: ❑ SCOPE, WORK OR SERVICES ❑ COMPENSATION ❑ INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS /CERTIFICATE ❑ ALL OTHER REFERENCED EXHIBITS ❑ PROOF OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN ❑ REQUIRED LICENSES ❑ PRIOR CONTRACT /AMENDMENTS CFW LICENSE #14100593 BL, EXP. 12/31/16 um #578035242 , EXP. 06/30/16 8. TERM: COMMENCEMENT DATE: JANUARY 25, 2016 COMPLETION DATE: UPON COMPLETION (150 WORKING DAYS) 9. TOTAL COMPENSATION: $2,709,189.37 (INCLUDES CHANGE ORDER #6 COST OF $8,845.34) (INCLUDE EXPENSES AND SALES TAX, IF ANY)(IF CALCULATED ON HOURLY LABOR CHARGE - ATTACH SCHEDULES OF EMPLOYEES TITLES AND HOLIDAY RATES) REIMBURSABLE EXPENSE: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, MAXIMUM DOLLAR AMOUNT: $ IS SALES TAX OWED: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, $ PAID BY: ❑ CONTRACTOR ❑ CITY ❑ PURCHASING: PLEASE CHARGE To: 306 - 4400 - 151 - 595 -30 10. DOCUMENT / CONTRACT REVIEW 'PROJECT MANAGER AFT DIVISION MANAGER DEPUTY DIRECTOR t5 DIRECTOR ❑ RISK MANAGEMENT (IF APPLICABLE) 8" LAW DEPT INITIAL / ATE REVIEWED INITIAL / DATE APPROVED 11. COUNCIL APPROVAL (IF APPLICABLE) COMMITTEE APPROVAL DATE: COUNCIL APPROVAL DATE: 12. CONTRACT SIGNATURE ROUTING NSENTTO VENDOR/CONTRACTOR ❑ ATTACH: SIGNATURE AUTHORITY, INSURANCE e ❑ LAW DEPT ❑ CHIEF OF STAFF SIGNATORY (MAYOR OR DIRECTOR) ❑ CITY CLERK ASSIGNED AG # SIGNED COPY RETURNED ❑ RETURN ONE ORIGINAL C MMENTS: iee IAA' 7 DATE SENT: I V { i—`9 i lY DATE RECD: Lk CERTIFICATE, LICENSES, EXHIBITS INITIAL / DATE SIGNED 1/15 CITY OF FEDERAL WAY CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER AGREEMENT AG #: 16 -019 6 PROJECT NUMBER CHANGE ORDER NUMBER South 352nd Street Extension Project PROJECT TITLE 10/10/16 EFFECTIVE DATE Scarsella Brothers Inc. CONTRACTOR SUMMARY OF PROPOSED CHANGES: This Change Order No. 6 covers the work directed by Field Work Directive #004, including the attached material quote, which includes: the removal, storage, and re- installation of the Cascade Drilling Sign, including procurement of applicable permits, removal of existing foundation, excavating for foundation, compacting existing base, installing power conduit and cable to new location, installing foundation and sign, and completing wiring such that sign functionality is restored to the condition as existed before award of the project contract. New Bid Item 6001 "Cascade Drilling Sign" is created. Payment for New Bid Item 6001 will be by Lump Sum. No working days will be added to the Contract for Cascade Drilling Sign. Changes to the Bid Schedule — S 352nd Street Extension AG 16 -019 1.) Schedule A - Add New Bid Item No. 6001 "Cascade Drilling Sign." The new unit cost for this item is $8,845.34 per Lump Sum. The quantity is 1 Lump Sum. The total change amount for this item is an increase of $8,845.34. Change Order No. 4 continued 2 of 3 Net Changes to the Bid Schedule — South 352nd Extension AG 16 -019 Bid Item Description Existing Quantity Change Quantity Unit Unit Cost Change Item Total 6001 Cascade Drilling Sign 0 1 LS $8,845.34 $8,8435.34 Total this Change Order $8,845.34 The time provided for completion in the Unchanged ❑ Increased by 1 Decreased Working Day. This Document shall of the Contract not amended this change affect expiration or extent Contract is become an Amendment to the Contract and all herein will apply to this Change Order. of Insurance coverage? accordance with applicable portions of the standard that all materials, workmanship and the provisions of the standard specifications, the governing the types of construction. provisions Will STATEM Payment specifications, measurements contract ❑ Yes /1 No If "Yes" Will the Policies Be Extended? ❑ Yes ❑ No ENT: for the above work will be in and with the understanding shall be in accordance with plans, and the special provisions Change Order No. 4 continued 3 of 3 DEPARTMENT RECAP TO DATE: ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT PREVIOUS CHANGE ORDERS THIS CHANGE ORDER NEW CONTRACT AMOUNT CONT NATURE DATE $ 2,722,199.96 ($ 21,855.93) $ 8,845.34 $ 2,709,189.37 1114 `■ �p MA WAN SALLOUM P.E., SIGNATURE DATE DIRECTOR PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT S 352nd St Extension AG 16 -019 Field Work Directive #4 Cascade Drilling Sign Relocation Cost Proposal Analysis Pricing based on Plumb Signs quote, attached Work Description Unit Qty Price Extended Cost Removal of 12' OAH double faced pylon sign with 6' pole cover LS 1 $1,204.32 $1,204.32 Reinstall pylon sign on site, including concrete LS 1 $4,384.80 $4,384.80 Permit Procurement Fee LS 1 $332.50 $332.50 Sign & Electrical Permit LS 1 $401.44 $401.44 Engineering LS 1 $612.00 $612.00 Federal Way Tax LS 1 $208.05 $208.05 WA State Sales Tax LS 1 $450.77 $450.77 Subtotal Plumb Sign $7,593.88 Markup on subcontractor work per WSDOT STD 1 -09.6 $911.27 Total Plumb Sign work $8,505.15 Work Description Unit Qty Price Extended Cost Scarsella excavate foundation and provide conduit /wiring LS 1 $340.19 $340.19 Total Scarsella work $340.19 Total Plumb Sign Work $8,505.15 Total Scarsella Work $340.19 Total Amount for Change Order 06 Work $8,845.34 INVOICE PLUMB SIGNS, INC. 909 South 28th Street Tacoma, WA 98409 253 - 473 -3323 253 - 472 -3107 fax Sold To SCARSELLA BROS 8404 S 196th St Kent, WA 98031 Invoice Number: Invoice Date: Invoice Due Date: Payment Terms: Order No: Page No: IV -16227 09/21/2016 10/21/2016 NET 30 DAYS CO- 235492855 1 CASCADE DRILLING 35100 Pacific Hwy S Federal Way, WA 98003 CUSTOMER ID CUSTOMER PO SALES REP ID SCABRO EMAIL MEP DESCRIPTION PRICE REMOVAL Remove one 12' OAH double faced pylon sign with 6' pole cover. Store onsite in designated spot on location. $1,204.32 INSTALL $4,384.80 Reinstall pylon sign, Scarsella responsible to run power cut asphalt an dig the hole. Plumb to arrive on site with hole dug pour concrete to grade an set sign. not bid for rebar, based on a 5x5x5 hole PERMIT PROCUREMENT Procurement time to prepare and submit sign permit to the City of Federal Way. SIGN & ELEC PERMIT Sign and electrical permits as required by the City of Federal Way. ENGINEERING FEDERAL WAY CITY TAX WASHINGTON STATE SALES TAX TOTAL AMOUNT DUE: THANK YOU FOR YOUR BUSINESS! $332.50 $401.44 $612.00 $208.05 $450.77 $7,593.88 Please call or email us with any questions. Niki Eichelkraut: 253 - 473 -3323 x32 - neichelkraut @plumbsigns.com Please reference this invoice number on your check and remit to: Plumb Signs, Inc. Niki Eichelkraut 909 South 28th Street Tacoma, WA 98409 Any amount due which is not paid within thirty (30) days of the date of it becoming due will incur interest charges of one and one -half percent (1 1/2 %) per month (18% per annum). 1•CPC+ Field Work Directive FWD 004 Contract Name: S 352nd St Extension (Pacific Hwy S- Enchanted Parkway S) PW: AG #16 -019 Contractor: Scarsella Bros, Inc. KPG #: 15182 Subject: Cascade Drilling Sign Relocation Date: 3/16/2016 Scope: Scope of work shall be as described on this Field Work Directive and related attachments. Measurement and Payment: Measurement and payment for this work will be made by a Change Order. Per the attached cost analysis, the estimated cost of this work is $6600 based on quotes from Plumb Sign and the prime contractor. Once the appropriate permit has been procured a Change Order will be issued to account for the quoted costs described in this Field Work Directive and any invoiced permit costs, including procurement fees as described in the Plumb Sign quote. Only permit and permit procurement costs will be eligible for adjustment in price beyond the $6600 cost estimate included in this Field Work Directive. This Field Work Directive includes all work involved in removal, storage, and re- installation of the Cascade Drilling sign, including procurement of applicable permits, removal of existing foundation, excavating for new foundation, compacting existing base, installing power conduit and cable to new location, installing foundation and sign, and completing wiring such that sign functionality is fully restored to the condition as existed before award of the project contract. Contractor shall relocate the Cascade Drilling sign as shown on the attached plan sheet. Care shall be used when installing foundation to avoid a conflict with the new storm installation in the vicinity. Attachment(s): Sheet 73 of Contract Plan Sheets, Cost Proposal Analysis, Plumb Signs quote Owner Approval: By: K G, Inc. - Signature Ken Gunther, P.E. R sident Engn er By: ,� Y y of Fede " ay- Signature Naveen C .ndra, P.E. Project Manager 3 -/6 -/LP Date ,3 "1r 1-6 ate arselia Bro-, Inc Rick Krier Project Manager THIS FIELD WORK DIRECTIVE DOES NOT PROVIDE FOR EITHER A TIME EXTENSION OR A CHANGE IN THE CONTRACT PRICE. LABOR, EQUIPMENT, AND /OR MATERIAL OUTLINED IN THIS FIELD WORK DIRECTIVE SHALL BE PAID BY BID ITEM(S) OR A CHANGE ORDER SHALL BE DEVELOPED FOR TIME EXTENSION OR CONTRACT PRICE INCREASES. ANY PROTEST TO THE FIELD WORK DIRECTIVE SHALL FOLLOW 1 -04.5 OF THE WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 5 352nd St Extension AG 16 -019 Field Work Directive #4 Cascade Drilling Sign Relocation Cost Proposal Analysis Pricing based on Plumb Signs quotes, attached Work Description Unit Qty Price Extended Cost Removal of 12' OAH double faced pylon sign with 6' pole cover LS 1 $1,204.32 $1,204.32 Reinstall pylon sign on site, including concrete LS 1 $4,384.80 $4,384.80 Subtotal Plumb Sign $5,589.12 12% Markup on subcontractor work per WSDOT STD 1 -09.6 $670.69 Total Plumb Sign work $6,259.81 Work Description Unit Qty Price Extended Cost Scarsella excavate foundation and provide conduit /wiring LS 1 $340.19 $340.19 Total Scarsella work $340.19 Total Plumb Sign Work $6,259.81 Total Scarsella Work $340.19 Total Amount for Field Directive #4 Work $6,600.00 PLUMBOSIGNS, INC. 909 South 28th Street Tacoma, WA 98409 P.253- 473 -3323 F.253 -472 -3107 QUOTATION PREPARED FOR: Scarsella Bros 8404 S 196th St Kent, WA 98031 Payment Terms: Due on receipt QUOTATION ONLY - THIS IS NOT A CONTRACT Customer ID: Quote #: Quote Date: Quote Expiration Date: Contact Name: Sales Rep: Email: SITE ADDRESS Cascade Drilling Relocate 35100 Pacific Hwy Federal Way, WA QT- 235492855 03/11/2016 06/11/2016 r* MEP Customer's Tax Exempt # (If applicable): P /ease provide a resale certificate if Plumb Signs does not have one on, file: PRODUCT /SERVICE OTHER SERVICE QUANTITY REMOVAL 1 Remove one 12' O.AI -I double faced pylon sign with 6' pole cover. Store onsite in designated spot on location. UNIT PRICE $1,204.32 EXTENDED PRICE $1,204.32 PRODUCT /SERVICE OTHER SERVICE QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED PRICE INSTALL 1 $4,384.80 $4,384.80 Reinstall pylon sign, Scarsella responsible to run power cut asphalt an dig the hole. Plumb to arrive on site with hole dug pour concrete to grade an set sign. not bid for rebar, based on a 5x5x5 bole Please check with your sales representative about leasing options. QUOTE TOTAL: $5,589.12 Exclusions: tat, permits, parking permits, engineering, traffic control, credit check fee, and special inspections if regnired. Time clock not included in price. This is a requirement by the Cities of Seattle and Tacoma. Please note: permits are at cost with a minimum charge of $300.00 for the procurement fee. This is in addition to the quote total. Time clocks are not included in the price unless noted. The quote is also based on easy access to the installation location with 120v primary power provided and a designated circuit being located up front for hookup and secondary wiring access if applicable. PAGE: 1 e33HS _,« _ H31411 SIGN SCHEDULE B ■e§) ■ ■■); - ! | *,- NEW SIGNAL AHEAD' ', PRIVATE ROAD TINATON SN;N r 4 KE LANE' KE LANE' NDS' 'CASCADE DRILLING' BUSINESS SIGN 'RESERVED PARKING I STATE DISABLED PARKING PERMIT REQUIRED S 351$T ST, PRIVATE ROAD § m§ | -§ \j}\\j ■ s,,. =2 .; 2 6, k!a « a& &� ; |t,, ;,a, ,n m RESERVED PARKING SIGN z §§ 0 0 GENERAL NOTES CHANNELIZATION LEGEND CO | ; ; .»w____„ IvZCC e___,m_u RETI:RN TO :7 T 1 \\I EXT: 21 f ? 2Q59 CITY OF FEDERAL WAY LAW DEPARTMENT ROUTING FORM 1. ORIGINATING DEPT/DIV: PUBLIC WORKS / STREETS 2. ORIGINATING STAFF PERSON: NAVEEN CHANDRA EXT: 2729 3. DATE REQ. BY:ASAP 4. TYPE OF DOCUMENT (CHECK ONE): ❑ CONTRACTOR SELECTION DOCUMENT (E.G., RFB, RFP, RFQ) ❑ PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ GOODS AND SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ REAL ESTATE DOCUMENT ❑ ORDINANCE ❑ CONTRACT AMENDMENT (AG #): 16 -019 ❑ OTHER CHANGE ORDER # 5 ❑ SMALL OR LIMITED PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT ❑ HUMAN SERVICES / CDBG ❑ SECURITY DOCUMENT (E.G. BOND RELATED DOCUMENTS) ❑ RESOLUTION ❑ INTERLOCAL 5. PROJECT NAME:S.352ND STREET EXTENSION PROJECT (PACIFIC HIGHWAY S TO ENCHANTED PARKWAY S) 6. NAME OF CONTRACTOR: SCARSELLA BROTHERS, INC ADDRESS: P.O. Box 68697, SEATTLE, WA 98168 -0697 E -MAIL: RICK.K @SCARSELLABROS.COM SIGNATURE NAME: RICK KRIER TELEPHONE:253 -8 72 -7173 FAX: TITLE: PROJECT MANAGER 7. EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS: ❑ SCOPE, WORK OR SERVICES ❑ COMPENSATION ❑ INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS /CERTIFICATE ❑ ALL OTHER REFERENCED EXHIBITS ❑ PROOF OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN ❑ REQUIRED LICENSES ❑ PRIOR CONTRACT /AMENDMENTS CFW LICENSE #14100593 BL, EXP. 12/31/16 UBI #578035242 , EXP. 06/30/17 8. TERM: COMMENCEMENT DATE: JANUARY 25, 2016 COMPLETION DATE: UPON COMPLETION (150 WORKING DAYS) 9. TOTAL COMPENSATION: $2,700,344.03 (INCLUDES DEDUCTIVE CHANGE ORDER #5 COST OF $76,600.78) (INCLUDE EXPENSES AND SALES TAX, IF ANY)(IF CALCULATED ON HOURLY LABOR CHARGE - ATTACH SCHEDULES OF EMPLOYEES TITLES AND HOLIDAY RATES) REIMBURSABLE EXPENSE: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, MAXIMUM DOLLAR AMOUNT: $ IS SALES TAX OWED: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, $ PAID BY: ❑ CONTRACTOR ❑ CITY ❑ PURCHASING: PLEASE CHARGE To: 306 - 4400 - 151 - 595 -30 - (050 10. DOCUMENT / CONTRACT REVIEW ROJECT MANAGER j/DIVISION MANAGER 'DEPUTY DIRECTOR 'DIRECTOR ❑ RISK MANAGEMENT (IF APPLICABLE) 9/LAW DEPT 11. COUNCIL APPROVAL (IF APPLICABLE) 12. CONTRACT SIGNATURE ROUTING SENT TO VENDOR/CONTRACTOR ❑ ATTACH: SIGNATURE AUTHORITY, INSURANCE CERTIFICATE, LICENSES, EXHIBITS INITIAL / DATE SIGNED INITIAL / DATE REVIEWED COMMITTEE APPROVAL DATE: INITIAL / DATE APPROVED COUNCIL APPROVAL DATE: DATE SENT: (41 1 l VtP DATE REC'D: v`J f `� ❑ LAW DEPT ❑ CHIEF OF STAFF SIGNATORY (MAYO ❑ CITY CLERK ASSIGNED AG # SIGNED COPY RETURNED ❑ RETURN ONE ORIGINAL COMMENTS: DATE SENT: /0 -05110 1 /15 CITY OF FEDERAL WAY CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER AGREEMENT AG #: 16 -019 5 PROJECT NUMBER CHANGE ORDER NUMBER South 352nd Street Extension Project PROJECT TITLE SUMMARY OF PROPOSED CHANGES: This Change Order No. 5 covers the work changes summarized below: EFFECTIVE DATE Scarsella Brothers Inc. CONTRACTOR 1.) The original contract work included Roadway Excavation and import of Gravel Borrow for the new roadway base. During construction it was determined that some of the existing native material on site was suitable for re -use. As a cost - saving measure the Contractor was directed to re -use the native material for wall backfill and roadway base to reduce the amount of imported Gravel Borrow which would be necessary for construction. The re -use of native material led to a reduction in the quantities of the relevant existing bid items bid item 24 Gravel Borrow Including Haul and bid item 26 Roadway Excavation Including Haul. After completion of the excavation and material import work on site the full amount of the quantity reductions was realized and it was determined that the Contractor was entitled to an Equitable Adjustment on bid items 24 and 26 under WSDOT Standard Specification 1 -04.6. The WSDOT Standard Specification 1 -04.6 states that either party to the Contract will be entitled to an equitable adjustment if the adjusted final quantity of work performed is less than 75 percent of the original bid quantity. The re -use of native material led to a reduction in the quantities of less than 75 percent for the relevant existing bid item 24 Gravel Borrow including Haul and bid item 26 Roadway Excavation. Therefore, the Contractor will be compensated with an equitable adjustment for bid items 24 and 26 based on the attached calculations to this change order. This Change Order creates a new bid item to compensate the Contractor as equitable adjustment for their unavoidable fixed costs per which were not fully recovered due to the reduction in the bid item quantities. Overall savings to the project from the re -use of the native material were still achieved. The quantities of the existing bid items will be adjusted in this Change Order. New Bid Item 5001 "Equitable Adjustment for Gravel Borrow and Roadway Excavation" is created. Existing Bid Item 24 Gravel Borrow Including Haul will be reduced by 4509.13 tons and Bid Item 26 Roadway Excavation Including Haul will be reduced by 1992.98 cubic yards. Payment for New Bid Item 5001 will be per Lump Sum. No working days will be added to the Contract for the Equitable Adjustment. Changes to the Bid Schedule — S 352' Street Extension AG 16 -019 1.) Schedule A - Add New Bid Item No. 5001 "Equitable Adjustment for Gravel Borrow and Roadway Excavation ". The new unit cost for this item is $36,295.53 per Lump Sum. The quantity is 1 Lump Sum. The total change amount for this item is an increase of $36,295.53. Schedule A- Existing Bid Item No. 24 Gravel Borrow Including Haul. Change to current bid item is (4509.13 tons). The new estimated quantity of Bid Item 24 is 2990.87 tons. The total change amount for this item is a decrease of $75,527.93 Schedule A- Existing Bid Item No. 26 Roadway Excavation Including Haul. Change to current bid item is (1992.18 Cubic Yards). The new estimated quantity of Bid Item 26 is 3807.02 Cubic Yards (CY). The total change amount for this item is a decrease of $37,369.38 Change Order No. 5 continued 2 of 2 Net Changes to the Bid Schedule — South 352ntl Extension AG 16 -019 Bid Item Description Existing Quantity Change Quantity Unit Unit Cost Change Item Total 24 Gravel Borrow Including Haul 7500 - 4509.13 Ton $16.75 ($75,527.93) 26 Roadway Excavation Including Haul 5800 - 1992.98 CY $18.75 ($37,368.38) 5001 Equitable Adjustment for Gravel Borrow and Roadway Excavation 0 1 LS $36,295.53 Change Order $36,295.53 ($76,600.78) Total this The time provided for completion in the Unchanged ❑ Increased by ❑ Decreased Working Day. This Document shall of the Contract not amended this change affect expiration or extent Contract is become an Amendment to the Contract and all herein will apply to this Change Order. of Insurance coverage? accordance with applicable portions of the standard that all materials, workmanship and with the provisions of the standard specifications, the governing the types of construction. provisions Will STATEMENT: Payment specifications, measurements contract ❑ Yes /1 No If "Yes" Will the Policies Yes for the above work and with shall be in accordance plans, and the special Be Extended? No will be in the understanding provisions DEPARTMENT RECAP TO DATE: ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT PREVIOUS CHANGE ORDERS THIS CHANGE ORDER NEW CONTRACT AMOU► / i/ r.■ / Y/ $ 2,722,199.96 $ 54,744.85 $ (76,600.78) $ 2,700,344.03 7 lif 4`74 /C 's RACTOR'S GNATURE DATE t 10 \3111 MARWAN SALLOUM P.E., SIGNATURE DATE DIRECTOR PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT RETURN TO: 12‘./C ,sk), EXT: tiq CITY OF FEDERAL WAY LAW DEPARTMENT ROUTING FORM 1. ORIGINATING DEPT/DIV: PUBLIC WORKS / STREETS 2. ORIGINATING STAFF PERSON: NAVEEN CHANDRA EXT: 2729 3. DATE REQ. BY:ASAP 4. TYPE OF DOCUMENT (CHECK ONE): ❑ CONTRACTOR SELECTION DOCUMENT (E.G., RFB, RFP, RFQ) ❑ PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ GOODS AND SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ REAL ESTATE DOCUMENT ❑ ORDINANCE ❑ CONTRACT AMENDMENT (AG #): 16 -019 ❑ OTHER CHANGE ORDER # 4 ❑ SMALL OR LIMITED PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT ❑ HUMAN SERVICES / CDBG ❑ SECURITY DOCUMENT (E.G. BOND RELATED DOCUMENTS) ❑ RESOLUTION ❑ INTERLOCAL 5. PROJECT NAME:S.352ND STREET EXTENSION PROJECT (PACIFIC HIGHWAY S TO ENCHANTED PARKWAY S) 6. NAME OF CONTRACTOR: SCARSELLA BROTHERS, INC ADDRESS: P.O. Box 68697, SEATTLE, WA 98168 -0697 TELEPHONE:253- 872 -7173 E -MAIL: RICK.K@SCARSELLABROS.COM FAX: SIGNATURE NAME: RICK KRIER TITLE: PROJECT MANAGER 7. EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS: ❑ SCOPE, WORK OR SERVICES ❑ COMPENSATION ❑ INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS /CERTIFICATE ❑ ALL OTHER REFERENCED EXHIBITS ❑ PROOF OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN ❑ REQUIRED LICENSES ❑ PRIOR CONTRACT /AMENDMENTS CFW LICENSE #14100593 BL, EXP. 12/31/16 UBI #578035242 , EXP. 06/301 8. TERM: COMMENCEMENT DATE: JANUARY 25, 2016 COMPLETION DATE: UPON COMPLETION (150 WORKING DAYS) 9. TOTAL COMPENSATION: $2,776.944.81 (INCLUDES CHANGE ORDER # 4 COST OF $0.0) (INCLUDE EXPENSES AND SALES TAX, IF ANY) (IF CALCULATED ON HOURLY LABOR CHARGE - ATTACH SCHEDULES OF EMPLOYEES TITLES AND HOLIDAY RATES) REIMBURSABLE EXPENSE: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, MAXIMUM DOLLAR AMOUNT: $ IS SALES TAX OWED: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, $ PAID BY: ❑ CONTRACTOR ❑ CITY ❑ PURCHASING: PLEASE CHARGE TO: 306 - 4400 - 151 - 595 -30 - 10. DOCUMENT / CONTRACT REVIEW .irPROJECT MANAGER .DIVISION MANAGER • DEPUTY DIRECTOR DIRECTOR ❑ RISK MANAGEMENT (IF APPLICABLE) ,FLAW DEPT 11. COUNCIL APPROVAL (IF APPLICABLE) 12. CONTRACT SIGNATURE ROUTING SENT TO VENDOR/CONTRACTOR ❑ ATTACH: SIGNATURE AUTHORITY, ❑ LAW DEPT ❑ CHIEF OF STAFF SIGNATORY (MAYOR O DIRECT ❑ CITY CLERK ASSIGNED AG # SIGNED COPY RETURNED ❑ RETURN ONE ORIGINAL COMMENTS: INITIAL / DATE REVIEWED INITIAL / DATE APPROVED q /q1(c COMMITTEE APPROVAL DATE: DATE SENT: °1 /g /1L INSURANCE CERTIFICATE, LICENSES, EXHIBITS INITIAL/ DATE SIGNED AG (UI4IK.0 N o -art DATE SENT: )b -051(42 COUNCIL APPROVAL DATE: DATE REC' D: 10/8/ / Lp 1/15 CITY OF FEDERAL WAY CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER AGREEMENT AG #: 16 -019 4 PROJECT NUMBER CHANGE ORDER NUMBER South 352nd Street Extension Project PROJECT TITLE SUMMARY OF PROPOSED CHANGES: This Change Order No. 4 covers the work changes summarized below: 1. Century Link Conduit Conflict with Signal Pole #3 EFFECTIVE DATE Scarsella Brothers Inc. CONTRACTOR The original Contract work included installation of a signal pole on the southwest corner of Enchanted Parkway and S 352nd St (Signal Pole #3). During excavation for the new signal pole foundation the Contractor discovered an unlocated conduit in conflict with the proposed signal pole foundation. No utilities were known to be at this location and the conduit was not shown on the Contract plans. Considerable effort was made by the Contractor to shore, excavate, and repair the conduit until ownership of the conduit could be determined. At the request of the City the Contractor excavated at an alternative location for the signal pole while ownership of the conduit was being determined. The alternative location was not feasible, so the Contractor was directed to re- excavate at the original signal pole foundation location. The design of the signal foundation was changed to a shallower spread- footing type of foundation so as to avoid the conflict with the unlocated conduit at this location. The conduit was determined to belong to Century Link before the new footing was installed. The installation of the spread- footing required a larger excavation and additional materials including rebar reinforcement and concrete. The concrete which was used for the circular foundation on top of the spread footing would have been necessary for the original contract work and therefore has not been included in these change order cost calculations. This Change Order #4 will compensate the Contractor for the additional labor, equipment, and materials necessary to repair the discovered conduit, backfill the original excavation, excavate and backfill at the alternative location, re- excavate the original location for the larger spread footing, and install the spread- footing. This work was tracked in the field through Force Account and by invoice. New Bid Item 4001 "Century Link Conduit Conflict Resolution" is created. Payment for New Bid Item 4001 will be by Lump Sum. No working days will be added to the Contract for Century Link Conduit Conflict. Changes to the Bid Schedule — S 352nd Street Extension AG 16 -019 1.) Schedule A - Add New Bid Item No. 4001 "Century Link Conduit Conflict Resolution ". The new unit cost for this item is $13,465.17 per Lump Sum. The quantity is 1 Lump Sum. The total change amount for this item is an increase of $13,465.17. Schedule A- Existing Bid Item No. 101 "Resolution of Utility Conflicts" The change to the existing bid item is ($13,465.17). The total change amount for this item is a decrease of $13,465.17 Change Order No. 4 continued 2 of 3 Net Changes to the Bid Schedule — South 352nd Extension AG 16 -019 Bid Item Description Existing Quantity Change Quantity Unit Unit Cost Change Item Total 101 Resolution of Utility Conflicts (previously paid on under bid item A101 on Pay Estimate #5, 6, and 7) Century Link Conduit Conflict Resolution 19,102.04 0 - 13,465.17 1 EST LS $19,102.04 $13,465.17 ($13,465.17) $13,465.17 4001 Total this Change Order $0.00 The time provided for completion Unchanged ❑ Increased Working Day. This Document of the Contract not this change affect expiration in the Contract is by ❑ Decreased shall become an Amendment to the Contract and all amended herein will apply to this Change Order. or extent of Insurance coverage? No Be Extended? No will be in accordance with applicable portions of the standard understanding that all materials, workmanship and with the provisions of the standard specifications, the provisions governing the types of construction. �1 provisions Will STATEMENT: Payment specifications, measurements contract ❑ Yes 0 If "Yes" Will the Policies ❑ Yes ❑ for the above work and with the shall be in accordance plans, and the special Change Order No. 4 continued 3 of 3 DEPARTMENT RECAP TO DATE: ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT PREVIOUS CHANGE ORDERS THIS CHANGE ORDER $ 2,722,199.96 $ 54,744.85 $ 0.00 NEW CONTRACT AMOUNT $ 2,776,944.81 CTOR'S SIGNATURE ATE \■ vi.•_ _ MAR N SALL• 1 P.E., SIGNATURE DATE DIRE OR PUBLI WORKS DEPARTMENT RETURN TO: '�%L k) isdritui EXT: 2 I P- 2 Gi Gn CITY OF FEDERAL WAY LAW DEPARTMENT ROUTING FORM 1. ORIGINATING DEPT/DIV: PUBLIC WORKS / STREETS 2. ORIGINATING STAFF PERSON: NAVEEN CHANDRA EXT: 2729 3. DATE REQ. BY:ASAP 4. TYPE OF DOCUMENT (CHECK ONE): ❑ CONTRACTOR SELECTION DOCUMENT (E.G., RFB, RFP, RFQ) ❑ PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ ❑ PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ ❑ GOODS AND SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ REAL ESTATE DOCUMENT ❑ ORDINANCE ❑ CONTRACT AMENDMENT (AG #): 16 -019 ❑ OTHER CHANGE ORDER # 3 0 SMALL OR LIMITED PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT HUMAN SERVICES / CDBG SECURITY DOCUMENT (E.G. BOND RELATED DOCUMENTS) RESOLUTION INTERLOCAL 5. PROJECT NAME:S.352ND STREET EXTENSION PROJECT (PACIFIC HIGHWAY S TO ENCHANTED PARKWAY S) 6. NAME OF CONTRACTOR: SCARSELLA BROTHERS, INC ADDRESS: P.O. Box 68697, SEATTLE, WA 98168 -0697 E -MAIL: RICK.K@SCARSELLABROS.coM SIGNATURE NAME: RICK KRIER TELEPHONE:253 -872 -7173 FAx: TITLE: PROJECT MANAGER 7. EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS: ❑ SCOPE, WORK OR SERVICES ❑ COMPENSATION ❑ INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS /CERTIFICATE ❑ ALL OTHER REFERENCED EXHIBITS ❑ PROOF OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN ❑ REQUIRED LICENSES ❑ PRIOR CONTRACT /AMENDMENTS CFW LICENSE #14100593 BL, EXP. 12/31/16 um #578035242 , EXP. 06/30/ r 8. TERM: COMMENCEMENT DATE: JANUARY 25, 2016 COMPLETION DATE: UPON COMPLETION (150 WORKING DAYS) 9. TOTAL COMPENSATION: $2,776.944.81 (INCLUDES CHANGE ORDER # 3 COST OF $5,673.23) (INCLUDE EXPENSES AND SALES TAX, IF ANY) (IF CALCULATED ON HOURLY LABOR CHARGE - ATTACH SCHEDULES OF EMPLOYEES TITLES AND HOLIDAY RATES) REIMBURSABLE EXPENSE: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, MAXIMUM DOLLAR AMOUNT: $ IS SALES TAX OWED: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, $ PAID BY: ❑ CONTRACTOR ❑ CITY ❑ PURCHASING: PLEASE CHARGE To: 306- 4400 - 151 - 595 -30 - /950 10. DOCUMENT / CONTRACT REVIEW .oROJECT MANAGER ,z DIVISION MANAGER ,,[(DEPUTY DIRECTOR AfDIRECTOR ❑ RISK MANAGEMENT (IF APPLICABLE) Z LAW DEPT INITIAL / DATE REVIEWED INITIAL / DATE APPROVED 11. COUNCIL APPROVAL (IF APPLICABLE) COMMITTEE APPROVAL DATE: COUNCIL APPROVAL DATE: 12. CONTRACT SIGNATURE ROUTING '� Ij� e< SENT TO VENDOR/CONTRACTOR DATE SENT: ' ❑ ATTACH: SIGNATURE AUTHORITY, INSURANCE CERTIFICATE, LICENSES, EXHIBITS INITIAL/ DATE SIGNED ❑ LAW DEPT ❑ CHIEF OF STAFF SIGNATORY (MAYOR o DIRECTOR) ❑ CITY CLERK ASSIGNED AG # SIGNED COPY RETURNED ❑ RETURN ONE ORIGINAL COMMENTS: DATE SENT: It -65`t(p � 1 DATEREC'D: " 3/' 1/15 CITY OF FEDERAL WAY CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER AGREEMENT AG #: 16 -019 3 PROJECT NUMBER CHANGE ORDER NUMBER South 352nd Street Extension Project PROJECT TITLE SUMMARY OF PROPOSED CHANGES: This Change Order No. 3 covers the work changes summarized below: EFFECTIVE DATE Scarsella Brothers Inc. CONTRACTOR 1. Barrier Curb at Driveway D3 During construction it was discovered that the existing driveway grades at Driveway D3 resulted in vehicles scraping the pavement and that the design grades of the contract would exacerbate this problem. As such, the grading limits and elevations of driveway D3 were modified to create better grade transitions at this location. The new driveway grades resulted in the existing planter median being significantly higher than the surrounding driveway. Field Work Directive #32 directed the Contractor to install an approximately 30" tall barrier curb to retain the existing planter median from the surrounding lower driveway grades. Forward pricing for the barrier curb was received from the Contractor for this work. The contract does not contain a bid item for this work, therefore this Change Order creates a new bid item to compensate the Contractor for the additional work to install the barrier curb at this location. New Bid Item 3001 "Cement Concrete Barrier Curb" is created. Payment for New Bid Item 3001 will be per Linear Foot. No working days will be added to the Contract. 2. Gates and Fences The original contract plans called for asphalt paving to transition between existing private parking lots to the new concrete driveway entrances. During construction it was discovered that the heavy industrial vehicular traffic at the existing businesses would require longer grade transitions at driveways D1 and D4 to prevent bottoming out at the driveways. As such, the modular block walls and driveway grades at these two locations were redesigned to provide a better grade transition. The changes to grade and the block walls meant that the design of the original contract gates were no longer feasible, therefore the driveway gates have been redesigned. This change order creates several new bid items for new gates and deletes the corresponding original gate bid items. The Contract plans call for 6' Black Vinyl Fence to be installed along several private frontages on S 352nd St. Due to the height of the block walls at this location the 6' height is not necessary for security and the contractor was instructed in Field Work Directive to install 4' tall fence as a cost - saving measure. This change order creates a new bid item for 4' Black Vinyl Coated Fence and deletes a corresponding amount of the original 6' fence bid item. The Contract plans call for a Double 30' Swing Gate to be installed at driveway D2. Since the creation of the project plans the private property owner at this location has installed their own gate, therefore no additional gate is necessary and this existing bid item will be deleted in this Change Order. New Bid Item 3002 "4' x 6' Man Gate ", New Bid Item 3003 "25' Black Vinyl Coated Swing Gate ", New Bid Rem 3004 "36' Black Vinyl Rolling Gate ", and New Bid Item 3005 "4' Black Vinyl Coated Fence" are created. Change Order No. 3 continued 2 of 7 Payment for New Bid Item 3002 will be per Each for the 4'x6' Man Gate, payment for New Bid Item 3003 will be per Each for the 25' Black Vinyl Coated Swing Gate, payment for New Bid Item 3004 will be per Each for the 36' Black Vinyl Coated Rolling Gate, payment for New Bid Item 3005 will be Linear Foot for the 4' Black Vinyl Coated Fence. No Working Days will be added to the Contract for the new Gates and Fences. 3. Subsurface Concrete Removal The Contract plans call for the detention pond on the Southwest corner of S 352nd St and Enchanted Parkway to be excavated so as to achieve additional stormwater capacity. During construction potholing was performed at the detention pond and large subsurface chunks of concrete were discovered in the proposed excavation locations which would have hindered the construction of the modular block walls as shown on the contract plans. The Contractor could not have known about the subsurface concrete at the time of bid and is therefore entitled to additional compensation for it's removal. The method of excavation which could have been anticipated for the existing "Pond Excavation" bid item was not possible, therefore no work was measured under the existing bid item and it will be deleted in this Change Order. Some excavation of the discovered subsurface concrete was still required for the re- grading of the existing pond berms. The work to excavate, haul, and dispose of the subsurface concrete panels has been tracked in the field. Work to excavate, stockpile, haul, and dispose of the concrete panels was tracked in the field as Force Account under existing bid item 1 Unexpected Site Changes. These costs have been added to the contract bid item price to determine a new unit price for the new "Subsurface Concrete Removal" bid item. Subsurface Concrete was also discovered during excavation for foundation for Signal Pole #3 on the southwest corner of Enchanted Parkway. The Contractor had anticipated augering for excavation of the signal pole foundation at this location, a method which was no longer possible due to the discovered subsurface concrete. Field Work Directive #31 directs the Contractor to excavate the signal foundation using alternative methods which were to be tracked by force account. The Contractor provided an estimate of the cost to auger the signal foundation which has been calculated as a credit to the City of Federal Way because the expected method of excavation is part of the original contract work. Due to the larger excavation necessary for the signal foundation because of the subsurface concrete, Field Work Directive #31 also directed the Contractor to use a corrugated metal pipe as a form and backfill using a controlled density fill, the costs of which have been tracked as force account and are used to determine a new unit price for the new "Subsurface Concrete Removal" bid item. New Bid Item 3006 "Subsurface Concrete Removal" is created. Payment for New Bid Item 3006 will be per Lump Sum calculated on a force account basis. No working days will be added to the Contract for the Subsurface Concrete Removal. 4.) Revised Detention Pond Wall The Contract plans call for the installation of modular block walls at the detention pond on the Southwest corner of S 352nd St and Enchanted Parkway so as to achieve additional stormwater capacity. During construction potholing was performed at the detention pond and large subsurface chunks of concrete were discovered in the proposed excavation locations which would have hindered the construction of the modular block walls as shown on the contract plans. To lower project costs the detention pond modular block walls were redesigned to minimize excavation. The redesigned modular block wall at the detention pond includes an impermeable PVC liner which was not part of the original contract design for the block walls, this Change Order creates a new bid item to compensate the Contractor for the additional cost of the impermeable liner and its installation. Some excavation of the discovered subsurface concrete was still required for construction of the new modular block walls. The work to excavate, haul, and dispose of these subsurface concrete panels has been tracked in the field. Work to install the impermeable liner and excavate the concrete panels was Change Order No. 3 continued 3 of 7 tracked in the field as Force Account under existing bid item 1 Unexpected Site Changes. These costs have been added to the contract bid item price to determine a new unit price for the new "Detention Pond Wall With Impermeable Liner" bid item. New Bid Item 3007 "Detention Pond Wall With Impermeable Liner" is created. Payment for the New Bid Item 3007 will be by Square Foot. No Working Days will be added to the Contract for the Detention Pond Wall with Impermeable Liner. Changes to the Bid Schedule — S 352nd Street Extension AG 16 -019 1 .) 2.) Schedule A - Add New Bid Item No. 3001 "Cement Concrete Barrier Curb ". The new unit cost for this item is $122.36 per Linear Foot. The quantity is 63.5 Linear Feet. The total change amount for this item is an increase of $7,769.86. Schedule A - Add New Bid Item No. 3002 — 4' x 6' Man Gate. The new unit cost for this item is $536.48 per Each. The quantity is 1 Each. The total change amount for this item is an increase of $536.48. Schedule A - Add New Bid Item No. 3003 — 25' Black Vinyl Coated Swing Gate. The new unit cost for this item is $1,769.60 per Each. The quantity is 1 Each. The total change amount for this item is an increase of $1,769.60. Schedule A — Add New Bid Item No. 3004 — 36' Black Vinyl Coated Rolling Gate The new unit cost for this item is $9,520.00 per Each. The quantity is 1 Each. The total change amount for this item is an increase of $9,520.00. Schedule A - Add New Bid Item No. 3005 — 4' Black Vinyl Coated Chain Link Fence. The new unit cost for this item is $26.52 per Linear Foot. The quantity is 397.5 Linear Feet. The total change amount for this item is an increase of $10,541.70 Schedule A- Existing Bid Item No. 75 -Black Vinyl Coated Chain Link Fence 6' Height. Change to current bid item is -397.5 Linear Feet. The new estimated quantity of Bid Item No. 75 is 682.5 Linear Feet. The total change amount for this item is a decrease of ($11,734.20) Schedule A — Existing Bid Item No. 77 — Double 30' Swing Gate Change to current bid item is -1 Each. The new estimated quantity of Bid Item No. 77 is 0 Each. The total change amount for this item is a decrease of ($1,800.00). Schedule A — Existing Bid Item No. 78 — Double 28' Vinyl Coated Swing Gate Change to current bid item is -1 Each. The new estimated quantity of Bid Item No. 78 is 0 Each. The total change amount for this item is a decrease of ($1,680.00). Schedule A — Existing Bid Item No. 79 —Black Vinyl Coated Sliding Gate with 36' Opening Change to current bid item is -1 Each. The new estimated quantity of Bid Item No. 79 is 0 Each. The total change amount for this item is a decrease of ($9,050.00). 3.) Schedule A- Add New Bid Item No. 3006 "Subsurface Concrete Removal" The new unit cost for this item is $10,622.93 per Lump Sum. The quantity is 1 Lump Sum. The total change amount for this item is an increase of $10,622.93 Schedule A- Delete Existing Bid Item No. 55 - "Pond Excavation" Change to current bid item is -205 Cubic Yards. Change Order No. 3 continued 4 of 7 The new estimated quantity of bid item No. 55 is 0 Cubic Yards. The total change amount for this item is a decrease of ($5,125.00) Schedule A- Delete Existing Bid Item No. 1- "Unexpected Site Changes" Change to current bid item is - 6,201.12 per Estimate. The quantity is ($6,201.12). The total change amount for this item is a decrease of ($6,201.12) 4.) Schedule A - Add New Bid Item No. 3007 "Pond Wall with Impermeable Liner ". The new unit cost for this item is $35.04 per Square Foot. The quantity is 507 Square Feet. The total change amount for this item is an increase of $17,765.28. Schedule A- Delete Existing Bid Item No. 1- "Unexpected Site Changes" Change to current bid item is - 8,389.80 per Estimate. The quantity is ($8,389.80). The total change amount for this item is a decrease of ($8,389.80) Change Order No. 3 continued 5 of 7 Net Changes to the Bid Schedule — South 352nd Extension AG 16 -019 Bid Item Description Existing Quantity Change Quantity Unit Unit Cost Change Item Total 1 Unexpected Site Changes (previously paid on Pay Estimate #5 and 6 for concrete removal) 30,000 _ - 6,201.12 EST $30,000.00 ($6,201.12) 1 Unexpected Site Changes (previously paid on Pay Estimate #5 for revised pond wall) 30,000 - 8,389.80 EST $30,000.00 ($8,389.80) 36 Structural Earth Walls (previously paid on Pay Estimate #5) 0 -507 SF $17.50 ($8,872.50) 55 Pond Excavation (ITEM DELETED) 205 -205 CY $25.00 ($5,125.00) 75 Black Vinyl Coated Chain Link Fence 6' Height 1,080 -397.5 LF $29.52 ($11,734.20) 77 Double 30' Black Vinyl Coated Swing Gate (ITEM DELETED) 1 -1 EA $1,800.00 ($1,800.00) 78 Double 28' Black Vinyl Coated Swing Gate (ITEM DELETED) 1 -1 EA $1,680.00 ($1,680.00) 79 Black Vinyl Coated Sliding Gate with 36' Opening (ITEM DELETED) 1 -1 EA $9,050.00 ($9,050.00) 3001 Cement Concrete Barrier Curb 0 63.5 LF $122.36 $7,769.86 3002 4' x 6' Man Gate 0 1 EA $536.48 $536.48 3003 25' Black Vinyl Coated Swing Gate 0 1 EA $1,769.60 $1,769.60 3004 36' Black Vinyl Rolling Gate 0 1 EA $9,520.00 $9,520.00 3005 4' Black Vinyl Coated Fence 0 397.5 LF $26.52 $10,541.70 3006 Subsurface Concrete Removal 0 1 LS $10,622.93 $10,622.93 3007 Pond Wall with Impermeable Liner 0 507 SF $35.04 $17,765.28 Total this Change Order $5,673.23 The time provided for completion ❑ Increased by Day. This Document not amended herein change affect expiration in the Contract is ❑ Decreased shall become an Amendment to the Contract and all provisions of will apply to this Change Order. or extent of Insurance coverage? ❑ Extended? // Unchanged Working the Contract Will this Yes If a No "Yes" Will the Policies Be ❑ Yes ❑ No Change Order No. 3 continued 6 of 7 STATEMENT: Payment for the above work will be in accordance with applicable portions of the standard specifications, and with the understanding that all materials, workmanship and measurements shall be in accordance with the provisions of the standard specifications, the contract plans, and the special provisions governing the types of construction. Change Order No. 3 continued 7 of 7 DEPARTMENT RECAP TO DATE: ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT PREVIOUS CHANGE ORDERS THIS CHANGE ORDER NEW CONTRACT AMOUNT $ 2,722,199.96 $ 49,071.62 $ 5,673.23 $ 2,776,944.81 CON .eee.,w‘ URE DATE tl� MARWANkSALLOUM P.E., DIRECTOR PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SIGNATURE DATE RETURN TO: fVf Ar) jisALO EXT: /I�CT 1r )2, 72 CITY OF FEDERAL WAY LAW DEPARTMENT ROUTING FORM 1. ORIGINATING DEPT/DIV: PUBLIC WORKS / STREETS 2. ORIGINATING STAFF PERSON: NAVEEN CHANDRA 4. TYPE OF DOCUMENT (CHECK ONE): ❑ CONTRACTOR SELECTION DOCUMENT (E.G., RFB, RFP, RFQ) ❑ PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ GOODS AND SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ REAL ESTATE DOCUMENT ❑ ORDINANCE ❑ CONTRACT AMENDMENT (AG #): 16 -019 ❑ OTHER CHANGE ORDER # 2 EXT: 2729 3. DATE REQ. BY:ASAP ❑ SMALL OR LIMITED PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT ❑ HUMAN SERVICES / CDBG ❑ SECURITY DOCUMENT (E.G. BOND RELATED DOCUMENTS) ❑ RESOLUTION ❑ INTERLOCAL 5. PROJECT NAME:S.352ND STREET EXTENSION PROJECT (PACIFIC HIGHWAY S TO ENCHANTED PARKWAY S) 6. NAME OF CONTRACTOR: SCARSELLA BROTHERS, INC ADDRESS: P.O. Box 68697, SEATTLE, WA 98168 -0697 E -MAIL: RICK.K @SCARSELLABROS.COM SIGNATURE NAME: RICK KRIER TELEPHONE:253- 872 -7173 FAX: TITLE: PROJECT MANAGER 7. EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS: ❑ SCOPE, WORK OR SERVICES ❑ COMPENSATION ❑ INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS /CERTIFICATE ❑ ALL OTHER REFERENCED EXHIBITS ❑ PROOF OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN ❑ REQUIRED LICENSES ❑ PRIOR CONTRACT /AMENDMENTS CFW LICENSE #14100593 BL, EXP. 12/31/16 UBI #578035242 , Exp. 06/30/16 8. TERM: COMMENCEMENT DATE: JANUARY 25, 2016 COMPLETION DATE: UPON COMPLETION (150 WORKING DAYS) 9. TOTAL COMPENSATION: $2,771,271.58 (INCLUDES CHANGE ORDER # 2 COST OF $41,005.74) (INCLUDE EXPENSES AND SALES TAX, IF ANY) (IF CALCULATED ON HOURLY LABOR CHARGE - ATTACH SCHEDULES OF EMPLOYEES TITLES AND HOLIDAY RATES) REIMBURSABLE EXPENSE: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, MAXIMUM DOLLAR AMOUNT: $ IS SALES TAX OWED: ❑ YES ❑ NNO IF YES, $ PAID BY: ❑ CONTRACTOR ❑ CITY KPURCHASING: PLEASE CHARGE TO: 306' . Wee .151. V D . & 6a 10. DOCUI}L1YT / CONTRACT REVIEW PROJECT MANAGER /DIVISION MANAGER DEPUTY DIRECTOR "7 0 1. jDLRECTOR ❑ RISK MANAGEMENT (IF APPLICABLE) fir LAW DEPT 11. COUNCILAPPROVAL(IFAPPLICABLE) 12. CONTRACT SIGNATURE ROUTING ❑ SENT TO VENDOR/CONTRACTOR INITIAL / DATE APPROVED COMMITTEE APPROVAL DATE: COUNCIL APPROVAL DATE: DATE SENT: DATE REC'D: ❑ ATTACH: SIGNATURE AUTHORITY, INSURANCE CERTIFICATE, LICENSES, EXHIBITS im" rse+rcr ❑ CHIEF OF STAFF 111 % IGNATORY (Mr4YO .OR ❑ CITY CLERK 7)07.ASSIGNED AG # IGNED COPY RETURNED ❑ RETURN ONE ORIGINAL COMMENTS: INITIAL / DATE SIGNED 1/15 CITY OF FEDERAL WAY CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER AGREEMENT AG #: 16 -019 2 PROJECT NUMBER CHANGE ORDER NUMBER \.1,411,1-Pd,IfEuP South 352nd Street Extension Project Scarsella Brothers Inc. PROJECT TITLE CONTRACTOR SUMMARY OF PROPOSED CHANGES: This Change Order No. 2 covers the work changes summarized below: 1. Luminaire LED Retrofit The City of Federal Way has directed the replacement and upgrade of 15 fixtures not originally included in bid Schedule A. This Change Order directs the Contractor to mobilize and remove 15 existing luminaire fixtures and supply and install 15 New LED Fixtures on existing luminaire poles and arms. This work also includes installation of 30 Slow Burn Fuse Kits (240V require 1 fuses for each leg, 2 legs per fixture), and all related items to complete the work per the revised plans. Six of the fixtures to be replaced are located on S. 352nd Street to the east of Enchanted Parkway (SR 161) and nine are located on Enchanted Parkway. One is located north of the S. 352nd Street on the east side of Enchanted Parkway and eight are south of S. 352nd Street (four located on the west side and four located on the east side of Enchanted Parkway). A lighting analysis for this work has been completed and approved. New Bid Item 103 "Luminaire LED Retrofit" is created. Payment for New Bid Item 103 will be Lump Sum. No Working Days will be added to the Contract for the LED Retrofit. 2. Additional Irrigation Control Wiring The contract documents show that the point of connection for the new irrigation system on S 352nd ST is to be made at STA 85 +10 RT which would require a connection to the existing water main in Pacific Highway. During construction of this project, it was discovered that future work for Phase 5 of Pacific Highway would be replacing the water main which would supply the new irrigation system in the 352nd Extension project. To avoid re- connection of the 352nd irrigation system which would have been served from Pacific Highway it was determined that the point of connection should be moved from the location shown in the contract documents at STA 85 +10 RT to a new location at STA 93 +75 RT. This change in location of the point of connection requires installation of additional irrigation control wiring and piping. The Contractor shall install additional irrigation control wiring as described in Field Work Directive #21 (Attached). Payment for the work described in Field Work Directive #21 and this Change Order shall be full compensation for all materials and labor necessary to install the additional irrigation control wiring and piping necessary for a fully functioning irrigation system as described in Section 8- 03 of the 2014 WSDOT Standard plans and the contract documents. New Bid Item 104 "Additional Irrigation Control Wiring" is created. Payment for this item will be by Lump Sum. No Working Days will be added to the Contract for Additional Irrigation Control Wiring. Change Order No. 2 continued 2 of 4 3. 10" Thick Reinforced Driveways The Construction Contract contains a bid item #70 for Cement Concrete Driveway Entrance 3- Day. During construction it was decided that due to the anticipated high volume of heavy truck traffic on the driveways D1, D4, D6, and D7 the standard construction for a commercial driveway as shown in detail #3 -6A would not be sufficient and these driveways should be thickened and reinforced to accommodate the expected loads. Per Field Work Directive #19, driveways 01, D4, D6 and D7 shall be built 10" thick with rebar reinforcement. Driveways D2, D3, and D5 will not receive the thickened and reinforced condition. The reinforcing rebar is to be #4 bar placed 12" on center in both directions. The rebar is to be placed at 3" from the side edges and 3" from the bottom of the placed concrete. All other elements of commercial driveways besides the thickness and reinforcement are to be installed per plan as shown in COFW standard detail #3 -6A. At the time Field Work Directive #19 was issued all rough grading had been performed at driveways D1, D4, D6, and D7. The effort to lower the base for the thickened driveway section requires a different excavation method than could be expected during normal construction sequencing, therefore the work to excavate for the revised grades is not covered by the existing bid item and shall be reimbursed as a new bid item in this change order. The work to excavate and re -grade these driveways for the additional driveway thickness will be tracked and paid under force account, see the attached calculation sheet. Actual quantities installed will be measured in the field. The new bid items in this Change Order shall be full compensation for all labor and materials associated with the installation of the 10" thick reinforced driveways, including the additional excavation. New Bid Item 105 "Additional Driveway Excavation" and New Bid Item 106 "10" Thick Reinforced Concrete Driveway" are created. Payment for New Bid Item 105 shall be by Lump Sum, payment for New Bid Item 106 shall be by Square Yard. The quantity for existing Bid Item 70 "Cement Concrete Driveway Entrance 3 -Day" shall be reduced. No Working Days will be added to the Contract for 10" Thick Reinforced Driveways. 4. Walls 1A, 1B, 2A, and 2B The Contractor built Wall 1 and Wall 2 per plan. After construction of these walls it was determined that Wall 1 and Wall 2 should wrap to the North along the sides of Driveways D1 and D4 to provide a better transition with the adjacent parking areas. It has been determined that while overall square footage of the walls to be installed on site has not changed, the nature of the work has changed for the new Walls 1A, 1B, 2A and 2B. By the time it was decided to add the new walls, the contractor had already installed the curb and gutter and graded the driveways, therefore the contractor could not excavate for the new walls, compact and install the base wall base, or backfill using the same methods. The conditions on site for the construction of the new walls altered the way the work was performed, therefore the Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the unit price as described in WSDOT Standard Section 1 -04.4. The Contractor shall supply and install Modular Block, and 6" perforated drain pipe for the walls as a retaining block system; and labor and equipment to place drain pipe and gravel. This Change Order will be full compensation for mobilization, all labor, equipment and materials to complete the wall work as described herein. This change order unit price will not apply to wall work elsewhere on the project under the original contract; all other wall work is to be paid at Contract unit price for Structural Earth Wall, inclusive of mobilization. Since the character of the work for Walls 1A, 1 B, 2A and 2B as altered differs materially in kind or nature from that involved or included in the original proposed construction, the Change Order quantity Change Order No. 2 continued 3 of 4 will be deleted from the Bid Quantity for BI #36 Structural Earth Walls. No additional equitable adjustment to the Contract will be allowed. New Bid Items 107 "Modular Block Wall 1A, 1B, 2A, 2B" is created. Payment for New Bid Item 107 shall be by Square Foot. The quantity for existing Bid Item 36 "Structural Earth Wall" shall be reduced. No Working Days will be added to the Contract for Walls 1A, 1 B, 2A, and 2B. Changes to the Bid Schedule — S 352nd Street Extension AG 16 -019 1. Schedule A - Add New Bid Item No. A103 - LED Luminaire Retrofit. The new unit cost for this item is $15,033.02 per Lump Sum. The quantity is 1 Lump Sum. The total change amount for this item is an increase of $15,033.02. 2. Schedule A - Add New Bid Item No. A104 - Additional Irrigation Control Wiring. The new unit cost for this item is $3,504.63 per Lump Sum. The quantity is 1 Lump Sum. The total change amount for this item is an increase of $3,504.63. 3. Schedule A - Existing Bid Item No. A70 - Cement Concrete Driveway Entrance 3 -Day. Change to current bid item is -331.4 SY. The new estimated quantity of Bid Item No. A70 is 198.6 SF. The total change amount for this item is a decrease of $15,642.08. Schedule A - Add New Bid Item No. A105 - Additional Driveway Excavation. The new unit cost for this item is $1,699.82 per Lump Sum. The quantity is 1 Lump Sum. The total change amount for this item is an increase of $1,699.82. Schedule A - Add New Bid Item No. A106 - 10" Thick reinforced Concrete. The new unit cost for this item is $80.52 per SY. The estimated quantity is 331.4 SY. The total change amount for this item is an increase of $26,684.33. 4. Schedule A - Existing Bid Item No. A36 - Structural Earth Wall. Change to current bid item is - 1,186.1 SF. The new estimated quantity of Bid Item No. 36 is 4,603.9 SF. The total change amount for this item is a decrease of $20,756.75. Schedule A - Add New Bid Rem A107 - Walls 1A, 1B, 2A, 2B. The new unit cost for this item is $25.70 per SF. The quantity is 1,186.1 SF. The total change amount for this item is an increase of $30,482.77. Net Changes to the Bid Schedule — South 352nd Extension AG 16 -019 Change Bid Existing Change Item Item Description Quantity Quantity Unit Unit Cost Total A103 LED Luminaire Retrofit 0 1 LS $15,033.02 $15,033.02 Additional Irrigation Control A104 Wiring 0 1 LS $3,504.63 $3,504.63 Cement Concrete Driveway _ A70 Entrance 3 -Day (Deletion) 530 (331.4) SY $47.20 $(15,642.08) Additional Driveway A105 Excavation 0 1 LS $1,699.82 $1,699.82 10" Thick Reinforced A106 Concrete 0 331.4 SY $80.52 $26,684.33 Structural Earth Wall A36 (Deletion) 5790 (1186.1) SF $17.50 $(20,756.75) Additional Modular Block A107 Walls 1A, 1B, 2A, 2B 0 1186.1 SF $25.70 $30,482.77 Total this Change Order $41,005.74 Change Order No. 2 continued 4 of 4 The time provided for completion in the Contract is Unchanged Increased by F 1 Decreased Working Day. This Document shall become an Amendment to the Contract and all provisions of the Contract not amended herein will apply to this Change Order. X Will this change affect expiration or extent of Insurance coverage? Yes X No If "Yes" Will the Policies Be Extended? Yes No STATEMENT: Payment for the above work will be in accordance with applicable portions of the standard specifications, and with the understanding that all materials, workmanship and measurements shall be in accordance with the provisions of the standard specifications, the contract plans, and the special provisions governing the types of construction. DEPARTMENT RECAP TO DATE: ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT PREVIOUS CHANGE ORDERS THIS CHANGE ORDER NEW CONTRACT AMOUNT $ 2,722,199.96 $ 8,065.88 $ 41,005.74 $ 2,771,271.58 SIGNATURE 2 DATE 'T 31) 4, MARWAN SALLOUM P. DATE DIRECTOR PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT City OF FEDERAL WAY RETURN TO: y VV mo A EXT: �-JL 11.*9 5� CITY OF FEDERAL WAY LAW DEPARTMENT ROUTING FORM 1. ORIGINATING DEPT/DIV: PUBLIC WORKS / STREETS 2. ORIGINATING STAFF PERSON: NAVEEN CHANDRA 4. TYPE OF DOCUMENT (CHECK ONE): ❑ CONTRACTOR SELECTION DOCUMENT (E.G., RFB, RFP, RFQ) ❑ PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ GOODS AND SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ REAL ESTATE DOCUMENT ❑ ORDINANCE ❑ CONTRACT AMENDMENT (AG #): 16 -019 ❑ OTHER CHANGE ORDER # 1 ExT: 2729 3. DATE REQ. BY:ASAP ❑ SMALL OR LIMITED PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT ❑ HUMAN SERVICES / CDBG ❑ SECURITY DOCUMENT (E.G. BOND RELATED DOCUMENTS) ❑ RESOLUTION ❑ INTERLOCAL 5. PROJECT NAME:S.352ND STREET EXTENSION PROJECT (PACIFIC HIGHWAY S TO ENCHANTED PARKWAY S) 6. NAME OF CONTRACTOR: SCARSELLA BROTHERS, INC ADDRESS: P.O. Box 68697, SEATTLE, WA 98168 -0697 E -MAIL: RICK.K@SCARSELLABROS.COM SIGNATURE NAME: RICK KRIER TELEPHONE:253- 872 -7173 FAX: TITLE: PROJECT MANAGER 7. EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS: ❑ SCOPE, WORK OR SERVICES ❑ COMPENSATION ❑ INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS /CERTIFICATE ❑ ALL OTHER REFERENCED EXHIBITS ❑ PROOF OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN ❑ REQUIRED LICENSES ❑ PRIOR CONTRACT /AMENDMENTS CFW LICENSE #14100593 BL, EXP. 12/31/16 UBI #578035242 , ExP. 06/30/16 8. TERM: COMMENCEMENT DATE: JANUARY 25.2016 COMPLETION DATE: UPON COMPLETION (150 WORKING DAYS) 9. TOTAL COMPENSATION: $ 2,730,265.84 (INCLUDES CHANGE ORDER # 1 COST OF $8,065.88) (INCLUDE EXPENSES AND SALES TAX, IF ANY) (IF CALCULATED ON HOURLY LABOR CHARGE - ATTACH SCHEDULES OF EMPLOYEES TITLES AND HOLIDAY RATES) REIMBURSABLE EXPENSE: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF YES, MAXIMUM DOLLAR AMOUNT: $ �r IS SALES TAX OWED: ❑ YES ❑ NO IF Y�ES /, ,$$ PAID BY: ❑ CONTRACTOR ❑ CITY J� PURCHASING: PLEASE CHARGE To: 394. 111'�"(/�/ • 1 /7 • 515.30 • (fQ 10. DOCUMENT / CONTRACT REVIEW JROJECT MANAGER IVISION MANAGER DEPUTY DIRECTOR 13 DIRECTOR ❑ RISK MANAGEMENT (IF APPLICABLE) ,gd LAW DEPT INITIAL / DATE REVIEWED INITIAL / DATE APPROVED 11. COUNCIL APPROVAL (IF APPLICABLE) COMMITTEE APPROVAL DATE: COUNCIL APPROVAL DATE: 12. CONTRACT SIGNATURE ROUTING ❑ SENT TO VENDOR/CONTRACTOR DATE SENT: DATE REC'D: ❑ ATTACH: SIGNATURE AUTHORITY, INSURANCE CERTIFICATE, LICENSES, EXHIBITS INITIAL / DATE SIGNED HE/PT ❑ CHIEF OF STAFF II erSrIGNATORY (14M R OR I P I] ❑ CITY CLERK 7/( , /ASSIGNED AG # I SIGNED COPY RETURNED ❑ RETURN ONE ORIGINAL COMMENTS: PP lid 1/15 CITY OF FEDERAL WAY CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER AGREEMENT AG #: 16 -019 1 JUiIJ 13 1.0/40 PROJECT NUMBER CHANGE ORDER NUMBER South 352nd Street Extension Project below: water the contract #3 (Attached) and all related and B; Schedule water main the easement the COFW COFW" and Payment the Water E ECTIVE DATE Scarsella Brothers Inc. PROJECT TITLE SUMMARY OF PROPOSED CHANGES: This Change Order No. 1 covers the work changes summarized 1. Water Main Work at Driveway D5 During construction it was discovered that the existing adequate cover and would need to be lowered for installation at this location. Field Work Directive the construction of Driveway D5, the Water Main, The Contract is divided into two bid Schedules, A by the City of Federal Way and Schedule B by Lakehaven as directed in FWD 03, approximately 67% of the and those costs associated with the work within Approximately 33% of the water main lies within the work are to be paid by LUD. New Bid Item 1001 "Water Main Work Paid by Work Paid by LUD" are created. Payment for New Bid Item 1001 will be Lump Sum. Lump Sum. One Working Day will be added to the Contract for CONTRACTOR main at Driveway D5 did not have work for sidewalk and driveway directs the Contractor to modify items per the revised plans. A contains items to be paid Utility District ( "LUD "). For the work is located in LUD's easement will be paid by the COFW. right of way and these costs for New Bid Item 1002 "Water Main for New Bid Item 1002 will be Main Work Driveway D5. Changes to the Bid Schedule — S 352 "d Street Extension AG 16 -019 1. Schedule A - Add New Bid Item No. 1001 "Water Main Work Paid by COFW." The new unit cost for this item is $4,747.59 per Lump Sum. The quantity is 1 Lump Sum. The total change amount for this item is an increase of $4,747.59. 2. Schedule B - Add New Bid Item No. 1002 "Water Main Work Paid by LUD." The new unit cost for this item is $3,318.29 per Lump Sum. The quantity is 1 Lump Sum. The total change amount for this item is an increase of $3,318.29. Net Changes to the Bid Schedule — South 352 "d Extension AG 16 -019 Bid Item Description Existing Quantity Change Quantity Unit Unit Cost Change Item Total 1001 Water Main Work Paid by COFW 0 1 LS $4747.59 $4,747.59 1002 Water Main Work Paid by LUD 0 1 LS $3318.29 • $3,318.29 Total this Change Order $8,065.88 Change Order No. 1 continued The time provided for completion in the Contract is Unchanged X Increased by Decreased 1 Working Day. This Document shall become an Amendment to the Contract and all provisions of the Contract not amended herein will apply to this Change Order. 2 of 2 Will this change affect expiration or extent of Insurance coverage? Yes X No If "Yes" Will the Policies Be Extended? Yes No STATEMENT: Payment for the above work will be in accordance with applicable portions of the standard specifications, and with the understanding that all materials, workmanship and measurements shall be in accordance with the provisions of the standard specifications, the contract plans, and the special provisions governing the types of construction. DEPARTMENT RECAP TO DATE: ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT PREVIOUS CHANGE ORDERS THIS CHANGE ORDER NEW CONTRACT AMOUNT ‘)\-- MARWAN SALLOUM P.E. DIRECTOR PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT CITY OF FEDERAL WAY DATE $ 2,722,199.96 $ 0 $ 8,065.88 $ 2,730,265.84 RETURN TO: eftaks EXT: ✓k -?-c7) 28110 CITY OF FEDERAL WAY LAW DEPARTMENT ROUTING FORM 1. ORIGINATING DEPT/DIV: PUBLIC WORKS / STREETS 2. ORIGINATING STAFF PERSON: NAVEEN CHANDRA 4. TYPE OF DOCUMENT (CHECK ONE): CONTRACTOR SELECTION DOCUMENT (E.G PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ PROFESSIONAL SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ GOODS AND SERVICE AGREEMENT ❑ REAL ESTATE DOCUMENT • ❑ ORDINANCE ❑ CONTRACT AMENDMENT (AG #): ❑ OTHER EXT: 2729 3. DATE REQ. BY:10 /16/2015 P, RFQ) ❑ SMALL OR LIMITED PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ❑ MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT ❑ HUMAN SERVICES / CDBG ❑ SECURITY DOCUMENT (E.G. BOND RELATED DOCUMENTS) ❑ RESOLUTION ❑ INTERLOCAL 5. PROJECT NAME: SOUTH 352NN �D� STREET jEXTENSION /j(PACIFIC /HIGHWAY S TO ENCHANTED PARKWAY S) 6. NAME OF CONTRACTOR: CI:IM 4 t r�1, Y�'�� ► urp� ✓ li ADDRESS: ion tic. (7 Dal l^f-, WA t$ «4 -0(017 TELEPHONE: Z6* S 72• 1i7Z E -MAIL: FAX: SIGNATURE NAME: 'bb 5Co r e 1 t &. TITLE: V I iiL.Wts`cietl +' 7. EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS: ❑ SCOPE, WORK OR SERVICES ❑ COMPENSATION ❑ INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS /CERTIFICATE ❑ ALL OTHER REFERENCED EXHIBITS ❑ PROOF OF AUTHORITY TO SIGN ❑ REQUIRED LICENSES ❑ PRIOR CONTRACT /AMENDMENTS CFWLICENSE# ti-t t ca 515 BL, EXP. 12/31/ -1(o uBI #y?n0352�L ,E�XP. /30/«O� 8. TERM: COMMENCEMENT DATE: �. YLU J J% 2`� 1( COMPLETION DATE: �rl C Pl e f IOYI l;.W a 1 9. TOTAL COMPENSATION: $ 2i/7z' / f 7.. 76 (INCLUDE EXPENSES AND SALES TAX, IF ANY) J (IF CALCULATED ON HOURLY LABOR CHARGE - ATTACH SCHEDULES OF EMPLOYEES TITLES AND HOLIDAY RATES) REIMBURSABLE EXPENSE: ❑ YES IS SALES TAX OWED: q YES ❑ NO IF YES, MAXRIUM LLAR AMOUNT: $ ❑ NO IF YES, $ l `/lam .1' liJ PAID BY: S. CONTRACTOR ❑ CITY PURCHASING: PLEASE CHARGE TO: ? p d_ 40W%- /S / 30 - 6 5L7 10. DOCU / CONTRACT REVIEW INITIAL / DATE REVIEWED INITIAL / DATE APPROVED PROJECT MANAGER ,E(DIVISION MANAGER DEPUTY DIRECTOR DIRECTOR ❑ RISK MANAGEMENT (IF APPLICABLE) ,LAW DEPT 11. COUNCIL APPROVAL (IF APPLICABLE) COMMITTEE APPROVAL DATE: COUNCIL APPROVAL DATE: l 16140 12. CONTRACT SIGNATURE ROUTING 1 / _ 1 SENT TO VENDOR/CONTRACTOR - DATE SENT: L l.(G ATTACH: SIGNATURE AUTHORITY, INSURANCE CERTIFICATE, L• ICENSE , EXHIBITS I LAW DEPT CHIEF OF STAFF SIGNATORY CITY CLERK ASSIGNED AG # ❑SIGNED COPY RETURNED ARETURN�Q£OORIGINAL ORIGINALS COMMENTS: ,00j. Cart - f-SPE c.-f GIO rifVctic ) I “ee 4tbf (f/InC -I 95 A it, e t - 4 _ R DIRECTOR) (eT/EiSIGNED igAllr /SST eir A • /la- OR (- DATE SENT: I'24 -110 DATE REC' D: Il IRO 1/15 ORIGINAL CONTRACT NO. 1 OF Federal Way BID AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Highway S to Enchanted Parkway S) Bid Document RFB # 15 -015 City of Federal Way Public Works Department 33325 Eighth Avenue South Federal Way, WA 98003 Mai ling Address: City of Federal Way Public Works Department 33325 Eighth Avenue South Federal Way, WA 98003 -6325 S 352 " Street Extension SR 161 to SR 99 RFB 15 -015 Addendum No. 1 November 24, 2015 ATTENTION: All Bidders and Planholders You are hereby notified that in Addendum No. 1, the Bid and Contract Documents are amended as follows: A. BID SCHEDULE (Attachment C) 1. DELETE Bid Schedule B — Lakehaven Utility District (Page 29) and REPLACE with the attached Bid Schedule B — Lakehaven Utility District. A summary of revisions to the bid schedule are as follows: • BI 106 — REVISED Bid Item name to `Remove Steel/Plastic Water Main 2 In. Diam. • BI 107 — DELETED Bid Item (Removal of 6 -inch water main included in unit price for `Remove Hydrant Assembly). • BI 109 — REVISED Quantity from 50 LF to 45 LF. • BI 115 — DELETED Bid Item (6 -inch water main included in unit price for `Hydrant Assembly) • BI 120 — DELETED Bid Item. • BI 121 — ADDED New Bid Item — `Reconstruct Sewer Manhole'. B. SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2. SECTION 1 -07.8 INSURANCE (Page 36 to 39) -ADD the following new subsection: 1- 07.18(5)G Pollution Liability The Contractor shall provide a Pollution Liability policy, providing coverage for claims involving bodily injury, property damage (including loss of use of tangible property that has not been physically injured), cleanup costs, remediation, disposal or other handling of pollutants, including costs and expenses incurred in the investigation, defense, or settlement of claims arising out of: • Contractor's operations related to this project; and/or • Remediation, abatement, repair, maintenance or other work with lead - based paint or materials containing asbestos; and/or • Transportation of hazardous materials away from any site related to this project. Such Pollution Liability policy shall provide the following minimum coverage: $1,000,000 each loss and annual aggregate 1 of 3 City of Federal Way Addendum No. 1 S 352ND Street Extension November 24, 2015 3. SECTION 7 -05.3 Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins and Drywells (Page 97 -103) — ADD the following new subsection: 7- 05.3(1)A Reconstruct Sewer Manhole ( * * * * * *) Add the following new section: Completed manholes shall conform to Lakehaven Utility District Standards. Reconstruct Sewer Manhole, where indicated on the Plans, shall include the following work: A. Structure excavation necessary to expose and remove existing cone. B. Where indicated on the plans, furnish and install new manhole barrel section(s) and cone on existing manhole barrel. Where key sections of new and existing manholes are not compatible, cut key off bottom of new section and provide a 12" by 12 "cast in place class 3000 concrete collar around manhole perimeter centered on joint. Grout all joints inside, outside, and in between to achieve a watertight construction. Finish smooth the inside of structure. Use non -shrink grout only. C. Where new barrel section is required to meet the requirements of item B of this Section, existing cone section shall be disposed of by the contractor and replaced with a new cone section to ensure only one incompatible joint. D. Furnish and install riser rings, 16 -inch max between top of cone and base of frame. E. Install frame and cover. F. Adjustment to final grade in accordance with 7- 05.3(1)A is included in the unit price for Reconstruct Sewer Manhole and no additional payment will be made. B. PLANS 4. Sheet 35 of 77, WATER NOTES. DELETE this sheet and REPLACE with the attached revised Sheet 35 of 77. 5. Sheet 36 of 77, WATER PLAN & PROFILE. with the attached revised Sheet 36 of 77. 6. Sheet 37 of 77, WATER PLAN & PROFILE. with the attached revised Sheet 37 of 77. DELETE this sheet and REPLACE DELETE this sheet and REPLACE 2 of 3 City of Federal Way Addendum No. 1 S 352ND Street Extension November 24, 2015 7. Sheet 44 of 77, WALL PLAN & ELEVATION, WALL 2. This sheet number is shown twice in the Bid Documents. DELETE the 2nd instance of the plan sheet number and title and REPLACE with the attached Sheet 45 of 77, WALL PLAN & ELEVATION, WALL 3. 8. Sheet 47 of 77, IRRIGATION PLAN. DELETE this sheet and REPLACE with the attached revised Sheet 47 of 77. 9. Sheet 52 of 77, IRRIGATION SCHEDULE AND DETAILS. DELETE this sheet and REPLACE with the attached revised Sheet 52 of 77. G. BID OPENING The bid opening date has not changed. All bidders are required to acknowledge receipt of this addendum on page 24 of the Bid Form. Failure to do so may cause rejection of the bid. CITY OF FEDERAL WAY Naveen Chandra, PE Street Systems Project Engineer 3 of 3 City of Federal Way Addendum No. 1 S 352ND Street Extension November 24, 2015 Scarsella Bros. Inc. Attachment B BID FORM CITY OF FEDERAL WAY South 352 "d Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) BID FORM Bidder: Scarsella Bros. Inc. Date: 12/1/15 ITEM BID AMOUNT A) Schedule A Roadway Improvements $ Z, 1'L4 331. 00 B) Schedule B Lakehaven Utility District Washington State Sales Tax TOTAL SCHEDULE -C- B $ 49, 195': qc, $ 4, 4, '2 3. gt $ 5-3, g (P R, 94P TOTAL BID AMOUNT (including Washington State sales tax, all other government taxes, assessments and charges) $ 12.71 1 t q . To City Council Members City of Federal Way 33325 8th Ave South Federal Way, Washington 98003 -6325 Pursuant to and in compliance with your advertisement for bids for construction of South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S), and other documents relating thereto, the undersigned has carefully examined all of the bid and contract documents as the premises and conditions affecting the delivery, supply and maintenance of South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S), and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials and perform all work as required in strict accordance with the contract documents, for the above - referenced amount, inclusive of Washington State sales tax and all other government taxes, assessments and charges as required by law. The required bid security consisting of a certified check, bid bond, or cashier's check in an amount of not less than five percent (5 %) of the total amount bid is attached hereto, which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the City as liquidated damages in the event this bid is accepted by the City within forty-five (45) calendar days after the day of the bid opening and the undersigned fails to execute the South 352 "d Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) Public Works Contract and to provide the required certificate of insurance to the City, under the conditions thereof, within ten (10) calendar days after the Notice of Award; otherwise said Bid Security will be returned to the undersigned. Bond or Certified Check 5% of total bid amount Dollars ($ 5% of total bid amount) The Bidder shall complete this entire Bid Form or this bid may be considered non - responsive. The City may correct obvious mathematical errors. The City of Federal Way reserves the right to reject any and all bids, waive any informalities or minor irregularities in the bidding, and determine which bid or bidder meets the criteria set forth in the bid documents. City of Federal Way RFB # 15-015 South 352 "d Street Extension Page 23 November 2015 RFB ver. 4 -15 Receipt of the following Addendums is hereby acknowledged: Addendum No. 1 Date Issued: 11/24/15 Addendum No. Date Issued: Addendum No. Date Issued: Corporation Corporation /Prtncrship /Individual (Delete Two) SCARSBI183B8 Bidder's State License No. 578 - 035 -242 Bidder's State Tax No. City of Federal Way South 352 'd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Scarsella Bros. Inc. Firm Name S' nature Vice President Title Page 24 Bob Scarsella Scarsella Bros. Inc. RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Scarsella Bros. Inc. Attachment C BID SCHEDULE CITY OF FEDERAL WAY South 352nd Street Extension Pacific Highway S to Enchanted Parkway S SCHEDULE A - ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS All unit prices in Bid Schedule A shall include applicable sales tax. ITEM SPEC ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT APPROX. UNIT PRICE AMOUNT NO. NO. UNIT PRICE IN WORDS QUANTITY DOLLARS CENTS DOLLARS CENTS 1 1 -04 Unexpected Site Changes EST 1 $ 30,000.00 $ 30,000.00 2 1 -05 Construction Surveying LS 1 3 1 -05 As -Built Survey and Record Drawings LS 1 4 1 -07 SPCC Plan LS 1 5 1 -08 Type B Progress Schedule (Minimum Bid $5,000) LS 1 6 1 -09 Mobilization LS 1 .57)0, 00 LI, as-1100 a,0 DO ,00 OCro. 00 2u5 000.00 ag£ 00,00 4, as0.00 Qp0 ©, 00 .5000 00 ZUS,000.o0 7 1 -09 Field Office Building LS 1 /0, 000.0o /0,00 .00 8 1 -10 Off -Duty Uniformed Police Officer EST 1 $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 9 1 -10 Traffic Control Supervisor LS 1 /00,000. 120 /00,000.00 10 1 -10 Flaggers and Spotters HR 4,800 .01 118.1)0 11 1 -10 Other Traffic Control Labor HR 1,800 .D/ /$'. o b 12 1 -10 Other Temporary Traffic Control LS 1 /s0,0X.o 1 Ocr . 0c1 13 1 -10 Construction Signs Class A SF 150 1S, 00 2, S0<00 14 1 -10 Sequential Arrow Sign HR 1,600 /.. b 15 1 -10 Portable Changeable Message Sign HR 7,200 a. 0 0 16 1 -10 Business Access Sign EA 3 I s;Oo ca,1-10o <o0 141 1100.00 37S<00 17 2 -01 Clearing and Grubbing LS 1 18 2 -01 Roadside Cleanup EST 32, coo. vv $ 10,000.00 32, OQO. ov $ 10,000.00 19 2 -02 Removal of Structure and Obstruction LS 1 ab,500,00 20 2 -02 Sawcutting 21 2 -02 Remove Existing Catch Basin LF EA 2,480 3. as a SO O. 00 8, 0(00.00 9 3.-'0, 00 22 2 -02 Remove /Abandon Existing Storm Sewer Pipe LF 330 1S; o0 ,315'0.0 0 4 23 2 -02 Removal and Relocation of Existing Private Improvements EST 1 $ 5,000.00 9.3-0 00 $ 5,000.00 24 2 -03 Gravel Borrow Incl. Haul TN 7,500 11P. '75 City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension I asc,,as; 0o RFB #15 -015 Scarsella Bros. Inc. SCHEDULE A - ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS All unit prices in Bid Schedule A shall include aoDlicable sales tax ITEM NO. SPEC NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE IN WORDS UNIT APPROX. QUANTITY UNIT PRICE DOLLARS CENTS AMOUNT DOLLARS CENTS 25 2 -03 Gravel Borrow for Trench Backfill Incl. Haul TN 1,110 i -2S- e, u d 26 2 -03 Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul CY 5,800 ' 7,5- /b+ 7,50.00 27 2 -03 Unsuitable Foundation Excavation Incl. Haul CY 230 / g. 7S" [I 3 1 a.So 28 2 -09 Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B SF 7,410 - 0' ,7 4.. / 29 2 09 Structure Excavation Class B Incl. Haul for Structural Earth Walls CY 2,130 . 0 1 2/. 3 0 30 2 -09 Shoring or Extra Excavation Cl. A LS 1 1.0 0 /. 0 o 31 4 -04 Crushed Surfacing Top Course TON 3,660 f • 0 S, 3 ail, OO T 32 5 -04 Temporary Pavement TON 120 /06, 00 /R1000.00 2-4 oro,o0 33 5 -04 HMA CI. 1/2" PG 64 -22 TON 4,100 to 6,_1 o 34 5 -04 Commercial HMA PG 64 -22 TON 270 g9, oo a4 0 30, no 35 5 -04 Planing Bituminous Pavement SY 1,650 4, sn 1 I/as,o0 36 6 -13 Structural Earth Wail SF 5,790 37 6 -13 Modular Block Wall SF 360 /'/,57) ,300,00 a5;,',C7S, 0 0 6S,/0 /,00 9, 00 38 6 -13 Gravel Backfill for Structural Earth WaII Incl. Haul CY 930 a 7. S0 39 7 -04 Class IV Reinf. Conc. Storm Sewer Pipe 12 In. Diam. LF 1,510 L/S; /0 40 7 -04 Class 50 Ductile Iron Storm Sewer Pipe 12 In. Diam. LF 50 SS. % 0 41 7 -05 Trench Drain LF 90 /7S, 00 /4'7s -0,00 3 o -O.0 0 42 7 -05 Catch Basin Type 1 EA 22 ' 3'1-S: O 0 43 7 -05 Catch Basin Type 1L EA 5 /,..c0 O. 00 ..), SO o. 00 44 7 -05 Catch Basin Type 2, 48 !n. Diam. EA 1 c/ no, on 9 0 n. 0 0 45 7 -05 Catch Basin Type 2, 60 In. Diam. EA 1 S00.00 gL/ 3 .57a00,00 i; 0. 00 46 7 -05 Adjust Existing Storm Drainage Structure EA 2 47 7 -05 Connection to Existing Drainage Structure EA 6 E?. 0. , 00 I-4 8 3 0, 00 48 7 -05 Heavy Duty Locking Ring & Cover EA 14 4 i 00.00 800..00 49 7 -05 72 In. Diam. Flat Top Catch Basin Lid EA 2 / ILI Q 00 3 g g& 00 50 7 -16 Modify Fire Department Connection LS 1 W.(00 3% /O. 00 51 7 -21 72 In. Manhole Cartridge Replacement LS 1 030,00 6,030.00 Go, 8(QS:oo 52 7 -21 Stormwater Treatment Vault A LS 1 0 8(x.5:00 City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension PPR1/1c_n1F Scarsella Bros. Inc. SCHEDULE A - ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS All unit prices in Bid Schedule A shall include applicable sales tax. ITEM NO. SPEC NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE IN WORDS UNIT APPROX. QUANTITY UNIT PRICE DOLLARS CENTS AMOUNT DOLLARS CENTS 53 7 -21 Stormwater Treatment Vault B LS 1 g g 5,00, a 0 o e, s-00. 00 54 7 -21 Pretreatment Unit LS 1 14, 00( 00 lq, 000, 00 55 7 -21 Pond Excavation CY 205 ��, ® c2S. 00 56 7 -21 Catch Basin Insert for Spill Control EA 8 10 O r 00 ?0(i 0 0 57 8 -01 Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention LS 1 /0/060,00 C1,0n o 58 8 -02 Topsoil Type A CY 310 3Q. 00 �,`i�0,0h /, /.5-0,, 0 0 59 8 -02 Bark Mulch CY 32 3 G.00 60 8 -02 Sod Installation SY 1,300 �, is- 1 clgs;00 61 8 -02 Detention Pond Seed Mix SY 400 8, �� I, 38°,00 62 8 -02 Seeded Lawn Installation SY 1,500 /,0b 7,50a00 0/313.- 0 0 1, �g Oo 63 8-02 PSIPE Acer Rubrum 'Red Sunset'/ Red Sunset Maple 2 1/2" Cal, 12' -14' Ht EA 53 3 a.7. 00 64 8 -02 PSIPE Parthenocissus henryana/ Silvervein Creeper EA 112 ' I, 0 65 8 -02 Property Restoration EST 1 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 66 8 -03 Automatic Irrigation System Complete LS 1 4c? 0e0.0o 40, no0, 00 67 8 -03 Lakehaven Utility District Connection Fees EST 1 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 68 8 -04 Cement Conc. Traffic Curb and Gutter LF 3,200 1 1, O 0 , a00,0n 69 8 -04 Extruded Curb, Type 6 LF 480 / 1:-5`, SS'0,0, 00 0 go. 0 O 70 8 -06 Cement Conc. Driveway Entrance 3 -Day SY 530 4 ,7r 0-0 71 8 -07 Precast Dual Faced Sloped Mountable Curb LF 110 ag, 00 3,080, 00 1, 5100, no 72 8 -09 Raised Pavement Marker Type 2 HUND 3 SO 0.0 0 73 8 -11 Beam Guardrail Type 1 LF 30 SO. 00 1,500,00 x,500,00 74 8 -11 Beam Guardrail Flared Terminal EA 1 0,,5'00, 00 75 8 -12 Black Vinyl Coated Chain Link Fence LF 1,080 /...s-o- 31, 8 87• (0 0 76 8 -12 Double 36' Black Vinyl Coated Swing Gate EA 1 a, 1(00.00 ` 60.00 77 8 -12 Double 30' Black Vinyl Coated Swing Gate EA 1 1 g 0o. 06 1 000,00 78 8 -12 Double 28' Black Vinyl Coated Swing Gate EA 1 '/ 10620,0 0 `, ,gn, 00 79 8 -12 Black Vinyl Coated Sliding Gate with 36' Opening EA 1 9,0E0.00 1 0S 0 , 00 80 8 -14 Cement Conc. Sidewalk SY 2,500 a(v.Ob �p5, On0.00 City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB #15 -015 Scarselia Bros. Inc. SCHEDULE A - ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS All unit prices in Bid Schedule A shall include applicable sales tax. ITEM SPEC ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT APPROX. UNIT PRICE AMOUNT NO. NO. UNIT PRICE IN WORDS QUANTITY DOLLARS CENTS DOLLARS CENTS 81 8 -14 Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type Parallel A EA 3 82 8 -14 Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type Combination EA 1 83 8 -14 Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type Perpendicular A EA 9 84 8 -14 Thickened Edge Sidewalk LF 430 I,3oo,00 I,SOO,OO 1, 000.00 3900,00 l600<00 85 8 -14 Permeable Concrete Paver SF 110 aS 00 9,00 0,00 tt 93s�, 00 86 8 -15 Quarry Spalls TN 25 87 8 -20 Illumination System, Complete LS 1 88 8 -20 Traffic Signal System - Pacific Highway S & S 352nd Street, Complete LS 1 /0 /, SID. DO �s0.Co I,0 00,00 104570.00 135,19 5", 00 89 8 -20 Traffic Signal System Modification - Enchanted Parkway S & S 352nd Street, Complete LS 1 /12,710.00 2,3 18S. 00 l /2, 7h 0 00 90 8 -21 Permanent Signing LS 1 /Z,U0.00 12, ODD. 00 91 8 -22 Plastic Stop Line Type A LF 170 9. 00 / 63o.00 92 8 -22 Paint Line 4" LF 9,340 30 93 8 -22 Paint Line 8" LF 1,320 . 30 Soa. 00 39(0,00 94 8 -22 Plastic Crosswalk Line Type A SF 1,260 4. 00 95 8 -22 Painted Bicycle Lane Symbol EA 6 110,00 5-'0140,00 (o((C).00 96 8 -22 Plastic Traffic Arrow Type A EA 25 I IS; 00 97 8 -22 Plastic Access Parking Space Symbol EA 1 1I5< 00 ,' -)5; 00 /(S 00 98 8 -22 Remove Pavement Markings LS 1 99 8 -23 Temporary Pavement Marking LF 2,000 3-030,00 5'000. 00 100 8 -23 Removing Temporary Pavement Marking LF 2,000 IBS ©0.00 qCCl, 00 101 8 -31 Resolution of Utility Conflicts EST 1 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 102 8 -31 Potholing EST 1 $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 TOTAL SCHEDULE A ^ �tog 331 00 (bid items include sales tax) $ , City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB #15 -015 Attachment C BID SCHEDULE CITY OF FEDERAL WAY South 352nd Street Extension Pacific Highway S to Enchanted Parkway S SCHEDULE B - LAKEHAVEN UTILITY DISTRICT ITEM NQ. SPEC. NQ. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE IN WORDS UNIT APPROX. QUANTITY UNIT PRICE DOLLARS CENTS AMOUNT DOLLARS CENTS 103 1-04 Unexpected Site Changes EST 1 $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 104 1 -09 Mobilization LS 1 I ` I 900 . (b � 1-(960.06 gy 6 CM ty 105 1 -10 Flaggers and Spotters HR 48 ti 3...S-S— 106 2 -02 Remove Steel /Plastic Water Main 2 In. Diam. LF 460 i.-5-'0 ip 4'0, 00 407 2-02 L.F 30 NOT USED NAT USED 108 2 -02 Remove Ductile Iron Water Main 8 In, Diam. LF 70 J 0 00 -76o. 06 109 2 -02 Remove AC Water Main 8 In. Diam. LF 45 5O- 0 a, as-o. 110 2 -02 Remove Water Service Connection EA 2 I 00 a0O. 111 2 -02 Remove Hydrant Assembly EA 1 00,00 1 O00, 6 112 7 -09 Trench Safety System LS 1 50 0.6 0 S-00 , © 0 113 7 -09 Crushed Surfacing Base Course for Trench Backfill TN 190 1 00 ,?101--t 0, 00 114 7 -09 Connect to Existing Water Main EA 4 I, (0(0,5:01) ,, L, 60.00 445 7-08 20 NOT USED NOT -USED 116 7-09 Ductile Iron Pipe for Water Main 8 In, Diam. LF 140 6S; 00 9 100. 00 117 7 -14 Hydrant Assembly EA 1 3, b' (4,5 op 3 C te S, 0O 118 8 -31 Resolution of Utility Conflicts EST 1 $ 2,000.00 $ 2,000.00 119 8 -35 Adjust Water Valve to Grade EA 4 „;00,00 / aoo. 06 420 845 EA 3 NOT -USED NOT USED 121 7 -05 Reconstruct Sewer Manhole EA 2 000, on 4" 0 00.06 Total Schedules A & B: Total Schedule A brought forward........ Total Schedule B brought forward........ Total Bid Sub otal Schedule B $ �, 1 9- 0 Sales Tax (9.5 %) $ mot; !n 7 3. 510 TOTAL SCHEDULE Bilt ._3, 96e_ qb $ 2, (, Pe, 331.00 $ S3, 8 9� $ 21,1 -2.� ! 99 • "�!i Note: Determination of low bidder will be based solely on the "Total Bid ", ' 9 City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension Page 29 1 RFB #15 -015 2015 Attachment D BID SIGNATURE PAGE Scarsella Bros. Inc. Date: 12/1/15 The undersigned bidder hereby proposes and agrees to deliver the equipment and /or services pursuant to the South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) and comply with all other terms and conditions of the contract and bid documents of RFB 15 -015. No bidder may withdraw his /her bid for a period of ninety (90) days after the day of bid opening. The required bid security consisting of a certified check, bid bond, or cashier's check in an amount of not less than five percent (5 %) of the total amount will be delivered to the City. The undersigned individual represents and warrants that he or she is dully authorized to execute the bid and all bid documents on behalf of any partnership, joint venture or corporation. Corporation Corporation /Partncrship /Individual (Delete Two) City of Federal Way South 352" Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Scarsella Bros. Inc. Bob Scarsella (Printed Name) Its: Vice President (Title) P.O. Box 68697 Seattle, WA 98168 -0697 (Address) 253 - 872 -7173 Page 30 (Telephone Number) RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Attachment E BID BOND FORM Herewith find deposit in the form of a certified check, cashier's check, cash, or bid bond in the amount of $ 5% of Bid Amount, which amount is not less than five percent (5 %) of the total bid. BID BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that we, Scarsella Bros. Inc. , as Principal, and Liberty Mutual Insurance Company , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Federal Way, as Obligee, in the penal sum of Five Percent (5 %) of Bid Amount and /100 dollars ($ 5% of Bid Amount), for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bond themselves, their heirs and executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for: South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy 5 to Enchanted Parkway S) According to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal therefore, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall in case of failure so to do, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified • iri the call for bids, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, it shall be, and remain in full force and effect, and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee as penalty and liquidated damages, the amount of this bond. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS 1st DAY OF December Received return of deposit in the sum of Peggy A. Firth, Attomey -in -Fat Date: 201_. # ber 2015 THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No. 7129117 American Fire and Casualty Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casuafty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Fire & Casualty Company and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the 'Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint, Aliceon A. Keltner; Annelies M. Richie; Barbara A. Johnson; Brent E. Heilesen; Carley Espiritu; Christopher Kinyon; Cynthia L. Jay; Diane M. Harding; Eric A. Zimmerman; James B. Binder; Jamie Diemen Jennifer L. Snyder; Jon J. Oja; Julie R. Truitt; Karen C. Swanson; Kristine A. Lawrence; Lisa M. Anderson; Mitchell R. Smee; Peggy A. Firth; Peter J. Comfort all of the city of Tacoma state of WA each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney -in -fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 1st day of October 2015 C STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA co COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY O O > e C'7) 0 m e O? 0 c E�; 1.1■■ ll L O L Z u ss American Fire and Casualty Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company West Ajmerican Insurance Company By David M. Care , Assistant Secretary on this 1st day of October 2015 before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of American Fire and Casualty Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed m name and affixed my notarial seal at Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA Notarial Seal Teresa Pastella, Notary Public Plymouth Twp., Montgomery County My Commission Expires March 28. 2017 Member, Pennsylvania Association of Notaries By: Teresa Pastella, Notary Public This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to an by authority of the following By -laws and Authorizations of American Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ARTICLE IV- OFFICERS - Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attomey, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney -in -fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. ARTICLE XIII - Execution of Contracts - SECTION 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation - The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attorneys-in- fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, Gregory W. Davenport, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of American Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this 1 day of `#'3r`-"- 20 t LMS 12873 122013 By: Gregory W. Davenport, Assistant Secretary 504 of 800 business day Scarsella Bros. Inc. Attachment F SUBCONTRACTOR LIST Prepared in Compliance with RCW 39.30.060 South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) Failure to list subcontractors who are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW, or identify the bidder for the work will result in your bid being non - responsive and therefore void. Subcontractors that are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW, must be named below, or name the bidder for the work. The bidder verifies that each first tier subcontractor, and every subcontractor of any tier that hires other subcontractors, has a current certificate of registration in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW; a current Washington Unified Business Identifier (UBI) number; has Industrial Insurance (workers' compensation) coverage for the subcontractor's employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW, if applicable; has a Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW, if applicable; has a Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW, if applicable; has an electrical contractor license, if required by Chapter 19.28 RCW, if applicable; has an elevator contractor license, if required by Chapter 70.87 RCW. The following listed bid items (listed in numerical.sequence) for this project have been proposed for subcontracting to subcontractors as indicated. SUBCONTRACTOR NAME ITEM NUMBERS ESTIMATED AMOUNT WMBE QUALIFIED? (Y /N) t )L {- Nam- Vilnisi 1de. 87, 88, 89 $450,000.00 N City of Federal Way South 352 "d Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 32 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Attachment G City of Federal Way COMBINED AFFIDAVIT AND CERTIFICATION FORM Non - Collusion, Anti - Trust, Prevailing Wage (Non - Federal Aid), Debarment, Eligibility, and Certification of Lawful Employment NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Scarsella Bros. Inc. Being first duly sworn, deposes and says, that he /she is the identical person who submitted the foregoing proposal or bid, and that such bid is genuine and not sham or collusive or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named, and further, that the deponent has not directly induced or solicited any other Bidder on the foregoing work equipment to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding, and that deponent has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to himself /herself or to any other person any advantage over other Bidder or Bidders; and NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS ON PROJECTS INVOLVING THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (USDOT) To report bid rigging activities call: 1- 800 - 424 -9071 The U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) operates the above toll -free hotline Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time. Anyone with knowledge of possible bid rigging, bidder collusion, or other fraudulent activities should use the hotline to report such activities. The hotline is part of USDOT's continuing effort to identify and investigate highway construction contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the USDOT Inspector General. All information will be treated confidentially and caller anonymity will be respected; and CERTIFICATION RE: ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI -TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER Vendor and purchaser recognize that in actual economic practice, overcharges resulting from anti- trust violations are, in fact, usually borne by the purchaser. Therefore, vendor hereby assigns to purchaser any and all claims for such overcharges as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this order or contract, except as to overcharges resulting from anti -trust violations commencing after the date of the bid, quotation, or other event establishing the price under this order or contract. In addition, vendor warrants and represents that each of his suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims to purchaser, subject to the aforementioned exception; and PREVAILING WAGE AFFADAVIT I, the undersigned, having duly sworn, deposed say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work of this project, will pay each classification of laborer, workperson, or mechanic employed in the performance of such work, not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wage as specified in the principal contract; that I have read the above and forgoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein, is true to my knowledge and belief; and City of Federal Way South 352 "d Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 33 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Scarsella Bros. Inc. DEBARMENT AFFIDAVIT I certify that, except as noted below, the firm, association or corporation or any person in a controlling capacity associated therewith or any position involving the administration of federal funds; is not currently under suspension, debarment, voluntary exclusion, or determination of ineligibility by any federal agency; has not been suspended, debarred, voluntarily excluded or determined ineligible by any federal agency within the past three (3) years; does not have a proposed debarment pending; and has not been indicted, convicted, or had a civil judgment rendered against said person, firm, association or corporation by a court of competent jurisdiction in any matter involving fraud or official misconduct within the past three (3) years. AFFIDAVIT OF ELIGIBILITY The Contractor certifies that it is properly licensed and registered under the laws of the State of Washington and has not been determined to have been in violation of RCW 50.12.070(1)(b), RCW 51.16.070(1)(b), or RCW 82.32.070(2) within the last two years. The Contractor further certifies that it has not been determined, within the last one year, to have committed any combination of two of the following violations or infractions within a five -year period: (1) Violated RCW 51.48.020(1) or 51.48.103; or (2) Committed an infraction or violation under chapter 18.27 RCW. CERTIFICATION OF LAWFUL EMPLOYMENT The contractor hereby certifies that it has complied with all provisions of the Immigration and Nationality Act, now or as herein after amended, 8 USC Section 1101 et. seq., and that all employees, including subcontractor employees, are lawfully permitted to perform work in the United States as provided in this agreement with the City of Federal Way. FOR: Non - Collusion Affidavit, Assignment of Anti -Trust Claims to Purchaser, Prevailing Wage Affidavit, Debarment Affidavit, Affidavit Of Eligibility, and Certification of Lawful Employment. South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) Name of B':' er's Scar,:= la Bros. Inc. Bob Scarsella, VP gnature of Authorized Representative of Bidder 2015 Subscribegoudisto p to before me this 1st day of December ,X66 Patricia F. Brush (printed /typed name of notary) Notary Public in and for the State of Washington My commission expires: 9/8/18 *�.> C,1A F 4 teiceoTARN.Oos Y •4•40- o *= • o °� �wASH;�;�`• City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 34 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Attachment H CONTRACTOR'S COMPLIANCE STATEMENT (President's Executive Order #11246) Scarsella Bros. Inc. Date: 12/1/15 This statement relates to a proposal contract with the City of Federal Way named South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) I am the undersigned bidder or prospective contractor. I represent that: I )171 have, have not, participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the President's Executive Order #11246 (regarding equal employment opportunity) or a preceding similar Executive Order. City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 By: Scarsella Bros. Inc. Name of Bi . • er gnature Its: Vice President Bob Scarsella Title P.O. Box 68697 Seattle, WA 98168 -0697 Address Page 35 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Department of Labor and Industries PO Box 44450 Olympia, WA ` 98504 -4450 SCARSELLA BROS INC P 0 BOX 68697 SEATTLE WA 981680697 LA BROS INC SARSBI183B8 03 5242 ided by Law as; On Contractor L 28/1982 5/7/2017 SCARSELLA BROS INC Page 1 ( STATE OF WASHINGTON Department of Labor & Industries Certificate of Workers' Compensation Coverage November 18, 2015 WA UBI No. L &I Account ID Legal Business Name Doing Business As Workers' Comp Premium Status: Estimated Workers Reported (See Description Below) Account Representative Licensed Contractor? License No. License Expiration 578 035 242 132,332-00 SCARSELLA BROS INC SCARSELLA BROS INC Account is current. Quarter 3 of Year 2015 "Greater than 100 Workers" TO / GARY HONC (360)902 -4823 - Email: HONC235 @Ini.wa.gov Yes SCARSBI183B8 05/07/2017 What does "Estimated Workers Reported" mean? Estimated workers reported represents the number of full time position requiring at least 480 hours of work per calendar quarter. A single 480 hour position may be filled by one person, or several part time workers. Industrial Insurance Information Employers report and pay premiums each quarter based on hours of employee work already performed, and are liable for premiums found later to be due. Industrial insurance accounts have no policy periods, cancellation dates, limitations of coverage or waiver of subrogation (See RCW 51.12.050 and 51.16.190). Heavy - Highway Construction Contractor's State Identification Numbers An Equal Opportunity Employer WA Contractor Registration No. SCARSBI183B8 UBI No. /State Excise Tax No. 578- 035 -242 Employment Security No. 219,514 -00 -1 Federal ID No. 91- 0680994 L & I No. 578 035 242 P.O. Box 68697 • Seattle, Washington 98168 -0697 • Tel: (253) 872 -7173 • Fax: (253) 395 -1209 AK Lic. #34714 • AZ Lic. #ROC249216 • CA Lic. #779354 • ID Lic. #10394 - Unlimited -1 -2 MT Lic. #146627 • ND Lic. #44607 • OR Lic. #96884 • UT Lic. #7646917 -5551 • WA Lic. #SCARSBI183B8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Attachment C BID SCHEDULE CITY OF FEDERAL WAY South 352nd Street Extension Pacific Highway S to Enchanted Parkway S SCHEDULE B - LAKEHAVEN UTILITY DISTRICT ITEM NO. SPEC. NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE IN WORDS UNIT APPROX. QUANTITY UNIT PRICE DOLLARS CENTS AMOUNT DOLLARS CENTS 103 1 -04 Unexpected Site Changes EST 1 $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 104 1 -09 Mobilization LS 1 105 1 -10 Flaggers and Spotters HR 48 106 2 -02 Remove Steel /Plastic Water Main 2 In. Diam. LF 460 447 2 02 ' _ •• - _ E. - - _ _ • A - _ - • _ • '- •• . L-F 30 NOT USED NOT USED 108 2 -02 Remove Ductile Iron Water Main 8 In. Diam. LF 70 109 2 -02 Remove AC Water Main 8 In. Diam. LF 45 110 2 -02 Remove Water Service Connection EA 2 111 2 -02 Remove Hydrant Assembly EA 1 112 7 -09 Trench Safety System LS 1 113 7 -09 Crushed Surfacing Base Course for Trench Backfill TN 190 114 7 -09 Connect to Existing Water Main EA 4 445 7-08 ' - - _ _ - - = - - • - - . L-€ 2.0 NOT USED B 116 7 -09 Ductile Iron Pipe for Water Main 8 In. Diam. LF 140 117 7 -14 Hydrant Assembly EA 1 118 8 -31 Resolution of Utility Conflicts EST 1 $ 2,000.00 $ 2,000.00 119 8 -35 Adjust Water Valve to Grade EA 4 4-20 8-35 ' _ .. - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _: €A 3 NOT USED NOT USED 121 7 -05 Reconstruct Sewer Manhole EA 2 Subtotal Schedule B $ Sales Tax (9.5 %) $ TOTAL SCHEDULE BI$ Total Schedules A & B: Total Schedule A brought forward........ $ Total Schedule B brought forward....... $ Total Bid Note: Determination of low bidder will be based solely on the "Total Bid ". City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension Page 29 RFB #15 -015 2015 r NM • — — MO MI OM OM MO OM NM NM MI NM MO r MO - K: \PROJECTS \FEDERAL WAY \09016 - S 352nd St. Ext \DESIGN\ Drawings \Contract \09016WAT01.dwg 11/24/2015 10:20 AM t b z 2‘I33NION31O31'Otld m 0 n z m tl3OVNVW ONItl33NION3 m D O 0 a W 1”' m O N C) s a 0 cW my a N 0 C w N Z 0 X m m m m V+ Z 9L060 ON 103f'ONd Od>I 0 2 ICA) 0 T S31ON 2131VM '30d 6 40 ALISN30 NI11 V 10 I MI a RRiI Ag R gt fA M D AM 8MA ff0f11 -i FA 8TP Ii AM rflT gr Evc $g m U m IR z z 13. RESTORATION PER ROADWAY SECTIONS, SHEET 4. OAA +�1 _ $ $m ' ffl §2 cDc Dg omm i$-I OTq Og A CZ") 2 2M $ < X <$ 5-I N D= 0 55' PP N Nn N fZ 7 m - rzn 1 j fl g P I W P g m 9 0 X O ~ C n M A pR me =-goo 8 7' 2-0222 ig $ „ D >!g g N A$ a v m N m D 4 O Q n -I r, 0,0,45R p g A "O R i m H O N Vy a y Ng A D N y N I N I p N ')C', Ofrl� p>° x D x g P V e A s 4. X M' w° �1 X C°' I l W'. W- f. '� B � ” $ o y �y Om �_ � � a g A° J . y i-u 1- K [ZLl SC Z O Z p D I+I' Z N Z O A C7 %� D 0 N A= Z y E yZ pp W v Z m .-c cc, O y i�iy> mcg A gg $ Wm D Z W f'i> W ai N Ki to < 2 2 D == AR 0 , X f�1 9 � W < y c > Q i to °6 �zg N � 274= ;pc yN gilS m 0gf=,l F =D 2FclZ < Em = »p A X2° 22% m (jj D 0 r o `QDg'2 X26 D m�< p N :! P' U t W IV 0 :- S31ON ?J31YM 1V213N30 D�owins \Gontroct \D9016WAiDt.dwq 11/24/2015 NO WO WI 110111 all 01111 CtS \FEDERAL WAY \p9016 S 352nd St. Ext \DESIGN\ g K'. \PRDJE 1WO %WI MN • • • — — • • MI • r • • — — • — it • K: \PROJECTS \FEDERAL WAY \09016 - S 352nd St. Ext\ DESIGN\ Drawings \Contract \09016WAT01.dwg 11/24/2015 10:20 AM 0 H33NION3103r08d O 0 z 0 D a 2 0 D 0 2 O 0 a co 3NI1 d31VM DNILSIX3 3A0Yl311 t 5 z Z •FHI +*kz WI":4W _ S31ON 2E31MM 1V113N39 MATCH LINE STA 88 +00 SHEET 36 0 0 cv m° y y N 1E >a s co g ovC e Z m n IV VI 0' • Na N8O sr O D r S o� Uz f S 352ND ST ff S A s SD - -- 98- - I s w Y. — 8) —1 0 co 0 c co 01 N z 0 GO —I 7J m m m x m z 0 z + Ni I v 03 X. • • OM I • • • • • • NM • IIIII MI K: \PROJECTS \FEDERAL WAY \09016 — S 352nd St. Ext\ DESIGN\ Drawings \Contract \09016WALL01.dwg 11/24/2015 10:24 AM N VI S A 2133 NION3 1O3COtld 83OVNVIN ON1833NION3 D a CD CO m s m e 5 oN 0 �o o Zb Fg 0 C tD Ey z U) cn 0 w Z rn —I -1 O 'U m cn m CO m C° m ''z^^ VJ 0 z O O 0 8 00 8 0 O N NN N O O O O BEGIN WALL 3 WALL 3 STA 0 +00.00 END WALL 3 WALL 3 STA 4 +20.76 _> '2x A iR r .- m Q - -• < z r, m -. �U2 NQ 2V 4A � 11 1+1O Ni g '9► 133H5 'S1IV130 11VM 33S ' l S31ON 1tl213N39 I r • r i • • — • I • • • — — • OM IMP • K: \PROJECTS \FEDERAL WAY \09016 - S 352nd St. Ext\ DESIGN \Drowings \Contract \090161RR01.dwg 11/24/2015 10:22 AM O 0 m m C) m C1 D A t ON NDON300r 2133NION3 133rOild D D i13OVNVW ONI2133NION3 n D oD Z O D 0 0 0 0 0') ran ° —4 z co Cn 0 w CO N v rn —Cl) 0 cn m m m m z Cn Z v 0 0 V v 04 +88 VIS 0100 +48 `d1S NYld NOI1YDIHHI N mnm C y 2 cm mu) Fn CA N v0 ti X1 �o z rm z 73m U D SEE SHEET 52 FOR COMPLETE IRRIGATION SCHEDULE NA ti S3183S dIa1S JO1V1D8 dN 8 83annvinNVN 8 0 31f103H3S aV3H 2131)IN121dS • A p� n2 n E Lam 4 A 9310N NOI13f1211SNO3 11111111111111111111•111•1111111111111•11111111111111•=11=1101•1111101111 — ow K: \PROJECTS \FEDERAL WAY \09016 - S 352nd St. Ext\ DESIGN \Drowings \Contract \090161RR01.dwg 11/24/2015 10 :22 AM z 0 a O n 0 i133NION3 1921'08d LIROVNVIN 103fObd 2 m A 0 CD W p F 0 E, Z h 0 3 m ni Ar "IN S m 0 0 C co m Z cn G) -o 0 n z 2 N 0 T v IRRIGATION SCHEDULE AND DETAILS A C_ n n O C r z C) rrn U) z t7 C O N U) DETAIL DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY Nna HUM 1IOSN3S M013 SPECIFIED COVER tr N 3NI1NIVN 1V 331 030V3RI41 3Ad 4 9 8 ig D NMI NOUV9RRII 3Ad 0 A z Z 3Ad SONI1113 lly A 0 x A I -1 11 1 II1_ 831311 01 M3V9 is N— 2 9 g A I z V) VT n r O z 0 -n ^n^ 2 m c� 0 Cl) m I- r 3A1YA ONO -11338 b ter C 8 z � x<rr A p2 � zm7C mC nc, A -cA g<7 c<7 g r�50 AA N VIAg C, N N N n z 0 cnr m C z v m A r a 0 z U) y C 1 0 -n D 24" MIN. 2C I < 93 co 0A tn V ti 2 A P 31f U3HOS 4d3H H31MNIHdS I I IC8A f3 POINT OF CONNECTION EQUIPMENT, SEE DETAILS THIS SHEET. RAIN BIRD PEN---E3 AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE - SIZE AS NOTED ON PLAN. n 0 I:0 , -4 z o A 0 LEGEND D4 FEBCO ' <)1 MP ROTATOR SERIES MP ROTATOR STRIP SERIES MP ROTATOR STRIP SERIES MANUFACTURER 2 W FS 200P Q844- LRC -10 co ESP-81.04E PT 3002 PS SURGE KIT / O 8 ) -v 0 V f/1 o 8 m z 0 rn z rn o W m i r-1 Z x, 'O r g > [PVC SCH 40, LATERAL SUPPLY LINE- 18' MIN. COVER - SIZE AS NOTED. v . O r_ A I N C O 4f A 11 1/2' MASTER CONTROL VALVE. SEE DETAIL SHEET 51. 1' IRRIGATICK METER. FLOW SENSOR INSTALLED WITH PE 39 CABLE TO CONTROLLER CABINET. INSTALL (I) AT DOUBLE CHECK VALVE AS NOTED ON PLANS. SEE DETAIL SHEET THIS SHEET. 1' BRASS QUICK COUPLER VALVE WITH LOCKING VINYL COVER. INSTALL ONE AT DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY, PER DETAIL THIS SHEET. BRASS SHUTOFF VALVE. N 9 < A (1) 8- STATION CONTROLLER WITH STAINLESS STEEL CABINET AND PEDESTAL. PROVIDE (2) 12 STATION MODULES ESPLM FOR FUTURE EXPANSION. PROVIDE 3 SPARE WIRES (RED) FROM CONTROLLER THROUGH EACH CONTROL VALVE BOX TO FURTHEST VALVE BOX FROM CONTROLLER. SEE SIGNALIZATION PLANS FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. n n n LAWN HEAD - 4' PLASTIC POP -UP. 18' -19' AT 35 PSI, INSTALL ON TRIPLE SWING JOINT. — — _ — — — ■21. SHRUB HEAD - 6" PLASTIC POP -UP. 4'x15', 4'x30' AT 30 P51. SIDE & END STRIP NOZZLE, INSTALL ON TRIPLE SWING JOINT, LAWN HEAD - 4' PLASTIC PCP -UP. 5'x15', 5'x30' AT 35 P5I. SIDE & END STRIP NOZZLE, INSTALL ON TRIPLE SWING JOINT. ,q, in v N N n z 0 cnr m C z v m A r a 0 z U) y C 1 0 -n D 24" MIN. 2C I < 93 co 0A tn V ti 2 A P 31f U3HOS 4d3H H31MNIHdS BID AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Highway S to Enchanted Parkway S) RFB # `15- -015 Bids Accepted Until 10:00 a.m., December 1, 2015 Bids Opened 10:10 a.m., December 1, 2015 AT: City of Federal Way Hylebos Room in Federal Way City Hall 33325 Eighth Avenue South Federal Way, WA 98003 City of Federal Way South 352 "d Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Prepared By: KPG 753 9th Avenue North Seattle, WA 98109 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 1 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 1 PUBLIC NOTICE — REQUEST FOR BIDS 5 BIDDER'S CHECKLIST 8 ISECTION 1: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 10 1 SECTION 2: GENERAL CONTRACTUAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS 17 NO BID RESPONSE FORM (Attachment A) 23 IBID FORM (Attachment B) 24 IBID SCHEDULE (Attachment C) 25 BID SIGNATURE PAGE (Attachment D) 30 IBID BOND FORM (Attachment E) 31 ISUBCONTRACTOR LIST (Attachment F) 32 COMBINED AFFIDAVIT AND CERTIFICATION FORM (Attachment G) 33 1 CONTRACTOR'S COMPLIANCE STATEMENT (Attachment H) 35 I PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT (Attachment I) 36 (with Exhibits A -H and Appendixes as attached) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Exhibit A Exhibit B Exhibit C Exhibit D Exhibit E Exhibit F Exhibit G Exhibit H Notice of Completion Contract Change Order Agreement Contractor's Retainage Agreement Retainage Bond to the City of Federal Way Notice to Labor Unions of Other Employment Organizations Nondiscrimination in Employment Certificate(s) of Insurance Performance /Payment Bond Title VI Assurances AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS GREEN PAGES SPECIAL PROVISIONS BLUE PAGES City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 3 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd) PAGE PREVAILING WAGES AND BENEFIT CODE KEY (Appendix A) PINK PAGES CONSTRUCTION STORM WATER GENERAL PERMIT (Appendix B) WHITE PAGES WSDOT STANDARD PLANS (Appendix C) WHITE PAGES FEDERAL WAY STANDARD DETAILS (Appendix D) WHITE PAGES LAKEHAVEN UTILITY DISTRICT WATERLINE STANDARDS (Appendix E)WHITE PAGES ASBESTOS HANDLING DOCUMENTATION (Appendix F) WHITE PAGES City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 4 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 CITY OF FEDERAL WAY REQUEST FOR BIDS South 352 "d Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) RFB # 15 -015 SUBMITTAL OF SEALED BIDS: Notice is hereby given that the City of Federal Way, Washington, will receive sealed bids through December 1, 2015, at 10:00 a.m., at the City Hall Purchasing Office or by US Mail at City of Federal Way, Purchasing Office, 33325 8th Avenue South, Federal Way, Washington 98003. Proposals received after 10:00 a.m. on said date will not be considered. BID OPENING: All bids will be opened and read publicly aloud at 10:10 a.m. on Tuesday, December 1, 2015, at Hylebos Room in Federal Way City Hall, 33325 8th Avenue South, Federal Way, Washington, for this RFB. All bid proposals shall be accompanied by a bid deposit by a cashier's or certified check, or Bid Bond in an amount equal to five percent (5 %) of the amount of such bid proposal. Should the successful bidder fail to enter into a contract and furnish satisfactory Performance Bond within the time stated in the specifications, the bid deposit or bond shall be forfeited to the City of Federal Way. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This project shall consist of: The improvement of South 352nd Street from Pacific Highway South to Enchanted Parkway South to include construction of new asphalt concrete pavement, curb, gutter, sidewalk and planters, drainage and water improvements, detention pond modification, retaining walls, traffic signals, illumination, landscaping, and other work. The Contractor shall complete all work within 150 working days. The bidder is urged to check the plans and contract provisions carefully. All bid proposals shall be in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders and all other contract documents now on file in the Purchasing Office of the City of Federal Way. Bid documents may be obtained from the Purchasing Department at (253) 835 -2526. Any questions concerning the description of the work contained in the contract documents must be directed to Naveen Chandra, P.E., Street System Project Engineer, by facsimile at (253) 835 -2709, or by letter addressed to Naveen Chandra, P.E., Street System Project Engineer prior to bid opening date. PURCHASE OF BID DOCUMENTS: Bidders may purchase copies of the Bidding Documents (half -size plans) in person, or by mailing a Twenty -Five and No /100 Dollars ($25.00) (non - refundable) check or cashier's check payable to the City of Federal Way, 33325 8th Avenue South, Federal Way, WA 98003 -6325, phone (253) 835- 2526. If purchasing by mail, please indicate your request for Bidding Documents for RFB #15 -015, South 352 "d Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S). Informational copies of maps, plans, and specifications are available for review at the Public Works Department, Federal Way City Hall, 33325 8th Avenue South, Federal Way, Washington. Bidding Documents are also available for review at the following Plan Centers: City of Federal Way South 352 "d Street Extension Page 5 RFB ver. 4 -15 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Daily Journal of Commerce, Attn: Plancenter.com, 83 Columbia St, Suite 200, Seattle, WA 98104 Daily Journal of Commerce Project Center, 921 SW Washington St, Suite 210, Portland, OR 97205 McGraw Hill Construction Dodge, 3315 Central Ave., Hot Springs, AR 71913 Cora Inc. — Plan Center, 10002 Aurora Avenue North, #36, PMB 334, Seattle, WA 98133 Reed Construction Data, 30 Technology Parkway South, Suite 100, Norcross, GA 30092 Builders Exchange of Washington, 2607 Wetmore Avenue, Everett, WA 98201 Contractor Plan Center, 5468 SE International Way, Milwaukie, OR 97222 iSqFt Planroom, c/o Cascade A &E 235 9th Ave North, Seattle, WA 98109 — oregon- washington@isgft.com The City, in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000d -4 and Title 49 C.F.R., Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally- assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises as defined at 49 CFR Part 26 will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, national origin, or sex in consideration for an award. The City encourages minority and women -owned firms to submit bids consistent with the City's policy to insure that such firms are afforded the maximum practicable opportunity to compete for and obtain public contracts. The Contractor will be required to comply with all local, State, and Federal laws and regulations pertaining to equal employment opportunities. The City anticipates awarding this project to the successful bidder and intends to give Notice to Proceed as soon as the Contract and all required associated documents are executed in full. Regardless of the date of award or Notice to Proceed, the Contractor must complete all work under this project by 150 working days. RESERVATION OF RIGHTS: The City of Federal Way reserves the right to reject any and all bids, waive any informalities or minor irregularities in the bidding, and determine which bid or bidder meets the criteria set forth in the bid documents. No bidder may withdraw his or her bid after the hour set for the opening thereof unless the award is delayed for a period exceeding thirty (30) days. Dated the 6th day of November, 2015. Dates of Publication: City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Daily Journal of Commerce: November 7, 2015 November 14, 2015 Federal Way Mirror: November 6, 2015 November 13, 2015 Page 6 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 BIDDER'S CHECKLIST The bidder's attention is especially called to the following forms, which must be executed in full as required and submitted as part of the bid. Failure to comply shall result in rejection of any bid not so complying. ❑ Bid Form (Attachment B) The Bid Form shall be completed and fully executed, including filling in the total bid amount. ❑ Bid Schedule (Attachment C) The unit prices shall be set forth in the space provided. ❑ Bid Signature Page (Attachment D) The Bid Signature Page shall be filled in and fully executed by the bidder. C Bid Bond Form (Attachment E) This form is to be executed by the bidder and the surety company unless a certified check is submitted with the bid. The amount of this bond or certified check shall not be less than five percent (5 %) of the total bid amount and shall be shown in both words and figures. ❑ Subcontractor List (Attachment F) The Subcontractor List shall be filled in by the bidder. (This section may /may not apply) ❑ Combined Affidavit and Certification Form (Attachment G) This form must be subscribed to and sworn before a Notary Public and notarized. C Contractor's Compliance Statement (Attachment H) The Contractor's Compliance Statement shall be filled in and fully executed by the bidder. n Contractor's Certificate of Registration The bidder shall provide a copy of Contractor's current registration with the State of Washington. ❑ Contractor's State Identification Numbers The bidder shall provide a copy of Contractor's current state unified business identifier number and, as applicable, an employment security department number and state excise tax registration number. City of Federal Way South 352'd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 7 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 SUCCESSFUL BIDDER'S CHECKLIST The following documents are to be executed and delivered to the City within ten (10) calendar days after the Bid is awarded: ❑ Public Works Contract (Attachment I) The successful bidder will fully execute and deliver to the City the South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) Public Works Contract ("Contract ") from these Bid Documents. ❑ Contractor's Retainage Agreement or Retainage Bond (Exhibit C or D) The successful bidder will fully execute and deliver to the City the Contractor's Retainage Agreement or Retainage Bond. ❑ Notice to Labor Unions or Other Employment Organizations Nondiscrimination in Employment (Exhibit E) If this applies, the successful bidder will sign and post copies of this Notice in conspicuous places available to employees or applicant for employment. Certificate of Insurance (Exhibit F) The successful bidder will provide a Certificate of Insurance evidencing the insurance requirement set forth in the Contract. ❑ Performance /Payment Bond (Exhibit G) The successful bidder will provide a fully executed Performance /Payment Bond as appropriate. n Business License The successful bidder will provide a copy of a current Business License with the City of Federal Way. City of Federal Way South 352'd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 8 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 SECTION 1: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 -1 Time and Place for Submission and Opening of Bids Sealed bids must be submitted by 10:00 a.m. local time on December 1, 2015, to the Purchasing Office of the City of Federal Way (the "City "), located on the second floor of City Hall, or received by US Mail at City of Federal Way, Purchasing Office, 33325 Eighth Avenue S, Federal Way, Washington, 98003 -6325, and will be publicly opened and read aloud in Hylebos Room in Federal Way City Hall on December 1, 2015, at 10:10 a.m. local time. The City's Purchasing Coordinator must receive the sealed bid before the time and date specified in order to be considered. Telex or facsimile bids will not be accepted. The bidder accepts all risks of late delivery of mailed bids or of misdelivery regardless of fault. Late bids will be returned unopened. If, after reviewing this document the bidder chooses not to submit a bid, the bidder may complete and return the "No Bid Response Form" provided as Attachment "A" by the date and time indicated above. 1 -2 Bid Form Bids shall be made on the "Bid Form" (Attachment "B ") issued by the City as part of these contract documents, without reservation or amendment. Bids must be typewritten or printed in ink. Upon completion, the Bid Form and the bid bond or certified check and any requested information shall be placed in a sealed envelope. On the outside of the envelope, place the bid name, bid number and the time bids are due. 1 -3 Bid Signature All bids shall give the total bid price and shall be signed in ink by the bidder or their authorized representative, with the address. If the bid is made by an individual, the name, signature, and address must be shown. If the bid is made by a firm or partnership, the name and address of the firm or partnership and the signature of at least one of the general partners must be shown. If the bid is made by a corporation, the bid shall show the title of the person authorized to sign on behalf of the corporation, his or her title and the address. The City reserves the right to request documentation showing the authority of the individual signing the bid to execute contracts on behalf of anyone, or any entity, other than himself /herself. Refusal to provide such information upon request may cause the bid to be rejected as nonresponsive. 1 -4 Bid Withdrawal Due to Error Bids may not be withdrawn due to a claim of error in a bid unless written notice of such claim and supporting evidence for such claim including cost breakdown sheets are delivered to the City within forty-eight (48) hours prior to the opening of bids. City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 9 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 1 -5 Modification of Bid A modification of a bid already received will be considered only if the modification is received prior to the time announced for bid opening. All modifications shall be made in writing, executed, and submitted in the same form and manner as the original bid. 1 -6 Examination of Bid and Contract Documents — Bidder Responsibilities The submission of a bid shall constitute an acknowledgment upon which the City may rely that the bidder has thoroughly examined and is familiar with the bid and contract documents and has reviewed and inspected all applicable federal, state and local statutes, regulations, ordinances and resolutions dealing with or related to the equipment and /or services to be provided herein. The failure or neglect of a bidder to examine such documents, statutes, regulations, ordinances or resolutions shall in no way relieve the bidder from any obligations with respect to the bidder's bid or the contract documents. No claim for additional compensation will be allowed which is based upon a lack of knowledge of any contract documents, statutes, regulations, ordinances or resolutions. Bidders shall visit delivery and service locations(s) as required. Bidders shall become familiar with and verify any environmental factors, which may impact current or future prices for this requirement. 1 -7 Interpretation of Bid and Contract Documents No oral interpretations will be made to any bidder as to the meaning of the bid or contract documents and no oral communications will be binding upon the City. Requests for an interpretation shall be made by facsimile, or by mail, and delivered to the Purchasing Coordinator of the City at the address indicated in Section 1 -1, at least ten (10) days before the date announced for opening the bids. Any interpretation deemed necessary by the City will be in the form of an addendum to the bid documents and when issued will be sent as promptly as is practical to all parties to whom the bid documents have been issued. All such addenda shall become part of the bid. 1 -8 Addenda Each bid shall include acknowledgment of receipt and review of all addenda issued during the bidding period on the Bid Form. 1 -9 Bid Price The bid price shall include everything necessary for the completion of the contract including, but not limited to, furnishing all materials, equipment, tools, freight charges, facilities and all management, superintendence, labor and service, except as may be provided otherwise in the contract documents. All Washington State sales tax and all other government taxes, assessments and charges shall be included in the various Bid item prices as required by law. The offer shall remain in effect ninety (90) days after the bid opening. In the event of a discrepancy between a unit price and an extended amount and /or the total price, the unit price will govern and the extended amount and /or total price will be corrected accordingly; however, downward correction of a bid, which would displace the apparent low bidder, will only be permitted if the error made and the intended bid price can be determined solely from the bid documents. City of Federal Way South 352 "d Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 10 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 1 -10 Postponement of Bid Opening The City reserves the right to postpone the date and time for the opening of bids by announcing such postponement at any time prior to the date and time announced in these documents. 1 -11 Rejection of Bids A. The City reserves the right to reject any bid for any reason including, but not limited to, the following: any bid which is incomplete, obscure, irregular or lacking necessary detail and specificity; any bid which omits a price on any one or more items on the Bid Form and Bid Schedule; any bid in which prices are unbalanced in the opinion of the City; any bid accompanied by insufficient or irregular bid bond; any bid from bidders who (in the sole judgment of the City) lack the qualifications and /or responsibility necessary to perform the work after considering the elements in Section 1 -14.B; any bid for which a bidder fails or neglects to complete and submit any qualifications information within the time specified by the City and as may be otherwise required herein; and, any bid submitted by a bidder who is not registered or licensed as may be required by the laws of the State of Washington. B. The city further reserves the right to reject any portion of any bid and /or to reject all bids. In consideration for the City's review and evaluation of its bid, the bidder waives and releases any claims against the City arising from any rejection of any or all bids. 1 -12 Alterations to Documents Prohibited Any addition, limitation or provision attached to the bid may render it informal or nonresponsive and cause its rejection. Alteration by erasure or interlineations must be explained or noted in the bid form over the signature of the bidder. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic bids or modifications will be considered. 1 -13 Disqualification of Bidder If, in the opinion of the City, there is reason to believe that collusion exists among bidders, none of the bids of the participants in such collusion will be considered. All bidders are required to submit the Affidavit of Non - Collusion (Attachment G) with their bids. 1 -14 Evaluation of Bids It is the intent of City to award a contract to the lowest responsive bid by a responsible bidder as evaluated by the City. The bidder may be required by the City to submit documentation demonstrating compliance with the criteria. A. Responsiveness — The bidder must complete all required forms and bid documents and provide all required and requested information. Refusal to provide such information may cause the bid to be rejected. The City will consider all the material submitted by the bidder to determine whether the bid is in compliance with the bid terms and documents and responsive to the requested work. B. Responsibility — The City will consider all the material submitted by the bidder, and other evidence it may obtain including information from previous project owners, to determine City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 11 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 whether the bidder is responsible. The bidder must meet the following bidder responsibility criteria and supplemental bidder responsibility criteria to be considered a responsible bidder: 1. Mandatory Bidder Responsibility Criteria a. Have a current certificate of registration as a contractor in compliance with Chapter 18.27 RCW, which must have been in effect at the time of bid submittal; b. Have a current Washington Unified Business Identifier (UBI) number; c. If applicable: i. Have Industrial Insurance (workers' compensation) coverage for the bidder's employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW; ii. Have a Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 !RCW; iii. Have a Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW; d. Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3). 2. Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria a. The bidder shall not have a record of excessive claims filed against the retainage, payment, or performance bonds for public works projects during the previous three years, that demonstrate a lack of effective management by the bidder of making timely and appropriate payments to its subcontractors, suppliers, and workers, unless there are extenuating circumstances acceptable to the City. b. The bidder shall have a reasonable history of successfully completed projects of a similar size and scope as required by the contract documents for this project. The City will evaluate whether the projects were "successfully completed" and of a "similar size and scope." c. The bidder shall have evidence that it is able to begin and complete the work, and complete it in a timely fashion. 3. As evidence that the bidder meets the supplemental bidder responsibility criteria in paragraph (B)(2) above, the apparent low bidder must submit the following documentation to the City within 48 hours of the bid opening. The City reserves the right to request such documentation from other bidders also. Refusal to provide such information upon request may cause the bid to be rejected. a. The bidder shall submit a list of the public works projects completed within the previous three years and include for each project the following information; the owner and contact information for the owner; a list of claims filed against the retainage, payment, or performance bond for any of the projects listed; a written xplanation of the circumstances surrounding each claim and the ultimate re olution of the claim. b. The bidder shall submit a list of projects of similar size and scope to this project and include infor ation about each project, including the following: the owner and contact information for the owner; the awarded contract amount; the final contract amount; a description of the scope of the project and how the project is similar to this project; the bidder's assessment of its performance of each project. The information should include any information City of Federal Way South 352 " Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 12 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 regarding performance in the following areas; quality control; safety record; timeliness of performance; use of skilled personnel; management of subcontractors; availability of and use of appropriate equipment; compliance with contract documents; management of submittals process, change orders, and close -out. c. The bidder shall furnish acceptable evidence of the bidder's current ability to perform, such as firm commitments by subcontractors, equipment, supplies and facilities, and the bidder's ability to obtain the necessary personnel. 4. If the City determines the bidder does not meet the bidder responsibility criteria in paragraph (B)(2) above and is therefore not a responsible bidder, the City shall notify the bidder in writing with the reasons for its determination. If the bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within 24 hours of receipt of the City's determination by presenting additional information to the City and meeting the requirements of section 1- 20(B). The City will consider the additional information before issuing its final determination. If the final determination affirms that the bidder is not responsible, the City will not execute a contract with any other bidder until two business days after the bidder determined to be not responsible has received the final determination. C. Lowest Bid — The lowest bid shall be determined as set forth on the Bid Form. The acceptance of a bid will be evidenced by a Notice of Award. No other act of the City shall constitute acceptance of a bid. Within ten (10) days after receipt of Notice of Award, the bidder whose bid is accepted, shall furnish the required performance bond, certificate of insurance, execute the contract and perform all other acts required by the bid and contract documents as conditions precedent to formation of the contract. 1 -15 Procedures When Only One Bid is Received In the event only a single responsive bid is received, the City reserves the right to conduct a price and /or cost analysis of such bid. The sole bidder shall provide such information, data and other documentation as deemed necessary by the City for such analysis. The City reserves the right to reject such bid. 1 -16 Bid Documents Bidders are required to submit with the bid package the following: A. Attachment A— No Bid Response Form, if applicable. B. Attachment B— Bid Form. C. Attachment C— Bid Schedule. D. Attachment D— Bid Signature Page. E. Attachment E— Bid Bond Form. F. Attachment F— Subcontractor List. (May Not Apply) City of Federal Way South 352 "d Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 13 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 G. Attachment G— Combined Affidavit and Certification Form. H. Attachment H— Contractor's Compliance Statement. 1 -17 Conflicts of Interest and Noncompetitive Practices By submitting a bid, the Contractor agrees as follows: A. Conflict of Interest — That it has no direct or indirect pecuniary or proprietary interest, that it shall not acquire any interest which conflicts in any manner or degree with the work, services, equipment or materials required to be performed and /or provided under this contract and that it shall not employ any person or agent having any such interests. In the event that the Contractor or its agents, employees or representatives hereafter acquires such a conflict of interest, it shall immediately disclose such interest to the City and take action immediately to eliminate the conflict or to withdraw from this contract, as the City may require. B. Contingent Fees and Gratuities 1. That no person or selling agency except bona fide employees or designated agents or representatives of the Contractor have been employed or retained to solicit or secure this contract with an agreement or understanding that a commission, percentage, brokerage, or contingent fee would be paid; and 2. That no gratuities in the form of entertainment, gifts or otherwise, were offered or given by the Contractor or any of its agents, employees or representatives, to any official, member or employee of the City or other governmental agency with a view toward securing this contract or securing favorable treatment with respect to the awarding or amending, or the making of any determination with respect to the performance of this contract. 1 -18 Bid Security No bid will be considered unless accompanied by either a cashier's or certified check in an amount equal to five percent (5 %) of the Total Bid Price as indicated on Attachment B, "Bid Form," or a bid bond in the form of Attachment E or a letter of credit for a like amount. The check or bond shall be payable to the City; it shall be forfeited as fixed and liquidated damages in case the bidder fails, neglects or refuses to enter into a contract for the faithful performance of said work (including the providing of any evidence of insurance and /or performance bond required herein), in the event the contract is awarded to them, within ten (10) days after the award is made. If a bid bond is submitted in lieu of a check, it shall be executed by a corporate surety authorized to transact business in the State of Washington and in the form prescribed in Attachment E, "Bid Bond." If a letter of credit is offered in lieu of a check or bidder's bond, it shall be issued as an irrevocable documentary letter of credit drawn on a banking institution licensed to do business in the State of Washington. The letter of credit shall include instruction and provisions prescribed in Attachment E, "Bid Bond." Any questions as to the qualification of the banking institution or instruction shall be submitted to the City at least ten (10) days prior to the bid submittal date. The check, bidder's bond or letter of credit shall be attached to the bid form. City of Federal Way South 352 "d Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 14 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 The City further reserves the right to hold all bids (and the accompanying bid security) from the date of the bid opening until the contract and any performance /payment bond are executed, provided that such period does not exceed ninety (90) days, and each bid shall remain effective during that period. 1 -19 Performance /Payment Bond The bidder to whom the City has awarded this Contract will remove the Performance /Payment Bond (Exhibit G) attached to the Public Works Contract and deliver it to the City fully executed by the bidder and a surety company in the amount of one hundred percent (100 %) of the contract price as security for the faithful performance of the work including the payment of all persons furnishing materials and performing labor on the work and all payments arising from the performance of the work due the State of Washington pursuant to Titles 50 and 51 RCW. Such bond must be executed by a duly licensed surety company, which is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and the surety's name shall appear in the current Authorized Insurance Company List in the Sate of Washington, published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner. The scope of the Performance /Payment Bond (Exhibit G) shall in no way affect or alter the liabilities of the Contractor to the City under Section 8 "Indemnification" of the Public Works Contract. The City may require the surety company to appear and qualify itself upon the bond. If, at any time, the City determines in its sole judgment that the surety company is insufficient, the City may require the Contractor to furnish additional surety in form and arrangement satisfactory to the City and in an amount not exceeding that originally required. The Contractor shall submit a performance bond complying with the requirements of this paragraph within ten (10) days after the award is made. Payments will not be made on the Contract until sufficient surety as required is furnished. 1 -20 Bid Dispute A. Any actual or prospective bidder, including sub - contractors and suppliers showing a substantial economic interest in this contract who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of this contract, may protest to the City in accordance with the procedures set forth herein. Protests based on the specifications or other terms in the contract documents, which are apparent prior to the date established for submittal of bids, shall be submitted not later than ten (10) calendar days prior to said date, or shall be deemed waived. All other protests shall be accepted only from actual bidders and shall be submitted within five (5) calendar days after the aggrieved person knows or should have known of the facts and circumstances upon which the protest is based; provided, however, that in no event shall a protest be considered if all bids are rejected or after the award of this contract. B. In order to be considered, a protest shall be in writing and shall include: (1) the name and address of the aggrieved person; (2) the RFB number and contract title under which the protest is submitted; (3) a detailed description of the specific grounds for protest and any supporting documentation; and (4) the specific ruling or relief requested. The written protest shall be addressed to: City of Federal Way 33325 8th Avenue South Federal Way, Washington 98003 -6325 City of Federal Way South 352' Street Extension Page 15 RFB ver. 4 -15 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Attention: Bid Protest -- South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) RFB # 15 -015 C. Upon receipt of a written protest, the City will promptly consider the protest. The City may give notice of the protest and its basis to other persons, including bidders involved in or affected by the protest; such other persons may be given an opportunity to submit their views and relevant information. If the protest is not resolved by mutual agreement of the aggrieved person and the City, the City will promptly issue a decision in writing stating the reasons for the action taken and informing the aggrieved person of his or her right to appeal the decision to the Mayor or his or her designee. A copy of the decision shall be mailed (by certified mail, return receipt requested) or otherwise promptly furnished to the aggrieved person and any other interested parties who requested a copy of the decision. The decision will be considered final and conclusive unless appealed within five (5) calendar days after receipt of the decision to the Mayor or his or her designee. If the decision is appealed, then the subsequent determination of the Mayor or his or her designee shall issue within five (5) days of the Mayor's receipt of the appeal and shall be final and conclusive. D. Failure to comply with these protest procedures will render a protest untimely or inadequate and shall result in rejection thereof by the City. SECTION 2: GENERAL CONTRACTUAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS 2 -1 Administration This contract will be between the City and the Contractor who will be responsible for delivering all equipment and performing all work and services described herein. The City is not party to defining the division of work between the Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors, if any, and the specifications have not been written with this intent. The Contractor represents that it has or will obtain all personnel and equipment required to perform the services hereunder. Such personnel shall not be employees of the City. The Contractor's performance under this contract will be monitored and reviewed by Naveen Chandra, P.E., Street System Project Engineer. Questions by the Contractor regarding interpretation of the terms, provisions and requirements of this contract shall be addressed to Naveen Chandra, P.E., Street System Project Engineer, for response. 2 -2 Proof of Compliance with Contract In order that the City may determine whether the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the contract documents, the Contractor shall, at any time when requested, submit to the City properly authenticated documents or other satisfactory proofs as to the Contractor's compliance with such requirements. 2 -3 Contract Documents and Precedence The documents embodying the legally binding obligations between the City and the Contractor for completion of the work consist of the following: The City's Request for Bid, Bid Form, Bid Signature Page, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Bond, South 352 "d Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) Contract, General Contractual Terms and City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 16 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Conditions, Contractor's Compliance Statement, Combined Affidavit and Certification Form, Addenda, Proposal Form, Special Provisions, Contract Plans, Amendments to the Standard Specifications, Contracting Agency's Standard Plans or Details (if any), and WSDOT Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. The contract documents are intended to be complementary so that what is required by any one of them shall be as binding as if called for by all of them. In the event of any conflicting provisions or requirements within the several parts of the contract documents, the City will issue an interpretation regarding the controlling provision, which interpretation shall be binding. 2 -4 Charges to Contractor Charges which are the obligation of the Contractor under the terms of the contract shall be paid by the Contractor to the City on demand and may be deducted by the City from any money due or to become due to the Contractor under the contract and may be recovered by the City from the Contractor or its surety. 2 -5 Change Orders The City may, at any time, without notice to the sureties, by written order designated or indicated to be a change order, make any change in the specifications within the scope of this contract. Oral orders will not be binding on the City unless confirmed in writing by the City. Except as provided herein, no order, statement, or conduct of the City will be treated as a change hereunder or will entitle the Contractor to an equitable adjustment. If any change hereunder causes an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, the performance or any part of the work under this contract, an equitable adjustment will be made and the contract modified in writing accordingly. However, no claim will be allowed for any costs incurred more than five (5) days before the Contractor gives written notice as required. If the Contractor intends to assert a claim for an equitable adjustment hereunder, it shall, within five (5) days after receipt of a written change order form from the City or after giving the City the written notice required above, as the case may be, submit to the City a written statement setting forth the general nature and monetary extent of such claim; provided the City, in its sole discretion, may extend such five (5) day submittal period upon request by the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply such supporting documents and analysis for the claims as the City may require to determine if the claims and costs have merit. No claim by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment hereunder will be allowed if asserted after final payment under this contract. 2 -6 Work and Materials Omitted The Contractor shall, when directed in writing by the City, omit work, services and materials to be furnished under the contract and the value of the omitted work and materials will be deducted from the contract price and the delivery schedule will be reviewed if appropriate. The value of the omitted work, services and materials will be a lump sum or unit price, as mutually agreed upon in writing by the Contractor and the City. If the parties cannot agree on an appropriate deduction, the City reserves the right to issue a unilateral change order adjusting the price and the delivery schedule. City of Federal Way South 352 ❑d Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 17 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 2 -7 Washington State Sales Tax The Contractor shall make payment directly to the State for all applicable Washington State sales taxes and all other governmental taxes, assessments and charges. 2 -8 Shipping Charges All prices shall include freight. Requests for additional compensation for freight charges will be rejected by the City. 2 -9 Warranty All materials and equipment sold and labor performed under this contract are warranted by the Contractor to be free from defects in materials or workmanship for a period of at least one (1) year from date of delivery and installation; provided, however, that this warranty may extend beyond this time period pursuant to any attached warranties. If the merchandise sold or work performed hereunder is defective on account of workmanship or materials, the Contractor agrees to replace the merchandise or, at the City's sole option, repair the defective merchandise. All defects in work or materials shall be promptly corrected. 2 -10 No Waiver of Warranties and Contract Rights Conducting of tests and inspections, review of specifications or plans, payment for goods or services, or acceptance by the City does not constitute a waiver, modification or exclusion of any express or implied warranty or any right under this contract or in law. 2 -11 Legal Relations The Contractor shall comply with all of the City's resolutions and regulations applicable under this contract and with any local, state or federal law or regulation applicable to the materials, equipment or service provided under this contract. Neither the Contractor nor the City shall assign any interest, obligation or benefit under or in this contract or transfer any interest in the same, whether by assignment or novation, without prior written consent of the other party. This contract shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors of the parties. 2 -12 Applicable Law and Forum Except as hereinafter specifically provided, this contract shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Washington including, but not limited to, the Uniform Commercial Code, Title 62A RCW. Any suit arising herefrom shall be brought in King County Superior Court, which shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction and venue. 2 -13 Hazardous Chemical Communication In order to comply with WAC 296 -62 -054, Hazard Communication, the Contractor shall submit with each shipment a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for all products containing any toxic products that may be harmful to the end user. The MSDS Sheet is to accompany the toxic product(s) to the specified delivery sites. City of Federal Way South 352 "d Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 18 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Include the following information in the MSDS: A. Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) numbers for every chemical that is listed in the MSDS. B. If the product is actually used diluted, the dilution rate should be so stated in the MSDS and the hazards and corresponding personal protection, etc., also be listed. C. A statement as to the intended use of the product. 2 -14 Delivery and Liquidated Damages Time is of the essence of the contract and each and all of its provisions in which performance is a factor. The Contractor will be held to strict compliance with the prescribed date(s) set forth in these contract documents. For each and every day that delivery is delayed beyond the specific date(s), damage will be sustained by the City. Because of the difficulty in computing the actual damages and disadvantages to the City, and as a reasonable forecast of actual damages which the City will suffer by the delay in delivery, the parties agree that for each such delay the Contractor will pay the City liquidated damages (and not as a penalty) in accordance with Section 1.3 of Attachment I, Public Works Contract, to compensate for any damages caused by such delay. The City may deduct from any payment owing to the Contractor, any liquidated damages, which may be incurred by the Contractor pursuant to this paragraph. 2 -15 Force Majeure The Contractor's or City's failure to perform any of its obligations under this contract shall be excused if due to causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor or City, respectively, including, but not restricted to, acts of God, acts of public enemy, acts of any government, fire, floods, epidemics, and strikes. 2 -16 Patents, Copyrights and Rights in Data Any patentable result or material suitable for copyright arising out of this contract shall be owned by and made available to the City for public use, unless the City shall, in a specific case where it is legally permissible, determine that it is in the public interest that it not be so owned or available. The Contractor agrees that the ownership of any plans, drawings, designs, specifications, computer programs, technical reports, operating manuals, calculations, notes and other work submitted or which is specified to be delivered under this contract, whether or not complete (referred to in this subsection as "Subject Data "), shall be vested in the City or such other local, state or federal agency, if any, as may be provided by separate contract with the City. All such Subject Data furnished by the Contractor pursuant to this contract, other than documents exclusively for internal use by the City, shall carry such notations on the front cover or a title page (or in such case of maps, in the same block) as may be requested by the City. The Contractor shall also place their endorsement on all Subject Data furnished by them. All such identification details shall be subject to approval by the City prior to printing. City of Federal Way South 352" Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 19 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 The Contractor shall ensure that substantially the foregoing paragraphs are included in each subcontract for the work on the project. 2 -17 Patents and Royalties The costs involved in license fees, royalties or in defending claims for any patented invention, article, process or method that may be used in or connected with the work under this contract or with the use of complete work by the City, shall be paid by the Contractor. The Contractor and the Contractor's sureties shall, at their own cost, defend, indemnify and hold the City, together with its officers and employees, harmless against any and all demands made for such fees, royalties or claims brought or made by the holder of any invention or patent. Before final payment is made on the account of this contract, the Contractor shall, if requested by the City, furnish acceptable proof of a proper release of the City, its officers, agents and employees from all such fees or claims. Should the Contractor, its agent, servants or employees, or any of them be enjoined from furnishing or using any invention, article, material, computer programs or equipment supplied or required to be supplied or used under the contract, the Contractor shall promptly substitute other articles, materials, computer programs or equipment in lieu thereof of equal efficiency, quality, finish, suitability and market value, and satisfactory in all respects to the City. 2 -18 Disagreements, Disputes, Claims, and Appeals If any disagreements occur with anything required in a change order, another written order, or an oral order from the Project Engineer, including any direction, instruction, interpretation, or determination by the Project Engineer, the Contractor shall follow the procedures outlined in Standard Specification Sections 1 -04.5 and 1- 09.11, which are incorporated by this reference. By failing to follow the procedures of Sections 1 -04.5 and 1- 09.11, the Contractor completely waives any claims for protested Work. Any claims or causes of action shall be brought only in the Superior Court for King County, Washington. 2 -19 Recycled Products The Contractor shall use recycled paper for proposals and for any printed or photocopied material created pursuant to a contract with the City whenever practicable and use both sides of paper sheets for reports submitted to the City whenever practicable. In the event this RFB covers the sale of product to the City that is capable of containing recycled materials, Contractor is hereby advised that the City intends to procure products with recycled content, pursuant to the recycled content notice delivered with these bid documents. Contractor shall certify the percentage of recycled content and products sold to the City, including a percentage of post- consumer waste that is in the product. This certification is required to be in the form of a label on the product or a statement by the Contractor attached to the bid documents. The certification on multi- component or multi - material products shall verify the percentage and type of post- consumer waste and recycled content by volume contained in the major constituents of the product. The Contractor City of Federal Way South 352 "d Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 20 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 agrees to grant the City, as a procuring agency, permission to verify the certification of recycled content by review of the bidder's or manufacturer's records as a condition of any bid award, in the event of a bidder's protest, or other challenge to the bid accepted. City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 21 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 1 AttachmentA NO BID RESPONSE FORM I When submitting a "No Bid," mail this completed form to Federal Way Purchasing, 33325 8th Avenue South, Federal Way, Washington 98003 -6325. Be sure the form is in a sealed envelope with the bid number and bid title indicated on the outside of the envelope. The form must be received by the date and time specified for the bid opening as indicated in Section 1 -1. Failure to return this form if not submitting a formal bid, may result in your firm being removed from the City's master bidder's mailing list. IBid Number: RFB No. 15 -015 I Bid Title: ❑ Cannot comply with specifications. 1 ❑ Cannot meet delivery requirement. ❑ Do not regularly manufacture or sell the type of commodity involved. I❑ Other (please specify). 1 Explanation of reason(s) checked: 1 Check one of the following: ❑ WE DO 1 ❑ WE DO NOT desire to be retained on the mailing list for future procurements of this commodity. 1 Firm Name: 1 Address: Phone: ISignature Date 1 Name (Type or Print) Title 1 1 City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 I South 352 "d Street Extension Page 22 November 2015 RFB ver. 4 -15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Scarsella Bros. Inc. Attachment B BID FORM CITY OF FEDERAL WAY South 352 "d Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) BID FORM Bidder: Scarselia Bros. Inc. Date: 12/1/15 ITEM BID AMOUNT A) Schedule A Roadway Improvements $ Z, wee, 331. 00 B) Schedule B Lakehaven Utility District Washington State Sales Tax TOTAL SCHEDULES B $ Li g, I c' 5. (ir, $ 1. to 13. .W $ 5-3,g tc'8, to TOTAL BID AMOUNT (including Washington State sales tax, all other government taxes, assessments and charges) $ 2,1-12 2. /' 9 q. l ( To City Council Members City of Federal Way 33325 8th Ave South Federal Way, Washington 98003 -6325 Pursuant to and in compliance with your advertisement for bids for construction of South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S), and other documents relating thereto, the undersigned has carefully examined all of the bid and contract documents as the premises and conditions affecting the delivery, supply and maintenance of South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S), and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials and perform all work as required in strict accordance with the contract documents, for the above - referenced amount, inclusive of Washington State sales tax and all other government taxes, assessments and charges as required by law. The required bid security consisting of a certified check, bid bond, or cashier's check in an amount of not less than five percent (5 %) of the total amount bid is attached hereto, which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the City as liquidated damages in the event this bid is accepted by the City within forty -five (45) calendar days after the day of the bid opening and the undersigned fails to execute the South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) Public Works Contract and to provide the required certificate of insurance to the City, under the conditions thereof, within ten (10) calendar days after the Notice of Award; otherwise said Bid Security will be returned to the undersigned. Bond or Certified Check 5% of total bid amount Dollars ($ 5% of total bid amount) The Bidder shall complete this entire Bid Form or this bid may be considered non - responsive. The City may correct obvious mathematical errors. The City of Federal Way reserves the right to reject any and all bids, waive any informalities or minor irregularities in the bidding, and determine which bid or bidder meets the criteria set forth in the bid documents. City of Federal Way RFB # 15-015 South 352 "d Street Extension Page 23 November 2015 RFB ver. 4 -15 Receipt of the following Addendums is hereby acknowledged: Addendum No. 1 Date Issued: 11/24/15 Addendum No. Date Issued: Addendum No. Date Issued: Corporation Corporation /Rartncrship /Individual (Delete Two) SCARSBI183B8 Scarsella Bros. Inc. Firm Name Bidder's State License No. S' . nature 578 -035 -242 Bidder's State Tax No. City of Federal Way South 352 " Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Vice President Title Page 24 Bob Scarsella Scarsella Bros. Inc. RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Scarsella Bros. Inc. Attachment C BID SCHEDULE CITY OF FEDERAL WAY South 352nd Street Extension Pacific Highway S to Enchanted Parkway S SCHEDULE A - ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS All unit prices in Bid Schedule A shall include applicable sales tax. ITEM NO. SPEC NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE IN WORDS UNIT APPROX. QUANTITY UNIT PRICE DOLLARS CENTS AMOUNT DOLLARS CENTS 1 1 -04 Unexpected Site Changes EST 1 $ 30,000.00 $ 30,000.00 2 1 -05 Construction Surveying LS 1 srt)< O) sO 0 . O 3 1 -05 As -Built Survey and Record Drawings LS 1 �, a56.(lC? �. .S.-0., 00 4 1 -07 SPCC Plan LS 1 q,0 C0,00 a,o0 0. 00 5 1 -08 Type B Progress Schedule (Minimum Bid $5,000) LS 1 t 0�rC, 00 6 1 -09 Mobilization LS 1 i U ✓r ODO, 00 //Q0' 2.05; OW . 00 7 1 -09 Field Office Building LS 1 / 0 0011.00 10, DDO <Op 8 1 -10 Off -Duty Uniformed Police Officer EST 1 $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 9 1 -10 Traffic Control Supervisor LS 1 /0p�000. v0 /eo,1100. DO 10 1 -10 Flaggers and Spotters HR 4,800 , b/ 118.b0 11 1 -10 Other Traffic Control Labor HR 1,800 . DI /g b 0, 12 1 -10 Other Temporary Traffic Control LS 1 /SU DX. 00 ( a .0d 13 1 -10 Construction Signs Class A SF 150 ! a. � C e oo 14 1 -10 Sequential Arrow Sign HR 1,600 J; .5t! i-1 0.0 0 15 1 -10 Portable Changeable Message Sign HR 7,200 �.CCt J�( g00.C1t? 16 1 -10 Business Access Sign EA 3 / d-. , CO 3757, 0 a 17 2 -01 Clearing and Grubbing LS 1 32, X00. Uc� 32, DOV . 00 ;-6-E3- 18 2 -01 Roadside Cleanup EST 1 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 19 2 -02 Removal of Structure and Obstruction LS 1 g �.,,0 f00 a,E00. 00 20 .2 -02 Sawcutting LF 2,480 21 2 -02 Remove Existing Catch Basin EA 9 3CO, c�C3 .3,1..S-0. 00 Lt. q,, too 22 2 -02 Remove /Abandon Existing Storm Sewer Pipe LF 330 t- e 0 0 23 2 02 Removal and Relocation of Existing Private Improvements EST 1 $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 24 2 -03 Gravel Borrow Incl. Haul TN 7,500 /�.'7�" 1asc0�sc�C City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB #15 -015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Scarsella Bros. Inc SCHEDULE A - ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS All unit prices in Bid Schedule A shall i ITEM NO. SPEC NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE IN WORDS UNIT APPROX. QUANTITY UNIT PRICE DOLLARS CENTS AMOUNT DOLLARS CENTS 25 2 -03 Gravel Borrow for Trench Backfill Incl. Haul TN 1,110 26 2 -03 Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul CY 5,800 ' �, / 0 8 -7,c0.6 0 27 2 -03 Unsuitable Foundation Excavation Incl. Haul CY 230 / g. 75r 4, 3 I a •—co 28 2 -09 Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B SF 7,410 . 0, 7 -/ / 29 2 09 Structure Excavation Class B Incl. Haul for Structural Earth Walls CY 2,130 . 0 1 a' 30 30 2 -09 Shoring or Extra Excavation Cl. A LS 1 t'. 0 0 f, 0 0 31 4 -04 Crushed Surfacing Top Course TON 3,660 t - 3 < oo 32 5 -04 Temporary Pavement TON 120 WO, / 000. C� 0 33 5 -04 HMA CL 1/2" PG 64 -22 TON 4,100 (o(0..1O X71, or 0.00 34 5 -04 Commercial HMA PG 64 -22 TON 270 35 5 -04 Planing Bituminous Pavement SY 1,650 4, � o `7, �{as, 00 36 6 -13 Structural Earth Wall SF 5,790 I "7.SC, /O /,3PS.ao 37 6 -13 Modular Block Wall SF 360 38 6 -13 Gravel Backfill for Structural Earth Wall Incl. Haul CY 930 a7...S�b 05.5`7S,0c 6',IOL•00 �a$'< 00 39 7 -04 Class IV Reinf. Conc. Storm Sewer Pipe 12 In. Diam. LF • 1,510 45-:/c3 40 7 -04 Class 50 Ductile Iron Storm Sewer Pipe 12 In. Diam. LF 50 S�. 1 41 7 -05 Trench Drain LF 90 / 75`; 00 IS,' 7.5-0.00 42 7 -05 Catch Basin Type 1 EA 22 f 3% ,, 0 0 30, Q.-CO 0 43 7 -05 Catch Basin Type 1L EA 5 i/ 00 .7,5'00,00 44 7 -05 Catch Basin Type 2, 48 In. Diam. EA 1 45 7 -05 Catch Basin Type 2, 60 In. Diam. EA 1 Sots. on —,a o o o C'i �, 46 7 -05 Adjust Existing Storm Drainage Structure EA 2 ��%% 00 4 JJe ��}} /��/y 47 7 -05 Connection to Existing Drainage Structure EA 6 48 7 -05 Heavy Duty Locking Ring & Cover EA 14 49 7 -05 72 In. Diam. Flat Top Catch Basin Lid EA 2 %LI CE,OC' 3 F?go o0 50 7 -16 Modify Fire Department Connection LS 1 '3tclo,on 3 tem,O0 51 7 -21 72 In. Manhole Cartridge Replacement LS 1 // yy /� F p,a� /(_J l'.30,. l- r / 1 0 0 `F= .(1.:3 e), 0 C.% 52 7 -21 Stormwater Treatment Vault A LS 1 (c-0; 0U<co (oc, cesrDO City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension PPR $15_n1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Scarsella Bros. Inc. SCHEDULE A - ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS All unit prices in Bid Schedule A shall inc ude applicable sales tax. ITEM NO. SPEC NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE IN WORDS UNIT APPROX. QUANTITY UNIT PRICE DOLLARS CENTS AMOUNT DOLLARS CENTS 53 7 -21 Stormwater Treatment Vault B LS 1 g. g 00.7 0 8 500, 00 54 7 -21 Pretreatment Unit LS 1 14,0o0,60 i4-, 000, 00 55 7 -21 Pond Excavation CY 205 aS , C CI . / as, 00 56 7 -21 Catch Basin Insert for Spill Control EA 8 IOC. 00 Y'O 0. 0 0 57 8 -01 Erosion Control and Water Pollution Prevention LS 1 58 8 -02 Topsoil Type A CY 310 59 8 -02 Bark Mulch CY 32 3 G. 0 O / /5-a 0 0 60 8 -02 Sod Installation SY 1,300 6,/5 /`T4S<c0 61 8 -02 Detention Pond Seed Mix SY 400 62 8 -02 Seeded Lawn Installation SY 1,500 • i <0C) / /Sp0.00 /"7/ 6 13,. 00 63 8-02 PSIPE Acer Rubrum 'Red Sunset'/ Red Sunset Maple 2 1/2" Cal, 12' -14' Ht EA 53 .3 a/. 00 64 8 -02 PSIPE Parthenocissus henryana/ Silvervein Creeper EA 112 / i.So I, ag . 00 65 8 -02 Property Restoration EST 1 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 66 8 -03 Automatic Irrigation System Complete LS 1 67 8 -03 Lakehaven Utility District Connection Fees EST 1 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 68 8 -04 Cement Conc. Traffic Curb and Gutter LF 3,200 11, D 0 35; aooran 69 8 -04 Extruded Curb, Type 6 LF 480 67 70 8 -06 Cement Conc. Driveway Entrance 3 -Day SY 530 '� // 7 0 71 8 -07 Precast Dual Faced Sloped Mountable Curb LF 110 ae.00 Sego, oo 72 8 -09 Raised Pavement Marker Type 2 HUND 3 S ©O. 0 0 /, SCE o< no 73 8 -11 Beam Guardrail Type 1 LF 30 SO-00 1 SCO<00 74 8 -11 Beam Guardrail Flared Terminal EA 1 -00<00 ;:-2_,-.S-0 0, 0 0 75 8 -12 Black Vinyl Coated Chain Link Fence LF 1,080 ,S c) Jc' 31, F /. GO 76 8 -12 Double 36' Black Vinyl Coated Swing Gate EA 1 1 (0e <00 4I60,c0 /,g'00.:00 go. 00 77 8 -12 Double 30' Black Vinyl Coated Swing Gate EA 1 I 00, 01\ 78 8 -12 Double 28' Black Vinyl Coated Swing Gate EA 1 / 1C8'0,00 79 8 -12 Black Vinyl Coated Sliding Gate with 36' Opening EA 1 9 0s_;-C, 0 0 i cs ., co 80 8 -14 Cement Conc. Sidewalk SY 2,500 City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB #15-015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Scarsella Bros. Inc. SCHEDULE A - ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS All unit prices in Bid Schedule A shall Inc ude applicable sales tax. ITEM NO. SPEC NO. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE IN WORDS UNIT APPROX. QUANTITY UNIT PRICE DOLLARS CENTS AMOUNT DOLLARS CENTS 81 8 -14 Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type Parallel A EA 3 I, oo, 9 ©0 ` 00 82 8 -14 Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type Combination EA 1 /,,500.00 r 50 0;0 83 8 -14 Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type Perpendicular A EA 9 1,060,0n 9, 0,00 84 8 -14 Thickened Edge Sidewalk LF 430 4-S: e t 9,35-n00 7 ,s 85 8 -14 Permeable Concrete Paver SF 110 0—S—, ©O 86 8 -15 Quarry Spells TN 25 If CS,.00 1,0 0 0, 00 87 8 -20 Illumination System, Complete LS 1 /01, X10. DO 104 570.00 88 8 20 Traffic Signal System - Pacific Highway S & S 352nd Street, Complete LS 1 .Z3S /SS. 00 / p Z? �/ f8SDO 89 8 20 Traffic Signal System Modification pEnchanted Parkway S & S 352nd Street, Complete LS 1 i2- MO. PO / i 112,7/_0 00 (p��/1f 90 8 -21 Permanent Signing LS 1 12 DDI- DO ,t 1, /2, Ot9.'v 91 8 -22 Plastic Stop Line Type A LF 170 9.00 i 5-3o.0 0 92 8 -22 Paint Line 4" LF 9,340 y 0 93 8 -22 Paint Line 8" LF 1,320 ` -30 39 (n, 00 94 8 -22 Plastic Crosswalk Line Type A SF 1,260 14. 0 0 .5 C L 00 95 8 -22 Painted Bicycle Lane Symbol EA 6 f 10.00 Glc0,00 96 8 -22 Plastic Traffic Arrow Type A EA 25 IIS,0o V 7 ,CCU 97 8 -22 Plastic Access Parking Space Symbol EA 1 !VS-. n HS:, 00 98 8 -22 Remove Pavement Markings LS 1 5;000.00 .5000. 00 99 8 -23 Temporary Pavement Marking LF 2,000 . '75 I/50(1,00 •(-1-0., 0 0 100 8 -23 Removing Temporary Pavement Marking LF 2,000 I l 101 8 -31 Resolution of Utility Conflicts EST 1 $ 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 102 8 -31 Potholing EST 1 $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 TOTAL SCHEDULE A (bid items include sales tax) 1 /,lug 321. 00 $ `f lug J City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB #15 -015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Attachment C BID SCHEDULE CITY OF FEDERAL WAY South 352nd Street Extension Pacific Highway S to Enchanted Parkway S SCHEDULE B - LAKEHAVEN UTILITY DISTRICT ITEM I SPEC. NO. NO. TEM DESCIPTION JNIT PRICE R WORDS ORDS UNIT1 APPROX. UANTI Y UNIT PRICE I AMOUNT DOLLARS CENTS' DOLLARS CENTS 103 1 -04 Unexpected Site Changes EST 1 $ 5,000.00 $ 5.000.00 104 1 -09 Mobilization LS 1 900.00 T , f 3 Ss 1-903.00 0 '7O• 41. r 105 1 -10 Flaggers and Spotters HR 48 106 2 -02 Remove Steel /Plastic Water Main 2 In. Diam, LF 480 , ...c0 (C1 ?0 • 00 40$ 2-02 LF 38 NAT -USED NOT USED 108 2 -02 Remove Ductile Iron Water Main 8 In. Diam. LF 70 I Cl. 00 .10 O. 109 2 -02 Remove AC Water Main 8 In. Diam. LF 45 50.00 I0 Zas-0. 0. 110 2 -02 Remove Water Service Connection EA 2 111 2 -02 Remove Hydrant Assembly EA 1 1,000,00 O ©• 112 7 -09 Trench Safety System LS 1 500„00 113 7 -09 Crushed Surfacing Base Course for Trench Backfill TN 190 ' 00 ?),01-e 0' 114 7 -09 Connect to Existing Water Main EA 4 141.0 r,.S,' c i I"i LC 6,6,00 446 3-08 LF 20 NOT11S60 1. NOT -dSFB 116 7 -09 Ductile Iron Pipe for Water Main 8 In. Diam, LF 140 ')..,S-'; 00 C /00. 00 117 7 -14 Hydrant Assembly EA 1 g �, C 3 g '6,,C:00 118 8 -31 Resolution of Utility Conflicts EST 1 $ 2,000.00 $ 2,000.00 119 1 8 -35 Adjust Water Valve to Grade EA 4 ,0z~,00 I, a°0.0 420 8-30 EA 3 NOT-USED NOT-USED 121 7 -05 Reconstruct Sewer Manhole EA 2 r 000, 00 . r 0 00, 06 Total Schedules A & B: Total Schedule A brought forward ,...... Total Schedule B brought forward........ Total Bid Subtotal Schedule B $ �•/I , 9� �� Sales Tax (9.5 %) $ �f, (,'7 5147 TOTAL SCHEDULE B$ .53, $ 2, U fr9133 I . ov $ 53 lLR`Ile $ 2- -71.2./ 99• °IL Note: Determination of low bidder will be based solely on the "Total Bid ". City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension Page 29 RFB #15 -015 2015 Attachment D BID SIGNATURE PAGE Scarsella Bros. Inc. Date: 12/1/15 The undersigned bidder hereby proposes and agrees to deliver the equipment and /or services pursuant to the South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) and comply with all other terms and conditions of the contract and bid documents of RFB 15 -015. No bidder may withdraw his /her bid for a period of ninety (90) days after the day of bid opening. The required bid security consisting of a certified check, bid bond, or cashier's check in an amount of not Jess than five percent (5 %) of the total amount will be delivered to the City. The undersigned individual represents and warrants that he or she is dully authorized to execute the bid and all bid documents on behalf of any partnership, joint venture or corporation. Corporation Corporation /Partnership /Individual (Delete Two) City of Federal Way South 352 "d Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Scarsella Bros. Inc. Comp.ny Bob Scarsella (Printed Name) Its: Vice President (Title) P.O. Box 68697 Seattle, WA 98168 -0697 (Address) 253 - 872 -7173 Page 30 (Telephone Number) RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Attachment E BID BOND FORM Herewith find deposit in the form of a certified check, cashier's check, cash, or bid bond in the amount of $ 5 % _ of Bid Amount, which amount is not less than five percent (5 %) of the total bid. BID BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that we, Scarsella Bros. Inc. Principal, and Liberty Mutual Insurance Company , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Federal Way, as Obligee, in the penal sum of Five Percent (sale) of Bid Amount and /100 dollars ($5% of Bid Amount), for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bond themselves, their heirs and executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for: South 352'd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) According to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal therefore, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall in case of failure so to do, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified iri the call for bids, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, it shall be, and remain in .full force and effect, and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee as penalty and liquidated damages, the amount of this bond. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS _1st DAY OF December Received ; eturn of deposit in the sum of $ .� -.. pp pp Li.erty MufualYnC srarice Company J Peggy A. Firth, Attomey -in -Fa t Date 201 . 1 1 1 rA w t THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No. 7129117 American Fire and Casualty Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Fire & Casualty Company and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint, Aliceon A. Keltner; Annelies M. Richie; Barbara A. Johnson; Brent E. Heilesen; Carley Espiritu; Christopher Kinyon, Cynthia L. Jay; Diane M. Harding Eric A, Zimmerman; James B. Binder; Jamie Diemer; Jennifer L. Snyder; Jon J. Oia; Julie R. Truitt Karen C. Swanson; Kristine A. Lawrence; Lisa M. Anderson; Mitchell R. Srnee; Peggy A. Firth; Peter J. Comfort all of the city of Tacoma , state of WA each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney -in -fact to make, execute, seat, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this ist day of October 2015 American Fire and Casualty Company • The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company West • can Insurance Company STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY On this 1st day of October , 2015 , before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of American Fire and Casualty Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed m name and affixed my notarial seat at Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA David M. .Asskbn David M. Care Assistant Secretary Notarial Seal Teresa Pastetia, Notary Public Plymouth Twp., Montgomery County My Commission Expires March 28, 2017 Member, Pennsylvania Association of Notaries This Power of Atomey is made and executed pursuant to an by authority of the following By -laws andAuthorizations of American Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS - Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attomeys -in -fad, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fad, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attomey -in -fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. ARTICLE XiII - Execution of Contracts - SECTION 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fad subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shalt have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation - The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attorneys-in- fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization - By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, Gregory W. Davenport, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of American Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full; true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seats of said Companies this day of ) \i9e ' , 20 1 By ,11,144e) Teresa Pastella, Notary Public LMS 12873 122013 By: Gregory W. Davenport, Assistant Secretary 504 of 800 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Scarsella Bros. Inc. Attachment F SUBCONTRACTOR LIST Prepared in Compliance with RCW 39.30.060 South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) Failure to list subcontractors who are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW, or identify the bidder for the work will result in your bid being non - responsive and therefore void. Subcontractors that are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW, must be named below, or name the bidder for the work. The bidder verifies that each first tier subcontractor, and every subcontractor of any tier that hires other subcontractors, has a current certificate of registration in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW; a current Washington Unified Business Identifier (UBI) number; has Industrial Insurance (workers' compensation) coverage for the subcontractor's employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW, if applicable; has a Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW, if applicable; has a Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW, if applicable; has an electrical contractor license, if required by Chapter 19.28 RCW, if applicable; has an elevator contractor license, if required by Chapter 70.87 RCW. The following listed bid items (listed in numerical.sequence) for this project have been proposed for subcontracting to subcontractors as indicated. SUBCONTRACTOR NAME ITEM NUMBERS ESTIMATED AMOUNT WMBE QUALIFIED? (Y /N) Lot,* aO&' i14.21 ide, 87, 88, 89 $450,000.00 N City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 32 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Attachment 6' City of Federal Way COMBINED AFFIDAVIT AND CERTIFICATION FORM Non- Collusion, Anti - Trust, Prevailing Wage (Non - Federal Aid), Debarment, Eligibility, and Certification of Lawful Employment NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Scarsella Bros. Inc. Being first duly sworn, deposes and says, that he /she is the identical person who submitted the foregoing proposal or bid, and that such bid is genuine and not sham or collusive or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named, and further, that the deponent has not directly induced or solicited any other Bidder on the foregoing work equipment to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding, and that deponent has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to himself /herself or to any other person any advantage over other Bidder or Bidders; and NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS ON PROJECTS INVOLVING THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (USDOT) To report bid rigging activities call: 1- 800 - 424 -9071 The U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) operates the above toll -free hotline Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time. Anyone with knowledge of possible bid rigging, bidder collusion, or other fraudulent activities should use the hotline to report such activities. The hotline is part of USDOT's continuing effort to identify and investigate highway construction contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the USDOT Inspector General. All information will be treated confidentially and caller anonymity will be respected; and CERTIFICATION RE: ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI -TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER Vendor and purchaser recognize that in actual economic practice, overcharges resulting from anti- trust violations are, in fact, usually borne by the purchaser. Therefore, vendor hereby assigns to purchaser any and all claims for such overcharges as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this order or contract, except as to overcharges resulting from anti -trust violations commencing after the date of the bid, quotation, or other event establishing the price under this order or contract. In addition, vendor warrants and represents that each of his suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims to purchaser, subject to the aforementioned exception; and PREVAILING WAGE AFFADAVIT 1, the undersigned, having duly sworn, deposed say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work of this project, will pay each classification of laborer, workperson, or mechanic employed in the performance of such work, not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wage as specified in the principal contract; that I have read the above and forgoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein, is true to my knowledge and belief; and City of Federal Way South 352 "d Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 33 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Scarsella Bros. Inc. DEBARMENT AFFIDAVIT I certify that, except as noted below, the firm, association or corporation or any person in a controlling capacity associated therewith or any position involving the administration of federal funds; is not currently under suspension, debarment, voluntary exclusion, or determination of ineligibility by any federal agency; has not been suspended, debarred, voluntarily excluded or determined ineligible by any federal agency within the past three (3) years; does not have a proposed debarment pending; and has not been indicted, convicted, or had a civil judgment rendered against said person, firm, association or corporation by a court of competent jurisdiction in any matter involving fraud or official misconduct within the past three (3) years. AFFIDAVIT OF ELIGIBILITY The Contractor certifies that it is properly licensed and registered under the.laws of the State of Washington and has not been determined to have been in violation of RCW 50.12.070(1)(b), RCW 51.16.070(1)(b), or RCW 82.32.070(2) within the last two years. The Contractor further certifies that it has not been determined, within the last one year, to have committed any combination of two of the following violations or infractions within a five -year period: (1) Violated RCW 51.48.020(1) or 51.48.103; or (2) Committed an infraction or violation under chapter 18.27 RCW. CERTIFICATION OF LAWFUL EMPLOYMENT The contractor hereby certifies that it has complied with all provisions of the Immigration and Nationality Act, now or as herein after amended, 8 USC Section 1101 et. seq., and that all employees, including subcontractor employees, are lawfully permitted to perform work in the United States as provided in this agreement with the City of Federal Way. FOR: Non - Collusion Affidavit, Assignment of Anti -Trust Claims to Purchaser, Prevailing Wage Affidavit, Debarment Affidavit, Affidavit Of Eligibility, and Certification of Lawful Employment. South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) Name of B': per's Scar.' la Bros. Inc. Bob Scarsella, VP gnature of Authorized Representative of Bidder 2015 , 488_. Subscribe�odm u n to before me this 1st day of December 4� TAAy;y Patricia F. Brush * _ (printed /typed name of notary) to .:* Notary Public in and for the State of Washington pas �'�1 My commission expires: 9/8/18 City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 34 RFB # 15 -01.5 November 2015 Attachment H CONTRACTOR'S COMPLIANCE STATEMENT (President's Executive Order #11246) Scarsella Bros. Inc. Date: 12/1/15 This statement relates to a proposal contract with the City of Federal Way named South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) I am the undersigned bidder or prospective contractor. I represent that: I !XI have, n have not, participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the President's Executive Order #11246 (regarding equal employment opportunity) or a preceding similar Executive Order. City of Federal Way South 352'd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 By: Its: Vice President Title Bob Scarsella P.O. Box 68697 Seattle, WA 98168 -0697 Address Page 35 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Attachment I PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT FOR SOUTH 352ND STREET EXTENSION (PACIFIC HWY S TO ENCHANTED PARKWAY S) THIS PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT ("Contract') is dated effective this ASTµ day of 0-6141)V, , 201fa and is made by and between the City of Federal Way, a Washington municipal corporation ("City or Owner "), and Scarsella Brothers, Inc., a Washington Corporation ("Contractor'). A. The City desires to retain an independent contractor to furnish all labor and materials necessary to perform work necessary to complete the South 352 "d Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) project, located at S 352nd Street from SR 99 to SR 161, Federal Way, Washington ("Property'); and B. The Contractor has the requisite skill and experience to perform such work. NOW, THEREFORE, the parties ( "Parties') agree to the following terms and conditions: 1. SERVICES BY CONTRACTOR 1.1 Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work and furnish all tools, materials, supplies, equipment, labor and other items incidental thereto necessary for the construction and completion of the work, more particularly described as the South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) project, including without limitation: new asphalt concrete pavement, curb, gutter, sidewalk and planters, drainage and water improvements, detention pond modification, retaining walls, traffic signals, illumination, landscaping, and other work, ("Work "), in accordance with and as described in the Contract Documents, which include without limitation, this Contract, Request for Bids, Bidder's Checklist, Instructions to Bidders, General Contractual Terms and Conditions, Bid Form, Bid Signature Page, Bid Bond, Combined Affidavit and Certification Form, Contractor's Compliance Statement, Notice of Completion of Public Works Contract attached as Exhibit A, Contract Change Order Agreement attached as Exhibit B, Contractor's Retainage Agreement attached as Exhibit C, Retainage Bond to City of Federal Way attached as Exhibit D, Notice to Labor Unions or Other Employment Organizations Nondiscrimination in Employment attached as Exhibit E, Certificate(s) of Insurance Form attached hereto as Exhibit F, Performance / Payment Bond attached hereto as Exhibit G, Title VI Assurances attached hereto as Exhibit H, current Prevailing Wage Rates attached as Appendix A, Construction Storm Water General Permit attached as Appendix B, WSDOT Standard Plans attached as Appendix C, Federal Way Standard Details attached as Appendix D, and Lakehaven Utility District Water Line Standards attached as Appendix E, 2014 WSDOT / APWA Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, and all other Appendices attached hereto and incorporated by this reference, (collectively the "Contract Documents "), which Work shall be completed to the City's satisfaction, within the time period prescribed by the City and pursuant to the direction of the Mayor or his or her designee. 1.2 Completion Date. The Work shall be commenced within five (5) days of receipt by the Contractor of the City's Notice to Proceed. The Work shall be completed within 150 working days. In the event the Work is not substantially completed within the time specified, Contractor agrees to pay to the City liquidated damages in the amount set forth in the formula included in City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 36 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Section 1.3 of this Contract. The Work shall not be deemed completed until the City has accepted the Work and delivered a written Notice of Completion of Public Works Contract in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "A." 1.3 Liquidated Damages. Time is of the essence of the Contract. Delays inconvenience the public and cost taxpayers undue sums of money, adding time needed for administration, inspection, and supervision. It is impractical for the City to calculate the actual cost of delays. Accordingly, the Contractor agrees to pay liquidated damages calculated on the following formula for its failure to complete this Contract on time: (1) To pay (according to the following formula) liquidated damages for each working day beyond the number of working days established for completion, and (2) To authorize the City to deduct these liquidated damages from any money due or coming due to the Contractor. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FORMULA LD = 0.15C T Where: LD = Liquidated damages per working day (rounded to the nearest dollar). C = Original Contract amount. T = Original time for completion. When the Work is completed to the extent that the City has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from an operational and safety standpoint, the City may determine the Work is complete. Liquidated damages will not be assessed for any days for which an extension of time is granted. No deduction or payment of liquidated damages will, in any degree, release the Contractor from further obligations and liabilities to complete this entire Contract. 1.4 Performance Standard. Contractor shall perform the Work in a manner consistent with accepted practices for other properly licensed contractors. 1.5 Compliance with Laws. Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with all applicable federal, state and City laws, including but not limited to all City ordinances, resolutions, standards or policies, as now existing or hereafter adopted or amended, and obtain all necessary permits and pay all permit, inspection or other fees, at its sole cost and expense. 1.6 Change Orders. The City may, at any time, without notice to sureties, order changes within the scope of the Work. Contractor agrees to fully perform any such alterations or additions to the Work. All such change orders shall be in the form of the Contract Change Order Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit "B," which shall be signed by both the Contractor and the City, shall specifically state the change of the Work, the completion date for such changed Work, and any increase or decrease in the compensation to be paid to Contractor as a result of such change in the Work. Oral change orders shall not be binding upon the City unless confirmed in writing by the City. If any change hereunder causes an increases or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, the performance or any part of the Work under this Contract, an equitable adjustment will be made and the Contract modified in writing accordingly. City of Federal Way South 352 "d Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 37 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 If the Contractor intends to assert a claim for an equitable adjustment hereunder, it shall, within five (5) days after receipt of a written change order from the City or after giving the written notice required above, as the case may be, submit to the City a written statement setting forth the general nature and monetary extent of such claim; provided the City, in its sole discretion, may extend such five (5) day submittal period upon request by the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply such supporting documents and analysis for the claims as the City may require to determine if the claims and costs have merit. No claim will be allowed for any costs incurred more than five (5) days before the Contractor gives written notice as required. No claim by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment hereunder will be allowed if asserted after final payment under this Contract. 1.7 Work and Materials Omitted. The Contractor shall, when directed in writing by the City, omit work, services and materials to be furnished under the Contract and the value of the omitted work and materials will be deducted from the Total Compensation and the delivery schedule will be reviewed if appropriate. The value of the omitted work, services and materials will be a lump sum or unit price, as mutually agreed upon in writing by the Contractor and the City. If the parties cannot agree on an appropriate deduction, the City reserves the right to issue a unilateral change order adjusting the price and the delivery schedule. 1.8 Utility Location. Contractor is responsible for locating any underground utilities affected by the Work and is deemed to be an excavator for purposes of Chapter 19.122 RCW, as amended. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with Chapter 19.122 RCW, including utilization of the "one call" locator system before commencing any excavation activities. 1.9 Air Environment. Contractor shall fully cover any and all Toads of loose construction materials including without limitation, sand, dirt, gravel, asphalt, excavated materials, construction debris, etc., to protect said materials from air exposure and to minimize emission of airborne particles to the ambient air environment within the City of Federal Way. 2. TERM This Contract shall commence on the effective date of this Contract and continue until the completion of the Work, which shall be no more than 150 working days to complete, and the expiration of all warranties contained in the Contract Documents ("Term "). 3. WARRANTY 3.1 Requisite Skill. The Contractor warrants that it has the requisite skill to complete the Work, and is appropriately accredited and licensed by all applicable agencies and governmental entities, including but not limited to being registered to do business in the City of Federal Way by obtaining a City of Federal Way business registration. Contractor represents that it has visited the site and is familiar with all of the plans and specifications in connection with the completion of the Work. 3.2 Defective Work. The Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, correct all Work which the City deems to have defects in workmanship and material discovered within one (1) year after the City's final acceptance of the Work as more fully set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract. This warranty shall survive termination of this Contract. Conducting of tests and inspections, review of specifications or plans, payment for goods or services, or acceptance by the City does not constitute waiver, modification or exclusion of any express or implied warranty or any right under this Contract or law. City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 38 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 4. COMPENSATION 4.1 Total Compensation. In consideration of the Contractor performing the Work, the City agrees to pay the Contractor in accordance with Attachment "B ", Bid Form (which includes the Bid Schedule), which amount shall constitute full and complete payment by the City ("Total Compensation "). 4.2 Contractor Responsible for Taxes. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the payment of any taxes imposed by any lawful jurisdiction as a result of the performance and payment of this Contract. 4.3 Nonpayment. The City shall have the right to withhold payment to the Contractor for any of the Work not completed in a satisfactory manner, in the City's sole discretion, which shall be withheld until such time as Contractor modifies or repairs the Work so that the Work is acceptable to the City. 4.4 Method of Payment. The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of work performed according to the contract and as specified for payment. Payments will be made for work and labor performed and materials furnished under the contract according to the price in the proposal unless otherwise provided. Partial payments will be made once each month, based on partial estimates prepared by the Engineer and signed by the Contractor. Failure to perform any obligation under this Contract may be adequate reason for the City to withhold payments until the obligation is performed. Upon completion of all work and after final inspection, the amount due the Contractor under the contract will be paid based upon the final estimate made by the Engineer and signed by the Contractor. Payment to the Contractor for partial estimates, final estimates, and retained percentages shall be subject to controlling laws. 4.5 Retainage. Pursuant to Chapter 60.28 RCW, five percent (5 %) of the Total Compensation shall be retained by the City to assure payment of Contractor's state sales tax as well as payment of subcontractors, suppliers and laborers. Upon execution of this Contract, Contractor shall complete, execute and deliver to the City the Contractor Retainage Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit "C" or execute the Retainage Bond attached hereto as Exhibit "D." No payments shall be made by the City from the retained percentage fund ("Fund ") nor shall the City release any retained percentage escrow account to any person, until the City has received from the Department of Revenue a certificate that all taxes, increases, and penalties due from the Contractor and all taxes due and to become due with respect to the Contract have been paid in full or that they are, in the Department's opinion, readily collectible without recourse to the State's lien on the retained percentage. Upon non- payment by the general contractor, any supplier or subcontractor may file a lien against the retainage funds, pursuant to Chapter 60.28 RCW. Subcontractors or suppliers are required to give notice of any lien within forty-five (45) days of the completion of the Work and in the manner provided in RCW 39.08.030. Within sixty (60) days after completion of all Work on this Contract, the City shall release and pay in full the money held in the Fund, unless the City becomes aware of outstanding claims made against this Fund. 5. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER In all Contractor services, programs or activities, and all Contractor hiring and employment made possible by or resulting from this Contract, there shall be no discrimination by Contractor or City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352 "d Street Extension Page 39 November 2015 RFB ver. 4 -15 1 by Contractor's employees, agents, subcontractors or representatives against any person because l of sex, age (except minimum age and retirement provisions), race, color, creed, national origin, marital status or the presence of any disability, including sensory, mental or physical handicaps, unless based upon a bona fide occupational qualification in relationship to hiring and employment, advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training, including apprenticeship. Contractor shall comply with, and shall not violate any of the terms of, Chapter 49.60 RCW, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans With Disabilities Act, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 49 CFR Part 26, or any other applicable federal, state, or local law or regulation regarding non - discrimination. Any material violation of this provision shall be grounds for termination of this Contract by the City and, in the case of the Contractor's breach, may result in ineligibility for further City agreements. If this project involves federal funds including USDOT funds administered by WSDOT, the contractor agrees to the clauses contained in Exhibit H. 6. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR /CONFLICT OF INTEREST 6.1 It is the intention and understanding of the Parties that the Contractor shall be an independent contractor and that the City shall be neither liable nor obligated to pay Contractor sick leave, vacation pay or any other benefit of employment, nor to pay any social security or other tax which may arise as an incident of employment. The Contractor shall pay all income and other taxes due. Industrial or any other insurance that is purchased for the benefit of the City, regardless of whether such may provide a secondary or incidental benefit to the Contractor, shall not be deemed to convert this Agreement to an employment contract. It is recognized that Contractor may or will be performing professional services during the Term for other parties; provided, however, that such performance of other services shall not conflict with or interfere with Contractor's ability to perform the Services. Contractor agrees to resolve any such conflicts of interest in favor of the City. 6.2 If the Contractor is a sole proprietorship or if this is a contract with an individual, the 1 contractor agrees to notify the City and complete any required form if the Contractor retired under a State of Washington retirement system and agrees to indemnify any losses the City may sustain through the Contractor's failure to do so. 1 7. CITY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT 7.1 Termination Without Cause. Prior to the expiration of the Term, this Contract may be terminated without cause upon oral or written notice delivered to Contractor from the City. Upon termination, all supplies, materials, labor and /or equipment furnished prior to such date shall, at the City's option, become its property. In the event Contractor is not in breach of any of the provisions of this Contract, Contractor will be paid for any portion of the Work which has been 1 completed to the City's satisfaction, calculated by the percentage amount that portion of the Work completed and accepted by the City bears to the Total Compensation. 7.2 Termination For Cause. The City may immediately terminate this Contract, take possession of the Property and all materials thereon and finish the Work by whatever methods it may deem expedient, upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: (1) If the Contractor should be adjudged a bankrupt. (2) If the Contractor should make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 1 South 352'd Street Extension Page 40 November 2015 RFB ver. 4 -15 (3) If a receiver should be appointed on the account of insolvency of Contractor. (4) If Contractor should persistently or repeatedly refuse or fail to supply a sufficient number of properly skilled workmen or proper materials for completion of the Work. (5) If the Contractor should fail to complete the Work within the time specified in this Contract. (6) If the Contractor should fail to complete the Work in compliance with the plans and specifications, to the City's satisfaction. (7) If the Contractor should fail to make prompt payment to subcontractors or for material labor. (8) If Contractor should persistently disregard laws, ordinances or regulations of federal, state, or municipal agencies or subdivisions thereof. (9) If Contractor should persistently disregard instructions of the Mayor or his or her representative. (10) If Contractor shall be in breach or violation of any term or provision of this Contract, or (11) If the Work is not being performed pursuant to RCW 49.28.050 or 49.28.060. 7.3 Result of Termination. In the event that this Contract is terminated for cause by the City, the City may do any or all of the following: (1) Stop payments. The City shall cease any further payments to Contractor and Contractor shall be obligated to repay any payments it received under this contract. (2) Complete Work. The City may, but in no event is the City obligated to, complete the Work, which Work may be completed by the City's agents, employees or representatives or the City may retain independent persons or entities to complete the Work. Upon demand, Contractor agrees to pay to the City all of its costs and expenses in completing such Work. (3) Take Possession. The City may take possession of the Property and any equipment and materials on the Property and may sale the same, the proceeds of which shall be paid to the City for its damages. (4) Remedies Not Exclusive. No remedy or election under this Contract shall be deemed an election by the City but shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available to the City at law, in equity or by statute. 8. INDEMNIFICATION 8.1 Contractor Indemnification. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the City, its elected officials, officers, employees, agents, and volunteers harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, actions and liabilities (including costs and all attorney fees) to or by any City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 41 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 and all persons or entities, including, without limitation, their respective agents, licensees, or representatives, arising from, resulting from, or connected with this Contract to the extent caused by the negligent acts, errors or omissions of the Contractor, its partners, shareholders, agents, employees, or by the Contractor's breach of this Contract. Contractor waives any immunity that may be granted to it under the Washington State Industrial Insurance Act, Title 51 RCW. Contractor's indemnification shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount of damages, compensation or benefits payable to or by any third party under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or any other benefits acts or programs. 8.2 City Indemnification. The City agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the Contractor, its officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, and agents harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, actions and liabilities (including costs and attorney fees) to or by any and all persons or entities, including without limitation, their respective agents, licenses, or representatives, arising from, resulting from or connected with this Contract to the extent solely caused by the negligent acts, errors, or omissions of the City, its employees or agents. 8.3 Survival. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Contract with respect to any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination. 9. INSURANCE 9.1 Minimum Limits. The Contractor agrees to carry as a minimum, the following insurance, in such forms and with such carriers who have a rating which is satisfactory to the City: (1) Workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance in amounts sufficient pursuant to the laws of the State of Washington; (2) Commercial general liability insurance with combined single limits of liability not less than $5,000,000 for bodily injury, including personal injury or death, products liability and property damage. (3) Automobile liability insurance with combined single limits of liability not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury, including personal injury or death and property damage. 9.2 Endorsements. Each insurance policy shall contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: (1) The City, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers and agents shall each be named as additional insured. (2) Coverage may not be terminated or reduced in limits except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the City. (3) Coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self- insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of Contractor's insurance. (4) Coverage shall apply to each insured separately against whom claim is made or suit is brought. City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 42 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 (5) Coverage shall be written on an "occurrence" form as opposed to a "claims made" or "claims paid" form. 9.3 Verification. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance evidencing the coverage required by the Section, in compliance with the Certificate(s) of Insurance Form attached hereto as Exhibit "F," which certificate must be executed by a person authorized by the insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The City reserves the right to require complete certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. 9.4 Subcontractors. Contractors shall include all subcontractors as additional insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates for each subcontractor. All coverage for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. 9.5 Deductibles and Self- Insured Retentions. Any deductibles or self- insured retentions must be disclosed by Contractor and approved in writing by the City. At the option of the City, Contractor shall either reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self- insured retentions or procure a bond guaranteeing payment for any amounts not covered by the insurance by reason of such deductibles or self- insured retentions. 9.6 Asbestos Abatement or Hazardous Materials. If asbestos abatement or hazardous materials work is performed, Contractor shall review coverage with the City's Risk Manager and provide scope and limits of coverage that are appropriate for the scope of Work and are satisfactory to the City. Contractor shall not commence any Work until its coverage has been approved by the Risk Manager. 9.7 Termination. The Contractor's failure to provide the insurance coverage required by this Section shall be deemed to constitute non - acceptance of this Contract by the Contractor and the City may then award this Contract to the next lower bidder. 10. PERFORMANCE /PAYMENT BOND Pursuant to RCW 39.08.010, Contractor shall post a Performance /Payment Bond in favor of the City, in the form attached to this Contract as Exhibit "G" and incorporated by this reference, in a dollar amount satisfactory to the City; to guarantee Contractor's performance of the Work to the City's satisfaction; to insure Contractor's performance of all of the provisions of this Contract; and to guarantee Contractor's payment of all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and material persons. Contractor's obligations under this Contract shall not be limited to the dollar amount of the bond. 11. SAFETY Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work site and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal safety and health laws and codes, including without limitation, all OSHA /WISHA requirements, Safety and Health Standards for Construction Work (Chapter 296 -155 WAC), General Safety and Health Standards (Chapter 296 -24 WAC), and General Occupational Health Standards (Chapter 296 -62 WAC). Contractor shall erect and properly maintain, at all times, all necessary guards, barricades, signals and other safeguards at all unsafe places at or near the Work for the protection of its employees and the public, safe passageways at all road crossings, crosswalks, street intersections, post danger signs warning against any known or unusual hazards and do all other things necessary to prevent accident or loss of any kind. Contractor shall protect from danger all water, sewer, gas, steam or other pipes or conduits, and all hydrants and all other property that is likely to become displaced or City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 43 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 damaged by the execution of the Work. The Contractor shall, at its own expense, secure and maintain a safe storage place for its materials and equipment and is solely responsible for the same. 12. PREVAILING WAGES 12.1 Wages of Employees. This contract is subject to the minimum wage requirements of Chapter 39.12 RCW and Chapter 49.28 RCW (as amended or supplemented). On Federal -aid projects, Federal wage laws and rules also apply. The Hourly minimum rates for wages and fringe benefits are listed in Appendix A. When Federal wage and fringe benefit rates are listed, the rates match those identified by the U.S. Department of Labor's "Decision Number" shown in Appendix A. The Contractor, any subcontractor, and all individuals or firms required by Chapter 39.12 RCW, Chapter 296 -127 WAC, or the Federal Davis -Bacon and Related Acts (DBRA) to pay minimum prevailing wages, shall not pay any worker less than the minimum hourly wage rates and fringe benefits required by Chapter 39.12 RCW or the DBRA. Higher wages and benefits may be paid. When the project is subject to both State and Federal hourly minimum rates for wages and fringe benefits and when the two rates differ for similar kinds of labor, the Contractor shall not pay less than the higher rate unless the state rates are specifically preempted by Federal law. The Contractor shall ensure that any firm (Supplier, Manufacturer, or Fabricator) that falls under the provisions of Chapter 39.12 RCW because of the definition "Contractor" in Chapter 296- 127 -010 WAC, complies with all the requirements of Chapter 39.12 RCW. 12.2 Exemptions to Prevailing Wage. The prevailing wage requirements of Chapter 39.12 RCW, and as required in this Contract do not apply to: (1) Sole owners and their spouses; (2) Any partner who owns at least 30% of a partnership; (3) The President, Vice President and Treasurer of a corporation if each one owns at least 30% of the corporation. 12.3 Reporting Requirements. On forms provided by the Industrial Statistician of State L&I, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the following for itself and for each firm covered under Chapter 39.12 RCW that provided work and materials of the contract: (1) A copy of an approved "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" State L&I form number F700- 029 -000. The City will make no payment under this contract for the work performed until this statement has been approved by State L&I and a certified copy of the approved form has been submitted to the City. (2) A copy of an approved "Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid," State L&I form number F700- 007 -000. The City will not release to the contractor any funds retained under Chapter 60.28.011 RCW until all of the "Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid" forms have been approved by State L &I and a certified copy of all the approved forms have been submitted to the City. City of Federal Way South 352'd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 44 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 The Contractor shall be responsible for requesting these forms from the State L&I and for paying any approval fees required by State L&I. Certified payrolls are required to be submitted by the Contractor to the City, for the Contractor and all subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors. 12.4 Disputes. In the event any dispute arises as to what are the prevailing rates of wages for work of a similar nature and such dispute cannot be resolved by the City and the Contractor, the matter shall be referred for arbitration to the Director of the Department of Labor and Industries of the State of Washington and the decision therein shall be final and conclusive and binding on all parties involved in the dispute. 13. FAILURE TO PAY SUBCONTRACTORS In the event the Contractor shall fail to pay any subcontractors or laborers, fail to pay for any materials, or fail to pay any insurance premiums, the City may terminate this Contract and /or the City may withhold from the money which may be due the Contractor an amount necessary for the payment of such subcontractors, laborers, materials or premiums. 14. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS All originals and copies of work product, including plans, sketches, layouts, designs, design specifications, records, files, computer disks, magnetic media, all finished or unfinished documents or material which may be produced or modified by Contractor while performing the Work shall become the property of the City and shall be delivered to the City at its request. 15. CONFIDENTIALITY Any records, reports, information, data or other documents or materials given to or prepared or assembled by the Contractor under this Contract will be kept as confidential and shall not be made available to any individual or organization by the Contractor without prior written approval of the City. 16. BOOKS AND RECORDS The Contractor agrees to maintain books, records, and documents which sufficiently and properly reflect all direct and indirect costs related to the performance of this Contract and such accounting procedures and practices as may be deemed necessary by the City to assure proper accounting of all funds paid pursuant to this Contract. These records shall be subject at all reasonable times to inspection, review or audit by the City, its authorized representative, the State Auditor, or other governmental officials authorized by law to monitor this Contract. 17. CLEAN UP At any time ordered by the City and immediately after completion of the Work, the Contractor shall, at its own expense, clean up and remove all refuse and unused materials of any kind resulting from the Work. In the event the Contractor fails to perform the necessary clean up, the City may, but in no event is it obligated to, perform the necessary clean up and the costs thereof shall be immediately paid by the Contractor to the City and /or the City may deduct its costs from any remaining payments due to the Contractor. City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 45 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 18. CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY: 18.1 Contractor Verification. The Contractor verifies that it has a certificate of registration with the State of Washington; has a current state unified business identifier number; is not disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3); has industrial insurance as required by Title 51 RCW, if applicable; has an employment security department number as required in Title 50 RCW, if applicable; has a state excise tax registration number as required in Title 82 RCW, if applicable; possesses a valid electrical contractor license as required by Chapter 19.28 RCW, if applicable; and possesses an elevator contractor license as required by Chapter 70.87 RCW, if applicable. 18.2 Subcontractor Contracts. The Contractor shall include the language of this section in each of its first tier subcontracts, and shall require each of its subcontractors to include the same language of this section in each of their subcontracts, adjusting only as necessary the terms used for the contracting parties. Upon request of the Owner, the Contractor shall promptly provide documentation to the Owner demonstrating that the subcontractor meets the subcontractor responsibility criteria below. The requirements of this section apply to all subcontractors regardless of tier. 18.3 Subcontractor Verification. At the time of subcontract execution, the Contractor shall verify that each of its first tier subcontractors meets the following bidder responsibility criteria: Have a current certificate of registration in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW, which must have been in effect at the time of subcontract bid submittal; Have a current Washington Unified Business Identifier (UBI) number; Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3); Have Industrial Insurance (workers' compensation) coverage for the subcontractor's employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW, if applicable; A Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW, if applicable; A Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW, if applicable; An electrical contractor license, if required by Chapter 19.28 RCW, if applicable; An elevator contractor license, if required by Chapter 70.87 RCW. 19. GENERAL PROVISIONS 19.1 Entire Contract. The Contract Documents contain all of the agreements of the Parties with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Contract and no prior agreements or understandings pertaining to any such matters shall be effective for any purpose. 19.2 Modification. No provisions of this Contract, including this provision, may be amended or added to except by agreement in writing signed by the Parties or their respective successors in interest. 19.3 Full Force and Effect. Any provision of this Contract, which is declared invalid, void or illegal, shall in no way affect, impair, or invalidate any other provision hereof and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect. 19.4 Assignment. The Contractor shall not transfer or assign, in whole or in part, any or all of its obligations and rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the City. In the event the City consents to any such assignment or transfer, such consent shall in no way release the Contractor from any of its obligations or liabilities under this Contract. City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 46 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 19.5 Successors In Interest. Subject to the preceding Subsection, this Contract shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties' successors in interest, heirs and assigns. 19.6 Attorney Fees. In the event the City or the Contractor defaults on the performance of any terms in this Contract, and the Contractor or City places the enforcement of the Contract or any part thereof, or the collection of any monies due, or to become due hereunder, or recovery of possession of any belongings, in the hands of an attorney, or file suit upon the same, each Party shall pay all its own attorneys' fees, costs and expenses. The venue for any dispute related to this Contract shall be King County, Washington. 19.7 No Waiver. Failure of the City to declare any breach or default immediately upon occurrence thereof, or delay in taking any action in connection with, shall not waive such breach or default. Failure of the City to declare one breach or default does not act as a waiver of the City's right to declare another breach or default. 19.8 Governing Law. This Contract shall be made in and shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington. 19.9 Authority. Each individual executing this Contract on behalf of the City and Contractor represents and warrants that such individuals are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Contract on behalf of the Contractor or City. 1.19.10 Notices. Any notices required to be given by the City to Contractor or by the Contractor to the City shall be delivered to the Parties at the addresses set forth below. Any notices tidy be delivered personally to the addressee of the notice or may be deposited in the United ates mail, postage prepaid, to the address set forth herein. Any notice so posted in the United States mail shall be deemed received three (3) days after the date of mailing. 19.11 Captions. The respective captions of the Sections of this Contract are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to modify or otherwise affect in any respect any of the provisions of this Contract. 19.12 Performance. Time is of the essence of this Contract and each and all of its provisions in which performance is a factor. Adherence to completion dates is essential to the Contractor's performance of this Contract. 19.13 Compliance with Ethics Code. If a violation of the City's Ethics Resolution No. 91 -54, as amended, occurs as a result of the formation and /or performance of this Contract, this Contract may be rendered null and void, at the City's option. 19.14 Conflicting Provisions. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of any of the Contract Documents, the Mayor or his or her designee shall issue an interpretation of the controlling document, which interpretation shall be final and binding. City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 [Signature page follows] Page 47 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DATED the day and year set forth above. ATTEST: CITY OF FEDERAL WAY By: rk, Stephanie Coin' e , CMC APPROVED AS TO FORM: --01/44 to/City Attorney, Amy Jo Pearsall STATE OF WASHINGTON COUNTY OF /CZNc ) ss. im remelt, Mayor 33325 8th Avenue South Federal Way, WA 98003 -6325 By: Bob Scarsella P.O. Box 68697 Seattle, WA 98168 -0697 (253) 872 -7173 On this day personally appeared before me Bob Scarsella, to me known to be the Vice President of Scarsella Brothers, Inc. that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he was authorized to execute said instrument and that the seal affixed, if any, is the corporate seal of said corporation. GIVEN mxr la, tiilgnsl official seal this • 1 NO1a , r; 3 A ' •; GOtIt, City of 52 pG r��� I ttdl�''`'' South 352 RFB ver. 4 -15 11111 134h day of T Al LIAR)/' , 20/6. Sf/EL1 V AP E Wi7IZAM ped /printed name of notary) Notary Public in and for the State of Washington. My commission expires /t-t Ay /8, 20 /? RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Page 48 Date: EXHIBIT A ❑ Original ❑ Revised # NOTICE OF COMPLETION OF PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT Contractor's UBI Number: Name & Mailing Address of Public. Agency UBI Number: Department Use Only Assigned to: Date Assigned: Notice is hereby given relative to the completion of contract or project described below Project Name Contract Number Job Order Contracting ❑ Yes • No Description of Work Done /Include Jobsite Address(es) Federally funded transportation project? ❑ Yes ❑ No (if yes, provide Contract Bond Statement below) Contractor's Name E -mail Address Affidavit ID* Contractor Address Te ephone # If Retainage is not withheld, please select one of the following and List Surety's Name & Bond Number. ❑ Retainage Bond ❑ Contract/Payment bond (valid for federally funded transportation projects) Name: Bond Number: Date Contract Awarded Date Work Commenced Date Work Completed Date Work Accepted Were Subcontracters used on this project? If so, please complete Addendum A. ❑Yes ❑ No Affidavit ID - No L &I release will be granted until all affidavits are listed. Contract Amount Additions (+ ) Reductions (- ) Sub -Total Amount of Sales Tax (If various rates apply, please send a breakdown) $ $ $ 0.00 TOTAL $ 0.00 Liquidated Damages $ Amount Disbursed $ Amount Retained $ NOTE: These two totals must be e 9 ual TOTAL $ 0.00 Comments Note: The Disbursing Officer must submit this completed notice immediately after acceptance of the work done under this contract. NO PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE FROM RETAINED FUNDS until receipt of all release certificates. Submitting Form: Please submit the completed form by email to all three agencies below. Contact Name: Email Address: Department of Revenue Public Works Section (360) 704-5650 PWC @dor.wa.gov City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Washington State Department of Labor & Industries Contract Release (855) 545 -8163, option # 4 ContractRelease @LN I. WA. GOV Page 50 Title: Phone Number: Employment Security Department Registration, Inquiry, Standards & Coordination Unit (360) 902-9450 publicworks@esd.wa.gov RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Addendum A: Please List all Subcontractors and Sub -tiers Below This addendum can be submitted in other formats. Provide known affidavits at this time. No L &1 release will be granted until all affidavits are listed. Subcontractor's Name: UBI Number: (Required) Affidavid ID* For tax assistance or to request this document in an alternate format, please call 1- 800 - 647 -7706. Teletype (TTY) users may use the Washington Relay Service by calling 711. REV 31 0020e Addendum (04/28/14) F215- 038 -000 04 -2014 PROJECT NUMBER EXHIBIT B CITY OF FEDERAL WAY CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER AGREEMENT CHANGE ORDER NUMBER EFFECTIVE DATE PROJECT TITLE CONTRACTOR SUMMARY OF PROPOSED CHANGES: The time provided for completion in the Contract is ❑ Unchanged ❑ Increased ❑ Decreased by Calendar Days. This Document shall become an Amendment to the Contract and all provisions of the Contract not amended herein will apply to this Change Order. Will this change affect expiration or extent of Insurance coverage? If "Yes" Will the Policies Be Extended? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No PRICE CHANGE LUMP SUM: INCREASE $ DECREASE $ UNIT PRICE: THE ITEMS ARE APPROXIMATE OR ESTIMATED QUANTITIES INVOLVED IN THIS CHANGE ITEM NO. ITEM QUANTITY UNIT PRICE ADD OR DELETE TOTAL NET CONTRACT: INCREASE $ DECREASE $ STATEMENT: Payment for the above work will be in accordance with applicable portions of the standard specifications, and with the understanding that all materials, workmanship and measurements shall be in accordance with the provisions of the standard specifications, the contract plans, and the special provisions governing the types of construction. CONTRACTOR'S DEPT. DIRECTOR /MANAGER DATE SIGNATURE SIGNATURE City of Federal Way South 352 °d Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 51 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 DEPARTMENT RECAP TO DATE: *Adjustments: ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT $ PREVIOUS CHANGE ORDERS $ THIS CHANGE ORDER $ *ADJUSTMENTS $ NEW CONTRACT AMOUNT $ ADJUSTMENTS CHANGE ORDER ESTIMATE IS HEREBY PAY THIS ADJUSTED AMOUNT City of Federal Way South 352 "d Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 ❑ INCREASED $ ❑ DECREASED $ $ DEPARTMENT DIRECTOR'S SIGNATURE Page 52 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 City of Federal Way 33325 8th Avenue South Federal Way, WA 98003 -6325 253 - 835 -7000 EXHIBIT C CONTRACTOR'S RETAINAGE AGREEMENT Bid /Contract Number RFB 15 -015 IDENTIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION Project Title South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) Contractor Representative Bid No. Date Administering Department City Representative Funding Source Project Authority RETAINAGE FORMULA In accordance with applicable State Statutes, the following provisions will be made for the disposition of the retainage held for investment: 1. All investments selected below are subject to City approval. 2. Retainage under this agreement will be held in escrow by the (referred to herein as the Bank), the terms of which are specified by separate escrow agreement. The cost of the investment program and the risk thereof is to be borne entirely by the contractor. 3. The final disposition of the contract retainage will be made in accordance with applicable statutes. CONTRACTOR'S INSTRUCTIONS Pursuant to RCW 60.28.010 I hereby notify the City of Federal Way of my instructions to invest not to invest the retainage withheld under the terms of this contract. If the investment option is selected, please provide the following information: Name of Bank, Mutual Fund, or Savings & Loan Association: Address: Account #: Contact Person: Contractor: Date: By: Title: Address: Phone: Fed ID #: Est. Completion Date: CITY APPROVAL Approval of Investment Program and Retainage Agreement Finance Director Date CERTIFICATION FOR RELEASE OF CONTRACT RETAINAGE Contract No. RFB 15 -015 Project Title: South 352nd Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) I hereby certify, as Contract Administrator for this Contract representing the City of Federal Way, that all work required by the above cited contract was completed on and final acceptance by the City was granted on I also certify that no liens have been received within 30 days from the above date from any person, persons, mechanics, subcontractors or materialman who has performed any work or provided any material of subject contract. Contract Administrator Director of Administering Department Also, please find attached certifications by the applicable state agencies of the receipt of: 1) Washington State Business Taxes (Washington State Dept. of Revenue); 2) Industrial Insurance Premiums (State Dept. of Labor & Industries); and 3) Employment Security, Unemployment Insurance Premiums (State of Washington Employment Security Dept.) City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352'd Street Extension Page 53 November 2015 RFB ver. 4 -15 EXHIBIT D RETAINAGE BOND TO CITY OF FEDERAL WAY Bond #023034137 SOUTH 352ND STREET EXTENSTION (PACIFIC HWY S TO ENCHANTED PARKWAY S) KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that we, the undersigned, Scarsella Bros. Inc. as principal ( "Principal "), and Liberty Mutual Insurance Company__,_-,.-, a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Massachusetts- .. as a surety Corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of Contractors with Municipal Corporations, as surety ("Surety"), are jointly and severally held and firmly bonded to the City of Federal Way ( "City") in the penal sum of: One Hundred Thirty -Six Thousand One Hundred Ten and 00/100 Dollars ($136,110.00) for the payment of which sum we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or personal representatives, as the case may be. A. This obligation Is entered into in pursuant to the statutes of the State of Washington and the ordinances, regulations, standards and policies of the City, as now existing or hereafter amended or adopted. 13. Pursuant to proper authorization, they Mayor is authorized to enter into a certain contract with the Principal, providing for the South 352' Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S) Project, which contract is incorporated herein by this reference ( "Contract "), and C. Pursuant to State law, Chapter 60.28 RCW, the City is required to reserve from the monies earned by the Principal pursuant to the contract, i-a sum not to exceed five percent (5 %), said sum to be retained by the City as a trust. fund for the protection and payment of any person or persons, mechanic:, subcontractor or materiatmen who shall pxxfortn any labor upon such cuntraet or die doing of sorb work, and all persons who shall supply such person or persons or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of such work, and the State with the respect to taxes imposed pursuant to Title 82 RCW which may be due from said Principal. Every person performing labor or furnishing supplies towards completion of said improvement or work shall have a hen on saki monies so reserved, provided that such notice of the lien of such cl imant shall he given in the manner and within the time provided in RCW 39.08.030 as now existing and in accordance with any amendments that may hereafter be provided thereto; and D. State law further provides that with the consent of the City, the Principal may submit a bond for all or any portion of the amount of funds retained by the public body in a form acceptable to the public body conditioned upon such bond any proceeds therefrom being made subject to all claims and Liens and in the same manner and priority as set forth retained percentages pursuant to Chapter 60,28 RCW; and E. The Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the Contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth, for the amount of $2,722,199.96; and F. The City is prepared to release any required retainage money previously paid by the Principal prior to acceptance and successful operation and fulfillment of all other terms of saki contract upon being indemnified by these presents, NOW, THEREFORE, it the Principal shall perform ail the provisions of The Contract in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the City, or within sutl extensions of time as may be granted under the Contract, and shall pity all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and material men or women, and all persons who shall supply the Principal or subcontractors; with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and if the Principal shall pay to the State ail taxes imposed pursuant to Title ;12 RCW which may be tlun from such Principal as a result of this contract then and in the event: this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. And the Surety, for value received, hereby further stipulates and agrees that tau change, extension of time, alt :eral:iom or addition to the t:i :trig; of the Contract or to the:' work to be per formed thereunder or the specitlkations accompanying roe sane ;hall in any way affect its ohlitJ atom on tick bond, and it doe:; hereby waive notice of any change, extension of tinu', alterations or additions to the trams of the Contract or to the Work. the Surety hereby agrees Mat modifications anc3 changes may be made in the Whits and pnavisron s of the Contraci without notice tot Surety, and ,tny such a1o.litb :atirnts ter changes lu,ceasing the total antouia to be paid the Principal ;hall <autoa increase Ian obligiith,n of the Surety on Otis iuiiil in a like amount, such increase, however, 1 of to exceed 1. weitty fvee pClf t?ia (2 '%a) of 11 ■Iilt9illat :aniolnil of tllit• hot td without consent of the Surety. Within forty -five (45) days of receiving notice that the Principal has defaulted on all or part of the terms of the Contract, the Surety shall make written commitment to the City that it will either: (a) cure the delauli: itself within a City of Federal Way South 352nd Street i::xtensiou R.Fi3 vet. 4-15 Page 54 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 reasonable time period, or (b) tender to the City, the amount necessary for the City to remedy the default, including legal fees incurred by the City, or (c) in the event that Surety's evaluation of the dispute is not complete or in the event the Surety disputes the City's claim of default, the Surety shall notify the City of its finding and its intent, if any, to interplead. The Surety shall then fulfill its obligations under this bond, according to the option it has elected. Should Surety elect option (a) to cure the default, the penal sum of the Bond shall be reduced in an amount equal to the costs actually incurred by the Surety in curing the default. If the Surety elects option (b), then upon completion of the necessary work, the City shall notify the Surety of its actual costs. The City shall return, without interest, any overpayment made by the Surety and the Surety shall pay to the City any actual costs which exceed the City estimate, limited to the bond amount. Should the Surety elect option (c), the Parties shall first complete participation In mediation, described in the below paragraph, prior to any interplead action. In the event a dispute should arise between the Parties to this Bond with respect to the City's declaration of default by the Principal, the Parties agree to participate In at least four hours of mediation in accordance with the mediation procedures of United States Arbitration and Mediation ( "USA &M`). The Parties shall proportionately share In the cost of the mediation. The mediation shall be administered by the Seattle USA&M office, 4300 Two Union Square, 601 Union Street, Seattle, Washington 98101 -2327. The Surety shall not interpiead prior to completion of the mediation. The parties have executed this instrument under their separate seals this 8th day of January _, 2016., the name and corporate seal of each corporate party hereto affixed, and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representatives pursuant to authority of its governing body. CORPORATE SEAL: CORPORATE SEAL: City of Federal Vitt ∎• South 352; "t Street i.,'tension 'er. 4-15 Nagle 55 PRINCIPAL Sca :-Ila Bros. I By: Bob Scarseila Vice President P.O. Box 68697 Seattle, WA 98168 -0697 SURETY Liberty Mutual Insura By: ". Ai rney -in -Fa ch Power' Title: Cynthia L. Jay, A Address: 1001 4th Avenue; Seattle, WA 98154 "tfj ,,,th,,. RPI3 li 15 -015 November 2015 Ct RT1FICrATL_S_A-`iTO coRpoRATE sEAL. I hereby certify that 1 uaa the (Assistant) Secretary of the Corporation named as Principal in the within bond; that Bob Sc:arsella, who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal, was Vice President of said Corporation; that T know his or her signature thereto is genuine, and that said bond was duly signed, sealed, led, and attested for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. Secret As istant Secretary a Notary Public of the State of Washington I hereby certify that I. anY .gtac ia000kx that Cynthia L. Jay signed the said bond on behalf of the Surety, was attorney -in -fact of the saicl Corporation; that T know his or her signature thereto is genuine, and that said bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. � -.'_%%��II li li,,1 a. i p(BUC s �. atexabarycofAssietenbarcretaxy • t iv �� ,�►� � Aliceon A. Keltner, Notary Public of the .. ...1....,..„, ,s State of Washington, County of King el�, ;WAS'•• My commission expires 6/24/2019 APPROVED AS TO FORM: fo/ Amy Jo Pearsall, City Attorney City of Federal South 352" Sin et Nxtension R t:13 ver. 4-15 • 44•b. ,ia ..1.►+ I'ag,e 56 1.? ► :I, o ;a .9,v.(.,'♦ d /,i ,4 RF13 it 15••015 November 2015 9011 1 1 1 1 1 THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No, 7128758 American Fire and Casualty Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Fire & Casualty Company and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies "), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint, Aliceon A. Keltner; Annelies M. Richie; Barbara A. Johnson; Brent E. Heilesen; Carley Espiritu; Christopher Kinyon; Cynthia L. Jay; Diane M. Harding; Eric A. Zimmerman; James B. Binder; Jamie Diemer; Jennifer L. Snyder; Jon J. Oja; Julie R. Truitt; Karen C. Swanson; Kristine A. Lawrence; Lisa M. Anderson; Mitchell R. Smee; Peggy A. Firth; Peter J. Comfort an of the city of Tacoma state of WA each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney -in -fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behaff as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attomey has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 1st day of October 2015 JE, STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA ss COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY d0 On this 1st day of October 2015 before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of American Fire and Casualty Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA American Fire and Casualty Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company West merican Insurance Company By: David M. Care ;Assistant Secretary 1 1 1 1 This Power of Attomey is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By -laws and Authorizations of American Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ARTICLE IV- OFFICERS - Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney -in -fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. ARTICLE XIII - Execution of Contracts - SECTION 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation - The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attomeys -in- fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization - By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, Gregory W. Davenport, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of American Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, is in full force Notarial Seal Teresa Pastella, Notary Public Plymouth Twp., Montgomery County My Commission Expires March 28, 2017 SNP Ibt4Fry .�'/ Member, Pennsylvania Association of Notaries V�/ By: /1,14.4d Ltd& Teresa Pastelia, Notary Public and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said C(y x .r, Ili day of C JOT_ IA P- - 20/ YINSU 1NSUq 1.WSbq �lPORgT.ag2 aLP.nRPOn.�T�bCC, 4 1991 3 l i L BY: a, Np��gP � e LMS_12873_122013 Gregory W. Davenport, Assistant Secretary 145 of 800 EXHIBIT E NOTICE TO LABOR UNIONS OR OTHER EMPLOYMENT ORGANIZATIONS NONDISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT TO: ALL EMPLOYEES _ AND TO: 4- t sf r L( 4-1 o��S q. (�er 4- n� L— in.e aK4S (Name of Union or Organization) The undersigned currently holds contract(s) with involving funds or credit of the City of Federal Way, Washington, or (a) subcontract(s) with a prime contractor holding such contract(s). You are advised that, under the provisions of the above contract(s) or subcontract(s) and in accordance with Section 202 of Executive Order 11246 dated September 24, 1965, the undersigned is obliged not to discriminate against any employee or applicant of employment because of race, color, creed or national origin. This obligation not to discriminate in employment includes, but is not limited to, the following: EMPLOYMENT, UPGRADING, TRANSFER OR DEMOTION RECRUITMENT AND ADVERTISING RATES OF PAY OR OTHER FORMS OF COMPENSATION SELECTION FOR TRAINING INCLUDING APPRENTICESHIP, LAYOFF OR TERMINATION This notice is furnished to you pursuant to the provisions of the above contract(s) or subcontractor(s) and Executive Order 11246. Copies of this Notice will be posted by the undersigned in conspicuous places available to employees or applicants for employment. Complaints may be submitted to: City of Federal Way South 352 "d Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Naveen Chandra, P.E. Street Systems Project Engineer City of Federal Way 33325 8th Avenue South Federal Way, WA 98003 Page 57 Date tractor or subcontractor) / /SP RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 Heavy - Highway Construction Scarsella Bros, Inc. holds Contract(s) with the following Unions; Teamsters Local Union #174 Washington & Northern Idaho District Council Laborers Int'1 Union of North America #252 International Union of Operating Engineers #302/ #612 An Equal Opportunity Employer P.O. Box 68697 • Seattle, Washington 98168 -0697 • Tel: (253) 872 -7173 • Fax: (253) 395 -1209 AK Lic. #34714 • AZ Lic. #ROC249216 • CA Lic. #779354 • ID Lic. #10394 - Unlimited -1 -2 MT Lic. #146627 • ND Lic. #44607 • OR Lic. #96884 • UT Lic. #7646917 -5551 • WA Lic. #SCARSBI183B8 City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 EXHIBIT F CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Page 58 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 1 1 1 Client #: 111013 EXHIBIT F SCARBROSI ACORDT. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE MlDD/YYYY) 1/08 DATE (MM!DDI THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Propel Insurance Tacoma Commercial Insurance 1201 Pacific Ave, Suite 1000 Tacoma, WA 98402 CONTACT Sharnel Di Vona NAME: PHONE 253.310.4047 FAx 866.577.1326 i °. Ext): (A/C, ry ° >: Ma ` ADDRESS: sharnel .divona @propelinsurance.com INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A : Liberty Liber Mutual Fire Ins Co 23035 INSURED Scarsella Bros. Inc. PO Box 68697 Seattle, WA 98168 -0697 INSURER B: Navigators Specialty Insurance 36056 Allied World Assurance Company INSURERC: P Y 19489 INSURER D: Ohio Casualty Insurance Company 24074 Property Travelers Pro Casualty Coo INSURER E : P ` `7 •7 25674 INSURER F : CLAIMS -MADE COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSR SUBR W VD POUCY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MM/DD/YYYY) POLICY EXP (MM/DO!YYYY) LIMITS A GENERAL X LIABILITY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY X X TB2Z91454734105 05/01/2015 05/01/2016 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 $1,000,000 PREMISES TO RENTED CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5,000 X BI /PD Ded: $15,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1,000,000 X LC 04 43 05/12 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GEN'LAGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: 7 POUCY n ECOT- n LOC PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG $2,000,000 $ A AUTOMOBILE X X LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS X _ SCHEDULED AUTOS NON-OWNED AUTOS X X AS2Z91454734035 05/01/2015 05/01/2016 (Eo aBIcNdEenDtSINGLE LIMIT $1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ $ B x UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE X X SE15EXC7496231C 05/01/2015 05/01/2016 EACH OCCURRENCE $5,000,000 , AGGREGATE $5,000,000 DED I I RETENT ON sn/a $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory In NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below Y / N N N / A WA Stop Gap only: TB2Z91454734105 05/01/2015 05/01/2016 l I OT RY LIMITS x 1 0TH- E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 C D E Contr. Pollution Excess Liability Inst Floater 03083387 ECO1656620162 QT6605C528273TIL15 05/01/2015 05/01/2015 05/01/2015 05/01/2017 05/01/2016 05/01/2016 $2,000,000/$25,000 ded. $9,000,000 (X of $5MM) $1,000,000I$1,000 ded. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) RE South 352nd Street Extension (Pacifc Highway S to Enchanted Parkway S) Project. The City of Federal Way, its officers, elected officials, employees, agents, and volunteers, KPG, PS and its officers, employees, agents, and subconsultants are additional insured per the attached endorsement. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Federal Way 33325 8th Ave South Federal Way, WA 98003 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ' ACORD 25 (2010105) 1 of 1 #S2015186/M1722262 © 1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD KTROO This page has been left blank intentionally. Scarsella Bros. Inc. Policy Number TB2Z91454734105 Issued by Liberty Mutual Fire Ins Co THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY ENHANCEMENT FOR CONTRACTORS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART Index of modified items: Item 1. Reasonable Force Item 2. Non -Owned Watercraft Extension Item 3. Damage To Premises Rented To You - Expanded Coverage Item 4. Bodily Injury To Co- Employees Item 5. Health Care Professionals As Insureds Item 6. Knowledge Of Occurrence Item 7. Notice Of Occurrence Item 8. Unintentional Errors And Omissions Item 9. Bodily Injury Redefinition Item 10. Supplementary Payments — Increased Limits Item 11. Property In Your Care, Custody Or Control Item 12. Mobile Equipment Redefinition Item 13. Newly Formed Or Acquired Entities Item 14. Blanket Additional Insured Where Required By Written Contract Lessors of Leased Equipment Managers or Lessors of Premises Mortgagees, Assignees or Receivers Owners, Lessees or Contractors Architects, Engineers or Surveyors Any Person or Organization Item 15. Blanket Additional Insured — Grantors Of Permits Item 16. Waiver Of Right Of Recovery By Written Contract Or Agreement Item 17. Other Insurance Amendment Item 18. Contractual Liability - Railroads Item 1. Reasonable Force Exclusion a. of Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability is replaced by the following: a. Expected Or Intended Injury "Bodily injury" or "property damage" expected or intended from the standpoint of the insured. This exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property. Item 2. Non -Owned Watercraft Extension Paragraph (2) of Exclusion g. of Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability is replaced by the following: (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: LC 04 43 0512 © 2012 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 9 Scarsella Bros. Inc. TB2Z91454734105 (a) Less than 55 feet long; and (b) Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge; Item 3. Damage To Premises Rented To You - Expanded Coverage A. The final paragraph of 2. Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability is replaced by the following: Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire, lightning or explosion or subsequent damages resulting from such fire, lightning or explosion including water damage to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in Section III - Limits Of Insurance. B. Paragraph 6. of Section III — Limits Of Insurance is replaced by the following: 6. Subject to Paragraph 5. above, the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "property damage" to any one premises, while rented to you, or in the case of damage by fire, lightning, explosion or subsequent damages resulting from such fire, lightning or explosion including water damage to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is the greater of: a. $300,000; or b. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit shown on the Declarations. C. Paragraph 9.a. of the definition of "insured contract" in Section V — Definitions is replaced by the following: a. A contract for a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damage by fire, lightning, explosion or subsequent damages resulting from such fire, lightning or explosion including water damage to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner is not an "insured contract ". D. The paragraph immediately following Paragraph (6) of exclusion j. of Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability is replaced by the following: Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage" (other than damage by fire, lightning or explosion or subsequent damages resulting from such fire, lightning or explosion including water damage) to premises, including the contents of such premises, rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as described in Section III — Limits of Insurance. Item 4. Bodily Injury To Co- Employees A. Paragraph 2. of Section II - Who Is An Insured is amended to include: Each of the following is also an insured: Your supervisory or management "employees" (other than either your "executive officers" (if you are an organization other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) or your managers (if you are a limited liability company)) are insureds while in the course of their employment or while performing duties related to the conduct of your business with respect to "bodily injury": (1) To you; (2) To your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture); LC 04 43 05 12 © 2012 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 2 of 9 Scarsella Bros. Inc. TB2Z91454734105 (3) To your members (if you are a limited liability company); or (4) To a co-"employee" or "volunteer worker" while that co-"employee" or "volunteer worker" is either in the course of his or her employment by you or while performing duties related to the conduct of your business (including participation in any recreational activities sponsored by you). Your "employees" (other than either your "executive officers" (if you are an organization other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) or your managers (if you are a limited liability company)) or "volunteer workers" are insureds while in the course of their employment or while performing duties related to the conduct of your business for a Good Samaritan Act that results in "bodily injury": (1) To you; (2) To your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture); (3) To your members (if you are a limited liability company); or (4) To a co-"employee" or "volunteer worker' while that co-"employee" or "volunteer worker" is either in the course of his or her employment by you or while performing duties related to the conduct of your business (including participation in any recreational activities sponsored by you). A Good Samaritan Act means an attempt to rescue or aid a person in imminent or serious peril, provided the attempt is not recklessly made. However, none of these "employees" (including supervisory or management "employees ") or "volunteer workers" are insureds for the providing or failure to provide professional health care services. B. The insurance provided by this Item 4. will not apply if the injured person's sole remedy for such injury is provided under a workers' compensation law or any similar law. C. Other Insurance The insurance provided by this Item 4. is excess over any other valid and collectible insurance available to the insured, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. Item 5. Health Care Professionals As Insureds A. Paragraphs 2.a.(1)(a) and (d) of Section II - Who Is An Insured do not apply to "bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the providing of or failure to provide professional health care services by any "employee" or "volunteer" of the Named Insured who is a "designated health care provider" if the "bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury" occurs in the course and scope of the "designated health care provider's" employment by the Named Insured. B. With respect to "employees" and "volunteer workers" providing professional health care services, the following exclusions are added to Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability and Paragraph 2. Exclusions of Section I — Coverage B — Personal And Advertising Injury Liability: This insurance does not apply to: (1) Liability assumed under an "insured contract" or any other contract or agreement; (2) Liability arising out of the providing of professional health care services in violation of law; (3) Liability arising out of the providing of any professional health care services while in any degree under the influence of intoxicants or narcotics; (4) Liability arising out of any dishonest, fraudulent, malicious or knowingly wrongful act or failure to act; or LC 04 43 0512 © 2012 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 9 Scarsella Bros. Inc. TB2Z91454734105 (5) Punitive or exemplary damages, fines or penalties. C. The following definition is added to Section V - Definitions: "Designated health care provider" means any "employee" or "volunteer worker" of the Named Insured whose duties include providing professional health care services, including but not limited to doctors, nurses, emergency medical technicians or designated first aid personnel. D. Other Insurance The insurance provided by this Item 5. is excess over any other valid and collectible insurance available to the insured, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. Item 6. Knowledge Of Occurrence Knowledge of an "occurrence" by your agent, servant or "employee" will not in itself constitute knowledge by you unless your "executive officer" or "employee" or other third party designated by you to notify us of "occurrences" has knowledge of the "occurrence ". Item 7. Notice Of Occurrence For purposes of Paragraph 2.a. of Section IV - Conditions, you refers to an "executive officer" of the Named Insured or to the "employee" designated by the insured to give us notice. Item 8. Unintentional Errors And Omissions Unintentional failure of the Named Insured to disclose all hazards existing at the inception of this policy shall not be a basis for denial of any coverage afforded by this policy. However, you must report such an error or omission to us as soon as practicable after its discovery. This provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or non - renewal. Item 9. Bodily Injury Redefinition The definition of "bodily injury" in Section V - Definitions is replaced by the following: "Bodily injury" means: a. Bodily injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including death resulting from any of these at any time; and b. Mental anguish, shock or humiliation arising out of injury as defined in Paragraph a. above. Mental anguish means any type of mental or emotional illness or distress. Item 10. Supplementary Payments - Increased Limits Paragraphs 1.b. and 1.d. of Section I - Supplementary Payments - Coverages A And B, are replaced by the following: b. Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or "suit" including substantiated loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. LC 04 43 05 12 © 2012 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 4 of 9 Scarsella Bros. Inc. TB2Z91454734105 Item 11. Property In Your Care, Custody Or Control A. Paragraphs (3) and (4) of exclusion j. of Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability only apply to: 1. "Property damage" to borrowed equipment, or 2. "Property damage" to property in your care, custody and control while in transit. B. This insurance does not apply to any portion of a loss for which the insured has available any other valid and collectible insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent, or on any other basis, unless such other insurance was specifically purchased by the insured to apply in excess of this policy. C. Limits of Insurance Subject to Paragraphs 2., 3., and 5. of Section III — Limits Of Insurance, the most we will pay for insurance provided by Paragraph A., above is: $10,000 Each Occurrence Limit $25,000 Aggregate Limit The Each Occurrence Limit for this coverage applies to all damages as a result of any one "occurrence" regardless of the number of persons or organizations who sustain damage because of that "occurrence ". The Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of all damages under this Item 11. Item 12. Mobile Equipment Redefinition The definition of "Mobile Equipment" in Section V — Definitions is amended to include self - propelled vehicles with permanently attached equipment less than 1000 pounds gross vehicle weight that are primarily designed for: (1) Snow removal; (2) Road Maintenance, but not construction or resurfacing; or (3) Street cleaning. Item 13. Newly Formed Or Acquired Entities Paragraph 3. of Section II — Who Is An Insured is replaced by the following: 3. Any organization, other than a partnership or joint venture, you newly acquire or form and over which you maintain majority ownership or majority interest will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other similar insurance available to that organization. a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only until: (1) The 180th day after you acquire or form the organization; (2) Separate coverage is purchased for the organization; or (3) The end of the policy period, whichever is earlier. b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and LC 04 43 05 12 © 2012 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 5 of 9 Scarsella Bros. Inc. TB2Z91454734105 c. Coverage B does not apply to "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. Item 14. Blanket Additional Insured Where Required By Written Contract Paragraph 2. of Section II - Who Is An Insured is amended to add the following: e. Additional Insured by Written Contract or Written Agreement The following are insureds under the policy when you have agreed in a written contract or written agreement to provide them coverage as additional insureds under your policy: (1) Lessors of Leased Equipment: The person(s) or organization(s) from whom you lease equipment, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your maintenance, operation or use of equipment leased to you by such person(s) or organization(s). (2) Managers or Lessors of Premises: Any manager or lessor of premises leased to you in which the written lease agreement obligates you to procure additional insured coverage. The coverage afforded to the additional insured is limited to liability in connection with the ownership, maintenance or use of the premises leased to you and caused, in whole or in part, by some negligent acts or omissions of you, your "employees ", your agents or your subcontractors. There is no coverage for the additional insured for liability arising out of the sole negligence of the additional insured or those acting on behalf of the additional insured, except as provided below. (3) If the written agreement obligates you to procure additional insured coverage for the additional insured's sole negligence, then the coverage for the additional insured shall conform to the agreement, but only if the applicable law would allow you to indemnify the additional insured for liability arising out the additional insured's sole negligence. This insurance does not apply to: (a) Any "occurrence" which takes place after you cease to be a tenant in that premises or to lease that land; or (b) Any premises for which coverage is excluded by endorsement. Mortgagees, Assignees or Receivers: Any person(s) or organization(s) with respect to their liability as mortgagee, assignee or receiver and arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of your premises. This insurance does not apply to structural alterations, new construction and demolition operations performed by or for that person or organization. (4) Owners, Lessees or Contractors: any person(s) or organization(s) to whom you are obligated by a written agreement to procure additional insured coverage, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of your "employees ", your agents, or your subcontractors, in the performance of your ongoing operations. This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury", "property damage ", or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of "your work" included in the "products- completed operations hazard" unless you are required to provide such coverage for the additional insured by the written agreement, and then only for the period of time required by the written agreement and only for liability caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of your "employees ", your agents, or your subcontractors. There is no coverage for the additional insured for liability arising out of the sole negligence of the additional insured or those acting on behalf of the additional insured, except as provided below. LC 04 43 05 12 © 2012 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 6 of 9 Scarsella Bros. Inc. TB2Z91454734105 (2) Does not apply to any person or organization for any "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" if any other additional insured endorsement attached to this policy applies to that person or organization with regard to the "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury"; (3) Applies only if the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs, or offense giving rise to "personal and advertising injury" is committed, subsequent to the execution of the written agreement; and (4) Applies only if the written agreement is in effect at the time the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs, or at the time the offense giving rise to the "personal and advertising injury" is committed. Item 15. Blanket Additional Insured — Grantors Of Permits Paragraph 2. of Section II - Who Is An Insured is amended to add the following: Any state, municipality or political subdivision with respect to any operations performed by you or on your behalf, or in connection with premises you own, rent or control and to which this insurance applies, for which the state, municipality or political subdivision has issued a permit. However, this insurance does not apply to: 1. "Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for the state, municipality or political subdivision; 2. Any "bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "products- completed operations hazard ", except when required by written contract or agreement initiated prior to loss; or 3. "Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury", unless negligently caused, in whole or in part, by you or those acting on your behalf. Item 16. Waiver Of Right Of Recovery By Written Contract Or Agreement The following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV — Conditions: We waive any right of recovery because of payments we make under this policy for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" included in the "products- completed operations hazard" that we may have against any person or organization with whom you have agreed in a written contract or agreement to waive your rights of recovery but only if the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs, or offense giving rise to "personal and advertising injury" is committed subsequent to the execution of the written contract or agreement. Item 17. Other Insurance Amendment If you are obligated under a written agreement to provide liability insurance on a primary, excess, contingent, or any other basis for any person or organization that qualifies as an additional insured on this policy, this policy will apply solely on the basis required by such written agreement and Paragraph 4. Other Insurance of Section IV — Conditions will not apply. Where the applicable written agreement does not specify on what basis the liability insurance will apply, the provisions of Paragraph 4. Other Insurance of Section IV — Conditions will govern. However, this insurance is excess over any other insurance available to the additional insured for which it is also covered as an additional insured by attachment of an endorsement to another policy providing coverage for the same "occurrence ", claim or "suit ". Item 18. Contractual Liability — Railroads Paragraph 9. of Section V - Definitions is replaced by the following: 9. "Insured Contract" means: LC 04 43 05 12 © 2012 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 8 of 9 Scarsella Bros. Inc. TB2Z91454734105 a. A contract for a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damage by fire to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner is not an "insured contract "; b. A sidetrack agreement; c. Any easement or license agreement; d. An obligation, as required by ordinance, to indemnify a municipality, except in connection with work for a municipality; e. An elevator maintenance agreement; f. That part of any other contract or agreement pertaining to your business (including an indemnification of a municipality in connection with work performed for a municipality) under which you assume the tort liability of another party to pay for "bodily injury" or "property damage" to a third person or organization. Tort liability means a liability that would be imposed by law in the absence of any contract or agreement. Paragraph f. does not include that part of any contract or agreement: (1) That indemnifies an architect, engineer or surveyor for injury or damage arising out of: (a) Preparing, approving or failing to prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (b) Giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage; or (2) Under which the insured, if an architect, engineer or surveyor, assumes liability for an injury or damage arising out of the insured's rendering or failing to render professional services, including those listed in Paragraph (1) above and supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. LC 04 43 05 12 © 2012 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 9 of 9 This page has been left blank intentionally. Policy Number AS2Z91454734035 Issued by THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. AUTO ENHANCEMENT ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM k. Newly Acquired or Formed Organizations II. Employees as Insureds III. Lessor - Additional Insured and Loss Payee IV. Supplementary Payments - Increased Limits V. Fellow Employee Coverage VI. Personal Property of Others VII. Additional Transportation Expense and Cost to Recover Stolen Auto VIII. Airbag Coverage IX. Tapes, Records and Discs Coverage X. Physical Damage Deductible - Single Deductible XI. Physical Damage Deductible - Glass XII. Physical Damage Deductible - Vehicle Tracking System XII I. Duties in Event of Accident, Claim, Suit or Loss XIV. Unintentional Failure to Disclose Hazards XV. Worldwide Liability Coverage - Hired and Nonowned Autos XVI. Hired Auto Physical Damage XVII. Auto Medical Payments Coverage Increased Limits XVIII. Drive Other Car Coverage - Broadened Coverage for Designated Individuals XIX. Rental Reimbursement Coverage XX. Notice of Cancellation or Nonrenewal XXI. Loan /Lease Payoff Coverage XXII. Limited Mexico Coverage XXIII. Waiver of Subrogation I. NEWLY ACQUIRED OR FORMED ORGANIZATIONS Throughout this policy, the words you and your also refer to any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership or joint venture, and over which you maintain ownership of more than 50 percent interest, provided: A. There is no similar insurance available to that organization; B. Unless you notify us to add coverage to your policy, the coverage under this provision is afforded only until: 1. The 90th day after you acquire or form the organization; or 2. The end of the policy period, whichever is earlier; and C. The coverage does not apply to an "accident" which occurred before you acquired or formed the organization. AC 84 07 07 13 © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 11 Policy Number AS2Z91454734035 Issued by II. EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS Paragraph A.1. Who Is An Insured of SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE is amended to add: Your "employee" is an "insured" while using with your permission a covered "auto" you do not own, hire or borrow in your business or your personal affairs. III. LESSOR - ADDITIONAL INSURED AND LOSS PAYEE A. Any "leased auto" will be considered an "auto" you own and not an "auto" you hire or borrow. The coverages provided under this section apply to any "leased auto" until the expiration date of this policy or until the lessor or his or her agent takes possession of the "leased auto" whichever occurs first. B. For any "leased auto" that is a covered "auto" under SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, Paragraph A.1. Who Is An Insured provision is changed to include as an "insured" the lessor of the "leased auto ". However, the lessor is an "insured" only for "bodily injury" or "property damage" resulting from the acts or omissions by: 1. You. 2. Any of your "employees" or agents; or 3. Any person, except the lessor or any "employee" or agent of the lessor, operating a "leased auto" with the permission of any of the above. C. Loss Payee Clause 1. We will pay, as interests may appear, you and the lessor of the "leased auto" for "loss" to the covered "leased auto". 2. The insurance covers the interest of the lessor of the "leased auto" unless the "loss" results from fraudulent acts or omissions on your part. 3. If we make any payment to the lessor of a "leased auto ", we will obtain his or her rights against any other party. D. Cancellation 1. If we cancel the policy, we will mail notice to the lessor in accordance with the Cancellation Common Policy Condition. 2. If you cancel the policy, we will mail notice to the lessor. 3. Cancellation ends this agreement. E. The lessor is not liable for payment of your premiums. F. For purposes of this endorsement, the following definitions apply: "Leased auto" means an "auto" which you lease for a period of six months or longer for use in your business, including any "temporary substitute" of such "leased auto ". AC 84 07 07 13 © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 2 of 11 Policy Number AS2Z91454734035 Issued by "Temporary substitute" means an "auto" that is furnished as a substitute for a covered "auto" when the covered "auto" is out of service because of its breakdown, repair, servicing, "loss" or destruction. IV. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS - INCREASED LIMITS Subparagraphs A.2.a.(2) and A.2.a.(4) of SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE are deleted and replaced by the following: (2) Up to $3,000 for the cost of bail bonds (including bonds for related traffic law violations) required because of an "accident" we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the "insured" at our request, including the actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. V. FELLOW EMPLOYEE COVERAGE A. Exclusion B.5. of SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE does not apply. B. For the purpose of Fellow Employee Coverage only, Paragraph B.5. of BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS is changed as follows: This Fellow Employee Coverage is excess over any other collectible insurance. VI. PERSONAL PROPERTY OF OTHERS Exclusion 6. in SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE for a covered "auto" is amended to add: This exclusion does not apply to "property damage" or "covered pollution cost or expense" involving "personal property" of your "employees" or others while such property is carried by the covered "auto ". The Limit of Insurance for this coverage is $5,000 per "accident ". Payment under this coverage does not increase the Limit of Insurance. For the purpose of this section of this endorsement, "personal property" is defined as any property that is not used in the individual's trade or business or held for the production or collection of income. VII. ADDITIONAL TRANSPORTATION EXPENSE AND COST TO RECOVER STOLEN AUTO A. Paragraph A.4.a. of SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended as follows: The amount we will pay is increased to $50 per day and to a maximum limit of $1,000. B. Paragraph A.4.a. of SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended to add the following: If your business is shown in the Declarations as something other than an auto dealership, we will also pay up to $1,000 for reasonable and necessary costs incurred by you to return a stolen covered "auto" from the place where it is recovered to its usual garaging location. VIII. AIRBAG COVERAGE Exclusion B.3.a. in SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended to add: This exclusion does not apply to the accidental discharge of an airbag. AC 84 07 07 13 © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 11 Policy Number AS2Z91454734035 Issued by IX. TAPES, RECORDS AND DISCS COVERAGE Exclusion B.4.a. of SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is deleted and replaced by the following: a. Tapes, records, discs or other similar audio, visual or data electronic devices designed for use with audio, visual or data electronic equipment except when the tapes, records, discs or other similar audio, visual or data electronic devices: (1) Are your property or that of a family member; and (2) Are in a covered "auto" at the time of "loss ". The most we will pay for "loss" is $200. No Physical Damage Coverage deductible applies to this coverage. X. PHYSICAL DAMAGE DEDUCTIBLE - SINGLE DEDUCTIBLE Paragraph D. in SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is deleted and replaced by the following: D. Deductible For each covered "auto ", our obligation to pay for, repair, return or replace damaged or stolen property will be reduced by the applicable deductible shown in the Declarations. Any Comprehensive Coverage deductible shown in the Declarations does not apply to "loss" caused by fire or lightning. When two or more covered "autos" sustain "loss" in the same collision, the total of all the "loss" for all the involved covered "autos" will be reduced by a single deductible, which will be the largest of all the deductibles applying to all such covered "autos ". Xl. PHYSICAL DAMAGE DEDUCTIBLE - GLASS Paragraph D. in SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended to add: No deductible applies to "loss" to glass if you elect to patch or repair it rather than replace it. XII. PHYSICAL DAMAGE DEDUCTIBLE - VEHICLE TRACKING SYSTEM Paragraph D. in SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended to add: Any Comprehensive Coverage Deductible shown in the Declarations will be reduced by 50% for any "loss" caused by theft if the vehicle is equipped with a vehicle tracking device such as a radio tracking device or a global positioning device and that device was the method of recovery of the vehicle. XIII. DUTIES IN EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT OR LOSS Subparagraphs A.2.a. and A.2.b. of SECTION IV- BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS are changed to: a. In the event of "accident ", claim, "suit" or "loss", your insurance manager or any other person you designate must notify us as soon as reasonably possible of such "accident ", claim, "suit" or "loss". Such notice must include: (1) How, when and where the "accident" or "loss" occurred; AC 84 07 07 13 © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 4 of 11 Policy Number AS2Z91454734035 Issued by (2) The "insured's" name and address; and (3) To the extent possible, the names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses. Knowledge of an "accident ", claim, "suit" or "loss" by your agent, servant or "employee" shall not be considered knowledge by you unless you, your insurance manager or any other person you designate has received notice of the "accident ", claim, "suit" or "loss" from your agent, servant or "employee ". b. Additionally, you and any other involved "insured" must: (1) Assume no obligation, make no payment or incur no expense without our consent, except at the "insured's" own cost. (2) Immediately send us copies of any request, demand, order, notice, summons or legal paper received concerning the claim or "suit ". (3) Cooperate with us in the investigation or settlement of the claim or defense against the "suit ". (4) Authorize us to obtain medical records or other pertinent information. (5) Submit to examination, at our expense, by physicians of our choice, as often as we reasonably require. XIV. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS Paragraph B.2. in SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS is amended to add the following: Any unintentional failure to disclose all exposures or hazards existing as of the effective date of the Business Auto Coverage Form or at any time during the policy period will not invalidate or adversely affect the coverage for such exposure or hazard. However, you must report the undisclosed exposure or hazard to us as soon as reasonably possible after its discovery XV. WORLDWIDE LIABILITY COVERAGE - HIRED AND NONOWNED AUTOS Condition B.7. in SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS is amended to include the following: For "accidents" resulting from the use or operation of covered "autos" you do not own, the coverage territory means all parts of the world subject to the following provisions: a. If claim is made or "suit" is brought against an "insured" outside of the United States of America, its territories and possessions, Puerto Rico and Canada, we shall have the right, but not the duty to investigate, negotiate, and settle or defend such claim or "suit ". If we do not exercise that right, the "insured" shall have the duty to investigate, negotiate, and settle or defend the claim or "suit" and we will reimburse the "insured" for the expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the investigation, settlement or defense. Reimbursement will be paid in the currency of the United States of America at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of reimbursement. The "insured" shall provide us with such information we shall reasonably request regarding such claim or "suit" and its investigation, negotiation, and settlement or defense. The "insured" shall not agree to any settlement of the claim or "suit" without our consent. We shall not unreasonably withhold consent. AC 84 07 07 13 © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 5 of 11 Policy Number AS2Z91454734035 Issued by b. We are not licensed to write insurance outside of the United States of America, its territories or possessions, Puerto Rico and Canada. We will not furnish certificates of insurance or other evidence of insurance you may need for the purpose of complying with the laws of other countries relating to auto insurance. Failure to comply with the auto insurance laws of other countries may result in fines or penalties. This insurance does not apply to such fines or penalties. XVI. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE If no deductibles are shown in the Declarations for Physical Damage Coverage for Hired or Borrowed Autos, the following will apply: A. We will pay for "loss" under Comprehensive and Collision coverages to a covered "auto" of the private passenger type hired without an operator for use in your business: 1. The most we will pay for coverage afforded by this endorsement is the lesser of: a. The actual cost to repair or replace such covered "auto" with other property of like kind and quality; or b. The actual cash value of such covered "auto" at the time of the "loss ". 2. An adjustment for depreciation and physical condition will be made in determining actual cash value in the event of a total "loss ". 3. If a repair or replacement results in better than like kind or quality, we will not pay for the amount of the betterment. B. For each covered "auto ", our obligation to pay for, repair, return or replace the covered "auto" will be reduced by any deductible shown in the Declarations that applies to private passenger "autos" that you own. If no applicable deductible is shown in the Declarations, the deductible will be $250. If the Declarations show other deductibles for Physical Damage Coverages for Hired or Borrowed Autos, this Section XVI of this endorsement does not apply. C. Paragraph A.4.b. of SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is replaced by: b. Loss of Use Expenses For Hired Auto Physical Damage provided by this endorsement, we will pay expenses for which an "insured" becomes legally responsible to pay for loss of use of a private passenger vehicle rented or hired without a driver, under a written rental contract or agreement. We will pay for loss of use expenses caused by: (1) Other than collision only if the Declarations indicate that Comprehensive Coverage is provided for any covered "auto"; (2) Specified Causes of Loss only if the Declarations indicate that Specified Causes of Loss Coverage is provided for any covered "auto "; or (3) Collision only if the Declarations indicate that Collision Coverage is provided for any covered "auto ". AC 84 07 07 13 © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 6 of 11 Policy Number AS2Z91454734035 Issued by However, the most we will pay under this coverage is $30 per day, subject to a maximum of $900. XVII. AUTO MEDICAL PAYMENTS COVERAGE - INCREASED LIMITS For any covered "loss ", the Limit of Insurance for Auto Medical Payments will be double the limit shown in the Declarations if the "insured" was wearing a seat belt at the time of the "accident ". This is the maximum amount we will pay for all covered medical expenses, regardless of the number of covered "autos ", "insureds ", premiums paid, claims made, or vehicles involved in the "accident ". If no limit of insurance for Auto Medical Payments is shown on the Declarations, this paragraph Section XVII of this endorsement does not apply. XVIII. DRIVE OTHER CAR COVERAGE - BROADENED COVERAGE FOR DESIGNATED INDIVIDUALS A. This endorsement amends only those coverages indicated with an "X" in the Drive Other Car section of the Schedule to this endorsement. B. SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE is amended as follows: 1. Any "auto" you don't own, hire or borrow is a covered "auto" for Liability Coverage while being used by any individual named in the Drive Other Car section of the Schedule to this endorsement or by his or her spouse while a resident of the same household except: a. Any "auto" owned by that individual or by any member of his or her household; or b. Any "auto" used by that individual or his or her spouse while working in a business of selling, servicing, repairing or parking "autos ". 2. The following is added to Who Is An Insured: Any individual named in the Drive Other Car section of the Schedule to this endorsement and his or her spouse, while a resident of the same household, are "insureds" while using any covered "auto" described in Paragraph B.1. of this endorsement. C. Auto Medical Payments, Uninsured Motorist, and Underinsured Motorist Coverages are amended as follows: The following is added to Who Is An Insured: Any individual named in the Drive Other Car section of the Schedule to this endorsement and his or her "family members" are "insured" while "occupying" or while a pedestrian when struck by any "auto" you don't own except: Any "auto" owned by that individual or by any "family member ". D. SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is changed as follows: Any private passenger type "auto" you don't own, hire or borrow is a covered "auto" while in the care, custody or control of any individual named in the Drive Other Car section of the Schedule to this endorsement or his or her spouse while a resident of the same household except: 1. Any "auto" owned by that individual or by any member of his or her household; or AC 84 07 07 13 © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 7 of 11 Policy Number AS2Z91454734035 Issued by 2. Any "auto" used by that individual or his or her spouse while working in a business of selling, servicing, repairing or parking "autos ". E. For purposes of this endorsement, SECTION V - DEFINITIONS is amended to add the following: "Family member" means a person related to the individual named in the Drive Other Car section of the Schedule to this endorsement by blood, marriage or adoption who is a resident of the individual's household, including a ward or foster child. XIX. RENTAL REIMBURSEMENT COVERAGE A. For any owned covered "auto" for which Collision and Comprehensive Coverages are provided, we will pay for rental reimbursement expenses incurred by you for the rental of an "auto" because of a covered physical damage "loss" to an owned covered "auto ". Such payment applies in addition to the otherwise applicable amount of physical damage coverage you have on a covered "auto ". No deductibles apply to this coverage. B. We will pay only for those expenses incurred during the policy period beginning 24 hours after the "loss" and ending with the earlier of the return or repair of the covered "auto ", or the exhaustion of the coverage limit. C. Our payment is limited to the lesser of the following amounts: 1. Necessary and actual expenses incurred; or 2. $30 per day with a maximum of $900 in any one period. D. This coverage does not apply: 1. While there are spare or reserve "autos" available to you for your operations; or 2. If coverage is provided by another endorsement attached to this policy. E. If a covered "loss" results from the total theft of a covered "auto" of the private passenger type, we will pay under this coverage only that amount of your rental reimbursement expenses which is not already provided for under Paragraph A.4. Coverage Extensions of SECTION HI — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE of the Business Auto Coverage Form or Section VII of this endorsement. XX. NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OR NONRENEWAL A. Paragraph A.2. of the COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS is changed to: 2. We may cancel or non -renew this policy by mailing written notice of cancellation or non- renewal to the Named Insured, and to any name(s) and address(es) shown in the Cancellation and Non - renewal Schedule: a. For reasons of non - payment, the greater of: (1) 10 days; or (2) The number of days specified in any other Cancellation Condition attached to this policy; or b. For reasons other than non- payment, the greater of: AC 84 07 07 13 © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 8 of 11 Policy Number AS2Z91454734035 Issued by (1) 60 days; (2) The number of days shown in the Cancellation and Non - renewal Schedule; or (3) The number of days specified in any other Cancellation Condition attached to this policy, prior to the effective date of the cancellation or non- renewal. B. All other terms of Paragraph A. of the COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS, and any amendments thereto, remain in full force and effect. XXI. LOAN /LEASE PAYOFF COVERAGE The following is added to Paragraph C. Limit of Insurance of SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: In the event of a total "loss" to a covered "auto" of the private passenger type shown in the schedule or declarations for which Collision and Comprehensive Coverage apply, we will pay any unpaid amount due on the lease or loan for that covered "auto ", less: 1. The amount paid under the PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE SECTION of the policy; and 2. Any: a. Overdue lease /loan payments at the time of the "loss "; b. Financial penalties imposed under a lease for excessive use, abnormal wear and tear or high mileage; c. Security deposits not returned by the lessor; d. Costs for extended warranties, Credit Life Insurance, Health, Accident or Disability Insurance purchased with the Loan or lease; and e. Carry -over balances from previous loans or leases. This coverage is limited to a maximum of $1500 for each covered "auto ". XXII. LIMITED MEXICO COVERAGE WARNING AUTO ACCIDENTS IN MEXICO ARE SUBJECT TO THE LAWS OF MEXICO ONLY - NOT THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. THE REPUBLIC OF MEXICO CONSIDERS ANY AUTO ACCIDENT A CRIMINAL OFFENSE AS WELL AS A CIVIL MATTER. IN SOME CASES THE COVERAGE PROVIDED UNDER THIS ENDORSEMENT MAY NOT BE RECOGNIZED BY THE MEXICAN AUTHORITIES AND WE MAY NOT BE ALLOWED TO IMPLEMENT THIS COVERAGE AT ALL IN MEXICO. YOU SHOULD CONSIDER PURCHASING AUTO COVERAGE FROM A LICENSED MEXICAN INSURANCE COMPANY BEFORE DRIVING INTO MEXICO. THIS ENDORSEMENT DOES NOT APPLY TO ACCIDENTS OR LOSSES WHICH OCCUR BEYOND 25 MILES FROM THE BOUNDARY OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. AC 84 07 07 13 © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 9 of 11 Policy Number Issued by AS2Z91 454734035 A. Coverage 1. Paragraph B.7. of SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS is amended by the addition of the following: The coverage territory is extended to include Mexico but only if all of the following criteria are met: a. The "accidents" or "loss" occurs within 25 miles of the United States border; and b. While on a trip into Mexico for 10 days or less. 2. For coverage provided by this section of the endorsement, Paragraph B.S. Other Insurance in SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS is replaced by the following: The insurance provided by this endorsement will be excess over any other collectible insurance. B. Physical Damage Coverage is amended by the addition of the following: If a "loss" to a covered "auto" occurs in Mexico, we will pay for such "loss" in the United States. If the covered "auto" must be repaired in Mexico in order to be driven, we will not pay more than the actual cash value of such "loss" at the nearest United States point where the repairs can be made. C. Additional Exclusions The following additional exclusions are added: This insurance does not apply: 1. If the covered "auto" is not principally garaged and principally used in the United States. 2. To any "insured" who is not a resident of the United States. XXIII. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION Paragraph A.S. in SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS does not apply to any person or organization where the Named Insured has agreed, by written contract executed prior to the date of "accident ", to waive rights of recovery against such person or organization. AC 84 07 07 13 © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 10 of 11 Policy Number AS2Z91454734035 Issued by Premium Liability Physical Damage Total Premium V. Fellow Employee Schedule of Employees: XVIII. Drive Other Car Name of Individual XX. Notice of Cancellation or Nonrenewal Name and Address AC 84 07 07 13 Schedule LIAB MP UM UIM COMP COLL © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Number of Days Page 11 of 11 IThis page has been left blank intentionally. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS2Z91454734035 POLICY NUMBER: Scarsella Bros. Inc. COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 20 48 10 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED INSURED FOR COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: AUTO DEALERS COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by this endorsement. This endorsement identifies person(s) or organization(s) who are "insureds" for Covered Autos Liability Coverage under the Who Is An Insured provision of the Coverage Form. This endorsement does not alter coverage provided in the Coverage Form. SCHEDULE Name Of Person(s) Or Organization(s): Any person or organization where the named insured has agreed by written contract to include such person or organization as a designated insured Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. Each person or organization shown in the Schedule is an "insured" for Covered Autos Liability Coverage, but only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured provision contained in Paragraph A.1. of Section II — Covered Autos Liability Coverage in the Business Auto and Motor Carrier Coverage Forms and Paragraph D.2. of Section I — Covered Autos Coverages of the Auto Dealers Coverage Form. CA 20 48 10 13 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2011 Page 1 of 1 This page has been left blank intentionally. EXHIBIT G CITY OF FEDERAL WAY PERFORMANCE /PAYMENT BOND Bond #023034134 KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS: We, the undersigned Scarsella Bros. Inc. ( "Principal ") and 1..ibertylvlutual Insurance Company the undersigned corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Massachusetts and legally doing business in the State of Washington as a surety ( "Surety "), are held and firmly bonded unto the City of Federal Way, a Washington municipal corporation ( "City ") in the penal suns of Two Million Severi Hundred Twenty -Two Thousand One Hundred Ninety-Nine Dollars and 96/100 ($2,722,199.96) for the payment of which we firmly bind ourselves and our legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. This obligation is entered into an Agreement with the City datedUana„ 20 96 for South 352"d Street Extension (Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway 5). ill NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall perform all the provisions of the Agreement in the manner and within the time period prescribed by the City, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under the Agreement, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and material men or women, and all persons who shall supply the Principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold the City, their officials, agents, employees and volunteers harmless from any loss or damage occasioned to any person or property by reason of any carelessness or negligence on the pact of the Principal, or any subcontractor in the performance of said work, and shall indemnify and hold the City harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in the Agreement within a period of one (1) year after its final acceptance thereof by the City, then and in the event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect. And the Surety, for value received, hereby further stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work. The Surety hereby agrees that modifications and changes may be made in terms and provisions of the Agreement without notice to Surety, and any such modifications or changes increasing the total amount to be paid the Principal shall automatically increase the obligation of the Surety on this Performance Bond in a like amount, such increase, however, not to exceed twenty -five percent (25 %) of the original amount of this bond without the consent of the Surety. Within forty -five (45) days of receiving notice that the Principal has defaulted on all or part of the terms of the Agreement, the Surety shall make a written commitment to the City that it will either: (a) cure the default itself within a reasonable time period, or (b) tender to the city, the amount necessary for the City to remedy the default, including legal fees incurred by the City, or (c) in the event that Surety's evaluation of the dispute is not: Complete or in the event the Surety disputes the City's claim of default, the Surety shall notify the City of its finding and its intent, if any, to interplead. The Surety shall then fulfill its obligations under this bond, according to the option it has elected. Should Surety elect option (a) to cure the default, the penal sum of the Bond shall be reduced in an amount equal to the costs actually incurred by the Surety in curing the default. If the Surety elects option (b), there upon completion of the necessary work, the City shall notify the Surety of its actual costs. The City shalt return, without interest, any overpayment made by the Surety and the Surety shall pay to the City any actual costs which exceed the City estimate, limited to the bond amount, Should the Surety elect option (c), the Parties shall first cornplete participation in mediation, described in the below paragraph, prior to any interplead action. of'Federal Way; South '»7 "d `tics! - Page 59 KFI311 1 5-)15 November 2015 In the event a dispute should arise between the Parties to this Bond with respect to the City's declaration of default by the Principal, the Parties agree to participate in at least four hours of mediation in accordance with the mediation procedures of United States Arbitration and Mediation ( "USA&M "). The Parties shall proportionately share in the cost of the mediation. The mediation shall be administered by the Seattle USA &M office, 4300 Two Union Square, 601 Union Street, Seattle, Washington 98101 -2327. The Surety shall not interplead prior to completion of the mediation. DATED this 8th day of January , 20 16 CORPORATE SEAL OF PRINCIPAL: By: PRINCIPAL Scarsella Its: Vice President P.O. Box 68697 Seattle, WA 98168 -0697 (253) 872-7173 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE SEAL I hereby certify that I am the (Assistant) Secretary of the Corporation named as Principal in the within bond; that Bob Scarselia who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal, was Vice President of the said Corporation; that I know his signature thereto is genuine, and that said bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. 4 Secretary of As tant Secretary City of Federal Way South 35.2 " Street Extension Page 60 RFB ti 15 -015 November 2015 CORPORATE SEAL OF SU, s APPROVED AS TO FORM: 17/14Tiag Tom/ Amy Jo Pearsall, City Attorney City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4-15 By: Page 61 Su Adorn y -in-Fact (Attac ower of Attorney) Cynthia L. Jay (Name of Person Executing Bond) 1001 4th Avenue, Suite 1300 Seattle, WA 98154 (Address) 206 -473 -3633 (Phone) RFB 1# 15 -015 November 2015 1 1 • THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No. 7128753 American Fire and Casualty Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Fire & Casualty Company and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint, Aliceon A. Keltner; Annelies M. Richie; Barbara A. Johnson; Brent E. Heilesen; Carley Espiritu; Christopher Kinyon; Cynthia L. Jay; Diane M. Harding; Eric A. Zimmerman; James B. Binder; Jamie Defiler; Jennifer L. Snyder; Jon J. Oja; Julie R. Truitt; Karen C. Swanson; Kristine A. Lawrence; Lisa M. Anderson; Mitchell R. Smee; Peggy A. Firth; Peter J. Comfort all of the city of Tacoma , state of WA each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attomey -in -fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attomey has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 1st day of October , 2015 , H d \ * Si • STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA id u• COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY ` pt On this 1st day of October 2015 before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of American Fire and ej Casualty Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. m, rel i O IL' This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to an . by authority of the following By -laws and Authorizations of American Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance L. co Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: l L ARTICLE IV-OFFICERS - Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attomeys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, c acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective L y powers of attomey, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so w ` executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attomey-in-fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. ss American Fire and Casualty Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company West merican Insurance Company By: David M. Care , Assistant Secretary IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. iMiA1-$4) LQ/40 COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA Notarial Seal Teresa Pastella, Notary Public Plymouth Twp., Montgomery County My Commission Expires March 28, 2017 Member, Pennsylvania Association of Notaries By: Teresa Pastella, Notary Public ▪ ARTICLE XIII - Execution of Contracts - SECTION 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, .+ ` and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, 0 = seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact subject to the limitations set forth in their ✓ respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary . Certificate of Designation - The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attorneys -in- fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization - By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, Gregory W. Davenport, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of American Fire and Casualty Company, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney ofyhich the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. �, IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the se.. - p 3 /� day of � V K 20 1 ( . D r._ vv inn o. ,uc,,. ..,,. r +�e..a erti.• . �t' k LMS_12873_122013 By: Gregory W. Davenport, Assistant Secretary 140 of 800 EXHIBIT H TITLE VI ASSURANCES During the performance of this contract, the contractor /consultant, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "contractor ") agrees as follows: 1. Compliance with Regulations The contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to non - discrimination in federally assisted programs of United States Department of Transportation (USDOT), Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. 2. Non - discrimination The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin in the selection and retention of sub - contractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. 3. Solicitations for Sub - contracts, Including Procurement of Materials and Equipment In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiations made by the contractor for work to be performed under a sub - contract, including procurement of materials or leases of equipment, each potential sub - contractor or supplier shall be notified by the contractor of the contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to non - discrimination on the grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin. 4. Information and Reports The contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the contracting agency or the appropriate federal agency to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, the contractor shall so certify to WSDOT or the USDOT as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. 5. Sanctions for Non - compliance In the event of the contractor's non - compliance with the non - discrimination provisions of this contract, the contracting agency shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the USDOT may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: Withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies, and /or; Cancellation, termination, or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part City of Federal Way South 352 "d Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 62 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 6. Incorporation of Provisions The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (5) in every sub- contract, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The contractor shall take such action with respect to any sub - contractor or procurement as the contracting agency or USDOT may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non - compliance. Provided, however, that in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a sub - contractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request WSDOT enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the state and, in addition, the contractor may request the USDOT enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension RFB ver. 4 -15 Page 63 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS INTRO.AP1 INTRODUCTION 1 The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 2014 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 1 AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract and Isupersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the Amendment or the latest date of revision. Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. ' 1- 01.AP1 ' Section 1-01, Definitions and Terms August 3, 2015 1 -01.3 Definitions The definition for "Engineer" is revised to read: ' The Contracting Agency's representative who directly supervises the engineering and administration of a construction Contract. The definition for "Inspector" is revised to read: ' The Engineer's representative who insp ects Contract performance in detail. The definition for "Project Engineer" is revised to read: Same as Engineer. ' The following new term and definition is inserted after the definition for "Proposal Form ": ' Reference Information — Information provided to the Contractor by the Contracting Agency that is not part of the Contract. The definition for' Working Drawings" is revised to read: Drawings, plans, diagrams, or any other supplementary data or calculations, including a schedule of submittal dates for Working Drawings where specified, which the Contractor ' must submit to the Engineer. 1 1 ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1- 02.AP1 Section 1-02, Bid Procedures and Conditions August 3, 2015 1- 02.8(1) Noncollusion Declaration The third paragraph is revised to read: Therefore, by including the Non - collusion Declaration as part of the signed bid Proposal, the Bidder is deemed to have certified and agreed to the requirements of the Declaration. 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal This section is revised to read: For projects scheduled for Bid opening in Olympia, the Proposal shall be sealed and submitted in the envelope provided with it to the address below or shall be submitted electronically via Trns-Port Expedite® software and BidExpress ®. The Bidder shall fill in all blanks on this envelope to ensure proper handling and delivery. Bids are to be received no later than until 11:00:59 A.M. Pacific time on the date of Bid opening: Washington S tate Department of Transportation Room 2D20 310 Maple Park Avenue SE Olympia WA 98501 -2361 For projects scheduled for Bid opening in other locations the Proposal shall be sealed and submitted in the envelope provided with it at the location and time identified in the Special Provisions. The Bidder shall fill in all blanks on this envelope to ensure proper handling and delivery. Proposals that are received as required will be publicly opened and read as specified in Section 1- 02.12. The Contracting Agency will not open or consider any Proposal when the Proposal or Bid deposit is received after the time specified for receipt of Proposals or received in a location other than that specified for receipt of Proposals. When a Bid deposit is furnished in a physical format as specified in Section 1 -02.7 the Bid deposit shall be submitted in a sealed envelope marked as "BID SUPPLEMENT" and with the Bidder's company name, project title, and Bid date. 1 -02.10 Withdrawing, Revising, or Supplementing Proposal The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: Unless specifically allowed in the Contract, emailed requests to withdraw, revise, or supplement a Proposal are not acceptable. 1 -02.13 Irregular Proposals This section is revised to read: 1. A Proposal will be considered irregular and may be rejected if: The Bidder is not prequalified; AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 b. The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the Award, or enter into the Contract; c. A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal; d. The Proposal form is not properly executed; e. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Subcontractor list, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6; f. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6; g. The Bidder fails to submit written confirmation from each DBE firm listed on the Bidder's completed Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Utilization Certification that they are in agreement with the Bidder's DBE participation commitment, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6, or if the written confirmation that is submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions; h. The Bidder fails to submit Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Good Faith Effort documentation, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6, or if the documentation that is submitted fails to demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort to meet the Condition of Award was made; or i. The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet the material terms of the Bid invitation. 2. A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if: a. The Proposal does not include a unit price for every Bid item; b. Any of the unit prices are excessively unbalanced (either above or below the amount of a reasonable Bid) to the potential detriment of the Contracting Agency; The authorized Proposal Form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not used or is altered; d. The completed Proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, alternate Bids, or conditions; Receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged; f. A member of a joint venture or partnership and the joint venture or partnership submit Proposals for the same project (in such an instance, both Bids may be rejected); or g. If Proposal form entries are not made in ink. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1- 03.AP1 Section 1 -03, Award and Execution of Contract January 5, 2015 1 -03.3 Execution of Contract The first paragraph is revised to read: Within 20 calendar days after the Award date, the successful Bidder shall return the signed Contracting Agency - prepared Contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1- 07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1 -03.4, and shall be registered as a contractor in the state of Washington. 1 -03.4 Contract Bond The last word of item 3 is deleted. Item 4 is renumbered to 5. The following is inserted after item 3 (after the preceding Amendments are applied): 4. Be conditioned upon the payment of taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on the project under titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW; and 1 -03.5 Failure to Execute Contract The first sentence is revised to read: Failure to return the insurance certification and bond with the signed Contract as required in Section 1 -03.3, or failure to provide Disadvantaged, Minority or Women's Business Enterprise information if required in the Contract, or failure or refusal to sign the Contract, or failure to register as a contractor in the state of Washington shall result in forfeiture of the proposal bond or deposit of this Bidder. 1- 04.AP1 Section 1 -04, Scope of the Work August 3, 2015 1 -04.3 Vacant This section, including title, is revised to read: 1 -04.3 Reference Information Reference Information provided to the Contractor is not part of the Contract. The Contracting Agency does not guarantee the accuracy of the Reference Information and is not responsible for the content of the Reference Information in any manner. Any use of Reference Information by the Contractor is done solely at the Contractor's risk. 1 -04.4 Changes In the third paragraph, item number 1 and 2 are revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 A. When the character of the Work as altered differs materially in kind or nature from that involved or included in the original proposed construction; or B. When an item of Work, as defined elsewhere in the Contract, is increased in excess of 125 percent or decreased below 75 percent of the original Contract quantity. For the purpose of this Section, an item of Work will be defined as any item that qualifies for adjustment under the provisions of Section 1 -04.6. The following two new sentences are inserted at the beginning of the eighth paragraph: Within 14 calendar days of delivery of the change order the contractor shall endorse and return the change order, request an extension of time for endorsement or respond in accordance with Section 1 -04.5. The Contracting Agency may unilaterally process the change order if the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements. The last two paragraphs are deleted. This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 1- 04.4(2) Value Engineering Change Proposal (VECP) 1- 04.4(2)A General A VECP is a Contractor proposed change to the Contract Provisions which will accomplish the projects functional requirements in a manner that is equal to or better than the requirements in the Contract. The VECP may be: (1) at a less cost or time, or (2) either no cost savings or a minor increase in cost with a reduction in Contract time. The net savings or added costs to the Contract Work are shared by the Contractor and Contracting Agency. The Contractor may submit a VECP for changing the Plans, Specifications, or other requirements of the Contract. The Engineer's decision to accept or reject all or part of the proposal is final and not subject to arbitration under the arbitration clause or otherwise subject to litigation. The VECP shall meet all of the following: 1. Not adversely affect the long term life cycle costs. 2. Not adversely impact the ability to perform maintenance. 3. Provide the required safety and appearance. 4. Provide substitution for deleted or reduced Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Condition of Award Work, Apprentice Utilization and Training. VECPs that provide a time reduction shall meet the following requirements: 1. Time saving is a direct result of the VECP. 2. Liquidated damages penalties are not used to calculate savings. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 3. Administrative /overhead cost savings experienced by either the Contractor or Contracting Agency as a result of time reduction accrue to each party and are not used to calculate savings. 1- 04.4(2)B VECP Savings 1- 04.4(2)B1 Proposal Savings The incentive payment to the Contractor shall be one -half of the net savings of the proposal calculated as follows: 1. (gross cost of deleted work) — (gross cost of added work) = (gross savings) 2. (gross savings) — ( Contractor's engineering costs) — (Contracting Agency's costs) = (net savings) 3. (net savings) / 2 = (incentive pay) The Contracting Agency's costs shall be the actual consultant costs billed to the Contracting Agency and in -house costs. Costs for personnel assigned to the Engineer's office shall not be included. 1- 04.4(2)B2 Added Costs to Achieve Time Savings The cost to achieve the time savings shall be calculated as follows: 1. (cost of added work) + (Contractor's engineering costs - Contracting Agency's engineering costs) = (cost to achieve time savings) 2. (cost to achieve time savings) / 2 = (Contracting Agency's share of added cost) If the timesaving proposal also involves deleting work and, as a result, creates a savings for the Contracting Agency, then the Contractor shall also receive one - half of the savings realized through the deletion. 1- 04.4(2)C VECP Approval 1- 04.4(2)C1 Concept Approval The Contractor shall submit a written proposal to the Engineer for consideration. The proposal shall contain the following information: 1. An explanation outlining the benefit provided by the change(s). 2. A narrative description of the proposed change(s). If applicable, the discussion shall include a demonstration of functional equivalency or a description of how the proposal meets the original contract scope of work. 3. A cost discussion estimating any net savings. Savings estimates will generally follow the outline below under the section, "Proposal Savings ". AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 4. A statement providing the Contracting Agency with the right to use all or any part of the proposal on future projects without future obligation or compensation. 5. A statement acknowledging and agreeing that the Engineer's decision to accept or reject all or part of the proposal is final and not subject to arbitration under the arbitration clause or otherwise be subject to claims or disputes. 6. A statement giving the dates the Engineer must make a decision to accept or reject the conceptual proposal, the date that approval to proceed must be received, and the date the work must begin in order to not delay the contract. If the Contracting Agency does not approve the VECP by the date specified by the Contractor in their proposal the VECP will be deemed rejected. 7. The submittal will include an analysis on other Work that may have costs that changed as a result of the VECP. Traffic control and erosion control shall both be included in addition to any other impacted Work. After review of the proposal, the Engineer will respond in writing with acceptance or rejection of the concept. This acceptance shall not be construed as authority to proceed with any change contract work. Concept approval allows the Contractor to proceed with the Work needed to develop final plans and other information to receive formal approval and to support preparation of a change order. 1- O4.4(2)C2 Formal Approval The Contractor's submittal to the Engineer for formal approval shall include the following: 1. Deleted Work — Include the calculated quantities of unit price Work to be deleted. Include the proposed partial prices for portions of lump sum Work deleted. For deletion of force account items include the time and material estimates. 2. Added Work — Include the calculated quantities of unit price Work to be added, either by original unit Contract prices or by new, negotiated unit prices. For new items of Work include the quantities and proposed prices. 3. Contractor's Engineering Costs — Submit the labor costs for the engineering to develop the proposal; costs for Contractor employees utilized in contract operations on a regular basis shall not be included. 4. Schedule Analysis — If the VECP is related to time savings, the Contractor shall submit a partial progress schedule showing the changed Work. The submittal shall also include a discussion comparing the partial progress schedule with the approved progress schedule for the project. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 5. Working Drawings — Type 3 Working Drawings shall be submitted; those drawings which require engineering shall be a Type 3E. Formal approval of the proposal will be documented by issuance of a change order. The VECP change order will contain the following statements which the Contractor agrees to by signing the change order: 1. The Contractor accepts design risk of all features, both temporary and permanent, of the changed Work. 2. The Contractor accepts risk of constructability of the changed Work. 3. The Contractor provides the Contracting Agency with the right to use all or any part of the proposal on future projects without further obligation or compensation. VECP change orders will contain separate pay items for the items that are applicable to the Proposal. These are as follows: 1. Deleted Work. 2. Added Work. 3. The Contractor's engineering costs, reimbursed at 100 percent of the Contractor's cost. 4. Incentive payment to the Contractor. When added Work costs exceed Deleted Work costs, but time savings make a viable proposal, then items 3 and 4 above are replaced with the following: 3. The Contracting Agency's share of added cost to achieve time savings. 4. The Contractor's share of savings from deleted Work. 1- 04.4(2)C3 Authority to Proceed with Changed Work The authority for the Contractor to proceed with the VECP Work will be provided by one of the following options: 1. Execution of the VECP change order, or 2. At the Contractor's request the Contracting Agency may provide approval by letter from the Engineer for the Work to proceed prior to execution of a change order. All of the risk for proceeding with the VECP shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Additionally, the following criteria are required to have been met: a) Concept approval has been granted by the Contracting Agency. b) All design reviews and approvals have been completed, including plans and specifications. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 c) The Contractor has guaranteed, in writing, the minimum savings to the Contracting Agency. 1- 04.4(1) Minor Changes The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Payments or credits for changes amounting to $25,000 or less may be made under the Bid item "Minor Change ". 1 -04.5 Procedure and Protest by the Contractor The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor accepts all requirements of a change order by: (1) endorsing it, (2) writing a separate acceptance, (3) not responding within the allotted time as outlined in Section 1- 04.4, or (4) not protesting in the way this Section provides. 1- 05.AP1 Section 1 -05, Control of Work August 4, 2014 1 -05.1 Authority of the Engineer In this section, "Project Engineer" is revised to read "Engineer". The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Engineer's decisions will be final on all questions including the following: The first sentence in the third paragraph is revised to read: The Engineer represents the Contracting Agency with full authority to enforce Contract requirements. 1 -05.2 Authority of Assistants and Inspectors The first paragraph is revised to read: The Engineer may appoint assistants and Inspectors to assist in determining that the Work and materials meet the Contract requirements. Assistants and Inspectors have the authority to reject defective material and suspend Work that is being done improperly, subject to the final decisions of the Engineer. In the third paragraph, "Project Engineer" is revised to read "Engineer". 1 -05.3 Plans and Working Drawings This section's title is revised to read: Working Drawings This section is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 The Contract may require the Contractor to submit Working Drawings for the performance of the Work. Working Drawings shall be submitted by the Contractor electronically to the Engineer in PDF format; drawing details shall be prepared in accordance with conventional detailing practices. If the PDF format is found to be unacceptable, at the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide paper copies of the Working Drawings with drawings on 11 by 17 inch sheets and calculations /text on 81/2 by 11 inch sheets. Working Drawings will be classified under the following categories: 1. Type 1 — Submitted for Contracting Agency information. Submittal must be received by the Contracting Agency a minimum of 7 calendar days before work represented by the submittal begins. 2. Type 2 — Submitted for Contracting Agency review and comment. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, the Engineer will require up to 20 calendar days from the date the Working Drawing is received until it is returned to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not proceed with the Work represented by the Working Drawing until comments from the Engineer have been addressed. 3. Type 2E — Same as a Type 2 Working Drawing with Engineering as described below. 4. Type 3 — Submitted for Contracting Agency review and approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, the Engineer will require up to 30 calendar days from the date the Working Drawing is received until it is returned to the Contractor. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's written approval before proceeding with the Work represented by the Working Drawing. 5. Type 3E — Same as a Type 3 Working Drawing with Engineering as described below. All Working Drawings shall be considered Type 3 Working Drawings except as specifically noted otherwise in the Contract. Unless designated otherwise by the Contractor, submittals of Working Drawings will be reviewed in the order they are received by the Engineer. In the event that several Working Drawings are received simultaneously, the Contractor shall specify the sequence in which they are to be reviewed. If the Contractor does not submit a review sequence for simultaneous Working Drawing submittals, the review sequence will be at the Engineer's discretion. Working Drawings requiring Engineering, Type 2E and 3E, shall be prepared by (or under the direction of) a Professional Engineer, licensed under Title 18 RCW, State of Washington, and in accordance with WAC 196 -23 -020. Design calculations shall carry the Professional Engineer's signature and seal, date of signature, and registration number on the cover page. The cover page shall also include the Contract number, Contract title and sequential index to calculation page numbers. If more than the specified number of days is required for the Engineer's review of any individual Working Drawing or resubmittal, an extension of time will be considered in accordance with Section 1 -08.8. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Review or approval of Working Drawings shall neither confer upon the Contracting Agency nor relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for the accuracy of the drawings or their conformity with the Contract. The Contractor shall bear all risk and all costs of any Work delays caused by rejection or nonapproval of Working Drawings. Unit Bid prices shall cover all costs of Working Drawings. 1- 06.AP1 Section 1 -06, Control of Material August 3, 2015 1- 06.1(4) Fabrication Inspection Expense This section is revised to read: In the event the Contractor elects to have items fabricated beyond 300 miles from Seattle, Washington, the Contracting Agency will deduct from monies due or that may become due to the Contractor all costs to perform plant approval and fabrication acceptance inspection for the items listed in Table 1 and costs for initial plant approval for items listed in Table 2. Plants currently listed on the QPL for the items shown in Table 1 and Table 2 in this section do not require plant approval. Table 1: Items Requiring Plant Approval and Fabrication Acceptance Inspection Anchor Bolts (ASTM A449 &_F1554 Grade 105) Precast Concrete Vaults (Electrical, Utility, Drainage, etc.) Bridge Bearings (Cylindrical, Disc, Fabric Pad, Low Rise, Pin, Pendulum, and Spherical) Precast Concrete Girders and Precast Bridge Components Cattle Guards Prestressed Concrete Girders Coated Piling and Casing Prestressed Concrete Panels Epoxy- Coated Reinforcing Steel Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts Fabricated / Welded Miscellaneous Metal Drainage Items: Grate Inlets, and Drop Inlets Precast Reinforced Concrete Split Box Culverts Longitudinal Seismic Restrainers Precast Reinforced Concrete Three Sided Structures Metal Bridge Railing and Handrail Prestressed Concrete Piles Metal Castings for Concrete Drainage, electrical, and Utility Items Retrofit Guardrail Posts with Welded Base Plates Modular Expansion Joints Signal Standards Paint & Powder Coating Facilities for Table 1 items Signing Material Precast Concrete Bridge Deck Panels Sign Structures — Cantilever , Sign Bridge, and Bridge Mounted, Roadside Type PLT / PLU Precast Concrete Catch Basins, Manholes, Inlets, Drywells, and Risers Soldier Piles Precast Concrete Drain, Perforated Underdrain, Culvert, Storm Sewer, and Steel Bridges and Steel Bridge Components AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Sanitary Sewer Pipe Precast Concrete Blocks for Structural Earth Walls Precast Concrete Floor Panels Steel Column Jackets Precast Concrete Junction Boxes, Pull Boxes, Cable Vaults Steel Light Standards, and High Mast Light Poles Precast Concrete Marine Pier Deck Panels Strip Seal Expansion Joints Precast Concrete Pier Caps Structural Steel for Ferry Terminal Berthing, Pedestrian and Vehicle Loading Structures Precast Concrete Retaining Walls, including Lagging Panels Timber Bridges Precast Concrete Roof Panels Treated Timber and Lumber 6 inch by 6 inch or larger Precast Concrete Structural Earth Walls, Noise Barrier Walls, Wall Panels, and Wall Stem Panels Welded Structural Steel (Miscellaneous) Precast Concrete Traffic, Barrier Table 2: Items Requiring Initial Plant Approval Onl Epoxy Coating of Dowels and Tiebars for Concrete Pavement Precast Concrete Blocks for Structural Earth Walls Guardrail Posts and Blocks Steel Pipe Piling The deductions for fabrication inspection costs will be as shown in the Payment Table below. Zone Place of Fabrication or Inspection Site Reduction in Payment 1 Within 300 airline miles from Seattle None* 2 Between 300 and 3,000 airline miles from Seattle $700.00 per inspection day ** 3 Over 3,000 airline miles from Seattle $1,000 per inspection day, ** but not less than $2,500 per trip * Fabrication inspection expense does not apply for initial acceptance inspection in Zone 1. Re- inspection of items due to unacceptable workmanship or scheduling errors made by the Contractor, fabricator, or facility applying protective coatings will be assessed at $60.00 per hour but not less than $120.00 per inspection. ** An inspection day includes any calendar day or portion of a calendar day spent by one inspector inspecting, on standby, or traveling to and from, a place of fabrication. An additional cost per inspection day will be assessed for each additional inspector. Reimbursement will be assessed at $280.00 per day for weekends and holidays for each on site inspector in travel status, but not engaged in inspection or travel activities when fabrication activities are not taking place. Where fabrication of an item takes place in more than one zone, the reduction in payment will be computed on the basis of the entire item being fabricated in the farthest of zones where any fabrication takes place on that item. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 The rates for Zones 2 and 3 shall be applied for the full duration of time for all fabrication inspection activities, to include, but not be limited to: plant approvals, prefabrication meetings, fabrication, coatings, and final inspection. When an inspection is for more than one Contract the fabrication inspection costs shall be prorated as determined by the Engineer. 1- 07.AP1 Section 1 -07, Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public August 3, 2015 1 -07.1 Laws to be Observed The third paragraph is supplemented with the following: A copy of all safety plans (e.g., fall protection work plan) that are developed by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Engineer as a Type 1 Working Drawing. When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide training to WSDOT employees working on -site for any activity covered by a safety plan. Costs for training that is provided solely to Contracting Agency employees will be paid to the Contractor in accordance with Section 1 -09.4. 1 -07.2 State Taxes This section is revised to read: The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the state sales tax. Sections 1- 07.2(1) through 1- 07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a Bid on a misunderstood tax liability. The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor, retainage or lien the bond, in the amount the Contractor owes the State Department of Revenue, whether the amount owed relates to the Contract in question or not. Any amount so deducted will be paid into the proper State fund on the contractor's behalf. For additional information on tax rates and application refer to applicable RCWs, WACs or the Department of Revenue's website. 1- 07.2(1) State Sales Tax: Work Performed on City, County, or Federally -Owned Land This section including title is revised to read: 1- 07.2(1) State Sales Tax: WAC 458 -20 -171 — Use Tax For Work designated as Rule 171, Use Tax, the Contractor shall include for compensation the amount of any taxes paid in the various unit Bid prices or other Contract amounts. Typically, these taxes are collected on materials incorporated into the project and items such as the purchase or rental of; tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. The Summary of Quantities in the Contract Plans identifies those parts of the project that are subject to Use Tax under Section 1- 07.2(1). AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1- 07.2(2) State Sales Tax: Work on State -Owned or Private Land This section including title is revised to read: 1- 07.2(2) State Sales Tax: WAC 458 -20 -170 — Retail Sales Tax For Work designated as Rule 170, Retail Sales Tax, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency, Retail Sales Tax on the full Contract price. The Contracting Agency will automatically add this Retail Sales Tax to each payment to the Contractor and for this reason; the Contractor shall not include the Retail Sales Tax in the unit Bid prices or in any other Contract amount. However, the Contracting Agency will not provide additional compensation to the Prime Contractor or Subcontractor for Retail Sales Taxes paid by the Contractor in addition to the Retail Sales Tax on the total contract amount. Typically, these taxes are collected on items such as the purchase or rental of; tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit Bid prices or in any other Contract amounts. The Summary of Quantities in the Contract Plans identifies those parts of the project that are subject to Retail Sales Tax under Section 1- 07.2(2). 1- 07.2(3) Services This section is revised to read: Any contract wholly for professional or other applicable services is generally not subject to Retail Sales Tax and therefore the Contractor shall not collect Retail Sales Tax from the Contracting Agency on those Contracts. Any incidental taxes paid as part of providing the services shall be included in the payments under the contract. 1 -07.15 Temporary Water Pollution /Erosion Control This section's title is revised to read: 1 -07.15 Temporary Water Pollution Prevention This section's content is deleted. 1- 07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic In the second paragraph, the following new sentence is inserted after the second sentence: Accessibility to existing or temporary pedestrian push buttons shall not be impaired. 1- 08.AP1 Section 1 -08, Prosecution and Progress August 3, 2015 1 -08.1 Subcontracting The eighth paragraph is revised to read: On all projects, the Contractor shall certify to the actual amounts paid to Disadvantaged, Minority, Women's, or Small Business Enterprise firms that were used as Subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, manufacturers, regular dealers, or service providers on the Contract. This Certification shall be submitted to the Project Engineer on a monthly basis each month between Execution of the Contract and Physical Completion of the Contract AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 using the application available at: https: / /remoteapps .wsdot.wa.gov /mapsdata /tools /dbeparticipation. The monthly report is due 20 calendar days following the end of the month. A monthly report shall be submitted for every month between Execution of the Contract and Physical Completion regardless of whether payments were made or work occurred. The ninth paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following new paragraph: The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of RCW 39.04.250, 39.76.011, 39.76.020, and 39.76.040, in particular regarding prompt payment to Subcontractors. Whenever the Contractor withholds payment to a Subcontractor for any reason including disputed amounts, the Contractor shall provide notice to the Subcontractor with a copy to the Contracting Agency identifying the reason for the withholding and a clear description of what the Subcontractor must do to have the withholding released. Following receipt of a progress payment from the Contracting Agency, a Monthly Payment Summary form shall be submitted to the Engineer in PDF format within 20 calendar days. The Monthly Payment Summary shall include all Subcontractors that completed Work that was paid on the progress estimate by the Contracting Agency. Retainage withheld by the Contractor prior to completion of the Subcontractors work is exempt from reporting as a payment withheld and is not included in the withheld amount. The Monthly Payment Summary form is available from the Engineer. The Contracting Agency's copy of the notice to Subcontractor for deferred payments shall be submitted with the Monthly Payment Summary. 1- 08.1(1) Subcontract Completion and Return of Retainage Withheld This section is revised to read: The following procedure shall apply to all subcontracts entered into as a part of this Contract: Requirements 1. Upon request, the Engineer will provide a copy of any or all progress payment estimates, with regard to contract payments to any interested party to the project. 2. The Contractor shall make payment to the Lower Tier Subcontractor not later than ten calendar days after receipt of payment for work satisfactorily completed by the Lower Tier Subcontractor, to the extent of the Lower Tier Subcontractor's interest therein. 3. In the event the Contractor believes they have the right under the Contract or Subcontract to withhold payment in part or whole from a Lower Tier Subcontractor they shall provide immediate notification to that Lower Tier Subcontractor and the Engineer. The notice shall include an accounting of payments to date, the value and reason for the withheld amount, and an explanation of what must be done to have the withheld amount released. The Lower Tier Subcontractor shall be paid within eight calendar days after the Subcontractor completes the remedial action identified. 4. Every subcontract and lower tier subcontract shall have a dispute resolution process incorporated for resolving issues between the parties to the subcontract, or one shall be established as necessary. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 5. If the parties agree, the WSDOT will make a third party neutral available provided the parties to the dispute agree that the cost of doing so is split between them. 6. The Engineer will withhold the same amount of funds from the Contractor as was withheld if the issue is not resolved by the next progress estimate. 7. Failure by a Contractor or Subcontractor to comply with these requirements may result in one or more of the following: a) Reflected in the Prime Contractor's Performance Evaluation. b) Cancellation, termination or suspension of the Contract, in whole or in part. c) Sanctions as provided by the Contract; subcontract; or by law under applicable prompt payment statutes including RCW 39.04.250. 8. The Subcontractor shall make a written request to the Contractor for the release of the Subcontractor's retainage or retainage bond. 9. Within 10 calendar days of the request, the Contractor shall determine if the subcontract has been satisfactorily completed including any required Hen releases, documentation and material testing and shall inform the Subcontractor, in writing, of the Contractor's determination. 10. If the Contractor determines that the subcontract has been satisfactorily completed, the Subcontractor's retainage or retainage bond shall be released by the Contractor within 10 calendar days from the date of the written notice. If the Contractor determines that the Subcontractor has not achieved satisfactory completion of the subcontract, the Contractor must provide the Subcontractor with written notice, stating specifically why the subcontract Work is not satisfactorily completed and what has to be done to achieve completion. The Contractor shall release the Subcontractor's retainage or retainage bond within 10 calendar days after the Subcontractor has satisfactorily completed the Work identified in the notice. 11. In determining whether satisfactory completion has been achieved, the Contractor may require the Subcontractor to provide documentation such as certifications and releases, showing that all laborers, lower- tiered Subcontractors, suppliers of material and equipment, and others involved in the Subcontractor's Work have been paid in full. The Contractor may also require any documentation from the Subcontractor that is required by the subcontract or by the Contract between the Contractor and Contracting Agency or by law such as affidavits of wages paid, material acceptance certifications and releases from applicable governmental agencies to the extent that they relate to the Subcontractor's Work. 12. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Specification and the Subcontractor's retainage or retainage bond is wrongfully withheld, the Subcontractor may seek recovery against the Contractor under applicable prompt pay statutes in addition to any other remedies provided for by the subcontract or by law. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Conditions 1. This clause does not create a contractual relationship between the Contracting Agency and any Subcontractor as stated in Section 1 -08.1. Also, it is not intended to bestow upon any Subcontractor, the status of a third -party beneficiary to the Contract between the Contracting Agency and the Contractor. 2. This Section of the Contract does not apply to retainage withheld by the Contracting Agency from monies earned by the Contractor. The Contracting Agency shall continue to process the release of that retainage based upon the Completion Date of the project as defined in Section 1 -08.5 Time for Completion and in accordance with the requirements and procedures set forth in RCW 60.28. Payment The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any additional costs involved in paying retainage to the Subcontractors prior to total project completion. Those costs shall be incidental to the respective Bid items. 1- 09.AP1 Section 1 -09, Measurement and Payment January 5, 2015 1 -09.6 Force Account In the third paragraph of item number 3, the last sentence is revised to read: In the event that prior quotations are not obtained and the vendor is not a firm independent from the Contractor or Subcontractor, then after - the -fact quotations may be obtained by the Engineer from the open market in the vicinity and the lowest such quotation may used in place of submitted invoice. 1- 10.AP1 Section 1 -10, Temporary Traffic Control August 4, 2014 1- 10.1(1) Materials The following material reference is deleted from this section: Barrier Drums 9 -35:8 1- 10.1(2) Description The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall provide flaggers, and all other personnel required for labor for traffic control activities and not otherwise specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. 1- 10.2(1) General In the third paragraph, the first two sentences are revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 The primary and alternate TCS shall be certified by one of the organizations listed in the Special Provisions. Possession of a current Washington State TCS card and flagging card by the primary and alternate TCS is mandatory. 1- 10.2(1)B Traffic Control Supervisor The first paragraph is revised to read: A Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) shall be present on the project whenever flagging or other traffic control labor is being utilized or Tess frequently, as authorized by the Engineer. The last paragraph is revised to read: The TCS may perform the Work described in Section 1- 10.3(1)A Flaggers or in Section 1= 10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor and be compensated under those Bid items, provided that the duties of the TCS are accomplished. 1- 10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans The first paragraph is revised to read: The traffic control plan or plans appearing in the Contract documents show a method of handling vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic. All construction signs, flaggers, and other traffic control devices are shown on the traffic control plan(s) except for emergency situations. If the Contractor proposes adding the use of flaggers to a plan, this will constitute a modification requiring approval by the Engineer. The modified plans shall show locations for all the required advance warning signs and a safe, protected location for the flagging station. If flagging is to be performed during hours of darkness, the plan shall include appropriate illumination for the flagging station. In the second paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: Any Contractor - proposed modification, supplement or replacement shall show the necessary construction signs, flaggers, and other traffic control devices required to support the Work. 1- 10.2(3) Conformance to Established Standards In the second paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: The National Cooperative Highway Research Project (NCHRP) Report 350 and the AASHTO Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH) have established requirements for crash testing. In the third paragraph, "NCHRP 350" is revised to read "NCHRP 350 or MASH ". In the fourth paragraph, "NCHRP 350" is revised to read "NCHRP 350 or MASH ". In the fifth paragraph, "NCHRP 350" is revised to read "NCHRP 350 or MASH ". 1- 10.3(1) Traffic Control Labor The first paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 The Contractor shall furnish all personnel for flagging, for the execution of all procedures related to temporary traffic control and for the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. 1- 10.3(1)A Flaggers and Spotters This section's title is revised to read: Flaggers The first paragraph is revised to read: Flaggers shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. The flagging card shall be immediately available and shown to the Contracting Agency upon request. The last paragraph is deleted. 1- 10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor This section is revised to read: In addition to flagging duties, the. Contractor shall provide personnel for all other traffic control procedures required by the construction operations and for the labor to install, maintain and remove any traffic control devices shown on Traffic Control Plans. 1- 10.3(3)B Sequential Arrow Signs This section is supplemented with the following: A sequential arrow sign is required for all lane closure tapers on a multilane facility. A separate sequential arrow sign shall be used for each closed lane. The arrow sign shall not be used to laterally shift traffic. When used in the caution mode, the four corner mode shall be used. 1- 10.3(3)C Portable Changeable Message Signs This section is revised to read: Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide, operate, and maintain portable changeable message signs (PCMS). A PCMS shall be placed behind a barrier or guardrail whenever possible, but shall at a minimum provide 4 ft. of lateral clearance to edge of travelled lane and be delineated by channelization devices. The Contractor shall remove the PCMS from the clear zone when not in use unless protected by barrier or guardrail. 1- 10.3(3)F Barrier Drums This section including title is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 1- 10.3(3)F Vacant 1- 10.3(3)K Portable Temporary Traffic Control Signal The fifth paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 The Project Engineer or designee will inspect the signal system at initial installation /operation and approve the signal timing. Final approval will be based on the results of the operational inspection. 1- 10.4(2) Item Bids With Lump Sum for Incidentals In the second paragraph, the first and second sentences are revised to read: "Flaggers" will be measured by the hour. Hours will be measured for each flagging station, shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan, when that station is staffed in accordance with Section 1- 10.3(1)A. The first sentence of the last bulleted item in this section is revised to read: Installing and removing Barricades, Traffic Safety Drums, Cones, Tubular Markers and Warning Lights and Flashers to carry out approved Traffic Control Plan(s). 1-10.5(2) Item Bids With Lump Sum for Incidentals This section is deleted and replaced with the following: "Traffic Control Supervisor", lump sum. The lump sum Contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work defined in Section 1- 10.2(1)B. "Pedestrian Traffic Control ", lump sum. The lump sum Contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work for pedestrian traffic control defined in Section 1 -10. "Flaggers ", per hour. The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work defined in Section 1- 10.3(1)A. "Other Traffic Control Labor", per hour. The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all labor costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work specified for this item in Section 1- 10.4(2). "Construction Signs Class A ", per square foot. The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work described in Section 1- 10.3(3)A. In the event that "Do Not Pass" and "Pass With Care" signs must be left in place, a change order, as described in Section 1 -04.4, will be required. When the Bid Proposal contains the item "Sign Covering ", then covering those signs indicated in the Contract will be measured and paid according to Section 8 -21. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 "Sequential Arrow Sign ", per hour. The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work described in Section 1- 10.3(3)B. "Portable Changeable Message Sign ", per hour. The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work for procuring all portable changeable message signs required for the project and for transporting these signs to and from the project. "Transportable Attenuator ", per each. The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work described in Section 1- 10.3(3)J except for costs compensated separately under the items "Operation of Transportable Attenuator" and "Repair Transportable Attenuator ". "Operation of Transportable Attenuator", per hour. The unit Contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work for operating transportable attenuators on the project. "Repair Transportable Attenuator", by force account. All costs of repairing or replacing transportable attenuators that are damaged by the motoring public while in use as shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan will be paid for by force account as specified in Section 1 -09.6. To provide a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has estimated the amount of force account for "Repair Transportable Attenuator" and has entered the amount in the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. Transportable attenuators damaged due to the Contractor's operation or damaged in any manner when not in use shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. "Other Temporary Traffic Control ", lump sum. The lump sum Contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work defined in Section 1 -10, and which costs are not compensated by one of the above- listed items. "Portable Temporary Traffic Control Signal ", lump sum. The lump sum Contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work as described in Section 1- 10.3(3)K, including all costs for traffic control during manual control, adjustment, malfunction, or failure of the portable traffic control signals and during replacement of failed or malfunctioning signals. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 2- 01.AP2 Section 2 -01, Clearing, Grubbing, and Roadside Cleanup August 3, 2015 2 -01.2 Disposal of Usable Materials and Debris This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall meet all requirements of state, county, and municipal regulations regarding health, safety, and public welfare in the disposal of all usable material and debris. The Contractor shall dispose of debris by one or more of the disposal methods described below. 2- 01.2(1) Disposal Method No. 1 — Open Burning The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: All burning operations shall be strictly in accordance with these authorizations. The second paragraph is deleted. 2- 01.2(3) Disposal Method No. 3 — Chipping This section is revised to read: Wood chips may be disposed of on -site in accordance with the following: 1. Chips shall be no larger than 6 square inches and no thicker than 1/2 inch. 2. Chips shall be disposed outside of environmentally sensitive areas, and in areas that aren't in conflict with permanent Work. 3. Chips shall not be incorporated into the embankment but may be spread on slopes where feasible at depths no greater than 2 inches. 4. Chips shall be tractor - walked into the ground. 2- 01.3(1) Clearing In the seoond paragraph, item number 3 (up until the colon) is revised to read: 3. Follow these requirements for all stumps that will be buried deeper than 5 feet from the top, side, or end surface of the embankment or any structure and are in a location that will not be terraced as described in Section 2- 03.3(14): 2- 02.AP2 Section 2 -02, Removal of Structures and Obstructions January 5, 2015 2- 02.3(2) Removal of Bridges, Box Culverts, and Other Drainage Structures This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 2- 02.3(2)A Bridge Removal 2- 02.3(2)A1 Bridge Demolition Plan Submittal The Contractor shall submit a Type 2E Working Drawing consisting of a bridge demolition plan, showing the method of removing the existing bridge(s), or portions of bridges, as specified. The bridge demolition plan shall show all equipment, sequence of operations, and details required to complete the work, including containment, collection, and disposal of all debris. The plan shall include a crane foundation stability analysis and crane load calculations for the work. The plan shall detail the containment, collection, and disposal of all debris. The plan shall show all stages of demolition. When the bridge removal work includes removal of a truss, and when the Contractor's removal method involves use of a crane or cranes to pick, lift, and remove the truss, the Contractor shall confirm the truss dead load weight prior to beginning the truss removal operation. The operation of confirming the truss dead load shall be performed at both ends of the truss, and shall ensure that the truss is broken free of its support bearings. The Contractor's method of confirming the truss dead load, whether by hydraulic jacks or other means, shall be included in the Contractor's bridge demolition plan submittal. When the bridge removal work involves removing portions of existing concrete without replacement, the methods and tools used to achieve the smooth surface and profile specified in Section 2- 02.3(2)A2 shall be included in the Contractor's bridge demolition plan submittal. 2- 02.3(2)A2 Removing Portions of Existing Concrete Care shall be taken in removing concrete to prevent overbreakage or damage to portions of the existing Structure which are to remain. Before concrete removal begins, a saw cut shall be made into the surface of the concrete at the perimeter of the removal limits. The saw cut shall be 3/4 -inch deep when the steel reinforcement is to remain, and may be deeper when the steel reinforcement is removed with the concrete. Concrete shall be completely removed (exposing the deformed surface of the bar) from existing steel reinforcing bars which extend from the existing members and are specified to remain. Steel reinforcing bars that are not designated to remain shall be cut a minimum of 1 -inch behind the final surface. The void left by removal of the steel reinforcing bar shall be filled with mortar conforming to Section 9- 20.4(2). The mortar shall match the color of the existing concrete surface as nearly as practicable. The Contractor shall roughen, clean, and saturate existing concrete surfaces, against which fresh concrete will be placed, in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(12)B. When a portion of existing concrete is to be removed without replacement, concrete shall be removed to a clean line with a smooth surface of less than 1/16 inch profile. 2- 02.3(2)A3 Use of Explosives for Bridge Demolition Explosives shall not be used for bridge demolition, except as specifically allowed by the Special Provisions. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 2 -02.5 Payment This section is supplemented with the following new Bid. items: "Removing Existing Bridge_ ", lump sum. "Removing Existing Structure", lump sum. "Removing Portion of Existing Bridge_ ", lump sum. "Removing Portion of Existing Structure_ ", lump sum. 2- 03.AP2 Section 2 -03, Roadway Excavation and Embankment August 3, 2015 2 -03.1 Description The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: The Work includes the removal of pavement, sidewalks, curbs and gutters as described in Section 2 -02 when these items lie within an excavation area. 2 -03.3 Construction Requirements This section is supplemented with the following new sub - section: 2- 03.3(19) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters The requirements of Section 2- 02.3(3) shall also apply when pavements, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters lie within an excavation. 2- 03.3(1) Widening of Cuts This section is revised to read: If routine cuts do not supply enough material to form the embankment, the Contractor shall obtain more material from areas inside or outside the Right of Way and/or from widening one or both sides of existing cuts as determined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall dress the sides of the cuts to any slopes the Engineer may require. If the Contractor has dressed a cut before the Engineer determines to widen it, the Contracting Agency will pay for the resloping as provided in Section 1 -04.4. In addition, material obtained from areas beyond the cuts shown in the Plans that result in additional haul will be paid by the Contracting Agency as provided in Section 1 -04.4. 2- 03.3(14) Embankment Construction The third paragraph is revised to read: Hillside Terraces — The Contractor shall terrace the original ground or embankment when the slope of the surface is 2H:1V or steeper unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The face of each terrace shall be a minimum of 1 foot and a maximum of 5 feet in height and shall be vertical or near vertical as required to remain stable during material placement and compaction. The bench of the terrace shall slope outward to drain and shall not be inclined steeper than 0.05 foot per foot. Terraces damaged during work shall be reestablished. The AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Engineer may order the Contractor to place gravel backfill, pipe drains or both to drain any seepage. 2- 03.3(14)C Compacting Earth Embankments The last nine paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following three new paragraphs: Moisture Content — The Contractor shall adjust moisture content during compaction to produce a firm, stable and unyielding embankment. The embankment shall be free from pumping and rutting due to excessive moisture and is the Contractor's responsibility to manage and adjust as necessary. The Contracting Agency will consider all costs for drying embankment material to be incidental to other Work, including excessive moisture due to inclement weather. If, however, the Contract includes an aeration item, the Contracting Agency will pay for such Work as specified in Sections 2 -03.4 and 2 -03.5. The Contractor shall repair, at no expense to the Contracting Agency, any partial or complete embankment that loses stability because of continued hauling across it. Evidence of lost stability includes pumping, rutting or lateral displacement of embankment. The Contractor shall also alter hauling equipment or procedures to prevent further damage. 2- 03.3(14)L Embankment Widening for Guardrail The first sentence is revised to read: Embankments widened for the installation of beam guardrail shall be terraced in accordance with the requirements for hillside terraces in Section 2- 03.3(14). The second sentence is deleted. 2- 09.AP2 Section 2 -09, Structure Excavation August 3, 2015 2- 09.3(2) Classification of Structure Excavation The first sentence of item number 1 is revised to read: Class A — Structure excavation required for bridge and retaining wall footings, precast reinforced concrete three sided structure footings, geosynthetic retaining walls, structural earth walls, sign structure footings, pile or drilled shaft caps, seals, wingwall footings, precast reinforced concrete box culverts, precast reinforced concrete split box culverts, detention vaults, and noise barrier wall footings shall be classified as Structure excavation Class A. 2 -09.4 Measurement The second paragraph is revised to read: Horizontal Limits — The Contracting Agency will use the sides of the trench or pit as horizontal limits in measuring excavation. No payment for Structure excavation will be made for material removed (1) more than 1 foot outside the perimeter of any pile cap, footing, or seal; (2) more than 3 feet beyond the Roadway side of a wing wall; (3) more than AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 foot beyond the other sides and end of a wing wall; (4) more than 1 foot outside the perimeter of the soil reinforcement area for geosynthetic and structural earth walls; and (5) more than 4 -feet beyond the ifIside opening of precast reinforced concrete box culverts and precast reinforced concrete split box culverts. For precast reinforced concrete three sided structures, no payment for Structure excavation will be made for material removed more than 1 foot outside the perimeter of the footing or more than 4 feet beyond the inside opening, whichever is greater. The seventh paragraph is revised to read: For pipelines the lower limit in measuring structure excavation will be the foundation level as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. 2- 12.AP2 Section 2 -12, Construction Geosynthetic January 5, 2015 2- 12.3(4) Permanent Erosion Control and Ditch Lining In the fourth paragraph, "Section 9 -13.2" is revised to read "Section 913.1(4) ". 3- 01.AP3 Section 3-01, Production From Quarry and Pit Sites August 3, 2015 3- 01.2(2) Preparation of Site This section is supplemented with the following three new paragraphs: The Contractor shall provide sufficient space as required for the setup and operation of the Contracting Agency's field testing facilities at the site of crushing or hot mix asphalt production. As directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide one of the following to ensure 24- hour per day operation of the Contracting Agency's laboratory trailer(s) that may be set up at the site during production: 1. A power source and a power cord of sufficient length to reach the Contracting Agency's laboratory trailer(s) which may be set up at the site. The cord shall be capable of carrying at least 120/240 volts, 60 cycles at a sustained load of up to 200 amps. The cord and trailer(s) electrical hookup shall meet the NEC code. Power shall be provided and connected when requested by the Engineer. The laboratory trailer(s) hookup shall be protected by a 2 pole 50 amp 240 VAC circuit breaker. 2. A daily supply of fuel adequate for operation of the Contracting Agency's generator(s). Potable water shall be provided to the Contracting Agency's laboratory trailer(s) for use during plant operations when requested by the Engineer. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3- 04.AP3 Section 3 -04, Acceptance of Aggregate April 6, 2015 3 -04.5 Payment In Table 1, the "Maximum Sublot Size (Tons)" value for the item HMA Aggregate is revised to read "2000 ". In Table 2, the row containing the item "HMA Aggregate" is revised to read: 9- 03.8(2) HMA Aggregate 15 15 Uncompact ed Void Content 15 5- 01.AP5 Section 5 -01, Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation August 4, 2014 5 -01.2 Materials The referenced section for the following item is revised to read: Dowel Bars 9 -07.5 5- 01.3(4) Replace Portland Cement Concrete Panel In the third paragraph, the last sentence is deleted. The seventeenth paragraph (beginning with "The Contractor shall place a bond - breaking material... ") is deleted. ' 5- 02.AP5 ' Section 5 -02, Bituminous Surface Treatment August 4, 2014 1 1 1 1 1 5- 02.3(11) Temporary Raised Pavement Markings This section's title is revised to read: Temporary Pavement Markings The word "raised" is deleted from this section. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 5- 04.AP5 Section 5 -04, Hot Mix Asphalt August 3, 2015 5 -04.2 Materials The third through eighth paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following: The Contractor may choose to utilize recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) or reclaimed asphalt shingles (RAS) in the production of HMA. The RAP may be from pavements removed under the Contract, if any, or pavement material from an existing stockpile. The RAS may be from reclaimed shingles. The Contractor may use up to 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA with no additional sampling or testing of the RAP. If greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA or any amount of RAS is utilized in the production of HMA, the Contractor shall sample and test the RAP and RAS during stockpile construction in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 308 for determination of asphalt binder content and WSDOT FOP for WAQTC /AASHTO T 27/T 11 for gradation of the aggregates. The RAP shall be sampled and tested at a frequency of one sample for every 1,000 tons produced and not less than ten samples per project. The RAS shall be sampled and tested at a frequency of one sample for every 100 tons produced and not Tess than ten samples per project. The asphalt content and gradation test data shall be reported to the Contracting Agency when submitting the mix design for approval on the QPL. If utilized, the amount of RAS shall not exceed 5- percent of the total weight of the HMA. The Contractor shall include the RAP and RAS as part of the mix design as defined in these Specifications. The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the Contract. Blending of asphalt binder . from different sources is not permitted. The Contractor may only use warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in the production of HMA with 20 percent or less RAP by total weight of HMA and no RAS. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval the process that is proposed and how it will be used in the manufacture of HMA. When the Contracting Agency provides aggregates or provides a source for the production of aggregates, the Contract Provisions will establish the approximate percentage of asphalt binder required in the mixture for each class of HMA. Production of aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Section 3 -01. Preparation of stockpile site, the stockpiling of aggregates, and the removal of aggregates from stockpiles shall comply with the requirements of Section 3 -02. 5- 04.3(1) Hot Mix Asphalt Mixing Plant In the first paragraph, the last sentence of item number 4 is revised to read: The Contractor shall provide for the setup and operation of the field testing facilities of the Contracting Agency as provided for in Section 3- 01.2(2). The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Equipment for Processing RAP and RAS. When producing HMA for mix designs with greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA or any amount of RAS the HMA plant shall be equipped with screens or a lump breaker to eliminate oversize RAP /RAS particles from entering the pug mill or drum mixer. 5- 04.3(3)A Material Transfer DeviceNehicle The first paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: At the Contractor's request the Engineer may approve paving without an MTDN; the Engineer will determine if an equitable adjustment in cost or time is due. In the last sentence of the second paragraph, "Project Engineer" is revised to read "Engineer". 5- 04.3(5)A Preparation of Existing Surfaces The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the tack coat shall be CSS -1 or CSS -1 h emulsified asphalt. 5- 04.3(7) Preparation of Aggregates This section is revised to read: The aggregates, RAP and RAS shall be stockpiled according to the requirements of Section 3 -02. Sufficient storage space shall be provided for each size of aggregate, RAP and RAS. The Contractor may uniformly blend fine aggregate or RAP with the RAS as a method of preventing the agglomeration of RAS particles. The aggregates, RAP and RAS shall be removed from stockpile(s) in a manner to ensure minimal segregation when being moved to the HMA plant for processing into the final mixture. Different aggregate sizes shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the HMA plant. 5- 04.3(7)A1 General This section is revised to read: An approved mix design, listed on the Qualified Products List (QPL), is required for all HMA paving. The Contractor shall develop a mix design prior to the initial production of HMA and no more than 3 months prior to submitting for QPL evaluation. The mix design shall be developed in accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732 and meet the requirements of Sections 9- 03.8(2) and 9- 03.8(6). Mix designs shall be submitted by the Contractor to the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory on WSDOT Form 350- 042EF. If the mix design is approved it will be listed on the QPL for up to 24 consecutive months. Mix designs not listed on the QPL or past the 24 month approved period shall not be used. After a mix design has been on the QPL for 12 months the listing will be extended provided the Contractor submits a certification letter to the Qualified Products Engineer verifying that the aggregate and asphalt binder have not changed. The Contractor may submit the certification one month prior to expiration of the mix design approval. Within 7 calendar days of receipt of the Contractor's certification the QPL will be updated. The maximum duration for approval of a mix design and listing on the QPL will be 24 months from the date of initial approval or as approved by the Engineer. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Changes to the job mix formula of a mix design may require the development of a new mix design and resubmittal for QPL approval. Changes to aggregate that may require a new mix design include the source of material or a change in the percentage of material from a stockpile greater than 5 percent. Changes to the percentage of material from a stockpile will be calculated exclusive of the RAP content for mix designs with 20 percent RAP or less by total weight of HMA. Changes to asphalt binder that may require a new mix design include the source of the crude petroleum supplied to the refinery, the refining process, and additives or modifiers in the asphalt binder. The Contractor shall include the brand and type of anti- stripping additive in the mix design submittal and provide certification from the asphalt binder manufacture that the anti - stripping additive is compatible with the crude source and formulation of asphalt binder proposed in the mix design. All changes to anti -strip require the submittal of a new mix design for approval. Mix designs with 20 percent RAP or less by total weight of HMA and no RAS will be completed without the inclusion of the RAP. For HMA mix designs with greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA or any amount of RAS the Contractor shall develop a mix design including RAP, RAS, recycling agent and new asphalt binder. Asphalt binder contributed from RAS shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO PP 78. The total quantity of asphalt binder from the RAP and RAS shall not exceed 40 percent of the total asphalt binder content of the HMA. Once the RAP and RAS stockpiles have been constructed the Contractor shall extract, recover and test the asphalt residue from the RAP and RAS stockpiles to determine the percent of recycling agent and/or grade of new asphalt binder needed to meet the grade of asphalt binder required by the contract. The asphalt extraction testing shall be performed in accordance with AASHTO T 164 or ASTM D 2172 using reagent grade trichloroethylene. The asphalt recovery shall be performed in accordance with AASHTO R 59 orASTM D 1856. The recovered asphalt residue shall be tested in accordance with. AASHTO R 29 to determine the asphalt binder grade in accordance with Section 9- 02.1(4). Once the recovered asphalt binder grade is determined the percent of recycling agent and/or grade of new asphalt binder shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 4887. The final blend of recycling agent, recovered and new asphalt shall be tested in accordance with AASHTO R 29. The final blended asphalt binder shall be the grade as required by the Contract and comply with the requirements of in accordance with Section 9- 02.1(4). 5- 04.3(7)A2 Statistical or Nonstatistical Evaluation This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit WSDOT Form 350 -041 EF to the Engineer for approval to use a mix design from the QPL. The Contractor may include changes to the job mix formula that have been approved on other contracts. The request to use a mix design from the QPL may be rejected if production of the HMA from another contract is not in compliance with Section 5- 04.3(11)D. The Contractor shall submit representative samples of the materials that are to be used in the HMA production to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater. For HMA mix designs AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 with 20 percent RAP or Tess by total weight of HMA and no RAS, the Contractor shall submit representative samples of the mineral materials that are to be used in the HMA production; the submittal of RAP samples is not required for these mix designs. For HMA mix designs with greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA or any amount of RAS the Contractor shall submit representative samples of the mineral materials, RAP, RAS and 100 grams of recovered asphalt residue from the RAP and RAS that are to be used in the HMA production. The Contracting Agency will use these samples to evaluate the mix design for approval on the QPL in accordance with WSDOT Standard Practice QC- 8. 5- 04.3(7)A3 Commercial Evaluation This section is revised to read: Approval of a Commercial Evaluation mix design for listing on the QPL will be based on a review of the Contractor's submittal of WSDOT Form 350 -042EF for conformance to the requirements of Section 9- 03.8(2). Testing of the HMA by the Contracting Agency for mix design approval is not required. Mix designs for HMA with greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA or any amount of RAS may be evaluated in accordance with Section 5- 04.3(7)A2. For the Bid item Commercial HMA, the Contractor shall select a class of HMA and design level of Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESAL's) appropriate for the required use. 5- 04.3(8) Mixing The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: When discharged, the temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the optimum mixing temperature by more than 25 °F as shown on the reference mix design report or as approved by the Engineer. The last paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: After the required amount of mineral materials, RAP, RAS, new asphalt binder and asphalt rejuvenator have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials, RAP and RAS is ensured. 5- 04.3(8)A4 Definition of Sampling and Sublot The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: The sublots shall be approximately uniform in size with a maximum sublot size based on original Plan quantity tons as specified in the following table. This section is supplemented with the following new table: HMA Original Plan Quantity (tons) Sublot Size (tons) <20,000 1,000 20,000 to 30,000 1,500 >30,000 2,000 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 5- 04.3(8)A7 Test Section — HMA Mixtures This section is revised to read: For each class of HMA accepted by statistical evaluation with 20 percent RAP or less by total weight of HMA and no RAS, the Contractor may request a single test section to determine whether the mixture meets the requirements of Section 9- 03.8(2) and 9- 03.8(6). For each HMA mix design accepted by statistical evaluation with greater than 20 percent RAP by weight of HMA or any amount of RAS, the Contractor shall construct a test section to determine whether the mixture meets the requirements of Sections 9- 03.8(2) and 9- 03.8(6). Test sections shall be constructed at the beginning of paving and will be at least 600 tons and a maximum of 1,000 tons or as approved by the Engineer. For a test section to be acceptable the pay factor (PF) for gradation, asphalt binder and Va shall be 0.95 or greater for each constituent and the remaining test requirements in Section 9- 03.8(2) (fracture, uncompacted void, sand equivalent, dust/asphalt ratio, Hamburg and IDT) shall conform to the requirements of that section. No further wearing or leveling HMA will be paved on any of the four calendar days following construction of the test section. The mixture in the test section will be evaluated as a lot with a minimum of three sublots required. If more than one test section is required, each test section shall be a separate lot. 5- 04.3(10)A General In the first paragraph, "checking" and "cracking" are deleted. In the third paragraph, the following new sentence is inserted after the second sentence: Coverage with a steel wheel roller may precede pneumatic tired rolling. In the third paragraph, the following new sentence is inserted before the last sentence: Regardless of mix temperature, a roller shall not be operated in a mode that results in checking or cracking of the mat. 5- 04.3(10)B1 General In this section, "Project Engineer" is revised to read "Engineer". The first paragraph is revised to read: HMA mixture accepted by statistical or nonstatistical evaluation that is used in traffic lanes, including lanes for ramps, truck climbing, weaving, and speed change, and having a specified compacted course thickness greater than 0.10 -foot, shall be compacted to a specified level of relative density. The specified level of relative density shall be a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of not less than 0.75 when evaluated in accordance with Section 1 -06.2, using _a minimum of 91 percent of the maximum density. The specified level of density attained will be determined by the statistical evaluation of the density of the pavement. The density of the pavement shall be determined in accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC TM 8 when using the nuclear density gauge and WSDOT SOP 736 when using cores to determine density. The following four new paragraphs are inserted after the first paragraph: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Tests for the determination of the pavement density will be taken in accordance the required procedures for measurement by a nuclear density gauge or roadway cores after completion of the finish rolling. If the Contracting Agency uses a nuclear density gauge to determine density the test procedures FOP for WAQTC TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T 729 will be used on the day the mix is placed. Roadway cores for density may be obtained by either the Contracting Agency or the Contractor in accordance with WSDOT SOP 734. The core diameter shall be 4- inches unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Roadway cores will be tested by the Contracting Agency in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 166. If the Contract includes the Bid item "Roadway Core" the cores shall be obtained by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer on the same day the mix is placed and at locations designated by the Engineer. If the Contract does not include the Bid item "Roadway Core" the Contracting Agency will obtain the cores. In the sixth paragraph (after the preceding Amendments are applied), the second sentence is revised to read: Sublots will be uniform in size with a maximum sublot size based on original Plan quantity tons of HMA as specified in the table below. The following new table is inserted before the second to last paragraph: HMA Original Plan Quantity (tons) Sublot Size (tons) <20,000 100 20,000 to 30,000 150 >30,000 200 5- 04.3(10)B4 Test Results The first paragraph is revised to read: The results of all compaction acceptance testing and the CPF of the lot after three sublots have been tested will be available to the Contractor through WSDOT's website. Determination of the relative density of the HMA with a nuclear density gauge requires a correlation factor and may require resolution after the correlation factor is known. When a core is taken for gauge correlation at the location of a sublot, the relative density of the core will be used for the sublot test result and is exempt from retesting. Acceptance of HMA compaction will be based on the statistical evaluation and CPF so determined. In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: For a sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the minimum of 91 percent of the reference maximum density in a compaction lot with a CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may request that a core be used for determination of the relative density of the sublot. In the second sentence of the second paragraph, "moisture- density" is revised to read "density". AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 In the second paragraph, the fourth sentence is deleted. 5- 04.3(20) Anti - Stripping Additive This section is revised to read: Anti - stripping additive shall be added to the liquid asphalt by the asphalt supplier prior to shipment to the asphalt mixing plant. Anti- stripping additive shall be added in the amount designated on the QPL for the mix design. Anti -strip is not required for temporary work that will be removed prior to Completion. 5 -04.4 Measurement The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: Roadway cores will be measured per each for the number of cores taken. The second to last paragraph is deleted. 5 -04.5 Payment The bid item "Removing Temporary Pavement Marking ", per linear foot and paragraph following bid item are deleted. The following new bid item is inserted before the second to last paragraph: "Roadway Core ", per each. The Contractor's costs for all other Work associated with the coring (e.g., traffic control) shall be incidental and included within the unit Bid price per each and no additional payments will be made. 5- 05.AP5 Section 5 -05, Cement Concrete Pavement April 6, 2015 5- 05.3(1) Concrete Mix Design for Paving In item number 1, the first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: Ground granulated blast furnace slag, if used, shall not exceed 30 percent by weight of the total cementitious material and shall conform to Section 9- 23.10. The second and third rows of the table in item number 3 are revised to read: Coarse Aggregate + 30 Pounds - 30 Pounds Fine Aggregate + 30 Pounds - 30 Pounds 5 -05.4 Measurement The fourth paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: Tie bars with drill holes in cement concrete pavement placed under the Contract will not be .1 measured. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 5 -05.5 Payment The paragraph following the Bid item "Tie Bar with Drill Hole ", per each is supplemented with the following new sentence: All costs for tie bars with drill holes in cement concrete pavement placed under the Contract shall be included in the unit Contract price per cubic yard for "Cement Conc. Pavement". 6- 01.AP6 Section 6 -01, General Requirements for Structures January 5, 2015 6 -01.6 Load Restrictions on Bridges Under Construction The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: If necessary and safe to do so, and if the Contractor requests it through a Type 2E Working Drawing, the Engineer may allow traffic on a bridge prior to completion. In the second paragraph, item number 3 (up until the colon) is revised to read: 3. Provide stress calculations under the design criteria specified in the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, current edition, including at a minimum the following: 6 -01.9 Working Drawings This section is revised to read: All Working Drawings required for bridges and other Structures shall conform to Section 1- 05.3. 6 -01.10 Utilities Supported by or Attached to Bridges In the second paragraph, "bridge structures" is revised to read "bridges ". 6 -01.14 Premolded Joint Filler In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor may substitute for the nails any adhesive acceptable to the Engineer. 6- 02.AP6 Section 6 -02, Concrete Structures August 3, 2015 6 -02.2 Materials The reference to "Prestressed Concrete Girders" (Section 9 -19) is deleted. 6- 02.3(1) Classification of Structural Concrete In paragraph two, item number 1 is revised to read: Mix design and proportioning specified in Sections 6- 02.3(2), 6- 02.3(2)A and 6- 02.3(2)A1. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Item number 3 is renumbered to 4. After the preceding Amendments are applied, the following new numbered item is inserted after item number 2: 3. Temperature and time for placement requirements specified in Section 6- 02.3(4)D. 6- 02.3(2) Proportioning Materials In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The use of fly ash is required for Class 4000P concrete, except that ground granulated blast furnace slag may be substituted for fly ash at a 1:1 'ratio. In the table titled "Cementitious Requirement for Concrete ", the row beginning with "4000D" is deleted. The fourth paragraph is revised to read: When both ground granulated blast furnace slag and fly ash are included in the concrete mix, the total weight of both these materials is limited to 40 percent by weight of the total cementitious material for concrete class 4000A, and 50 percent by weight of the total cementitious material for all other classes of concrete. 6- 02.3(2)A Contractor Mix Design The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall provide a mix design in writing to the Engineer for all classes of concrete specified in the Plans except for lean concrete and commercial concrete. No concrete shall be placed until the Engineer has reviewed the mix design. The required average 28 -day compressive strength shall be selected in accordance with ACI 301, Chapter 4, Section 4.2.3.3. ACI 211.1 shall be used to determine proportions. All proposed concrete mixes except Class 4000D shall meet the requirements in Cementitious Requirement for Concrete in Section 6- 02.3(2). In the fourth paragraph, the fourth sentence is deleted. The sixth paragraph is revised to read: A retarding admixture is required in concrete Class 4000P. The seventh paragraph is deleted. The eighth paragraph is revised to read: Air content for concrete Class 4000D shall conform to Section 6- 02.3(2)A1. For all other concrete, air content shall be a minimum of 4.5 percent and a maximum of 7.5 percent for all concrete placed above the finished ground line. The following new sub- sections are added: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 6- 02.3(2)A1 Contractor Mix Design for Concrete Class 4000D All Class 4000D concrete shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Aggregate shall use combined gradation in accordance with Section 9- 03.1(5) with a nominal maximum aggregate size of 1 -1/2 inches. Permeability shall be less than 2,000 coulombs at 56 days in accordance with AASHTO T 277. 3. Freeze -thaw durability shall be provided by one of the following methods: a. The concrete shall maintain an air content between 4.5 and 7.5 percent. b. The concrete shall maintain a minimum air content that achieves a durability factor of 90 percent, minimum, after 300 cycles in accordance with AASHTO T 161, Procedure A. This air content shall not be Tess than 3.0 percent. Test samples shall be obtained from concrete batches of a minimum of 3.0 cubic yards. 4. Scaling shall have a visual rating less than or equal to 2 after 50 cycles in accordance with ASTM C 672. 5. Shrinkage at 28 days shall be less than 0.032 percent in accordance with AASHTO T 160. 6. Modulus of elasticity shall be measured in accordance with ASTM C 469. 7. Density shall be measured in accordance with ASTM C 138. The Contractor shall submit the mix design in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(2)A. The submittal shall include test reports for all tests listed above that follow the reporting requirements of the AASHTO /ASTM procedures. Samples for testing may be obtained from either laboratory or concrete plant batches. If concrete plant batches are used, the minimum batch size shall be 3.0 cubic yards. The Contractor shall submit the mix design to the Engineer at least 30 calendar days prior to the placement of concrete in the bridge deck. 6- 02.3(2)A2 Contractor Mix Design for Self- Consolidating Concrete Self- consolidating concrete (SCC) is concrete that is able to flow under its own weight and completely fill the formwork without the need for vibration while maintaining homogeneity,_ even in the presence of dense reinforcement. SCC shall be capable of being pumped, and of flowing through the steel reinforcing bar cage without segregation or buildup of differential head inside or outside of the steel reinforcing bar cage. Type III cement may be used in SCC. SCC may be used for the following concrete Structure elements: 1. All cast -in -place concrete elements except bridge decks, bridge approach slabs, and any cast -in -place concrete element excluded by the Special Provisions. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 2. Prestressed concrete girders in accordance with Sections 6- 02.3(25). 3. All precast concrete elements identified in Section 6- 02.3(27)A. The mix design submittal shall include items specified in Section 6- 02.3(2)A and results of 1 the following tests conducted on concrete that has slump flow within the slump flow range defined below: , 1. Slump Flow. a. The mix design shall specify the target slump flow in inches, in accordance 1 with WSDOT FOP for ASTM C 1611. The slump flow range is defined as the target slump flow plus or minus 2- inches. b. The visual stability index (VSI) shall be Tess than or equal to 1, in accordance ty ( ) q with ASTM C 1611, Appendix X1, using Filling Procedure B. c. The T50 flow rate results shall be Tess than 6- seconds in accordance with ASTM C 1611, Appendix X1, using Filling Procedure B. 2. Column Segregation. 1 a. The maximum static segregation shall be 10- percent in accordance with ASTM C 1610. b. The Maximum Hardened Visual Stability Index (HVSI) shall be 1 in accordance with AASHTO PP 58. 3. J ring test results for passing ability shall be Tess than or equal to 1.5- inches in accordance with the WSDOT FOP for ASTM C 1621. 4. Rapid assessment of static segregation resistance of self - consolidating concrete using penetration test in accordance with ASTM C 1712 shall be less than or ' equal to 15 mm. 5. Air content shall be tested in accordance with WSDOT Test Method T 818, and 111 shall conform to Section 6- 02.3(2)A. 6. Concrete unit weight results in pounds per cubic foot shall be recorded in accordance with AASHTO T 121, except that the concrete shall not be consolidated in the test mold. 7. The temperature of all concrete laboratory test samples shall be tested in ' accordance with AASHTO T 309 and shall conform to the placement limits specified in Section 6- 02.3(4)D. 8. The modulus of elasticity in pounds per square inch at 28 days shall be recorded in accordance with ASTM C 469. In lieu of a Contractor - Provided mix design for SCC for Section 6- 02.3(27)A Structure elements 3, 7 and 8, a representative full -size example Structure element shall be cast for AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 inspection by the Contracting Agency in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(27)B as a component of the precast fabricating facility's annual plant approval process. 6- 02.3(4)C Consistency This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: For self - consolidating concrete (SCC), the slump requirements specified above do not apply, and are instead replaced by the target slump flow and slump flow range specified as part of the SCC mix design. 6- 02.3(4)D Temperature and Time For Placement The first two sentences are revised to read: Concrete temperatures shall remain between 55 °F and 90 °F while it is being placed, except that Class 4000D concrete temperatures shall remain between 55 °F and 75 °F during placement. Precast concrete that is heat cured in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(25)D shall remain between 50 °F and 90 °F while being placed. 6- 02.3(5)A General The first paragraph is revised to read: Concrete for the following applications will be accepted based on a Certificate of Compliance to be provided by the supplier as described in Section 6- 02.3(5)B: 1. Lean concrete. 2. Commercial concrete. 3. Class 4000P concrete for Roadside Steel Sign Support Foundations. 4. Class 4000P concrete for Type II, III, and CCTV Signal Standard Foundations that are 12' -0" or less in depth. 5. Class 4000P concrete for Type IV and V Strain Pole Foundations that are 12' -0" or less in depth. 6. Class 4000P concrete for Steel Light Standard Foundations Types A & B. The following new sentence is inserted at the beginning of the second paragraph: Slip -form barrier concrete will be accepted based on conformance to the requirements for temperature, air content and compressive strength at 28 days for sublots as tested and determined by the Contracting Agency. 6- 02.3(5)B Certification of Compliance In the list within the first paragraph, "Fly ash (if used) brand and Type" is revised to read "Fly ash (if used) brand and Class ". The first sentence of the second to last paragraph is deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 6- 02.3(5)D Test Methods 1 The list in this section is supplemented with the following two new test methods: ASTM C 1611 Standard Test Method for Slump Flow of Self- Consolidating 1 Concrete ASTM C 1621 Standard Test Method for Passing Ability of Self- 1 Consolidating Concrete by J -Ring 6-02.3(5)G Sampling and Testing Frequency for Temperature, Consistency, and M Air Content This section's title is revised to read: 1 6- 02.3(5)G Sampling and Testing for Temperature, Consistency, and Air Content The first paragraph is revised to read: 1 Concrete properties shall be determined from concrete as delivered to the project and as accepted by the Contractor for placement. The Contracting Agency will perform acceptance 1 testing on all concrete for temperature, and air content, if applicable. Concrete that is not self - consolidating concrete will be tested for slump. The following additional acceptance tests will be performed on self - consolidating concrete: 1 1. Slump flow within the target slump flow range. 2. J ring passing ability less than or equal to 1.5 inches. 1 3. VSI Tess than or equal to 1. In the fifth sentence of the second paragraph, "five truck loads" is revised to read "ten truck loads ". The second paragraph is supplemented with the following: If the remaining quantity to be placed is Tess than ten truck loads; then a sample shall be 1 randomly taken from one of the remaining truck loads. In the last sentence of the third paragraph, "five truck Toads" is revised to read "ten truck loads ". 1 6- 02.3(5)H Sampling and Testing for Compressive Strength and Initial Curing The second paragraph is revised to read: 1 The Contractor shall provide and maintain a sufficient number of cure boxes in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 23 for curing concrete cylinders. The cure boxes shall be readily accessible and no more than 500 feet from the point of acceptance testing, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall also provide, maintain and operate all necessary power sources and connections needed to operate the cure boxes. The cure boxes shall be in -place and functioning at the specified temperature for curing cylinders prior to concrete placement. Concrete cylinders shall be cured in the cure boxes in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 23. The cure boxes shall have working AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 locks and the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with one key to each of the locks. Once concrete cylinders are placed in the cure box, the cure box shall not be disturbed until the cylinders have been removed. The Contractor shall retain the cure box Temperature Measuring Device log and provide it to the Engineer upon request. The following new paragraph is inserted after the last paragraph: All cure box costs shall be incidental to the associated item of work. 6- 02.3(5)1 Vacant This section, including title, is revised to read: 6- 02.3(5)1 Test Section for Cast -In -Place SCC Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall construct a test section of the element being constructed of cast -in -place SCC. The Contractor shall confirm, through the SCC placement operation in the test section, the SCC flows the distance required, completely filling the forms and encapsulating the reinforcement as required without leaving voids and pockets and causing segregation of the SCC mix. The test section forms, reinforcing steel and concrete placing operations shall be identical to those to be used in the production elements. For horizontal elements, the test section shall simulate the flow of concrete for the maximum distance anticipated during production concrete placement. The depth and width of the test section for horizontal element may be smaller than the actual depth and width of the element to be cast. For vertical elements, the test section shall be a minimum of 33 percent of the height of the tallest element to be constructed. The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of formwork and reinforcement details of the test section and SCC placement procedures. After removing the forms, the test section will be inspected for signs of honeycombs, cracks, aggregate segregation, sedimentation, cold joints, and other surface and concrete placement defects. If such defects are present, the Contractor shall revise the formwork and SCC placement procedures as necessary to eliminate such defects. Acceptance of the test section and the SCC mix design is contingent on acceptable visual inspection, and a minimum of two 4 -inch minimum diameter core samples taken from the placement location and the furthest -most limits of the concrete as identified by the Engineer. The number of core locations will be specified by the Engineer. The difference in average unit weight of the locations represented by the core samples shall be less than 5- percent. The Contractor shall use the same SCC placement procedures confirmed by the Engineer accepted test section for casting the production members. 6- 02.3(6)A2 Cold Weather Protection The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: This Specification applies when the weather forecast on the day of concrete placement predicts air temperatures below 35 °F at any time during the 7 days following placement. The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 The temperature of the concrete shall be maintained above 50 °F during the entire curing period or 7 days, whichever is greater. 6- 02.3(9) Vibration of Concrete This section is supplemented with the following two new paragraphs: Vibration of SCC shall only be used as described below or as approved by the Engineer: 1. To prevent the formation of a cold joint in between placement of successive batches of SCC. 2. Near the end of an SCC placement to aid in leveling the SCC in the forms. When vibration of SCC is allowed, the magnitude and duration of the applied vibration shall be kept as minimal as possible. 6- 02.3(10)A Preconstruction Meeting This section including title is revised to. read: 6- 02.3(10)A Pre -Deck Pour Meeting A pre -deck pour meeting shall be held 5 to 10 working days before placing deck concrete to discuss construction procedures, personnel, equipment to be used, concrete sampling and testing and deck finishing and curing operations. Those attending shall include, at a minimum, the superintendent, foremen in charge of placing and finishing concrete, and representatives from the concrete supplier and the concrete pump truck supplier. If the project includes more than one bridge deck, and if the Contractor's key personnel change between concreting operations, or at request of the Engineer, additional conferences shall be held before each deck placement. 6- 02.3(10)D Concrete Placement, Finishing, and Texturing This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following new sub - sections: 6- 02.3(10)D1 Test Slab Using Bridge Deck Concrete After the Contractor receives the Engineer's approval for the Class 4000D concrete mix design, and a minimum of seven calendar days prior to the first placement of bridge deck concrete, the Contractor shall construct a test slab using concrete of the approved mix design. The test slab may be constructed on grade, shall have a minimum thickness of eight - inches, shall have minimum plan dimensions of 10 -feet along all four edges, and shall be square or rectangular. During construction of the test slab, the Contractor shall demonstrate concrete sampling and testing, use of the concrete temperature monitoring system, the concrete fogging system, concrete placement system, and the concrete finishing operation. The Contractor shall conduct the demonstration using the same type of equipment to be used for the production bridge decks, except that the Contractor may elect to finish the test slab with a hand - operated strike - board. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 After the construction of the test slab and the demonstration of bridge deck construction operations is complete, the Contractor shall remove and dispose of the test slab in accordance with Sections 2 -02.3 and 2- 03.3(7)C. 6- 02.3(10)D2 Preparation for Concrete Placement Before placing bridge approach slab concrete, the subgrade shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 2 -06 and 5- 05.3(6). Before any concrete is placed, the finishing machine shall be operated over the entire length of the deck/slab to check screed deflection. Concrete placement may begin only if the Engineer approves after this test. Immediately before placing concrete, the Contractor shall check (and adjust if necessary) all falsework and wedges to minimize settlement and deflection from the added mass of the concrete deck/slab. The Contractor shall also install devices, such as telltales, by which the Engineer can readily measure settlement and deflection. 6- 02.3(10)D3 Concrete Placement The placement operation shall cover the full width of the bridge deck or the full width between construction joints. The Contractor shall locate any construction joint over a beam or web that can support the deck/slab on either side of the joint. The joint shall not occur over a pier unless the Plans permit. Each joint shall be formed vertically and in true alignment. The Contractor shall not release falsework or wedges supporting bridge deck placement sections on either side of a joint until each side has aged as these Specifications require. Placement of concrete for bridge decks and bridge approach slabs shall comply with Section 6- 02.3(6). In placing the concrete, the Contractor shall: 1. Place it (without segregation) against concrete placed earlier, as near as possible to its final position, approximately to grade, and in shallow, closely spaced piles; 2. Consolidate it around reinforcing steel by using vibrators before strike -off by the finishing machine; 3. Not use vibrators to move concrete; 4. Not revibrate any concrete surface areas where workers have stopped prior to screeding; 5. Remove any concrete splashed onto reinforcing steel in adjacent segments before concreting them; 6. Maintain a slight excess of concrete in front of the screed across the entire width of the placement operation; 7. Operate the finishing machine to create a surface that is true and ready for final finish without overfinishing or bringing excessive amounts of mortar to the surface; and AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 8. Leave a thin, even film of mortar on the concrete surface after the last pass of the finishing machine pan. Workers shall complete all post screeding operations without walking on the concrete. This may require work bridges spanning the full width of the deck/slab. After removing the screed supports, the Contractor shall fill the voids with concrete (not mortar). If the surface left by the finishing machine is porous, rough, or has minor irregularities, the Contractor shall float the surface of the concrete. Floating shall leave a smooth and even surface. Float finishing shall be kept to the minimum number of passes necessary to seal the surface. The floats shall be at least 4 -feet long. Each transverse pass of the float shall overlap the previous pass by at least half the length of the float. The first floating shall be at right angles to the strike -off. The second floating shall be at right angles to the centerline of the span. A smooth riding surface shall be maintained across construction joints. The edge of completed roadway slabs at expansion joints and compression seals shall have a 3/8 -inch radius. After floating, but while the concrete remains plastic, the Contractor shall test the entire deck/slab for flatness (allowing for crown, camber, and vertical curvature). The testing shall be done with a 10 -foot straightedge held on the surface. The straightedge shall be advanced in successive positions parallel to the centerline, moving not more than one half the length of the straightedge each time it advances. This procedure shall be repeated with the straightedge held perpendicular to the centerline. An acceptable surface shall be one free from deviations of more than 1/8 -inch under the 10 -foot straightedge. If the test reveals depressions, the Contractor shall fill them with freshly mixed concrete, strike off, consolidate, and refinish them. High areas shall be cut down and refinished. Retesting and refinishing shall continue until a surface conforming to the requirements specified above is produced. 6- 02.3(10)D4 Monitoring Bridge Deck Concrete Temperature After Placement The Contractor shall monitor and record the concrete temperature and ambient temperature hourly for seven calendar days after placement. The Contractor shall monitor and record concrete temperature by placing two maturity meter temperature monitoring devices in the bridge deck at locations specified by the Engineer. The Contractor shall monitor ambient temperature using maturity meters near the locations where concrete temperature is being monitored. When the bridge deck is being enclosed and heated to meet cold weather requirements, ambient temperature readings shall be taken within the enclosure. The Contractor shall submit the concrete temperature and ambient temperature data to the Engineer in spreadsheet format within 14 calendar days from placing the bridge deck concrete. The Contractor shall submit the type and model of maturity meter temperature monitoring device, and the associated devices responsible for recording and documenting the temperature and curing time, to the Engineer at least 14 calendar days prior to the pre - concreting conference for the first bridge deck to be cast. The placement and operation of the temperature monitoring devices and associated devices will be an agenda item at the pre- concreting conference for the first bridge deck to be cast. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 6- 02.3(10)D5 Bridge Deck Concrete Finishing and Texturing Except as otherwise specified for portions of bridge decks receiving an overlay or sidewalk under the same Contract, the Contractor shall texture the surface of the bridge deck as follows: The Contractor shall texture the bridge deck using diamond tipped saw blades mounted on a power driven, self - propelled machine that is designed to texture concrete surfaces. The grooving equipment shall provide grooves that are 1/8" ± 1/64" wide, 3/16" ± 1/16" deep, and spaced at 3/4" ± 1/8 ". The bridge deck shall not be textured with a metal tined comb. The Contractor shall submit the type of grooving equipment to be used to the Engineer for approval 30 calendar days prior to performing the work. The Contractor shall demonstrate that the method and equipment for texturing the bridge deck will not chip, spell or otherwise damage the deck. The Contractor shall not begin texturing the bridge deck until receiving the Engineer's approval of the Contractor's method and equipment. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall texture the concrete bridge deck surface either in a longitudinal direction, parallel with centerline or in a transverse direction, perpendicular with centerline. The Contractor shall texture the bridge deck surface to within 3- inches minimum and 15- inches maximum of the edge of concrete at expansion joints, within 1 -foot minimum and 2 -feet maximum of the curb line, and within 3- inches minimum and 9- inches maximum of the perimeter of bridge drain assemblies. The Contractor shall contain and collect all concrete dust and debris generated by the bridge deck texturing process, and shall dispose of the collected concrete dust and debris in accordance with Section 2- 03.3(7)C. If the Plans call for placement of a sidewalk or an HMA or concrete overlay on the bridge deck, the Contractor shall produce the final finish of these areas by dragging a strip of damp, seamless burlap lengthwise over the bridge deck or by brooming it lightly. Approximately 3 -feet of the drag shall contact the surface, with the least possible bow in its leading edge. It shall be kept wet and free of hardened lumps of concrete. When the burlap drag fails to produce the required finish, the Contractor shall replace it. When not in use, it shall be lifted clear of the bridge deck. After the bridge deck has cured, the surface shall conform to the surface smoothness requirements specified in Section 6- 02.3(10)D3. The surface texture on any area repaired to address out -of- tolerance surface smoothness shall match closely that of the surrounding bridge deck area at the completion of the repair. Methods used to remove high spots shall cut through the mortar and aggregate without breaking or dislodging the aggregate or causing spells. 6- 02.3(10)D6 Bridge Approach Slab Finishing and Texturing Bridge approach slabs that are being built as part of a bridge construction project shall be textured in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(10)D5. All other bridge approach slabs shall be textured, using metal tined combs in the transverse direction, except bridge approach slabs AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 receiving an overlay in the same Contract shall be finished as specified in Section 6- 02.3(10)D5 only. The comb shall be made of a single row of metal tines. It shall leave striations in the fresh concrete approximately 3/16 -inch deep by 1/8 -inch wide and spaced approximately 1/2- inch apart. The Engineer will decide actual depths at the site. If the comb has not been approved, the Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval by demonstrating it on a test section. The Contractor may operate the combs manually or mechanically, either singly or with several placed end to end. The timing and method used shall produce the required texture without displacing larger particles of aggregate. Texturing shall end 2 -feet from curb lines. This 2 -foot untextured strip shall be hand finished with a steel trowel. Surface smoothness, high spots, and low spots shall be addressed as specified in Section 6- 02.3(10)D5. The surface texture on any area cut down or built up shall match closely that of the surrounding bridge approach slab area. The entire bridge approach slab shall provide a smooth riding surface. 6- 02.3(10)F Bridge Approach Slab Orientation and Anchors In the first paragraph, the following sentence is inserted after the first sentence: Unless otherwise shown in the Plans, the pavement end of the bridge approach stab shall be constructed normal to the Roadway centerline. The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: The compression seal shall be a 2 -1/2 inch wide gland selected from the current Qualified Products List. 6- 02.3(11) Curing Concrete Items number 1 through 4 are deleted and replaced with the following 5 new numbered items: Bridge sidewalks, roofs of cut and cover tunnels — curing compound covered by white, reflective type sheeting or continuous wet curing. Curing by either method shall be for at least 10 days. 2. Bridge decks — See Section 6- 02.3(11)B. 3. Bridge approach slabs (Class 4000A concrete) - 2 coats of curing compound and continuous wet cure for at least 10 -days. 4. Concrete barriers and rail bases – See Section 6- 02.3(11)A. 5. All other concrete surfaces — continuous wet cure for at least three days. In the second paragraph, the first sentence is replaced with the following three new sentences: During the continuous wet cure, the Contractor shall keep all exposed concrete surfaces saturated with water. Formed concrete surfaces shall be kept in a continuous wet cure by AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 leaving the forms in place. If forms are removed during the continuous wet cure period, the Contractor shall treat the concrete as an exposed concrete surface. The third paragraph is revised to read: When curing Class 4000A, two coats of curing compound that complies with Section 9 -23.2 shall be applied immediately (not to exceed 15 min.) after tining any portion of the bridge approach slab. The continuous wet cure shall be established as soon as the concrete has set enough to allow covering without damaging the finish. In the fifth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: If the Plans call for an asphalt overlay on the bridge approach slab, the Contractor shall use the clear curing compound (Type 1, Class B), applying at least 1 gallon per 150 square feet to the concrete surface. The eighth paragraph is deleted. 6- 02.3(11)A2 Slip -Form Barrier In the fourth paragraph, item number 1, "Type 1 D" is revised to read "Type 1". 6- 02.3(11)B Curing Bridge Decks This new section is supplemented with the following new sub - sections: 6- 02.3(11)B1 Equipment The Contractor shall maintain a wet sheen, without developing pooling or sheeting water, using a fogging apparatus consisting of pressure washers with a minimum nozzle output of 1,500 psi, or other means approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit a bridge deck curing plan to the Engineer a minimum 14 calendar days prior to the pre - concreting conference. The Contractor's plan shall describe the sequence and timing that will be used to fog the bridge deck, apply pre- soaked burlap, install soaker hoses and cover the deck with white reflective sheeting. 6- 02.3(11)B2 Curing The fogging apparatus shall be in place and charged for fogging prior to beginning concrete placement for the bridge deck. The Contractor shall presoak all burlap to be used to cover the deck during curing. Immediately after the finishing machine passes over finished concrete, the Contractor shall implement the following tasks: 1. The Contractor shall fog the bridge deck while maintaining a wet sheen without developing pooling or sheeting water. 2. The Contractor shall apply the presoaked burlap to the top surface to fully cover the deck without damaging the finish, other than minor marring of the concrete surface. The Contractor shall not apply curing compound. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 3. The Contractor shall continue to keep the burlap wet by fog spraying until the burlap is covered by soaker hoses and white reflective sheeting. The Contractor shall place the soaker hoses and whiter reflective sheeting after the concrete has achieved initial set. The Contractor shall charge the soaker hoses frequently so as to keep the burlap covering the entire deck wet during the course of curing. As an alternative to tasks 2 and 3 above, the Contractor may propose a curing system using proprietary curing blankets specifically manufactured for bridge deck curing. Details of the proprietary curing blanket system, including product literature and details of how the system is to be installed and maintained, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. The wet curing regime as described shall remain in place for at least 14 consecutive calendar days. 6- O2.3(12)A Construction Joints in New Construction The third paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following three new paragraphs: If the Plans require a roughened surface on the joint, the Contractor shall strike it off to . leave grooves at right angles to the length of the member. Grooves shall be installed using one of the following options: 1. Grooves shall be 1/2 to 1 inch wide, 1/4 to 1/2 inch deep, and spaced equally at twice the width of the groove. Grooves shall terminate approximately 1 1/2- inches from the face of concrete. 2. Grooves shall be 1 to 2 inches wide, a minimum of '1/2-inch deep, and spaced a maximum of three times the width of the groove. Grooves shall terminate approximately 1 1/2- inches from the face of concrete. If the Engineer approves, the Contractor may use an alternate method to produce a roughened surface on the joint, provided that such an alternate method leaves a roughened surface of at least a 14 -inch amplitude. If the first strike -off does not produce the required roughness, the Contractor shall repeat the process before the concrete reaches initial set. The final surface shall be clean and without Iaitance or loose material. 6- O2.3(12)B Construction Joints Between Existing and New Construction The phrase "by methods) as approved by the Engineer" is deleted from each paragraph in this section. 6- 02.3(13) Expansion Joints The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Joints made of a vulcanized, elastomeric compound (with neoprene as the only polymer) shall be installed with a lubricant adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer. In the third paragraph, "injuring" is revised to read "damaging ". The following two new subsections are added: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 6- 02.3(13)A Strip Seal Expansion Joint System The Contractor shall submit Working Drawings consisting of the strip seal expansion joint shop drawings in accordance with Section 6- 03.3(7). These plans shall include, at a minimum, the following: 1. Plan, elevation, and sections of the joint system and all components, with dimensions and tolerances. 2. All material designations. 3. Manufacturer's written installation procedure. 4. Corrosion protection system used on the metal components. 5. Locations of welded shear studs, lifting mechanisms, temperature setting devices, and construction adjustment devices. 6. Method of sealing the system to prevent leakage of water through the joint. The strip seal shall be removable and replaceable. The metal components shall conform to ASTM A 36, ASTM A 992, or ASTM A 572, and shall be protected against corrosion by one of the following methods: 1. Zinc metallized in accordance with Section 6- 07.3(14). 2. Hot -dip galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 111. 3. Paint in accordance with Section 6- 07.3(9). The color of the top coat shall be Federal Standard 595 Color No. 26420. The surfaces embedded in concrete shall be painted only with a shop primer coat of paint conforming to Section 9- 08.1(2)C. The strip seal gland shall be continuous for the full length of the joint with no splices permitted, unless otherwise shown in the Plans. Other than items shown in the Plans, threaded studs used for construction adjustments are the only items that may be welded to the steel shapes provided they are removed by grinding after use, and the area repaired by application of an approved corrosion protection system. If the opening between the steel shapes is anticipated to be less than 1 -1/2 inches at the time of seal installation, the seal may be installed prior to encasement of the steel shapes in concrete. After the joint system is installed, the joint shall be flooded with water and inspected, from below the joint, for leakage. If leakage is observed, the joint system shall be repaired by the Contractor, as recommended by the manufacturer. 6- 02.3(13)B Compression Seal Expansion Joint System Compression seal glands shall be selected from the current Qualified Products List and sized as shown in the Plans. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 The compression seal expansion joint system shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the manufacturer's written installation procedure and repair procedures if leakage testing fails. After the joint system is installed, the joint area shall be flooded with water and inspected, from below the joint, for leakage. If leakage is observed, the joint system shall be repaired by the Contractor, as recommended by the manufacturer. 6- 02.3(14) Finishing Concrete Surfaces The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall clean and refinish any stained or discolored surfaces. The following new subsection is added: 6- 02.3(14)D General Requirements for Concrete Surface Finishes Produced by Form Liners Horizontal and vertical joints shall be spliced in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the manufacturer's joint splice instructions. Horizontal splicing of ABS and plastic form liners to achieve the required height is not permitted and there shall be no horizontal joints. The concrete formed with ABS and plastic form liners shall be given a light sandblast to remove the glossy finish. Side forms, traffic barrier forms, and pedestrian barrier forms using these form liners may be removed after 24 hours provided the concrete mix used includes a water- reducing admixture, and the concrete reaches 1,400 psi minimum compressive strength before form removal. Concrete in load supporting forms utilizing these form liners shall be cured in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(17)N. Once the forms are removed, the Contractor shall treat the joint areas by patching or light sandblasting as required by the Engineer to ensure that the joints are not visible. Form liners shall be cleaned, reconditioned, and repaired before each use. Form liners with repairs, patches, or defects which, in the opinion of the Engineer, would result in adverse effects to the concrete finish shall not be used. Care shall be taken to ensure uniformity of color throughout the textured surface. A change in form release agent will not be allowed. All surfaces formed by the form liner shall also receive a Class 2 surface finish. Form ties shall be a type that leaves a clean hole when removed. All spalls and form tie holes shall be filled as specified for a Class 2 surface finish. 6- 02.3(14)C Pigmented Sealer for Concrete Surfaces The first sentence (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the pigmented sealer manufacturer's written instructions covering, at a minimum, the following: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 The second paragraph is deleted. In the last sentence of the third paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "acceptance ". 6- 02.3(15) Date Numerals The third sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: When an existing Structure is widened or when traffic barrier is placed on an existing Structure, the date shall be for the year in which the original Structure was completed. 6- 02.3(16) Plans for Falsework and Formwork This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit all plans for falsework and formwork as Type 2E Working Drawings. Submittal is not required for footing or retaining wall formwork if the wall is 4.feet or less in height (excluding pedestal height). The design of falsework and formwork shall be based on: 1. Applied loads and conditions which are no less severe than those described in Section 6- 02.3(17)A, Design Loads; 2. Allowable stresses and deflections which are no greater than those described in Section 6- 02.3(17)B, Allowable Stresses and Deflections; 3. Special loads and requirements no less severe than those described in Section 6- 02.3(17)C, Falsework and Formwork at Special Locations; 4. Conditions required by other Sections of 6- 02.3(17), Falsework and Formwork. The falsework and formwork plans shall be scale drawings showing the details of proposed construction, including: sizes and properties of all members and components; spacing of bents, posts, studs, wales, stringers, wedges and bracing; rates of concrete placement, placement sequence, direction of placement, and location of construction joints; identification of falsework devices and safe working loads as well as identification of any bolts or threaded rods used with the devices including their diameter, length, type, grade, and required torque. The falsework plans shall show the proximity of falsework to utilities or any nearby Structures including underground Structures. Formwork accessories shall be identified according to Section 6- 02.3(17)H, Formwork Accessories. All assumptions, dimensions, material properties, and other data used in making the structural analysis shall be noted on the drawing. The Contractor shall furnish associated design calculations to the Engineer as part of the submittal. The design calculations shall show the stresses and deflections in load supporting members. Construction details which may be shown in the form of sketches on the calculation sheets shall be shown in the falsework or formwork drawings as well. Falsework or formwork plans will be rejected in cases where it is necessary to refer to the calculation sheets for information needed for complete understanding of the falsework and formwork plans or how to construct the falsework and formwork. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Each sheet of falsework and formwork plans shall carry the following: 1. The initials and dates of all participating design professionals. 2. Clear notation of all revisions including identification of who authorized the revision, who made the revision, and the date of the revision. 3. The Contract number, Contract title, and sequential sheet number. These shall also be on any related documents. 4. Identify where the falsework and formwork plan will be utilized by referencing Contract Plan sheet number and related item or detail. 6- 02.3(16)A Nonpreapproved Falsework and Formwork Plans This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 6- 02.3(16)A Vacant 6- 02.3(16)B Preapproved Formwork Plans This section, including title, is revised to read: 6- 02.3(16)B Pre - Contract Review of Falsework and Formwork Plans The Contractor may request pre- contract review of formwork plans for abutments, wingwalls, diaphragms, retaining walls, columns, girders and beams, box culverts, railings, and bulkheads. Plans for falsework supporting the bridge deck for interior spans between precast prestressed concrete girders may also be submitted for pre- contract review. To obtain pre- contract review, the Contractor shall electronically submit drawings and design calculations in PDF format directly to: BridgeConstructionSupport@wsdot.wa.gov The Bridge and Structures Office, Construction Support Engineer will return the falsework or formwork plan to the Contractor with review notes, an effective date of review, and any revisions needed prior to use. For each contract on which the pre- reviewed falsework or formwork plans will be used, the Contractor shall submit a copy to the Engineer. Construction shall not begin until the Engineer has given concurrence. If the falsework or formwork being constructed has any deviations to the preapproved falsework or formwork plan, the Contractor shall submit plan revisions for review and approval in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(16). 6- 02.3(17)A Design Loads The fifth paragraph is revised to read: Live loads shall consist of a minimum uniform load of not less than 25 psf, applied over the entire falsework plan area, plus the greater of: 1. Actual weights of the deck finishing equipment applied at the rails, or; AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 2. A minimum load of 75 pounds per linear foot applied at the edge of the bridge deck. 6- 02.3(17)J Face Lumber, Studs, Wales, and Metal Forms The second and third to last paragraphs are deleted. 6- 02.3(17)K Concrete Forms on Steel Spans The second sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall fill the holes with fully torqued ASTM A 325 bolts in accordance with Section 6- 03.3(33). 6- 02.3(17)0 Early Concrete Test Cylinder Breaks The third paragraph is revised to read: The cylinders shall be cured in the field in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 23 Section 10.2 Field Curing. 6- 02.3(20) Grout for Anchor Bolts and Bridge Bearings The first five paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following two new paragraphs: Grout shall conform to Section 9- 20.3(2) for anchor bolts and for bearing assemblies with bearing plates. Grout shall conform to Section 9- 20.3(3) for elastomeric bearing pads and fabric pad bearings without bearing plates. Grout shall be a workable mix with a viscosity that is suitable for the intended application. The Contractor shall receive approval from the Engineer before using the grout. 6- 02.3(24)C Placing and Fastening The twelfth paragraph is revised to read: In bridge decks, a "mat" is two adjacent and perpendicular layers of reinforcing steel. Top and bottom mats shall be supported adequately to hold both in their proper positions. If No. 4 bars make up the lower layer of steel in a mat, it shall be blocked at not more than 3- foot intervals (or 4 -foot intervals for bars No. 5 and larger). Wire ties to girder stirrups shall not be considered as blocking. To provide a rigid mat, the Contractor shall add other supports and tie wires to the top mat as needed. In the fourteenth paragraph, the description following "21/2 inches between" is revised to read: Adjacent bars in a layer. Bridge deck and bridge approach slab bars and the top of the slab. In the fourteenth paragraph, the description following "2 inches between" is supplemented with the following new sentence: Bars and the surface of concrete when not specified otherwise in this Section or in the Plans. In the fourteenth paragraph, the first sentence in the description following "11/2 inches between" is deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 The fifteenth paragraph is revised to read: Except for top cover in bridge decks and bridge approach slabs, cover to ties and stirrups may be �/2 inch Tess than the values specified for main bars but shall not be less than 1 inch. Minimum concrete cover and clearances to headed steel reinforcing bars shall also be provided to the outermost part of the head of the bar. In the sixteenth paragraph, the first item in the second subparagraph is revised to read: The clearance to the top surface of bridge decks and bridge approach slabs +1/4 in / -0 ". 6- 02.3(24)E Welding Reinforced Steel This section is revised to read: Welding of steel reinforcing bars shall conform to the requirements of ANSI /AWS D1.4 Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel, latest edition, except where superseded by the Special Provisions, Plans, and these Specifications. Before any welding begins, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the welding procedure for each type of welded splice to be used, including the weld procedure specifications and joint details. The weld procedure specifications shall be written on a form taken from AWS D1.4 Annex A, or equivalent. Test results of tensile strength, macroetch, and visual examination shall be included. The form shall be signed and dated. Welders shall be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.4. The Contractor shall be responsible for the testing and qualification of welders, and shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of welder qualification and retention records. The weld joint and welding position a welder is qualified in shall be in accordance with AWS D1.4. The welder qualifications shall remain in effect indefinitely unless, (1) the welder is not engaged in a given process of welding for which the welder is qualified for a period exceeding six months, or (2) there is some specific reason to question a welder's ability. Filler metals used for welding reinforcing bars shall be in accordance with AWS D1.4 Table 5.1. All filler metals shall be low- hydrogen and handled in compliance with low - hydrogen . practices specified in the AWS code. Short circuiting transfer with gas metal arc welding will not be allowed. Slugging of welds will not be allowed. For the purpose of compatibility with AWS D1.4, welded lap splices for spiral or hoop reinforcing shall be considered Flare -V groove welds, indirect butt joints. The Contractor is responsible for using a welding sequence that will limit the alignment distortion of the bars due to the effects of welding. The maximum out -of -line permitted will be 1/4 inch from a 3.5 -foot straight -edge centered on the weld and in line with the bar. The ground wire from the welding machine shall be clamped to the bar being welded. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Where epoxy - coated steel reinforcing bars are specified to be spliced by welding, the epoxy coating shall be left off or removed from the surfaces to be heated, but in no cases less than six inches of each bar being welded. After the welding is complete, the Contractor shall apply epoxy patching material to the uncoated portions of the bar in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(24)H. 6- 02.3(25) Prestressed Concrete Girders This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall perform quality control inspection. The manufacturing plant of prestressed concrete girders shall be certified by the Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute's Plant Certification Program for the type of prestressed member to be produced and shall be approved by WSDOT as a Certified Prestress Concrete Fabricator prior to the start of production. WSDOT certification will be granted at, and renewed during, the annual prestressed plant review and approval process in accordance with WSDOT Materials Manual M 46 -01.04 Standard Practice QC 6. Prior to the start of production of girders, the Contractor shall advise the Engineer of the production schedule. The Contractor shall give the Inspector safe and free access to the Work. If the Inspector observes any nonspecification Work or unacceptable quality control practices, the Inspector will advise the plant manager. If the corrective action is not acceptable to the Engineer, the girder(s) will be subject to rejection by the Engineer. The Contracting Agency intends to perform Quality Assurance Inspection. By its inspection, the Contracting Agency intends only to facilitate the Work and verify the quality of that Work. This inspection shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for identifying and replacing defective material and workmanship. The various types of prestressed concrete girders are: Prestressed Concrete 1 Girder — Refers to a prestressed concrete girder with a flanged I shaped cross section, requiring a cast -in -place concrete deck to support traffic loads. WSDOT standard girders in this category include Series W42G, W50G, W58G, and W74G. Prestressed Concrete Wide Flange I Girder — Refers to a prestressed concrete girder with an I shaped cross section with wide top and bottom flanges, requiring a cast -in -place concrete deck to support traffic loads. WSDOT standard girders in this category include Series WF36G, WF42G, W F50G, WF58G, WF66G, WF74G, WF83G, WF95G, and WF100G. Prestressed Concrete Wide Flange Deck Girder — Refers to a prestressed concrete wide flange I girder with extended top flange widths designed to support traffic loads, and designed to be mechanically connected at the flange edges to adjacent girders at the job site. WSDOT standard girders in this category include Series WF39DG, WF45DG, WF53DG, WF61DG, WF69DG, WF77DG, WF86DG, WF98DG, and WF103DG. Prestressed Concrete Wide Flange Thin Deck Girder Refers to a prestressed concrete wide flange I girder with extended top flange widths requiring a cast -in -place concrete deck to support traffic loads. Flange edges extend to flange edges of adjacent girders at the job • site. WSDOT standard girders in this category include Series WF36TDG, WF42TDG, W F50TDG, WF58TDG, WF66TDG, WF74TDG, WF83TDG, WF95TDG, and W F100TDG. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Prestressed Concrete Deck Bulb Tee Girder — Refers to a prestressed concrete girder with a top flange designed to support traffic loads, and designed to be mechanically connected at the flange edges to adjacent girders at the job site. WSDOT standard girders in this category include Series W35DG, W41 DG, W53DG, and W65DG. Prestressed Concrete Slab Girder.— Refers to a prestressed concrete slab girder, with or without voids. Prestressed concrete slab girders are mechanically connected at the member edges to adjacent girders at the job site. Prestressed concrete ribbed section girders and prestressed concrete double tee girders shall conform to the requirements specified for prestressed concrete slab girders. Prestressed Concrete Tub Girder — Refers to prestressed concrete tub girders with a U shaped cross section, requiring a cast -in -place concrete deck to support traffic Toads. WSDOT standard girders in this category include Series U * *G* or Series UF**G*, where U specifies webs without top flanges, UF specifies webs with top flanges, ** specifies the girder height in inches, and * specifies the bottom flange width in feet. Spliced Prestressed Concrete Girder — Refers to prestressed concrete girders initially fabricated in segments which are longitudinally spliced together with cast -in -place concrete closures and post tensioning. Post tensioning materials and construction shall conform to Section 6- 02.3(26), except that ducts for prestressed concrete wide flange I girders may be 24 -gage, semi - rigid, galvanized, corrugated, ferrous metal. WSDOT prestressed concrete wide flange I girders in this category include Series WF74PTG, WF83PTG, WF95PTG, and WF100PTG. WSDOT prestressed concrete tub girders in this category include Series U* *PTG* and UF* *PTG* where U, UF, * *, and * are as defined for prestressed concrete tub girders. 6- 02.3(25)A Shop Drawings This section is revised to read: Shop drawings for prestressed concrete girders shall be submitted as Type 2 Working Drawings. The only deviations to the Plans that will be permitted are those approved by the annual plant approval process and those listed below: 1. Addition of inserts for construction purposes including falsework 2. Small penetrations no larger than 1" diameter for construction purposes including overhang bracket supports, deck formwork hangers and temporary girder bracing. Penetrations in top flanges shall be offset from the edge of the flange the minimum distance shown in the Plans. 3. Small penetrations no larger than 2" in diameter for girder shipping tie - downs. 4. Small adjustments in girder length to account for elastic shortening, creep and shrinkage 5. Strand adjustments, as long as the center of gravity of the strands remains at the location shown in the plans and concrete cover is not reduced 6. Diaphragm web hole vertical adjustments to avoid harped strands AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813115 7. Substitution of welded wire reinforcement for conventional reinforcing steel Shop drawings shall show the size and location of all inserts and penetrations. Penetrations for deck formwork and falsework shall match the deck formwork Working Drawings. Field - drilled holes in prestressed concrete girders are not allowed. Deformed welded wire reinforcement conforming to Sections 9 -07.7 and 9 -07.8 may be substituted for the mild steel reinforcement shown in the plans. The substitution shall be submitted as a Type 2E Working Drawing. The AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specification requirements (latest edition including interims) shall be satisfied, including at a minimum the following Articles: 5.8.2.6 Types of Transverse Reinforcement 5.8.2.8 Design and Detailing Requirements 5.10.3 Spacing of Reinforcement 5.10.6.3 Ties 5.10.7 Transverse Reinforcement for Flexural Members 5.10.8 Shrinkage and Temperature Reinforcement 5.10.10 Pretensioned Anchorage Zones 5.11.2.5 Welded Wire Fabric 5.11.2.6.3 Anchorage of Wire Fabric Reinforcement 5.11.6 Splices of Welded Wire Fabric Yield strengths in excess of 75.0 ksi shall not be used for welded wire reinforcement. The spacing of vertical welded wire reinforcement within slabs and girder webs shalt not exceed 18 inches or the height of the member minus 3 inches, whichever is less. Longitudinal wires and welds are permitted in girder flanges but shall be excluded from girder webs. For vertical welded wire reinforcement in prestressed concrete slab girders, no welded joints other than those required for anchorage shall be permitted. Epoxy- coated wire and welded wire reinforcement shall conform to Section 9 -07.3 with the exception that ASTM A884 Class A Type I shall be used instead of ASTM A775. End regions of prestressed concrete girders shall meet the requirements of WSDOT Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23 -50) Sections 5.6.2.F and 5.6.2.G. Shop drawings for spliced prestressed concrete girders shall also conform to Section 6- 02.3(26)A. The Working Drawings for spliced prestressed concrete girders shall include all details related to the post- tensioning operations in the field, including details of hardware required, tendon geometry, biockout details, and details of additional or modified steel reinforcing bars required in cast -in -place closures. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 6- 02.3(25)B Casting This section, including title, is revised to read: 6- 02.3(25)B Prestressing Each stressing system shall have a pressure gauge or load cell that will measure jacking force. The gauge shall display pressure accurately and readably with a dial at least 6 inches in diameter or with a digital display. Each jack and its gauge shall be calibrated as a unit and shall be accompanied by a certified calibration chart. The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of 1 copy of this chart. The cylinder extension during calibration shall be in approximately the position it will occupy at final jacking force. Jacks and gauges shall be recalibrated and recertified: 1. Annually, 2. After any repair or adjustment, and 3. Anytime there are indications that the jack calibration is in error. The Engineer may use load cells to check jacks, gauges, and calibration charts before and during tensioning. All load cells shall be calibrated and shall have an indicator that shows prestressing force in the strand. The range of this cell shall be broad enough that the lowest 10 percent of the manufacturer's rated capacity will not be used to measure jacking force. From manufacture to encasement in concrete, prestressing strand shall be protected against dirt, oil, grease, damage, and all corrosives. Strand shall be stored in a dry, covered area and shall be kept in the manufacturer's original packaging until placement in the forms. If prestressing strand has been damaged or pitted, it will be rejected. Prestressing strand with rust shall be spot - cleaned with a nonmetallic pad to inspect for any sign of pitting or section loss. Once the prestressing steel has been installed, no welds or grounds for welders shall be made on the forms or the steel in the girder, except as specified. Post - tensioning of spliced prestressed concrete girders shall conform to Section 6- 02.3(26) and the following requirements: 1. Before tensioning, the Contractor shall remove all side forms from the cast -in- place concrete closures. From this point until 48 hours after grouting the tendons, the Contractor shall keep all construction and other live loads off the Superstructure and shall keep the falsework supporting the superstructure in place. 2. The Contractor shall not tension the post- tensioning reinforcement until the concrete in the cast -in -place closures reaches the minimum compressive strength specified in the Plans. This strength shall be measured with concrete cylinders made of the same concrete and cured under the same conditions as the cast -in- place closures. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 3. All post- tensioning shall be completed before placing the sidewalks and barriers on the Superstructure. 6- 02.3(25)C Prestressing This section, including title, is revised to read: 6- 02.3(25)C Casting Side forms shall be steel except that cast -in -place concrete closure forms for spliced prestressed concrete girders, interior forms of prestressed concrete tub girders, and end bulkhead forms of prestressed concrete girders may be wood. Interior voids for prestressed concrete slab girders with voids shall be formed by either wax soaked cardboard or expanded polystyrene forms. The interior void forms shall be secured in the position as shown in the Working Drawings, and shall remain in place. All concrete mixes to be used shall be preapproved in the WSDOT plant certification process. The temperature of the concrete when placed shall be between 50 °F and 90 °F. Slump shall not exceed 4 inches for normal concrete nor 7 inches with the use of a high range water- reducing admixture, nor 9 inches when both a high range water - reducing admixture is used and the water /cement ratio is less than or equal to 0.35. For self- consolidating concrete (SCC), the slump requirements specified above do not apply, and are instead replaced by the target slump flow and slump flow range specified as part of the ' SCC mix design. Air - entrainment is not required in the concrete placed into prestressed concrete girders, including cast -in -place concrete closures for spliced prestressed concrete girders. This section is supplemented with the following new sub - section: 6- 02.3(25)C1 Acceptance Testing of Concrete for Prestressed Concrete Girders Compressive strength cylinders and concrete acceptance testing shall be performed once per prestressed concrete girder or once per fabrication line of prestressed concrete girders. Concrete shall not be placed until fresh concrete testing indicates concrete is within acceptable limits. Acceptance testing shall be performed by the Contractor and test results shall be submitted to the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted below, the test methods described in Section 6- 02.3(5)D shall be followed. Concrete compressive strength shall be in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(25)E. Concrete that is not self - consolidating concrete will be accepted as follows: 1. Temperature within the allowable temperature band. 2. Slump below the maximum allowed. Concrete that is self - consolidating concrete will be accepted as follows: 1. Temperature within the allowable temperature band. 2. Slump flow within the target slump flow range. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 3. VSI less than or equal to 1 in accordance with ASTM C 1611, Appendix X1, using Filling Procedure B. 4. J ring passing ability less than or equal to 1.5- inches. 5. Rapid assessment of static segregation resistance of self - consolidating concrete using penetration test in accordance with ASTM C 1712 shall be less than or equal to 15 mm. 6- 02.3(25)D Curing The first paragraph is revised to read: During curing, the Contractor shall keep the girder in a saturated curing atmosphere until the girder concrete has reached the required release strength. If the Engineer concurs, the Contractor may shorten curing time by heating the outside of impervious forms. Heat may be radiant, convection, conducted steam, or hot air. With steam, the arrangement shall envelop the entire surface with saturated steam. Hot air curing will not be allowed, unless the Contractor submits Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the proposed method to envelop and maintain the girder in a saturated atmosphere. Saturated atmosphere means a relative humidity of at least 90 percent. The Contractor shall never allow dry heat to touch the girder surface at any point. 6- 02.3(25)E Contractors Control Strength This section is revised to read: Concrete strength shall be measured on test cylinders cast from the same concrete as that in the girder. These cylinders shall be cured under time - temperature relationships and conditions that simulate those of the girder. If the forms are heated by steam or hot air, test cylinders will remain in the coolest zone throughout curing. If forms are heated another way, the Contractor shall provide a record of the curing time- temperature relationship for the cylinders for each girder to the Engineer. When two or more girders are cast in a continuous line and in a continuous pour, a single set of test cylinders may represent all girders provided the Contractor demonstrates uniformity of casting and curing to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall mold, cure, and test enough of these cylinders to satisfy Specification requirements for measuring concrete strength. The Contractor may use 4- by 8 -inch or 6- by 12 -inch cylinders. Test cylinders may be cured in a moist room or water tank in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 23 after the girder concrete has obtained the required release strength. If, however, the Contractor intends to ship the girder prior to the standard 28 -day strength test, the design strength for shipping shall be determined from cylinders placed with the girder and cured under the same conditions as the girder. These cylinders may be placed in a noninsulated, moisture -proof envelope. To measure concrete strength in the girder, the Contractor shall randomly select two test cylinders. The average compressive strength of the two cylinders shall be equal or greater than the specified strength and neither cylinder shall have a compressive strength that is more than 5% below the specified strength. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 If too few cylinders were molded to carry out all required tests on the girder, the Contractor shall remove and test cores from the girder under the surveillance of the Engineer. If the Contractor casts cylinders to represent more than one girder, all girders in that line shall be cored and tested. Cores shall avoid all prestressing strands, steel reinforcing bars and interior voids. For prestressed concrete slab girders, a test shall consist of four cores measuring 3 inches in diameter by 6 inches in length (for slabs) or by the thickness of the web (for ribbed and double tee sections). Two cores shall be taken from each side of the girder with one on each side of the girder span midpoint, at locations accepted by the Engineer. The core locations for prestressed concrete ribbed and double tee sections shall be immediately beneath the top flange. For prestressed concrete tub girders, a test shall consist of four cores measuring 3 inches in diameter by the thickness of the web. Two cores shall be taken from each web, approximately 3 feet to the left and to the right of the center of the girder span. For all other prestressed concrete girders, a test shall consist of three cores measuring 3 inches in diameter by the thickness of the web and shall be removed from just below the top flange; one at the midpoint of the girder's length and the other two approximately 3 feet to the left and approximately 3 feet to the right. The cores shall be taken in accordance with AASHTO T 24 and shall be tested in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 22. The Engineer may accept the girder if the average compressive strength of all test cores from the girder are at least 85 percent of the specified compressive strength with no one core less than 75 percent of specified compressive strength. If there are more than four cored holes in a girder, the prestressing reinforcement shall not be released until the holes are patched and the patch material has attained a minimum compressive strength equal to the required release compressive strength. All cored holes shall be patched and cured prior to shipment of the girder. The girder shall not be shipped until tests show the patch material has attained a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi. If the annual plant approval includes procedures for patching cored holes, the cored holes shall be patched in accordance with this procedure. Otherwise, the Contractor shall submit a core hole patching procedure as a Type 2 Working Drawing. 6- 02.3(25)F Prestress Release The second and third paragraphs are revised to read: All strands shall be released in a way that will minimize eccentricity of the prestressing force about the centerline of the girder. This release shall not occur until tests show each girder has reached the minimum compressive strength required by the Plans. The Contractor may request permission to release the prestressing reinforcement at a minimum concrete compressive strength less than specified in the Plans. This request shall be submitted as a Type 2E Working Drawing and shall be accompanied with calculations AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 showing the adequacy of the proposed release concrete compressive strength and any effects on girder camber. The calculated release strength shall meet the requirements outlined in the WSDOT Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23 -50) for tension and compression at release. 6- 02.3(25)G Protection of Exposed Reinforcement The last paragraph is deleted. 6- 02.3(25)H Finishing The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: The interface on girders that contact a cast -in -place concrete deck shall have a finish of dense, screeded concrete without a smooth sheen or laitance on the surface. The third and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: On prestressed concrete wide flange deck girders, deck bulb tee girders, ribbed section girders and double tee girders, the Contractor shall test the top surface for flatness and make corrections in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(10)03 except that the straightedge need not exceed the width of the girder top flange when checking the transverse direction. The top surface shall be finished in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(10)D6. The Contractor may repair defects in the girder provided the repair is covered in the annual plant approval package. Any repairs that are not covered by the annual plant approval process shall be submitted to the Engineer as Type 2 Working Drawings or shall be submitted through the email resolution process. 6- 02.3(25)1 Fabrication Tolerances This section is revised to read: The girders shall be fabricated as shown in the processed shop drawings, and shall meet the dimensional tolerances listed below. Construction tolerances of cast -in -place closures for spliced prestressed concrete girders shall conform to the tolerances specified for spliced prestressed concrete girders. Actual acceptance or rejection will depend on how the Engineer believes a defect outside these tolerances will affect the Structure's strength or appearance: 1. Length: ±1/4 inch per 25 feet of beam length, up to a maximum of ± 11/2 inches. 2. Width: Flanges and webs: + % inch, -1 /4 inch. Slab girders: ± 1/4 inch. 3. Girder Depth (overall): ±1/4 inch. 4. Flange Depth: For I and wide flange I girders: ± 1/4 inch AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 For all other girders: +1/4 inch, - % inch 5. Strand Position: Straight strands: ± 1/4 inch Bundled strand group center of gravity: ± 1/2 inch Harped strand group center of gravity at the girder ends: ± 1 inch 6. Longitudinal Location of Harp Points for Harped Strands from Design Locations: ± 20 inches 7. Position of an Interior Void, vertically and horizontally (slab girders): ± 1/2 inch. 8. Bearing Recess (center of recess to girder end): ±1/4 inch. 9. Girder Ends (deviation from square or designated skew): Horizontal: ± 1/2 inch Vertical: ± % inch per foot of girder depth 10. Bearing Area Deviation from Plane (in length or width of bearing): 1/16 inch. 11. Stirrup Reinforcing Spacing: ± 1 inch. 12. Stirrup Projection from Top of Girder: Wide flange thin deck and slab girders: ±1/4 inch All other girders: ± 34 inch 13. Mild Steel Concrete Cover: - 1/8 inch, + % inch. 14. Offset at Form Joints (deviation from a straight line extending 5 feet on each side of joint): ±14 inch. 15. Differential Camber Between Girders in a Span (measured in place at the job site): For wide flange deck, wide flange thin deck, deck bulb tee and slab . girders with a reinforced concrete topping: Cambers shall be equalized when the differences in cambers between adjacent girders exceeds ± 1/2 inch For all other wide flange deck, Cambers shall be equalized when deck bulb tee and slab girders: the differences in cambers between adjacent girders exceeds ±1/4 inch For all other prestressed concrete ± % inch per 10 feet of girder length girders: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 16. Position of Inserts for Structural Connections: ± 1 inch. 17. Position of Lifting Loops: ± 3 inches longitudinal, ± 1/4 inch transverse. 18. Weld Ties: t'h inch longitudinal, ± % inch vertical. 19. Position of post tensioning ducts in spliced prestressed concrete girders: ± 1/4 inch. 20. Deviation from a smooth curve for post- tensioning ducts at closures based on the sum total of duct placement and alignment tolerances: ± % inch. 6- 02.3(25)J Horizontal Alignment This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall check and record the horizontal alignment of the top and bottom flanges of each girder at the following times: 1. Initial — Upon removal of the girder from the casting bed. 2. Shipment — Within 7 days prior to shipment. 3. Erection — After girder erection and cutting temporary top strands but prior to any equalization, placement of weld ties or placement of diaphragms. Each check shall be made by measuring the distance between each flange and a chord that extends the full length of the girder. The Contractor shall perform and record each check at a time when the alignment of the girder is not influenced by temporary differences in surface temperature. Records for the initial check (Item 1 above) shall be included in the Contractor's prestressed concrete certificate of compliance. Records for all other checks shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. Immediately after the girder is removed from the casting bed, neither flange shall be offset more than '/8 inch for each 10 feet of girder length. During storage and prior to shipping, the offset (with girder ends plumb and upright and with no external force) shall not exceed -1/4 inch per 10 feet of girder length. Any girder within this tolerance may be shipped, but shall be corrected at the job site to the % inch maximum offset per 10 feet of girder length before concrete is placed into the diaphragms. The Engineer may permit the use of external force to correct girder alignment at the plant or job site if the Contractor provides stress calculations and a proposed procedure. If external force is permitted, it shall not be released until after the bridge deck has been placed and cured 10 days. The maximum deviation of the side of a prestressed concrete slab girder, or the edge of the top flange of a wide flange deck, wide flange thin deck, deck bulb tee, double tee or ribbed girder, measured from a chord that extends end to end of the member, shall be ±1/8 inch per 10 feet of member length, but not greater than 1/2 inch total. 6- 02.3(25)K Girder Deflection This section, including title, is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 6- 02.3(25)K Vertical Deflection The Contractor shall check and record the vertical deflection (camber) of each girder at the following times: 1. Initial - Upon removal of the girder from the casting bed; 2. Shipment — Within 7 days prior to shipment; 3. Erection — After girder erection and cutting temporary top strands but prior to any equalization, placement of weld ties or placement of diaphragms. At a minimum, survey data shall be taken at each girder end and at midspan. The Contractor shall perform and record each check at a time when the alignment of the girder is not influenced by temporary differences in surface temperature. Records for the initial check (Item 1 above) shall be included in the Contractor's Prestressed Concrete Certificate of Compliance. Records for all other checks shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. The "D" dimensions shown in the Plans are computed upper and lower bounds of girder vertical deflections at midspan based on a time lapse of 40 and 120 days after release of the prestressing strands. Any temporary top strands are assumed to be cut 30 days prior to these elapsed times (10 and 90 days after release of the prestressing strands). The "D" dimensions are intended to advise the Contractor of the expected range of girder vertical deflection at the time of deck placement. A positive ( +) "D " dimension indicates upward deflection. If the girder vertical deflection measured for the shipment check (Item 2 above) is not between the lower bound shown in the Plans and the upper bound shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and shall submit the camber data as a Type 2 Working Drawing. The Engineer shall be notified prior to shipping the girders. If the girder vertical deflection measured for the erection check (Item 3 above) is not between the lower bound shown in the Plans and the upper bound shown in the Plans plus 3/4 inches, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing describing how the deficient or excess girder camber will be addressed. All costs including bridge deck form adjustments, maintaining steel reinforcing bar clearances, changes in deck profile or thickness, or any other modifications needed to accommodate girder deflections shall be at the Contractor's expense. 6- 02.3(25)L Handling and Storage The first paragraph is revised to read: During handling and storage, each prestressed concrete girder shall always be kept plumb and upright. It shall be lifted only by the lifting embedments (strand lift loops or high strength threaded steel bars) at either end. The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 For high- strength threaded steel bars, a minimum of two 1% -inch diameter bars conforming to Section 9 -07.11 shall be used at each end of the girder. The third sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: Alternatively, these temporary strands may post - tensioned provided the strands are stressed on the same day that the permanent prestress is released into the girder and the strands are tensioned prior to lifting the girder from the form. The last two paragraphs are revised to read: The Contractor may request permission to use lifting embedments, lifting embedment locations, lifting angles, concrete release strengths, or temporary top strand configurations other than specified in the Plans. The request shall be submitted as a Type 2E Working Drawing and shall conform to the Criteria for Girder Stresses and Stability for Handling, Shipping and Erecting in Section 6- 02.3(25)M. The request shall also address any effects on girder camber. If girders are to be stored, the Contractor shall place them on a stable foundation that will keep them in a vertical position. Stored girders shall be supported at the bearing recesses or, if there are no recesses, approximately 2 to 3 feet from the girder ends. After post - tensioning, spliced prestressed concrete girders shall be supported at points between 2 and 5 feet from the girder ends, unless otherwise shown in the Plans. For long -term storage of girders with initial horizontal curvature, the Contractor may wedge one side of the bottom flange, tilting the girders to control curvature. If the Contractor elects to set girders out of plumb during storage, the Contractor shall have the proposed method analyzed by the Contractor's engineer to ensure against damaging the girder. 6- 02.3(25)M Shipping This section is revised to read: After the girder has reached its 28 -day design strength, the girder and a completed Certification of Compliance, signed by a Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute Certified Technician or a Professional Engineer, shall be submitted to the Engineer for inspection. If the Engineer finds the certification and the girder to be acceptable, the Engineer will stamp the girder "Approved for Shipment ". No prestressed concrete slab girder shall be shipped for at least 3 days after concrete placement. No prestressed concrete wide flange deck, deck bulb tee or tub girder shall be shipped for at least 7 days after concrete placement, except that they may be shipped 3 days after concrete placement when U(bd) is less than or equal to 5.0, where L equals the shipping length of the girder, b equals the girder top flange width (for prestressed concrete wide flange deck and deck bulb tee girders) or the bottom flange width (for prestressed concrete tub girders), and d equals the girder depth, all in feet. No other girder shall be shipped for at least 10 days after concrete placement. Girder support locations during shipping shall be no closer than the girder depth to the ends of the girder at the girder centerline. Support locations shown in the Plans have been determined in accordance with the criteria specified below. The Contractor shall verify the applicability of these criteria to the trucking configuration intended for transport of the girders. If the trucking configuration differs from these criteria, or the Contractor proposes to AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 use support locations other than those shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall submit a girder shipping plan with supporting calculations conforming to the criteria specified below as a Type 2E Working Drawing. If the Contractor elects to assemble spliced prestressed concrete girders into components of two or more segments prior to shipment, the Contractor shall submit a girder shipping plan with supporting calculations conforming to the criteria specified below as a Type 2E Working Drawing. The Contractor shall determine if girder bracing to control lateral bending during shipping is required and shall provide it if necessary. When bracing is required, the Contractor shall submit a girder shipping plan with supporting calculations conforming to the criteria specified below as a Type 2E Working Drawing. The Contractor shall perform all bracing operations at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Criteria for Girder Stresses and Stability for Handling, Shipping and Erecting: Girder stresses and lateral stability shall conform to the requirements of the WSDOT Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23 -50) including Sections 5.2.1.C, 5.6.2.C.2 and 5.6.3. 6- 02.3(25)N Prestressed Concrete Girder Erection This section is revised to read: Before erecting any prestressed concrete girders, the Contractor shall submit an erection plan as a Type 2E Working Drawing. The erection plan shall conform to the Criteria for Girder Stresses and Stability for Handling, Shipping and Erecting in Section 6- 02.3(25)M. The erection plan shall provide complete details of the erection process including at a minimum: 1. Temporary falsework support, bracing, guys, deadmen, and attachments to other Structure components or objects; 2. Procedure and sequence of operation; 3. Girder stresses during progressive stages of erection; 4. Girder weights, lift points, lifting embedments and devices, spreaders, and angle of lifting cables in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(25)L, etc.; 5. Crane(s) make and model, mass, geometry, lift capacity, outrigger size, and reactions; 6. Girder launcher or trolley details and capacity (if intended for use); and 7. Locations of cranes, barges, trucks delivering girders, and the location of cranes and outriggers relative to other Structures, including retaining walls and wing walls. The erection plan shall include drawings, notes, catalog cuts, and calculations clearly showing the above listed details, assumptions, and dimensions. Material properties and Specifications, structural analysis, and any other data used shall also be included. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 The concrete in piers and crossbeams shall reach at least 80 percent of design strength before girders are placed on them. The Contractor shall hoist girders only by the lifting embedments at the ends, always keeping the girders plumb and upright. When the girders are to receive a cast -in- place concrete deck, lifting embedments shall be removed after erection to provide a minimum 21/2 -inch clearance to the top of the deck. When the girders are not to receive a cast -in- place concrete deck, lifting embedments shall be removed 1 -inch below the girder surface and grouted with an epoxy grout conforming to Section 9- 26.3(1)A. The girders shall be braced in accordance with Sections 6- 02.3(17)F4 and 6- 02.3(17)F5. When temporary strands in the top flange are used, they shall be cut after the girders are braced and before the girder deflections are equalized and intermediate diaphragms are cast. Instead of the oak block wedges shown in the Plans, the Contractor may use Douglas fir blocks if the grain is vertical. The height of oak block wedges at the girder centerline shall not exceed the width. The Contractor shall fill all block -out holes with a mortar or grout acceptable to the Engineer. For prestressed concrete slab girders, the Contractor shall set stop plates and dowel bars at the top of pier walls with either epoxy grout conforming to Section 9 -26.3 or type IV epoxy bonding agent conforming to Section 9 -26.1. 6- 02.3(25)0 Deck Bulb Tee Girder Flange Connection This section, including title, is revised to read: Girder to Girder Connections When differential camber between adjacent girders in a span exceeds the tolerance in Section 6-02.3(25)E, the Contractor shall submit a method of equalizing deflections as a Type 1 Working Drawing. Any temporary strands in the top flange shall be cut in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(25)N prior to equalizing girder deflections. Prestressed concrete wide flange deck, deck bulb tee and slab girders with grouted shear keys shall be constructed in the following sequence: 1. Deflections shall be equalized in accordance with the Contractor's equalization plan. 2. Intermediate diaphragms shall be placed and weld ties shall be welded. Welding ground shall be attached directly to the steel plates being welded when welding the weld -ties. 3. The keyways shown in the Plans to receive grout shall be filled flush with the surrounding surfaces using a grout conforming to Section 9- 20.3(2). 4. Equalization equipment shall not be removed and other construction equipment shall not be placed on the structure until intermediate diaphragms an d keyway grout have attained a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 Prestressed concrete wide flange deck, deck bulb tee and slab girders without grouted shear keys and prestressed concrete wide flange thin deck girders shall be constructed in 1 the following sequence: 1. Deflections shall be equalized in accordance with the Contractor's equalization plan. 2. Intermediate diaphragms shall be placed and any weld ties shall be welded. Welding ground shall be attached directly to the steel plates being welded when welding the weld -ties. 3 Equalization equipment shall not be removed and other construction equipment ' shall not be placed on the structure until intermediate diaphragms have attained a minimum compressive strength of 2,500 psi. ' 6- 02.3(26)F Prestressing Reinforcement The last sentence in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: U If the prestressing reinforcement will not be stressed and grouted for more than 7 calendar days after it is placed in the ducts, the Contractor shall place an approved corrosion inhibitor conforming to Federal Specification MIL- I- 22110C in the ducts. 6- 02.3(27)A Use of Self - Consolidating Concrete for Precast Units The first paragraph is deleted. 1 The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: ' Self- consolidating concrete (SCC) may be used for the following precast concrete structure elements: Item number 2 of the second paragraph is revised to read: ' 2. Precast reinforced concrete three -sided structures in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(29). '6-02.3(27)B Submittals for Self-Consolidating r Precast Units 9 Concrete for This section is revised to read: ' With the exception of items 3, 7, and 8 in Section 6- 02.3(27)A, the Contractor shall submit the mix design for SCC to the Engineer for annual plant approval in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(28)B. The mix design submittal shall include items specified in Sections 6- 02.3(2)A and 6- 02.3(2)C1. ' Items 3, 7, and 8 in Section 6- 02.3(27)A require the precast plant to cast one representative structure acceptable to the Engineer and have the structure sawn in half for examination by the Contracting Agency to determine that segregation has not occurred. The Contracting Agency's approval of the sawn structure will constitute approval of the precast plant to use SCC, and a concrete mix design submittal is not required. 1 ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 6- 02.3(27)C Acceptance Testing of Self- Consolidating Concrete for Precast Units This section's title is revised to read: 6- 02.3(27)C Acceptance Testing of Concrete for Precast Units This section is revised to read: Acceptance testing shall be performed by the Contractor and test results shall be submitted to the Engineer. Concrete shall conform to the requirements specified in Section 6- 02.3(2)A. Unless otherwise noted below, the test methods described in Section 6- 02.3(5)D shall be followed. Concrete compressive strength shall be in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(27). Compressive strength testing shall be performed a minimum of once per day and once for every 20 cubic yards of concrete that is placed. Concrete for items 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6 in Section 6- 02.3(27)A that is not self - consolidating concrete will be accepted as follows: 1. Temperature within the allowable temperature band. 2. Slump below the maximum allowed. 3. Air content within the required range. SCC for items 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6 in Section 6- 02.3(27)A will be accepted as follows: 1. Temperature within the allowable temperature band. 2. Slump flow within the target slump flow range. 3. VSI less than or equal to 1 in accordance with ASTM C 1611, Appendix X1, using Filling Procedure B. 4. J ring passing ability less than or equal to 1.5- inches. 5. Air content within the required range. SCC for concrete barrier will be accepted in accordance with temperature, air, and compressive strength testing listed above. SCC for precast junction boxes, cable vaults, and pull boxes will be accepted in accordance with the temperature and compressive strength testing listed above. SCC for precast drainage structure elements will be accepted in accordance with the requirements of AASHTO M 199. 6- 02.3(28) Precast Concrete Panels In the first paragraph, the third sentence is revised to read: WSDOT Certification will be granted at, and renewed during, the annual precast plant review and approval process in accordance with WSDOT Materials Manual M 46 -01.04 Standard Practice QC 7. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 6 -02.4 Measurement The seventh paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: All reinforcing steel will be measured by the computed weight of all steel required by the Plans. The weight of mechanical splices will be based on the weight specified in the manufacturer's catalog cut for the specific item. Splices noted as optional in the Plans but installed by the Contractor will be included in the measurement. Epoxy - coated bars will be measured before coating. The Contractor shall furnish (without extra allowance): Item number 1 in the seventh paragraph is revised to read: 1. Bracing, spreaders, form blocks, wire clips, and other fasteners. The eighth paragraph is deleted. The following three new paragraphs are inserted before the last paragraph: Expansion joint system seal - superstr. will be measured by the linear foot along its completed line and slope. Expansion joint modification will be measured by the linear foot of expansion joint modified along its completed line and slope. Prestressed concrete girder will be measured by the linear foot of girder specified in the Proposal. 6 -02.5 Payment In the paragraph following the bid item "Commercial Concrete ", per cubic yard the second sentence is revised to read: All costs in connection with concrete curing, producing concrete surface finish with form liners, and furnishing and applying pigmented sealer to concrete surfaces as specified, shall be included in the unit contract price per cubic yard for "Conc. Class The following new paragraph is inserted after the bid item "Superstructure (name bridge) ", lump sum: All costs in connection with constructing, finishing and removing the bridge deck test slab as specified in Section 6- 02.3(10)D1 shall be included in the lump sum Contract price for "Superstructure " or "Bridge Deck " for one bridge in each project, as applicable. In the paragraph following the bid item "Epoxy- Coated St. Reinf. Bar ", per pound, the first sentence is revised to read: Payment for reinforcing steel shall include the cost of drilling holes in concrete for, and setting, steel reinforcing bar dowels with epoxy bonding agent, and furnishing, fabricating, placing, and splicing the reinforcement. The bid item "Cure Box ", lump sum and paragraph following bid item are deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 The following three new bid items are inserted before the bid item "Bridge Approach Slab ", per square yard: "Expansion Joint System - Superstr. ", per linear foot. "Expansion Joint Modification - __ ", per linear foot. "Prestressed Conc. Girder ", per linear foot. 6- 03.AP6 Section 6 -03, Steel Structures April 6, 2015 6 -03.2 Materials The first sentence in the fifth paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings describing the methods for visibly marking the material so that it can be traced. 6 -03.3 Construction Requirements This section is revised to read: Structural steel fabricators of plate and box girders, floorbeams, truss members, stringers, cross frames, diaphragms, and laterals shall be certified under the AISC Certification Program for Steel Bridge Fabricators, Advanced Bridges Category. When fracture critical members are specified in the contract, structural steel fabricators shall also meet the supplemental requirements F, Bridges with Fracture - Critical Members, under the AISC Certification Program for Steel Bridge Fabricators. 6- 03.3(7) Shop Plans This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit all shop detail plans for fabricating the steel as Type 2 Working Drawings. If these plans will be submitted directly from the fabricator, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer in writing. No material shall be fabricated until: (1) the Working Drawing review is complete, and (2) the Engineer has accepted the materials source. Before physical completion of the project, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer one set of reproducible copies of the as -built shop plans. The reproducible copies shall be clear, suitable for microfilming, and on permanent sheets that measure no smaller than 11 by 17- inches. Alternatively, the shop drawings may be provided in an electronic format with the concurrence of the Engineer. 6- 03.3(7)A Erection Methods The first paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Before beginning to erect any steel Structure, the Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of the erection plan and procedure describing the methods the Contractor intends to use. The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The erection plan and procedure shall provide complete details of the erection process including, at a minimum, the following: The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: As part of the erection plan Working Drawings, the Contractor may submit details of an engineered and fabricated lifting bracket bolted to the girder top flanges providing the following requirements are satisfied: In the third paragraph, the second sentence of item number 4 is revised to read: Certification documentation from a previous project may be submitted; The last sentence of the fourth paragraph is deleted. The last paragraph is deleted. 6- 03.3(10) Straightening Bent Material In the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: A limited amount of localized heat may be applied only if carefully planned and supervised, and only in accordance with the heat - straightening procedure Working Drawing submittal. The third paragraph is revised to read: After straightening, the Contractor shall inspect the member for fractures using a method proposed by the Contractor and accepted by the Contracting Agency. The last paragraph is revised to read: The procedure for heat straightening of universal mill (UM) plates by the mill or the fabricator shall be submitted as a Type 2 Working Drawing. 6- 03.3(14) Edge Finishing In the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: Corners along exposed edges shall be broken by Tight grinding or another method acceptable to the Engineer to achieve an approximate 1/16 -inch chamfer or rounding. In the fifth paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: The fabricator shall prevent excessive hardening of flange edges through preheating, post heating, or control of the burning process as recommended by the steel manufacturer. The sixth paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Hardness testing shall consist of testing thermal -cut edges with a portable hardness tester. The hardness tester, and its operating test procedures, shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. The hardness tester shall be convertible to Rockwell C scale values. In the last paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: If thermal- cutting operations conform to procedures established by the steel manufacturer, and hardness testing results are consistently within acceptable limits, the Engineer may authorize a reduction in the testing frequency. 6- 03.3(15) Planing of Bearing Surfaces This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph; Where mill to bear is specified in the Plans, the bearing end of the stiffener shall be flush and square with the flange and shall have at least 75 percent of this area in contact with the flange. 6- 03.3(25) Welding and Repair Welding In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Welding and repair welding of all steel bridges shall comply with the AASHTO /AWS D1.5M/D1.5, latest edition, Bridge Welding Code. In the second paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: No welding, including tack and temporary welds shall be done in the shop or field unless the location of the welds is shown on the shop drawings reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Welding procedures shall accompany the shop drawing Working Drawing submittal. In the fourth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Welding shall not begin until completion of the shop plan Working Drawing review as required in Section 6- 03.3(7). In item number 1 of the ninth paragraph, "approves" is revised to read "concurs ". 6- 03.3(25)A3 Ultrasonic Inspection The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: A minimum of 30 percent of complete penetration vertical welds on steel column jackets thicker than 5/16 -inch, within 1.50 column jacket diameter of the top and bottom of each column, shall be inspected: If any rejectable flaws are found, 100 percent of the weld within the specified limits shall be inspected. The largest column cross section diameter for tapered column jackets shall constitute one column jacket diameter. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 6- 03.3(25)A4 Magnetic Particle Inspection Items number 3 and 4 are revised to read: 3. Complete penetration groove welds on plates %6 -inch or thinner (excluding steel column jackets) shall be 100 percent tested by the magnetic particle method. Testing shall apply to both sides of the weld, if backing plate is not used. The ends of each complete penetration groove weld at plate edges shall be tested by the magnetic particle method. 4. A minimum of 30 percent of complete penetration vertical welds on steel column jackets 5/16 -inch or thinner, within 1.50 column jacket diameters of the top and bottom of each column, shall be magnetic particle inspected. The largest column cross section diameter for tapered column jackets shall constitute one column jacket diameter. The last paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: If any rejectable flaws are found in any test length of item 4 above, 100 percent of the weld within the specified limits shall be inspected. 6- 03.3(27) High Strength Bolt Holes The last paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of a detailed outline of the procedures proposed to accomplish the work from initial drilling through shop assembly. 6- 03.3(27)C Numerically Controlled Drilled Connections In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of a detailed outline of proposed N/C procedures. 6- 03.3(29) Welded Shear Connectors This section's content is deleted and replaced with the following: Installation, production control, and inspection of welded shear connectors shall conform to Chapter 7 of the AASHTO /AWS D1.5M/D1.5:2010 Bridge Welding Code. If welded shear connectors are installed in the shop, installation shall be completed prior to applying the shop primer coat in accordance with Section 6- 07.3(9)G. If welded shear connectors are installed in the field, the steel surface to be welded shall be prepared to SSPC -SP 11, power tool cleaning, just prior to welding. 6- 03.3(33) Bolted Connections In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings providing documentation of the bolt tension calibrator, including brand, capacity, model, date of last calibration, and manufacturer's instructions for use. In the second sentence of the second paragraph, the word "approved" is deleted. In item number 3 of the fifth paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "specified ". AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 In the center column header of table 1, "AASHTO M 164" is revised to read "ASTM A 325 ". In the column headings of table 3, "M 164" is revised to read "A 325 ". In the tenth paragraph, item number 3, "approved" is revised to read "accepted" in the second and third sentences of the first paragraph. In the tenth paragraph, item number 3, the third paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings of the tension control bolt assembly, including bolt capacities, type of bolt, nut, and washer lubricant, method of packaging and protection of the lubricated bolt, installation equipment, calibration equipment, and installation procedures. In the first sentence of the last paragraph, "AASHTO M 164" is revised to read "ASTM A 325 ". The second sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: Black ASTM A 325 bolts may be reused once if accepted by the Engineer. In the last paragraph, the fourth sentence is revised to read: Bolts to be reused shall be relubricated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 6- 03.3(33)A Pre - Erection Testing In the fifth sentence of the first paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "accepted ". The third paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of the manufacturer's detailed procedure for pre - erection (rotational capacity) testing of tension control bolt assemblies. 6- 03.3(33)B Bolting Inspection In the last sentence of the first paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "specified ". The last paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of the manufacturer's detailed procedure for routine observation to ensure proper use of the tension control bolt assemblies. 6- 03.3(42) Surface Condition The first subparagraph is revised to read: Painted steel surfaces shall be cleaned by methods required for the type of staining. The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing of the cleaning method. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 6- 04.AP6 Section 6 -04, Timber Structures January 5, 2015 6- 04.3(3) Shop Details This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop detail plans for all treated timber. These plans shall show dimensions for all cut, framed, or bored timbers. 6- 05.AP6 Section 6 -05, Piling January 5, 2015 6- 05.3(2) Ordering Piling The last paragraph is deleted. 6- 05.3(3)A Casting and Stressing In the second sentence of the first paragraph, "poured" is revised to read "cast'. 6- 053(4) Manufacture of Steel Casings for Cast -In -Place Concrete Piles This section is revised to read: The diameter of steel casings shall be as specified in the Contract. A full - penetration groove weld between welded edges is required. 6- 05.3(5) Manufacture of Steel Piles This section is revised to read: Steel piles shall be made of rolled steel H -pile sections, steel pipe piles, or of other structural steel sections described in the Contract. A full- penetration groove weld between welded edges is required. 6- 05.3(6) Splicing Steel Casings and Steel Piles This section is revised to read: The engineer will normally permit steel piles and steel casings for cast -in -place concrete piles to be spliced. But in each case, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings supporting the need and describing the method for splicing. Welded splices shall be spaced at a minimum distance of 10 feet. Only welded splices will be permitted. Splice welds for steel piles shall comply with Section 6- 03.3(25) and AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, latest edition, Structural Welding Code. Splicing of steel piles shall be performed in accordance with an approved weld procedure. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the weld procedure. For ASTM A 252 material, mill certification for each lot of pipe to be welded shall accompany the submittal. The ends of all steel pipe piling shall meet the fit -up requirements of AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, latest edition, / AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Structural Welding Code Section 5.22.3.1, "Girth Weld Alignment (Tubular)," when the material is spliced utilizing a girth weld. Splice welds of steel casings for cast -in -place concrete piles shall be the Contractor's responsibility and shall be welded in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, latest edition, Structural Welding Code. A weld procedure submittal is not required for steel casings used for cast -in -place concrete piles. Casings that collapse or are not watertight, shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 6- 05.3(7)B Precast Concrete Piles The second to last sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the method of lifting the piles. 6- 05.3(8) Pile Tips and Shoes In the last paragraph, the second and third sentences are deleted and replaced with the following new sentence: If pile tips or shoes other than those denoted in the Qualified Products List are proposed, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop drawings of the proposed pile tip along with design calculations, specifications, material chemistry and installation requirements, along with evidence of a pile driving test demonstrating suitability of the proposed pile tip. 6- 05.3(9)A Pile Driving Equipment Approval In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Prior to driving any piles, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of details of each proposed pile driving system. In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of a wave equation analysis for all pile driving systems used to drive piling with required ultimate bearing capacities of greater than 300 tons. In the second paragraph, the second sentence is deleted. The last paragraph is revised to read: Changes to the pile driving system after completion of the Working Drawing review require a revised Working Drawing submittal. 6- 05.3(9)B Pile Driving Equipment Minimum Requirements In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: For each drop hammer used, the Contractor shall weigh it in the Engineer's presence or submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of a certificate of its weight. In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 For each diesel, hydraulic, steam, or air - driven hammer used, the Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the manufacturer's specifications and catalog. hi the fourth paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "permission ". The ninth paragraph is revised to read: These requirements for minimum hammer size may be waived if a Type 2E Working Drawing is submitted consisting of a wave equation analysis demonstrating the ability of the hammer to obtain the required bearing capacity and minimum tip elevation without damage to the pile. 6- 05.3(9)C Pile Driving Leads In the third paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "permitted ". 6- 05.3(11)F Pile Damage In the first sentence of the second paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "accepted ". 6- 05.3(11)G Pile Cutoff In the first paragraph, "Engineer's approval" is revised to read "Engineer's permission ". 6- 05.3(11)H Pile Driving From or Near Adjacent Structures In the first paragraph, item number 3 is revised to read: 3. Type 2E Working Drawings are submitted in accordance with Sections 1 -05.3 and 6- 02.3(16), showing the structural adequacy of the existing Structure to safely support all of the construction loads. 6- 05.3(12) Determination of Bearing Values In the footnote below the formula, "approved by the Engineer" is revised to read "acceptable to the Engineer". 6- 05.3(13) Treatment of Timber Pile Heads In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: After cutting treated timber piles to correct elevation, the Contractor shall brush three coats of a preservative that meets the requirements of Section 9 -09 on all pile heads (except those to be covered with concrete footings or concrete caps). 6- 05.3(15) Completion of Cast -In- Place Concrete Piles In the first paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "acceptance ". 6- 06.AP6 Section 6 -06, Bridge Railings January 5, 2015 6- 06.3(2) Metal Railings The second paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 Before fabricating the railing, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the shop plans. The Contractor may substitute other rail connection details for those shown in the Plans if details of these changes show in the shop plans and if the Engineer accepts them in the Working Drawing response comments. In reviewing the shop plan Working Drawings, the Engineer indicates only that they are adequate and complete enough. The review does not indicate a check on dimensions. 6- 07.AP6 Section 6 -07, Painting January 5, 2015 6 -07.3 Painting This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 6- 07.3(14) Metallic Coatings 6- 07.3(14)A General Requirements This specification covers the requirements for thermal spray metallic coatings, with and without additional paint coats, as a means to prevent corrosion. The coating system consists of surface preparation by wash cleaning and abrasive blast cleaning, thermal spray application of a metallic coating using a material made specifically for that purpose, and, when specified, shop primer coat or shop primer coat plus top coat in accordance with Section 6- 07.3(11)A. The system also includes inspection and acceptance requirements. 6- 07.3(14)B Reference SSPC -SP 10 /NACE No. SSPC CS 23.00 ASTM -C -633 ASTM D 4417 ASTM D 6386 ASTM D 4541 ANSI /AWS C2.18 Standards 2 Near White Blast Cleaning Guide for Thermal Spray Metallic Coating Systems Standard Test Method for Adhesion or Cohesion Strength of Thermal Spray Coatings Standard Test Methods for Field Measurement of Surface Profile of Blast - Cleaned Steel Standard Practice for Preparation of Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coated Iron and Steel Product and Hardware Surfaces for Painting Standard Test Method for Pull -Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Testers Guide for the Protection of Steel with Thermal Sprayed Coatings of Aluminum, Zinc and their Alloys and Composites 6- 07.3(14)C Quality Assurance A representative sample of each lot of the coating material used shall be submitted to the Engineer for analysis prior to use. Zinc shall have a minimum purity of 99.9 percent. Zinc Aluminum 85/15 wire shall be 14 percent minimum to 16 percent maximum aluminum. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 The thermal sprayed coating shall have a uniform appearance. The coating shall not contain any blisters, cracks, chips or loosely adhering particles, oil or other surface contaminants, nodules, or pits exposing the substrate. The thermal spray coating shall adhere to the substrate with a minimum bond of 700 psi..The Contractor's QA program shall include thermal spray coating bond testing. The Engineer may cut through'the coating with a knife or chisel. If upon doing so, any part of the coating lifts away from the base metal 1/4 in. or more ahead of the cutting blade without cutting the metal, then the bond is considered not effective and is rejected. Coated areas which have been rejected or damaged in the inspection procedure described shall have the defective sections blast cleaned to remove all of the thermal sprayed coating and shall then be recoated. Before resubmittal and inspection, those sections where coating has not reached the required thickness shall be sprayed with additional metal until that thickness is achieved. 6- 07.3(14)D Submittals The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, prior to abrasive blast cleaning, a 12 inch square steel plate, of the same material and approximate thickness of the steel to be coated, blasted clean in accordance with Section 6- 07.3(14)E. The sample plate will be checked for specified angular surface pattern, the abrasive grit size and type used, and the procedure used. This plate shall be used as the visual standard to determine the acceptability of the cleaned surface. In the event the Contractor's cleaning operation is inferior to the sample plate, the Contractor shall be required to correct the cleaning operation to do a job comparable to the specimen submitted. At the same time as submitting the abrasive blast cleaned steel plate sample, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, a second 12 inch square steel plate of the 'same material and thickness, cleaned and thermal spray coated in accordance with the same processes and with the same equipment as intended for use in applying the thermal spray coatings. The Engineer may request additional cleaned'and thermal spray coated samples to be produced and submitted coincident with thermal spray coating of the items specified in the Plans to receive thermal spray coatings. 6- 07.3(14)E Surface Preparation Surface irregularities (e.g., sharp edges and /or carburized edges, cracks, delaminations, pits, etc.) interfering with the application of the coating shall be removed or repaired, prior to wash cleaning. Thermal cut edges shall be ground to reduce hardness to attain the surface profile required from abrasive blast cleaning. All dirt, oil, scaling, etc. shall be removed prior to blast cleaning. All surfaces shall be wash cleaned with either clean water at 8000 psi or water and detergent at 2000 psi with two rinses with clean water. The surface shall be abrasive blast cleaned to near white metal (SSPC -SP 10). The surface profile shall be measured using a surface profile comparator, replica tape, or other method suitable for the abrasive being used in accordance with ASTM D 4417. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Where zinc coatings up to and including 0.009 inch thick are to be applied, one of the following abrasive grits shall be used with pressure blast equipment to produce a 3.0 mils AA anchor tooth pattern: 1. Aluminum oxide or silicon carbide mesh size: SAE G -25 to SAE G -40 2. Hardened steel grit mesh size: SAE G -25 to SAE G -40 3. Garnet, flint, or crushed nickel or black beauty coal slag mesh size: SAE G -25 to SAE G -50 Where zinc coatings greater than 0.010 inch thick are to be applied, one of the following abrasive grits shall be used with pressure blast equipment to produce a 5.0 mils AA anchor tooth pattern: 1. Aluminum oxide or silicon carbide- mesh size: SAE G -18 to SAE G -25 2. Hardened steel grit mesh size: SAE G -18 to SAE G -25 3. Garnet, flint, or crushed nickel or black beauty coal slag mesh size: SAE G -18 to SAE G -25 The pressure of the blast nozzle, as measured with a needle probe gauge, with pressure type blasting equipment shall be as follows: 1. With aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, flint, or slag - 50 psi minimum and 60 psi maximum. 2. With garnet or steel grit - 75 psi minimum. The pressure at the blast nozzle, with siphon blasting (suction blasting), shall be as follows: 1. With aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, flint, or slag - 75 psi maximum. 2. With garnet or steel grit - 90 psi maximum. The abrasive blast stream shall be directed onto the substrate surface at a spray angle of 75 to 90 degrees, and moved side to side. The nozzle to substrate distance shall be 4 to 12 inches. 6- 07.3(14)F Application of Metallic Coating No surface shall be sprayed which shows any sign of condensed moisture or which does not comply with Section 6- 07.3(14)E. If rust bloom occurs within the holding time between abrasive blast cleaning and thermal spraying, the surface shall be reblasted at a blast angle as close to perpendicular to the surface as possible to achieve a 2.0 to 4.0 mil anchor tooth pattern. Thermal spraying shall not take place when the relative AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 humidity is 90% or greater, when the steel temperature is Tess than 5 °F above the dew point, or when the air or steel temperature is less than 40 °F. Clean, dry air shall be used with not less than 50 psi air pressure at the air regulator. Not more than 50 feet of 3/8 in. ID hose shall be used between the air regulator and the metallizing gun. The metallizing gun shall be started and adjusted with the spray directed away from the work. During the spraying operation and depending upon the equipment being used, the gun shall be held as close to perpendicular as possible to the surface from 5 to 8 inches from the surface of the work. Manual spraying shall be done in a block pattern, typically 2 feet by 2 feet square. The sprayed metal shall overlap on each pass to ensure uniform coverage. The specified thickness of the coating shall be applied in multiple layers. In no case are fewer than two passes of thermal spraying, overlapping at right angles, acceptable. At least one single layer of coating shall be applied within 4 hours of blasting and the surface shall be completely coated to the specified thickness within 8 hours of blasting. The minimum coating thickness shall be 6 mils unless otherwise shown in the Plans. 6- 07.3(14)G Applications of Shop Coats and Field Coats The surface shall be wiped clean with solvent immediately before applying the wash primer. The wash primer shall have a low viscosity appropriate for absorption into the thermal spray coating, and shall be applied within 8 hours after completion o f thermal spraying or before oxidation occurs. The dry film thickness of the wash primer shall not exceed 0.5 mils or be less than 0.3 mils. It shall be applied using an appropriate spray gun except in those areas where brush or roller application is necessary. The subsequent shop primer or field coats shall be applied no less than one -half hour after a wash primer. The shop primer coat, when specified, shall be applied in accordance with Section 6- 07.3(11)A and the paint manufacturer's recommendations. All field coats, when specified, shall be applied in accordance with Section 6- 07.3(11)A and the paint manufacturer's recommendations. The color of the top coat shall conform to Section 6- 03.3(30) as supplemented in these Special Provisions. 6- 07.3(2) Submittals The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings of the painting plan. 6- 07.3(10)A Containment The second paragraph is revised to read: The containment length shall not exceed the length of a span (defined as pier to pier). The containment system shall not cause any damage to the existing structure. All clamps and other attachment devices shall be padded or designed such that they shall not mark or otherwise damage the steel member to which they are attached. All clamps and other attachment devices shall be fully described in the Contractor's painting plan Working Drawing submittal. Field welding of attachments to the existing structure will not be AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 allowed. The Contractor shall not drill holes into the existing structure or through existing structural members except as shown in the Contractor's painting plan Working Drawing submittal. All provisions for dust collection, ventilation and auxiliary lighting within the containment system shall be fully described the Contractor's painting plan Working Drawing submittal. In the second to last paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "accepted ". 6- 07.3(10)E Surface Preparation — Full Paint Removal This section is revised to read: For structures where full removal of existing paint is specified, the Contractor shall remove any visible oil, grease, and road tar in accordance with SSPC -SP 1. Following preparation by SSPC -SP 1, all steel surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC -SP 10, near -white metal blast cleaning. Surfaces inaccessible to near -white metal blast cleaning shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC -SP 11, power tool cleaning to bare metal, as allowed by the Engineer. 6- 07.3(10)F Collecting, Testing and Disposal of Containment Waste In the first paragraph, the last sentence before the numbered list is revised (up until the colon) to read: The sealed waste containers shall be stored in accordance with Section 1 -06.4, the painting plan, and the following requirements: In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: All material collected by and removed from the containment system shall be taken to a landside staging area, provided by the Contractor, for further processing and storage prior to transporting for disposal The ninth paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing of all TCLP results. The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of waste disposal documentation within 15 working days of each disposal. 6- 07.3(10)K Coating Thickness The last paragraph is revised to read: If the specified number of coats does not produce a combined dry film thickness of at least the sum of the thicknesses required per coat, or if an individual coat does not meet the minimum thickness, or if visual inspection shows incomplete coverage, the coating system will be rejected, and the Contractor shall discontinue painting and surface preparation operations and shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing of the repair proposal. The repair proposal shall include documentation demonstrating the cause of the less than minimum thickness along with physical test results, as necessary, and modifications to work methods AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 to prevent similar results. The Contractor shall not resume painting or surface preparation operations until receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the completed repair. 6- 07.3(10)L Environmental Condition Requirements Prior to Application of Paint In the last paragraph, the second to last sentence is revised to read: If a paint system manufacturer's recommendations allow for application of a paint under environmental conditions other than those specified, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of a letter from the paint manufacturer specifying the environmental conditions under which the paint can be applied. In the last sentence of the last paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "concurrence ". 6- 07.3(11)B1 Submittals The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the following information: 6- 07.3(11)B3 Galvanized Surface Cleaning and Preparation The first paragraph is revised to read: Galvanized surfaces receiving the powder coating shall be cleaned and prepared for coating in accordance with ASTM D 6386, and the project- specific powder coating plan. 6- 07.3(11)B4 Powder Coating Application and Curing The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: After surface preparation, the two - component powder coating shall be applied in accordance with the powder coating manufacturer's recommendations, the project- specific powder coating plan, and as follows: 6- 07.3(11)B5 Testing In the fifth sentence of the first paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. The second paragraph is revised to read: The results of the QC testing shall be documented in a QC report, and submitted as a Type 2 Working Drawing. In the fourth paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. In the last paragraph, "Engineer's approval" is revised to read "Engineer's acceptance ". 6- 07.3(11)B6 Coating Protection for Shipping The phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted from this section. The first sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 After erection, all coating damage due to the Contractor's shipping, storage, handling, and erection operations shall be repaired by the Contractor in accordance with the project - specific powder coating plan. 6 -07.5 Payment The following new paragraph is inserted before the last paragraph: All costs in connection with producing the metallic coatings as specified shall be included in the unit contract price for the applicable item or items of work. 6- 09.AP6 Section 6 -09, Modified Concrete Overlays January 5, 2015 6 -09.2 Materials The second sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read: Microsilica will be accepted based on submittal of a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. The seventh paragraph is revised to read: Latex admixture will be accepted based on submittal of a Manufacturer's Certificate.of Compliance. 6- 09.3(1)H Mobile Mixer for Latex Modified Concrete In item number 2 of the first paragraph, "An approved recording meter" is revised to read "A recording meter". In item number 3 of the first paragraph, "an approved flow meter" is revised to read "a flow meter". 6- 09.3(1)J Finishing Machine The last two sentences of the last paragraph are revised to read: A machine with a vibrating pan as an integral part may be proposed. Other finishing machines will be allowed subject to concurrence of the Engineer. 6- 09.3(2) Submittals This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit the following Working Drawings in accordance with Section 1- 05.3: 1. A Type 1 Working Drawing of the type of machine (rotary milling, hydro - demolition, or shot blasting) selected by the Contractor for use in this project to scarify concrete surfaces. 2. A Type 1 Working Drawing of the axle loads and axle spacing of the rotary milling machine (if used). AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 3. A Type 2 Working Drawing of the Runoff Water Disposal Plan (if a hydro - demolition machine is used). The Runoff Water Disposal Plan shall describe all provisions for the containment, collection, filtering, and disposal of all runoff water and associated contaminants generated by the hydro - demolition process, including containment, collection and disposal of runoff water and debris escaping through breaks in the bridge deck. 4. A Type 2 Working Drawing of the method and materials used to contain, collect, and dispose of all concrete debris generated by the scarifying process, including provisions for protecting adjacent traffic from flying debris. 5. A Type 1 Working Drawing of the mix design for concrete Class M, and either fly ash modified concrete, microsilica modified concrete, or latex modified concrete, as selected by the Contractor for use in this project in accordance with Section 6- 09.3(3). 6. A Type 1 Working Drawing of samples of the latex admixture and the portland cement for testing and compatibility (if latex modified concrete is used). 7. A Type 2 Working Drawing of the paving equipment specifications and details of the screed rail support system, including details of anchoring the rails and providing rail continuity. 6- 09.3(3)A General In the last paragraph, the phrase "and as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6- 09.3(4)B Latex Admixture In the second sentence of the second paragraph, the phrase "and as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6- 09.3(5)A General The second paragraph is deleted. In the third and fourth paragraphs, the phrase "and as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. In the fifth paragraph, "approved by the Engineer" is revised to read "acceptable to the Engineer". 6- 09.3(5)B Testing of Hydro- Demolition and Shot Blasting Machines In the last sentence of the last paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "acceptance ". 6- 09.3(5)C Hydro - Demolishing In the third and fourth paragraphs, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6-09.3(6)B Deck Repair Preparation The second to last paragraph is revised to read the following three new paragraphs: The exposed steel reinforcing bars and concrete in the repair area shall be sandblasted or hydro- blasted and blown clean just prior to placing concrete. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Where existing steel reinforcing bars inside deck repair areas show deterioration exceeding the limits defined in the Plans, the Contractor shall furnish and place steel reinforcing bars alongside the deteriorated bars in accordance with the details shown in the Plans. Payment for such extra Work will be by force account as provided in Section 1 -09.6. Bridge deck areas outside the repair area or steel reinforcing bar inside or outside the repair area damaged by the Contractor's operations, shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 6- 09.3(6)C Placing Deck Repair Concrete The third paragraph is supplemented with the following: The Work of Type 1 further deck preparation shall consist of removing and disposing of the concrete within the repair area. The following new sentence is inserted before the last sentence of the last paragraph: The Work of Type 2 further deck preparation shall consist of removing and disposing of concrete within the repair area, and furnishing, placing, finishing, and curing the repair concrete. 6- 09.3(7) Surface Preparation for Concrete Overlay The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: If either a rotary milling machine or a shot blasting machine is used for concrete scarification, then the concrete deck shall be sandblasted or shot blasted, using equipment identified in the Working Drawing submittals, until sound concrete is exposed. The third paragraph is revised to read: If a hydro - demolition machine is used for concrete scarification, then the concrete deck shall be cleaned by water blasting with 7,000 psi minimum pressure, until sound concrete is exposed. In the fourth paragraph, "as approved by the Engineer" is revised to read "accepted by the Engineer". In the last sentence of the eighth paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. In the first sentence of the last paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "allowed ". 6- 09.3(8)B Quality Assurance for Latex Modified Concrete Overlays The second sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: The technical representative shall be capable of performing, demonstrating, inspecting, and testing all of the functions required for placement of the latex modified concrete as specified in Section 6- 09.3(11). The fourth sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Recommendations made by the technical representative on or off the jobsite shall be adhered to by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. 6- 09.3(10)A Survey of Existing Bridge Deck Prior to Scarification The third sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: A Type 1 Working Drawing of each day's survey record shall be provided to the Engineer within three working days after the end of the shift. 6- 09.3(10)B Establishing Finish Overlay Profile In the fourth sentence of the first paragraph, "approved by the Engineer" is revised to read "specified by the Engineer ". In the second paragraph, the phrase "and as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6- 09.3(11) Placing Concrete Overlay In the fourth paragraph, the last sentence of item number 3 is revised to read: If the Contractor elects to work at night to meet these criteria, adequate lighting shall be provided at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. 6 -09.4 Measurement The last paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following: Further deck preparation for Type 1 deck repair and for Type 2 deck repair will be measured by the square foot of surface area of deck concrete removed in accordance with Section 6- 09.3(6). 6 -09.5 Payment The Bid item "Further Deck Preparation ", per cubic foot and the paragraph following this Bid item are deleted and replaced with the following two new Bid items: "Further Deck Preparation for Type 1 Deck Repair", per square foot. "Further Deck Preparation for Type 2 Deck Repair", per square foot. The Bid item "Further Deck Preparation ", force account and the paragraph following this Bid item are deleted. 6- 10.AP6 Section 6 -10, Concrete Barrier January 5, 2015 6 -10.1 Description In the second paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "specified ". 6 -10.3 Construction Requirements In the first paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "specified AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 6- 10.3(5) Temporary Concrete Barrier The last sentence of the first paragraph is deleted. The second paragraph is revised to read: If the Contract calls for the removal and resetting of permanent barrier, and the permanent barrier is not required to remain in place until reset, the permanent barrier may be substituted for temporary concrete barrier. Any of the permanent barrier damaged during its use as temporary barrier will become the property of the Contractor and be replaced with permanent barrier when the permanent barrier is reset to its permanent location. The third paragraph is revised to read: All barrier shall be in good condition, without cracks, chips, spans, dirt, or traffic marks. If any barrier segment is damaged during or after placement, the Contractor shall immediately repair it to the Engineer's satisfaction or replace it with an undamaged section. The following new paragraph is inserted after the third paragraph: Delineators shall be placed on the traffic face of the barrier 6 inches from the top and spaced a maximum of 40 feet on tangents and 20 feet through curves. The reflector color shall be white on the right side of traffic and yellow on the left side of traffic. The Contractor shall maintain, replace and clean the delineators when ordered by the Engineer. 6- 11.AP6 Section 6 -11, Reinforced Concrete Walls January 5, 2015 6- 11.3(1) Submittals The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of excavation shoring plans in accordance with Section 2- 09.3(3)D. The second paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings of falsework and formwork plans in accordance with Sections 6- 02.3(16) and 6- 02.3(17). The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: If the Contractor elects to fabricate and erect precast concrete wall stem panels, Type 2E Working Drawings of the following information shall be submitted in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(28)A: The last paragraph is deleted. 6- 11.3(3) Precast Concrete Wall Stem Panels In the third paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 6- 12.AP6 Section 6 -12, Noise Barrier Walls January 5, 2015 6- 12.3(1) Submittals In the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the noise barrier wall access plan. The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: For construction of all noise barrier walls with shafts, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the shaft construction plan, including at a minimum the following information: In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: For construction of precast concrete noise barrier walls, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop drawings for the precast concrete panels in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(28)A. 6- 12.3(2) Work Access and Site Preparation In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall construct work access in accordance with the work access plan. 6- 12.3(3) Shaft Construction The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall excavate and construct the shafts in accordance with the shaft construction plan. In the last sentence of the third paragraph, "approved by the Engineer" is revised to read "acceptable to the Engineer". The fourth paragraph is revised to read: When caving conditions are encountered, the Contractor shall stop further excavation until implementing the method to prevent ground caving as specified in the shaft construction plan. In the last sentence of the fifth paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "accepted ". In the seventh paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "acceptance ". In the eighth paragraph, the third sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall install the steel reinforcing bar cage as specified in the shaft construction plan. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 In the second sentence of the last paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "acceptance ". In the fourth sentence of the last paragraph, the word "approved" is deleted. 6- 12.3(6) Precast Concrete Panel Fabrication and Erection In item number 3, the second paragraph is revised to read: After receiving the Engineer's review of the shop drawings, the Contractor shall cast one precast concrete panel to be used as the sample panel. The Contractor shall construct the sample panel in accordance with the procedure and details specified in the shop drawings. The Contractor shall make the sample panel available to the Engineer for acceptance. In item number 3, the first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: Upon receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the sample panel, the Contractor shall continue production of precast concrete panels for the noise barrier wall. In item number 3, the third sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: The sample panel shall be retained at the fabrication site until all precast concrete panels have been fabricated and accepted. 6- 12.3(10) Finish Line Ground Dressing In the last sentence of the second paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6- 13.AP6 Section 6 -13, Structural Earth Walls January 5, 2015 6- 13.3(1) Quality Assurance In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The structural earth wall manufacturer shall provide a qualified and experienced representative to resolve wall construction problems. In the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: Recommendations made by the structural earth wall manufacturer's representative shall be followed by the Contractor. In the second paragraph, item number 4 is revised to read: 4. The base of the structural earth wall excavation shall be within three inches of the staked elevations, unless otherwise accepted or specified by the Engineer. In the second paragraph, item number 6 is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 6. The backfill reinforcement layers shall be located horizontally and vertically within one inch of the locations shown in the structural earth wall working drawings. 6- 13.3(2) Submittals In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: ' The Contractor, or the supplier as the Contractor's agent, shall furnish a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance certifying that the structural earth wall materials conform to the specified material requirements. ' The second paragraph is revised to read: ' A Type 1 Working Drawing of all test results, performed by the Contractor or the Contractor's supplier, which are necessary to assure compliance with the specifications, shall submitted along with each Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Before fabrication, the Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the ' field construction manual for the structural earth walls, prepared by the wall manufacturer. In the fourth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor, through the license /patent holder for the structural earth wall system, shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of detailed design calculations and details. ' The last paragraph is deleted. 6- 13.3(3) Excavation and Foundation Preparation In the first paragraph, the last two sentences are revised to read: The foundation for the structure shall be graded level for a width equal to or exceeding the ' length of reinforcing as shown in the structural earth wall working drawings and, for walls with geogrid reinforcing, in accordance with Section 2 -12.3. Prior to wall construction, the foundation, if not in rock, shall be compacted as accepted by the Engineer. 6-13.3(6) Welded Wire Faced Structural Earth Wall Erection The first two sentences are revised to read: The Contractor shall erect the welded wire wall reinforcement in accordance with the wall manufacturer's field construction manual. Construction geotextile for wall facing shall be placed between the backfill material within the reinforced zone and the coarse granular material immediately behind the welded wire wall facing, as shown in the Plans and the structural earth wall working drawings. 6- 13.3(7) Backfill The third paragraph is revised to read: ' Misalignment or distortion of the precast concrete facing panels or concrete blocks due to placement of backfill outside the limits of this specification shall be corrected in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 In item number 4 of the fifth paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. The last paragraph is deleted. 6- 13.3(8) Guardrail Placement In the first sentence of the second paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "permission ". 6- 13.3(9) SEW Traffic Barrier and SEW Pedestrian Barrier The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Contractor, in conjunction with the structural earth wall manufacturer, shall design and detail the SEW traffic barrier and SEW pedestrian barrier in accordance with Section 6- 12.3(2) and the above ground geometry details shown in the Plans. The barrier Working Drawings and supporting calculations shall be Type 2E and shall include, at a minimum, the following: 6- 14.AP6 Section 6 -14, Geosynthetic Retaining Walls January 5, 2015 6 -14.2 Materials In the first paragraph, the section number next to "Anchor rods and associated nuts, washers and couplers" is revised to read: 9- 06.5(4) The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: Anchor plate shall conform to ASTM A 36, ASTM A 572 Grade 50, or ASTM A 588. 6- 14.3(2) Submittals The first paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of detailed plans for each wall. As a minimum, the submittals shall include the following: 6- 14.3(4) Erection and Backfill In the second sentence of the second paragraph, "approved by" is revised to read "acceptable to" In the last sentence of the fifth paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "permission ". The sixth paragraph is deleted. In item number 5 in the eighth paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. In the ninth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 The Contractor shall construct wall corners at the locations shown in the Plans, and in accordance with the wall corner construction sequence and method in the Working Drawing submittal. In the last paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Where required by retaining wall profile grade, the Contractor shall terminate top layers of retaining wall geosynthetic and backfill in accordance with the method in the Working Drawing submittal. 6 -14.5 Payment In the paragraph following the Bid item "Concrete Fascia Panel ", per square foot, "concrete leveling pad" is revised to read "concrete footing ". 6- 15.AP6 Section 6 -15, Soil Nail Walls January 15, 2015 6- 15.3(3) Submittals The first paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings of the following information: 6- 15.3(6) Soil Nailing In the first paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: Damaged or defective encapsulation shall be repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The eighth paragraph is revised to read: If sections of the wall are constructed at different times than the adjacent soil nail sections, the Contractor shall use stabilizing berms, temporary slopes, or other measures acceptable to the Engineer, to prevent sloughing or failure of the adjacent soil nail sections. 6- 15.3(8) Soil Nail Testing and Acceptance In the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type .1 Working Drawings of all test data. The last sentence of the seventh paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings of the reaction frame. 6- 15.3(8)A Verification Testing In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of design details of the verification testing, including the system for distributing test Toad pressures to the excavation surface and appropriate nail bar size and reaction plate. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 6- 16.AP6 Section 6 -16, Soldier Pile and Soldier Pile Tieback Walls January 5, 2015 6- 16.3(2) Submittals The first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop plans as specified in Section 6- 03.3(7) for all structural steel, including the steel soldier piles, and shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop plans and other details as specified in Section 6- 17.3(3) for permanent ground anchors. The second paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of the permanent ground anchor grout mix design and the procedures for placing the grout. . The third paragraph (excluding the numbered list) is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of forming plans for the concrete fascia panels, as specified in Sections 6- 02.3(16) and 6- 02.3(17). In the fourth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of a shaft installation plan. The last paragraph is deleted. 6- 16.3(3) Shaft Excavation In the third paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: A temporary casing, slurry, or other methods specified in the shaft installation plan shall be used if necessary to ensure such safety and stability. The fourth paragraph is revised to read: Where caving in conditions are encountered, no further excavation will be allowed until the Contractor has implemented the method to prevent ground caving as submitted in accordance with item 4 of the Shaft Installation Plan. The sixth paragraph is revised to read: The excavated shaft shall be inspected and receive acceptance by the Engineer prior to proceeding with construction. 6- 16.3(6)B Temporary Lagging The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of the soldier pile wall lagging design details and supporting design calculations. The submittal shall include, at a minimum, the following: In item number 4 of the second paragraph, "approved by" is revised to read "acceptable to ". The last paragraph (excluding the table) is revised to read: Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 1 -06.1, steel materials used by the Contractor ' as temporary lagging may be salvaged steel provided that the use of such salvaged steel materials shall be subject to visual inspection and acceptance by the Engineer. For salvaged steel materials where the grade of steel cannot be positively identified, the design ' stresses for the steel shall conform to the Section 6- 02.3(17)6 requirements for salvaged steel, regardless of whether rivets are present or not. ' 6- 16.3(6)D Installing Lagging and Permanent Ground Anchor In the last sentence of the second paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. In the last sentence of the fourth paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6- 16.3(8) Concrete Fascia Panel In the first paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6- 17.AP6 ' Section 6 -17, Permanent Ground Anchors August 3, 2015 ' 6- 17.3(3) Submittals The first paragraph is revised to read: ' The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of details and structural design calculations for the ground anchor system or systems intended for use. The second paragraph is revised to read: ' The Contractor shall submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of a detailed description of the construction procedure proposed for use. ' The third paragraph (up until the colon ) is revised to read: ' The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of ground anchor schedule giving: In the fourth paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing detailing the ground anchor tendon and the corrosion protection system. ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 In the fourth paragraph, item number 3 is revised to read: 3. Unbonded length corrosion protection system, including the permanent rubber seal between the trumpet and the tendon unbonded length corrosion protection and the transition between the tendon bond length and the unbonded tendon length corrosion protection. The last five paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following four new paragraphs: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of shop plans as specified in Section 6- 03.3(7) for all structural steel, including the permanent ground anchors. The Contractor shall submit Type 1 Working Drawings consisting of the mix design for the grout conforming to Section 9- 20.3(4) and the procedures for placing the grout. The Contractor shall also submit the methods and materials used in filling the annulus over the unbonded length of the anchor. The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the method proposed to be followed for the permanent ground anchor testing. This shall include all necessary drawings and details to clearly describe the method proposed. The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of calibration data for each Toad cell, test jack, pressure gauge and master pressure gauge to be used. The calibration tests shall have been performed by an independent testing laboratory and tests shall have been performed within 60 calendar days of the date submitted. 6- 17.3(5) Tendon Fabrication In the tenth paragraph, the last sentence is deleted. The twelfth paragraph is revised to read: The total anchor length shall not be less than that indicated in the Plans or the Working Drawing submittal. In the last paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6- 17.3(7) Installing Permanent Ground Anchor In the second paragraph, the third sentence is revised to read: The Contractor's method to prevent ground movement shall be submitted as a Type 2 Working Drawing. In the second paragraph, the second to last sentence is revised to read: At the point of entry the ground anchor shall be installed within plus or minus three degrees of the inclination from horizontal shown in the Plans or the Working Drawing submittal. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 • 6- 18.AP6 Section 6 -18, Shotcrete Facing January 5, 2015 6- 18.3(1) Submittals In the first paragraph, the first sentence (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the following: In the first paragraph, item number 2 is revised to read: 2. Method and equipment used to apply, finish and cure the shotcrete facing. The last paragraph is deleted. 6- 18.3(2) Mix Design In the first paragraph, the second and third sentences are deleted. In the last sentence of the second paragraph, "and approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6- 18.3(3)A Preproduction Testing In the last sentence, "approved" is revised to read "accepted ". 6- 18.3(7) Shotcrete Application In the last paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: If field inspection or testing, by the Engineer, indicates that any shotcrete produced, fails to meet the requirements, the Contractor shall immediately modify procedures, equipment, or system, as necessary to produce specification material. 6- 19.AP6 Section 6 -19, Shafts August 3, 2015 6- 19.3(2) Shaft Construction Submittal The last sentence is revised to read: The submittals shall be Type 2 Working Drawings, except the shaft slurry technical assistance submittal shall be Type 1. 6- 19.3(3) Shaft Excavation In the first paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6- 19.3(3)B4 Temporary Telescoping Shaft Casing In the first paragraph, the first sentence of item number 1 is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit the request to use temporary telescoping casing as a Type 2 Working Drawing. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 6- 19.3(3)D Bottom of Shaft Excavation In the first sentence of the second paragraph, "approved" is revised to read "accepted ". 6- 19.3(3)E Shaft Obstruction In the last sentence, "approved" is revised to read "accepted ". 6- 19.3(3)F Voids Between Permanent Casing and Shaft Excavation In the last sentence, the words "and as approved by the Engineer" are deleted. 6- 19.3(3)G Operating Shaft Excavation Equipment From an Existing Bridge The second sentence is revised to read: If necessary and safe to do so, and if the Contractor submits a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of a written request in accordance with Section 6 -01.6, the Engineer may permit operation of drilling equipment on a bridge. 6- 19.3(3)H Seals for Shaft Excavation in Water The first paragraph is revised to read: When shafts are constructed in water and the Plans show a seal between the casing shoring and the upper portion of the permanent casing of the shaft, the.Contractor shall construct a seal in accordance with the shaft installation narrative specified in Section 6- 19.3(2)B Item 7. The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: If the Contractor uses a casing shoring diameter other than that specified in the Plans, the Contractor shall submit a revised seal design in accordance with Section 6- 19.3(2)B Item 7. 6- 19.3(4)C Slurry Sampling and Testing The second to last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Synthetic slurry shall conform to Section 9- 36.2(2), the quality control plan included in the . shaft installation narrative in accordance with Section 6- 19.3(2)B Item 4. The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: These records shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing once the slurry system has been established in the first drilled shaft on the project. 6- 19.3(4)E Maintenance of a Stable Shaft Excavation In the last sentence of the first paragraph, "approval" is revised to read "review". 6- 19.3(4)F Disposal of Slurry and Slurry Contacted Spoils This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall manage and dispose of the slurry wastewater in accordance with Section 8- 01.3(1)C. Slurry- contacted spoils shall be disposed of as specified in the shaft installation narrative in accordance with Section 6- 19.3(2)B, item 8, and in accordance with the following requirements: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1. Uncontaminated spoils in contact with water -only slurry may be disposed of as clean fill. 2. Uncontaminated spoils in contact with water slurry mixed with flocculants approved in Section 8- O1.3(1)C3 may be disposed of as clean fill away from areas that drain to surface waters of the state. 3. Spoils in contact with synthetic slurry or water slurry with polymer -based additives or flocculants not approved in Section 8- O1.3(1)C3 shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2- 03.3(7)C. With permission of the Engineer, the Contractor may re -use these spoils on -site. 4. Spoils in contact with mineral slurry shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2- O3.3(7)C. With permission of the Engineer, the Contractor may re -use these spoils on -site. 6- 19.3(5)A Steel Reinforcing Bar Cage Assembly In the second to last sentence of the first paragraph, the phrase "as approved by the Engineer" is deleted. 6- 19.3(5)D Steel Reinforcing Bar Cage Support at Base of Shaft Excavation The first sentence is revised to read: For shafts with temporary casing within 15 -feet of the bottom of shaft elevation as specified in the Plans, the Contractor may place quarry spalls or other rock backfili acceptable to the Engineer into the shaft below the specified bottom of shaft elevation as a means to support the steel reinforcing bar cage, provided that the materials and means to accomplish this have been addressed by the shaft installation narrative, as specified in Section 6- 19.3(2)B Item 9. 6- 19.3(6)C Care for CSL Access Tubes From Erection Through CSL Testing In the last sentence, "as approved by the Engineer" is revised to read "acceptable to the Engineer". 6- 19.3(8)C Requirements for Leaving Temporary Casing in Place Item number 1 (up until the colon) is revised to read: 1. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2E Working Drawing of the following information: In item C of item number 1, the phrase "in accordance with Section 6- 01.9" is deleted. Item number 2 is deleted. 6- 19.3(9)D Requirements to Continue Shaft Excavation Prior to Acceptance of First Shaft This section is revised to read: Except as otherwise noted, the Contractor shall not commence subsequent shaft excavations until receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the first shaft, based on the results and analysis of the crosshole sonic log testing for the first shaft. The Contractor may AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 commence subsequent shaft excavations prior to receiving the Engineer's acceptance of the first shaft, provided the following condition is satisfied: The Engineer permits continuing with shaft construction based on the Engineer's observations of the construction of the first shaft, including, but not limited to, conformance to the shaft installation narrative in accordance with Section 6- 19.3(2)B, and the Engineer's review of Contractor's daily reports and Inspector's daily logs concerning excavation, steel reinforcing bar placement, and concrete placement. 6- 19.3(9)F Contractor's Investigation and Remedial Action Plan This section is revised to read: For all shafts determined to be unacceptable, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of a plan for further investigation or remedial action. All modifications to the dimensions of the shafts, as shown in the Plans, required by the investigation and remedial action plan shall be supported by calculations and working drawings. All investigation and remedial correction procedures and designs shall be submitted. 6- 19.3(9)H Cored Holes The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Prior to beginning coring, the Contractor shall submit Type 2 Working Drawings consisting of the method and equipment used to drill and remove cores from shaft concrete. 6 -19.4 Measurement The ninth paragraph is revised to read: Steel reinforcing bar for shaft and epoxy - coated steel reinforcing bar for shaft will be measured as specified in Section 6 -02.4. 6 -19.5 Payment The following new paragraph is inserted before the second to last paragraph: If drilled shaft tools, cutting teeth, casing or Kelly bar is damaged as a result of the obstruction removal work, the Contractor will be compensated for the costs to repair this equipment in accordance with Section 1 -09.6. 7- 02.AP7 Section 7 -02, Culverts August 3, 2015 7 -02.2 Materials This first two paragraphs are revised to read: Materials shall meet the requirements of the following Sections: Portland Cement 9 -01 Aggregate for Portland Cement Concrete 9 -03.1 Plain Concrete Culvert Pipe 9- 05.3(1) Reinforced Concrete Culvert Pipe 9- 05.3(2) AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 Beveled Concrete End Sections 9- 05.3(3) Steel Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arch 9 -05.4 Steel Nestable Pipe and Pipe Arch 9- 05.4(8) Steel End Sections 9- 05.4(9) Aluminum Culvert Pipe 9 -05.5 Aluminum End Sections 9- 05.5(6) Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe 9- 05.12(1) Profile Wall PVC Culvert Pipe 9- 05.12(2) Corrugated Polyethylene Culvert Pipe 9- 05.19 Steel Rib Reinforced Polyethylene Culvert Pipe 9 -05.21 High- Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe 9 -05.23 Polypropylene Culvert Pipe 9 -05.24 Steel Reinforcing Bar 9 -07.2 Epoxy- Coated Steel Reinforcing Bar 9 -07.3 Wire Mesh 9 -07.7 Deformed Wire 9 -07.8 Cold Drawn Wire 9 -07.9 Grout 9- 20.3(2) Mortar 9 -20.4 Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures 9 -23 This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: Elastomeric gaskets shall conform to ASTM D 1056 Type 2 Class C Grade 1. 7 -02.3 Construction Requirements This section is supplemented with the following new sub - sections: 7- 02.3(6) Precast Reinf. Conc. Three Sided Structures, Box Culverts and Split Box Culverts The Contractor shall design, fabricate, and erect precast reinforced concrete three sided structures (PRCTSS), precast reinforced concrete box culverts (PRCBC), and precast reinforced concrete split box culverts (PRCSBC) in accordance with these specifications and the details shown in the Plans, including associated footings, slab bases, wingwalls, cutoff walls, and headwalls. 7- 02.3(6)A General Except as otherwise noted by these specifications, the precast Structures (PRCTSS, PRCBC and PRCSBC) shall conform to all requirements of Section 6- 02.3(28). 7- 02.3(6)A1 Design Criteria The precast Structures shall be designed for a minimum service life of 75 -years in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual (M46 -03), WSDOT Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23 -50), and AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, latest edition and current interims in effect on the Bid advertising date, including an HL -93 vehicular live load. Live load for the Extreme Event -I Limit State shall be applied in accordance with WSDOT Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23 -50) Section 3.5. Precast Structures with an overall span length greater than 20 -feet (measured along the centerline of Roadway from inside face to inside face of hydraulic AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 opening) shall be designed for seismic loads in accordance with FHWA- NHI -10- 034, Technical Manual for Design and Construction of Road Tunnels — Civil Elements, Chapter 13. The AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications Section 12.6.1 exemption from seismic loading does not apply. The design shall evaluate the seismic effects of transient racking deformations. Wingwalls, cutoff walls, and headwalls associated with the precast Structures shall be designed in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual (M46 -03) and Chapter 11 of AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, latest edition and current interims in effect on the Bid advertising date, including seismic loads. The Contractor shall use the geotechnical report prepared for this project and available through the source(s) specified in the Special Provisions under Section 1- 02.4(2). Whenever the minimum finished backfill or surfacing depth above the top of the Structure is less than 1' -0" (except when the top of the Structure is directly exposed to vehicular traffic), either all steel reinforcing bars in the span unit shall be epoxy- coated with 1 -1/2" minimum concrete cover from the face of concrete to the face of the top mat of steel reinforcing bars, or the minimum concrete cover shall be 2 -1/2 ". Whenever the top of the Structure is directly exposed to vehicular traffic, all steel reinforcing bars in the span unit shall be epoxy- coated and the minimum concrete cover dimension from face of concrete to the face of the top mat of steel reinforcing bars shall be 2 -1/2 ". Concrete cover from the face of any concrete surface to the face of any steel reinforcement shall be 1 -inch minimum at all other locations. 7- 02.3(6)A2 Submittals The Contractor shall submit Type 2E Working Drawings consisting of shop drawings of the precast Structures with supporting design calculations. In addition to items 1 through 6 under shop drawing content requirements in Section 6- 02.3(28)A, the following shop drawing details shall be submitted: 1. Footing and slab base details for PRCTSS. 2. Wingwall, headwall, and cutoff wall details. 3. Erection and backfill procedure. 4. Complete, site specific, itemized bar list for all steel reinforcement. If water is expected to be present in the excavation, or is found to be present once excavation begins, the Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of a dewatering plan. For precast Structures with a span length greater than 20 -feet (as defined in Section 7- 02.3(6)A1), the Working Drawing submittal shall include a Toad rating prepared in accordance with the AASHTO Manual for Bridge Evaluation and WSDOT Bridge Design Manual LRFD (M23 -50) Section 13. Soil pressures used AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 shall include effects from the backfill material and compaction methods, and shall be in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual (M46 -03) and the geotechnical report prepared for the project. 7- 02.3(6)A3 Casting Concrete shall conform to Section 6- 02.3(28)B, with a 28 -day compressive strength as specified in the Working Drawings submittal. 7- 02.3(6)A4 Excavation and Bedding Preparation All excavated material shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2- 09.3(1)D. If water is present within the excavation, the Contractor shall dewater the excavated area in accordance with the dewatering plan Working Drawing submittal before placing the bedding material. The bedding for the precast Structure, consisting of the backfill elements shown in the Plans, shall be placed and compacted in accordance with Section 7- 08.3(1)C. 7- 02.3(6)B Precast Reinf. Conc. Three Sided Structures (PRCTSS) 7- 02.3(6)B1 Design Criteria In addition to the design criteria specified in Section 7- 02.3(6)A1, the following shall apply. PRCTSS shall be precast rigid frames with monolithic upper corners internally reinforced for moment and shear resistance, except as otherwise noted. Connecting separate and individually precast concrete panels together to form the specified three sided frame geometry is acceptable provided the Structure system provides moment and shear resistance from the lateral load from backfill placed full width and full height at one side only of the PRCTSS. 7- 02.3(6)B2 Finishing The Contractor shall mark the following information, using waterproof paint, on the inside of a vertical leg of each precast section of the Structure: 1. PRCTSS span and rise dimensions, minimum and maximum design earth cover dimensions, and vehicular live Toad for design (HL -93). 2. WSDOT Contract Number and date of fabrication. 3. Name or trademark of the fabricator. 7- 02.3(6)B3 Erection PRCTSS shall be erected and backfilled in accordance with the erection sequence specified in the processed Working Drawings, and the construction equipment restrictions specified in Section 6- 02.3(25)0. Adjacent precast sections shall be connected by welding the weld -tie anchors in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(25)0. After connecting the weld -tie anchors, the Contractor shall paint the exposed metal surfaces with one coat of field primer conforming to Section 9- 08.1(2)F. Keyways shall be filled with grout conforming to Section 6- 02.3(25)0. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 7- 02.3(6)C Precast Reinf. Conc. Box Culverts (PRCBC) and Precast Reinf. Conc. Split Box Culverts (PRCSBC) 7- 02.3(6)C1 Casting PRCSBC shall consist of lid elements and "U" shaped base elements. The vertical legs of the "U" shaped base elements shall be full height matching the rise of the culvert, except as otherwise specified for culvert spans greater than 20 -feet. For PRCSBC spans greater than 20 -feet (as defined in Section 7- 02.3(6)A1), the lid elements may include vertical legs of a maximum length of 4 -feet, provided the legs of the base and top units are connected in accordance with Section 7- 02.3(6)C3. The joints of the "U" shaped base elements and the lid elements shall be staggered such that the lid element joints occur between quarter- points of the base element. When the top unit includes vertical legs, the legs of the base and top units shall be connected by weld -tie anchors in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(25)0. The weld -tie anchor spacing shall not exceed 6' -0 ". 7- 02.3(6)C2 Finishing The following information shall be legibly and permanently marked on one inside face of each PRCBC element, or one inside face of each PRCSBC "U" shaped base element by indentation, waterproof paint, or other means acceptable to the Engineer: 1. Box section span and rise dimensions, minimum and maximum design earth cover dimensions, and vehicular live Toad for design (HL -93). 2. WSDOT Contract Number and date of fabrication. 3. Name or trademark of the fabricator. 7- 02.3(6)C3 Erection PRCBC and PRCSBC shall be erected and backfilled in accordance with the erection sequence specified in the Working Drawing submittal, and the construction equipment restrictions specified in Section 6- 02.3(25)0. Elastomeric gaskets shall be installed at all joints between precast elements (except weld -tie connected joints), and shall be in full contact with both precast elements at the joint prior to the remainder of the joint being completely filled with grout. When the top unit of a PRCSBC includes vertical legs, the legs of the base and top units shall be connected by welding the weld -tie anchors in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(25)0. After connecting the weld -tie anchors, the Contractor shall paint the exposed metal surfaces with one coat of field primer conforming to Section 9- 08.1(2)F. Keyways shall be filled with grout conforming to Section 6- 02.3(25)0. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 7 -02.5 Payment This section is supplemented with the following three new Bid items: "Precast Reinf. Conc. Three Sided Structure No._ ", lump sum. "Precast Reinf. Conc. Box Culvert No. ", lump sum. "Precast Reinf. Conc. Split Box Culvert No._ ", lump sum. 8- 01.AP8 Section 8 -01, Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control August 3, 2015 8 -01.2 Materials This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: For all seed the. Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with the following documentation: 1. The state or provincial seed dealer license and endorsements. 2. Copies of Washington State Department of Agriculture (WSDA) test results on each lot of seed. Test results must be within six months prior to the date of application. 8- 01.3(1)A Submittals The first sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: Modified TESC Plans shall meet all requirements of the current edition of the WSDOT Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Manual M 3109. 8- 01.3(1)C Water Management Items number 1 through 3 are deleted. This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 8- 01.3(1)C1 Disposal of Dewatering Water When uncontaminated groundwater with a pH range of 6.5 — 8.5 is encountered in an excavation on a project covered by a NPDES Construction Stormwater General Permit, it may be disposed of as follows: 1. When the turbidity of the groundwater is 25 NTU or less, it may bypass detention and treatment facilities and be discharged into the stormwater conveyance system at a rate that will not cause erosion or flooding in the receiving surface water body. 2. When the turbidity of the groundwater is not more than 25 NTU above or 125% of the turbidity of the site stormwater runoff, whichever is greater, the same detention and treatment facilities as used to treat the site runoff may be used. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 3. When the turbidity of the groundwater is more than 25 NTU above or 125% of the turbidity of the site stormwater runoff, whichever is greater, the groundwater shall be treated separately from the site stormwater. Alternatively, the Contractor may pursue independent disposal and treatment alternatives that do not use the stormwater conveyance system. 8- 01.3(1)C2 Process Wastewater Wastewater generated on -site as a byproduct of a construction process shall not be discharged to surface waters of the State. Some sources of process wastewater may be infiltrated in accordance with the NPDES Construction Stormwater General Permit. 8- 01.3(1)C3 Shaft Drilling Slurry Wastewater Wastewater generated on -site during shaft drilling activity shall be managed and disposed of in accordance with the requirements below. No shaft drilling slurry wastewater shall be discharged to surface waters of the State. Neither the sediment nor liquid portions of the shaft drilling slurry wastewater shall be contaminated, as detectable by visible or olfactory indication (e.g., chemical sheen or smell). 1. Water -only shaft drilling slurry or water slurry with approved flocculants may be infiltrated on -site. Flocculants used shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 14.5(1) or shall be chitosan products listed as General Use Level Designation (GULD) on the Department of Ecology's stormwater treatment technologies webpage for construction treatment. Infiltration is permitted if the following requirements are met: a. Wastewater shall have a pH of 6.5 — 8.5 prior to discharge. b. The source water meets drinking water standards or the Groundwater Quality Criteria listed in WAC 173- 200 -040. c. The amount of flocculant added to the slurry shall be kept to the minimum needed to adequately settle out solids. The flocculant shall be thoroughly mixed into the slurry. d. Infiltration locations shall be at least 100 feet away from surface waters, wells, on -site sewage systems, aquifer- sensitive recharge areas, sole source aquifers, and well -head protection areas. Before infiltration begins, there shall be a minimum of 5 feet of unsaturated soil between the soil surface receiving the wastewater for infiltration and the groundwater surface (i.e., saturated soil). e. The slurry removed from the shaft shall be contained in a Teak proof cell or tank for a minimum of 3 hours. f. Within a 24 hour period, a maximum of 21,000 gallons of slurry wastewater may be infiltrated in an infiltration location. The infiltration rate shall be reduced if needed to prevent wastewater from leaving the infiltration location. The infiltration site shall be monitored regularly during infiltration activity. All wastewater discharged to the ground must fully infiltrate and discharges must stop before the end of each work day. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 g. After infiltration activity is complete, loose sediment in the infiltration location that may have resulted from the infiltration activity or the removal of BMPs used to manage infiltration activity shall be stabilized to prevent mobilization by stormwater runoff. h. Drilling spoils and settled sediments remaining in the containment cell or tank shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 6- 19.3(4)F. i. Infiltration locations shall be marked on the on -site temporary erosion and sediment control (TESC) plan sheets before the infiltration activity begins. Prior to infiltrating water -only shaft drilling slurry or water slurry with approved flocculants, the Contractor shall submit a Shaft Drilling Slurry Wastewater Management and Infiltration Plan as a Type 2 Working Drawing. This Plan shall be kept on- site, adapted if needed to meet the construction requirements, and updated to reflect what is being done in the field. The Working Drawing shall include, at a minimum, the following information: Plan sheet showing the proposed infiltration location and all surface waters, wells, on -site sewage systems, aquifer- sensitive recharge areas, sole source aquifers, and well -head protection areas within 150 feet. ii. The proposed elevation of soil surface receiving the wastewater for infiltration and the anticipated phreatic surface (Le., saturated soil). iii. The source of the water used to produce the slurry. iv. The estimated total volume of wastewater to be infiltrated. v. The approved flocculant to be used (if any). vi. The controls or methods (e.g., trenches, traps, berms, silt fence, dispersion, or discharge metering devices) that will be used to prevent surface wastewater runoff from leaving the infiltration location. The Working Drawing shall include all pertinent design details (e.g., sizing of trenches or traps, placement or height of berms, application techniques) needed to demonstrate the proposed controls or methods are adequate to prevent surface wastewater runoff from leaving the infiltration location. vii. The strategy for removing slurry wastewater from the shaft and containing the slurry wastewater once it has been removed from the shaft. viii. The strategy for monitoring infiltration activity and adapting methods to ensure compliance. ix. A contingency plan that can be implemented immediately if it becomes evident that the controls in place or methods being used are not adequate. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 x. The strategy for cleaning up the infiltration location after the infiltration activity is done. Cleanup shall include stabilizing any loose sediment on the surface within the infiltration area generated as a byproduct of suspended solids in the infiltrated wastewater or soil disturbance associated with BMP placement and removal. 2. Shaft drilling mineral slurry, synthetic•slurry, or slurry with polymer additives not approved for infiltration shall be contained and disposed of by the Contractor at an approved disposal facility in accordance with Section 2- 03.3(7)C. Spoils that have come into contact with mineral slurry shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 6- 19.3(4)F. 8- 01.3(1)C4 Management of Off -Site Water Prior to disruption of the normal watercourse, the Contractor shall intercept the off-site surface water and pipe it either through or around the project site to prevent it from coming into contact with construction activity or mixing with construction stormwater. It shall be discharged at its preconstruction outfall point in such a manner that there is no increase in erosion downstream of the site. The Contractor shall submit a Type 2 Working Drawing consisting of the method for performing this Work. 8- 01.3(2)A Preparation for Application This section's content is deleted andreplaced with the following two new subsections: 8- 01.3(2)A1 Seeding Areas to be cultivated are shown in the Plans or specified in the Special Provisions. The areas shall be cultivated to the depths specified to provide a reasonably firm but friable seedbed. Cultivation shall take place no sooner than 2 weeks prior to seeding. All areas to be seeded, including excavated slopes shall be compacted and prepared unless otherwise specified or ordered by the Engineer. A cleated roller, crawler tractor, or similar equipment that forms longitudinal depressions at least 2 inches deep shall be used for compaction and preparation of the surface to be seeded. The entire area shall be uniformly covered with longitudinal depressions formed perpendicular to the natural flow of water on the slope. The soil shall be conditioned with sufficient water so the longitudinal depressions remain in the soil surface until completion of the seeding. Prior to seeding, the finished grade of the soil shall be 1 inch below the top of all curbs, junction and valve boxes, walks, driveways, and other Structures. The soil shall be in a weed free and bare condition. All bags of seed shall be brought to the site in sealed bags and shall have seed labels attached showing the seed meets the Specifications. Seed which has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged in transit or storage will not be accepted. 8- 01.3(2)A2 Temporary Seeding A cleated roller, crawler tractor, or similar equipment that forms longitudinal depressions at least 2 inches deep shall be used for compaction and preparation of the surface to be seeded. The entire area shall be uniformly covered with longitudinal depressions formed perpendicular to the natural flow of water on the slope. The soil shall be conditioned with AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 sufficient water so the longitudinal depressions remain in the soil surface until completion of the seeding. 8- 01.3(2)B Seeding and Fertilizing In the list in the second paragraph, item numbers 1 -5 are revised to read: 1. A hydro seeder that utilizes water as the carrying agent, and maintains continuous agitation through paddle blades. It shall have an operating capacity sufficient to agitate, suspend, and mix into a homogeneous slurry the specified amount of seed and water or other material. Distribution and discharge lines shall be large enough to prevent stoppage and shall be equipped with a set of hydraulic discharge spray nozzles that will provide a uniform distribution of the slurry. 2. Blower equipment with an adjustable disseminating device capable of maintaining a constant, measured rate of material discharge that will ensure an even distribution of seed at the rates specified. 3. Helicopters properly equipped for aerial seeding. 4. Power -drawn drills or seeders. 5. Areas in which the above methods are impractical may be seeded by hand methods. 8- 01.3(2)C Liming This section including title is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 8- 01.3(2)C Vacant 8- 01.3(2)D Mulching The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Distribution of straw mulch material shall be by means that utilizes forced air to blow mulch material on seeded areas. 8- 01.3(11) Outlet Protection In the last sentence, "Section 9 -13.6" is revised to read "Section 9- 13.1(5) ". 8 -01.4 Measurement In the twelfth paragraph, "liming" is deleted. 8 -01.5 Payment The bid item "Liming ", per acre is deleted. 8- 02.AP8 Section 8 -02, Roadside Restoration January 5, 2015 8- 02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction The last sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 This Work shall include keeping the planted and seeded areas free from insect infestation, weeds or unwanted vegetation, litter, and other debris along with retaining the finished grades and mulch in a neat uniform condition. 8- 02.3(2) Roadside Work Plan This section's title is revised to read: Work Plans This section's content is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new subsections: 8- 02.3(2)A Roadside Work Plan Before starting any Work that disturbs the earth and as described in Sections 8 -01, 8 -02 and 8 -03, the Contractor shall submit a roadside work plan. The roadside work plan shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing and shall define the Work necessary to provide all Contract requirements, including: wetland excavation, soil preparation, habitat structure placement, planting area preparation, seeding area preparation, bark mulch and compost placement, seeding, planting, plant replacement, irrigation, and weed control in narrative form. The Roadside Work Plan shall also include a copy of the approved progress schedule. 8- 02.3(2)B Weed and Pest Control Plan The Weed and Pest Control Plan shall be submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. The weed and pest control plan shall include scheduling and methods of all control measures required under the Contract or proposed by the Contractor including soil preparation methods to meet the required soil surface conditions in the planting, bark mulch, and wetland areas. The weed control plan shall show general weed control including hand, mechanical and chemical methods, timing, application of herbicides including type, rate, use and timing, mowing, and noxious weed control. Target weeds and unwanted vegetation to be removed shall be identified and listed in the weed control plan. The plan shall be prepared and signed by a licensed Commercial Pest Control Operator or Consultant when chemical pesticides are proposed. The plan shall include methods of weed control; dates of weed control operations; and the name, application rate, and Material Safety Data Sheets of all proposed herbicides. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a copy of the current product label for each pesticide and spray adjuvant to be used. These product labels shall be submitted with the weed control plan for approval. 8- 02.3(2)C Plant Establishment Plan The Plant Establishment Plan shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements of Section 8- 02.3(13) and submitted as a Type 1 Working Drawing. The Plan shall show the proposed scheduling of activities, materials, equipment to be utilized for the first -year plant establishment, and an emergency contact person. The Plan shall include the management of the irrigation system, when applicable. Should the plan become unworkable at any time during the first -year plant establishment, the Contractor shall submit a revised plan prior to proceeding with further Work. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 ' 8- 023(3) Weed and Pest Control This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 1 Grass, including grass applied in accordance with Section 8 -01, growing within the mulch ring of a plant shall be considered a weed and be controlled on the project in accordance with the weed and pest control plan. ' 8- 02.3(4) Topsoil The last sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 1 After the topsoil has been spread, all large clods, hard lumps, and rocks 2 inches in diameter and larger, and litter shall be raked up, removed, and disposed of by the 1 Contractor. The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: 1 Topsoil stockpiled for project use shall be protected to prevent erosion and weed growth. Weed growth on topsoil stockpile sites shall be immediately eliminated in accordance with the approved Weed and Pest Control Plan. 8- 02.3(4)C Topsoil Type C The last sentence is revised to read: ' Topsoil Type C shall meet the requirements of Sections 8- 02.3(4), 8- 02.3(4)B, and 9- 14.1(3). ' 8 -02.3 12 Completion of Initial Planting ) letion p 9 Item number 4 in the last paragraph is deleted. 8- 02.3(13) Plant Establishment The first sentence of the second paragraph is deleted. ' The second paragraph is supplemented with the following new sentence: The 1 calendar year shall be extended an amount equal to any periods where the Contractor does not comply with the plant establishment plan. The first sentence of the fourth paragraph is revised to read: During the first year of plant establishment under PSIPE ( Plant Selection Includin g Plant Establishment), the Contractor shall meet monthly with the Engineer for the purpose of joint 1 inspection of the planting material on a mutually agreed upon schedule The last two paragraphs are deleted. 1 8 -02.4 Measurement This section is supplemented with the following: 1 Plant selection will be measured per each. PSIPE _ (Plant Selection Including Plant Establishment) will be measured per each. ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 8 -02.5 Payment The paragraph following the bid item "Topsoil Type ", per acre is revised to read: The unit Contract price per acre for "Topsoil Type " shall be full payment for all costs for the specified Work. The bid item "PSIPE ", per each and the paragraph following the bid item are revised to read: "PSIPE _ ", per each. The unit Contract price for "Plant Selection _ ", per each, and "PSIPE ", per each, shall be full pay for all Work necessary for weed control within the planting area, planting area preparation, fine grading, planting, cultivating, plant storage and protection, fertilizer and root dip, staking, cleanup, and water necessary to complete planting operations as specified to the end of first year plant establishment. The bid item "Plant Establishment - Year" is deleted. 8- O4.AP8 Section 8 -04, Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways January 5, 2015 8 -04.2 Materials The referenced section for the following item is revised to read: Hand Placed Riprap 9- 13.1(4) 8- 04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways The first sentence in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: Expansion joints in the curb or curb and gutter shall be spaced as shown in the Plans, and placed at the beginning and ends of curb returns, drainage Structures, bridges, and cold joints with existing curbs and gutters. In the third sentence of the fourth paragraph, "1/4-inch" is revised to read "% /8- inch ". 8- O4.3(1)A Extruded Cement Concrete Curb The second sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: Cement concrete curbs shall be anchored to the existing pavement by placing steel reinforcing bars 1 foot on each side of every joint. The third paragraph is revised to read: Steel reinforcing bars shall meet the dimensions shown in the Standard Plans. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 8- O9.AP8 Section 8 -09, Raised Pavement Markers ' April 7, 2014 8- 09.3(6) Recessed Pavement Marker The following sentence is inserted after the first sentence of the first paragraph: The Contractor shall ensure that grinding of the pavement does not result in any damage, 1 (e.g. chipping, spalling or raveling) to the pavement to remain. 8- 11.AP8 ' Section 8 -11, Guardrail April 7, 2014 ' 8- 11.3(1) Beam Guardrail ' After the below Amendments to 8- 11.3(1)F and 8- 11.3(1)G are applied, this section is supplemented with the following new sub - section: 8- 11.3(1)F Removing and Resetting Beam Guardrail ' The Contractor shall remove and reset existing guardrail posts, rail element, hardware and blocks to the location shown in the Plans. The mounting height of reset rail element shall be at the height shown in the Plans. The void caused by the removal of the post shall be 1 backfilled and compacted. The Contractor shall remove and replace any existing guardrail posts and blocks that are ' not suited for re -use, as staked by the Engineer. The void caused by the removal of the post shall be backfilled and compacted. The Contractor shall then furnish and install a new guardrail post to provide the necessary mounting height. 8- 11.3(1)A Erection of Posts The second paragraph in this section is deleted. ' 8- 11.3(1)C Terminal and Anchor Installation The last sentence in the last paragraph is deleted. ' 8- 11.3(1)F Plans This section number is revised to: 8- 11.3(1)G 8- 11.3(1)G Guardrail Construction Exposed to Traffic ' This section number is revised to: 8- 11.3(1)H 1 1 ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 8- 18.AP8 Section 8 -18, Mailbox Support August 4, 2014 8- 18.3(1) Type 3 Mailbox Support In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: With the Engineer's consent, a Type 3 Mailbox Support design, made of steel or other durable material, that meets the NCHRP 350 or the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH) crash test criteria may be used in place of the design shown in the Standard Plans. 8- 20.AP8 Section 8 -20, Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation Systems, and Electrical August 3, 2015 8- 20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Supplemental data would include such items as catalog cuts, product Specifications, shop drawings, wiring diagrams, etc. The third paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: If the luminaires are not listed in the Qualified Products List, the Contractor shall submit the following information for each different type of luminaire required on the Contract: The fourth paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit for approval Type 3E Working Drawings in accordance with Section 1 -05.3 for each of the following types of standards called for on this project: The fifth paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor will not be required to submit shop drawings for approval for light standards and traffic signal standards conforming to the preapproved plans listed in the Special Provisions. The Contractor may use preapproved plans posted on the WSDOT website with a more current revision date than published in the Special Provisions. 8- 20.3(1) General The following six new paragraphs are inserted after the second paragraph: If a portion of an existing communication conduit system is damaged due to the Contractor's activities, the affected system shall be restored to original condition. Conduit shall be repaired. Communication cables shall be replaced and the communication system shall be made fully operational within 24 hours of being damaged. Damaged communication cable shall be replaced between existing termination or splice points. No additional termination or splice points will be allowed. An existing termination AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 or splice point is defined as a location where all existing fiber strands or twisted pair wires are terminated or spliced at one point. Communication cable shall be defined as either copper twisted pair or fiber optic cables. The Contractor may use temporary splices to restore Contracting Agency communication systems until the permanent communication cable system is restored. When damage town existing communication system has occurred, the Contractor shall perform the following in addition to other restoration requirements: 1. Inspect the communication raceway system including locate wire or tape to determine the extent of damage. 2. Contact the Engineer for Fiber Optic Cable and Twisted Pair (TWP) Copper Cable acceptance testing requirements and communication system restoration requirements. 3. Initially perform the acceptance tests to determine the extent of damage and also perform the acceptance tests after repairs are completed. Provide written certification that the communication cable system, including the locate wire or tape, is restored to test standard requirements. Communication cables shall be restored by Contractor personnel that are WSDOT prequalified for communication installation work. Restoration shall be considered electrical work when the path of the communication system interfaces with electrical systems. Electrical work of this nature shall be performed by Contractor personnel that are WSDOT prequalified for work on both electrical and communication systems. If the Contractor or Subcontractors are unable or unqualified to complete the restoration work, the Engineer may have the communication or electrical systems restored by other means and subtract the cost from the money that will be or is due the Contractor. When field repair of existing conduit, innerduct or outerduct is required, the repair kits shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Repair kits and each connection point between the repair kit and the existing raceway system shall be sealed to prevent air leakage during future cable installation. 8- 20.3(5)B Conduit Type This section is revised to read: Conduit shall be rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC), high density polyethylene (HDPE), rigid metal or flexible metal depending on the application. Rigid metal conduit shall be installed at the following locations: 1. Within railroad right of way. 2. All surface- mounted conduit, with the exception of pole risers. 3. All runs within slip form placed concrete. Unless otherwise required by the owning utility: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1. Service lateral runs shall be Schedule 80 PVC or Schedule 80 HDPE. 2. Pole risers shall be Schedule 80 PVC. Conduit runs, including outer -duct, that enter the traveled way or shoulders shall be 'Schedule 80 HDPE, Schedule 80 PVC, or rigid metal. Conduit runs, including outer -duct, that do not enter the traveled way or shoulders shall be Schedule 80 HDPE, Schedule 40 PVC or rigid metal. Flexible metal conduit is allowed only at locations called for in the Plans. Except as described under Non - Metallic Conduit, unless otherwise indicated in the Plans or Standard Plans, the same type of conduit shall be used for the entire length of the run, from outlet to outlet. Innerduct shall have a smooth wall non ribbed interior surface, with factory pre - lubricated coating. Innerduct within the Traveled Way or Shoulders and innerduct which is not factory installed shall be Schedule 40 HDPE. The innerduct shall be continuous with no splices. Innerduct which is pulled into the outer duct in the field shall be installed with an extra 2 feet of conduit beyond each end of the outer -duct and shall be allowed to finish contracting for 21 calendar days before it is terminated. Innerduct shall be terminated with end bells flush to 1/4-inch out of the outer -duct and the space between the outer -duct and innerduct shall be sealed with rodent and moisture resistant foam designed for this application and installed per manufacturer's recommendations. 8- 20.3(8) Wiring The second sentence in the eleventh paragraph is revised to read: Every conductor at every wire termination, connector, or device shall have an approved wire marking sleeve bearing, as its legend, the circuit number indicated in the Contract. 8- 20.3(13)A Light Standards In the third paragraph, the last sentence of item number 1 is revised to read: Conduit shall extend a maximum of 1 inch above the top of the foundation, including grounding end bushing or end bell bushing. In the fourth paragraph, the second sentence of item number 1 is revised to read: Conduits shall be cut to a maximum height of 2 inches above the foundation including grounding end bushing or end bell bushing. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 8- 21.AP8 Section 8 -21, Permanent Signing 1 August 3, 2015 8 -21.2 Materials IThis section is revised to read: Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 1 Roadside Sign Structures 9 -06.16 Permanent Signs 9 -28 ISign Support Structures 9 -28.14 The Contractor shall submit a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance for all permanent I signs; a copy of the Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance shall be available at the fabricator's plant. Permanent signs will be inspected at the fabricator's plant prior to shipment to the project unless otherwise accepted by the Engineer. Signs without an 1 approved decal shall not be installed on the project with the exception of double -faced signs which do not receive decals or fabricator's stickers. 8- 21.3(9)F Foundations IThe first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: The excavation and backf ill shall conform to the requirements of Section 2 -09.3. 1 8- 22.AP8 ' Section 8 -22, Pavement Marking April 6, 2015 ' 8- 22.3(6) Removal of Pavement Markings The second and third sentences of the first paragraph are revised to read: ' Grinding to remove pavement markings is allowed prior to application of a Bituminous Surface Treatment. Grinding to remove pavement marking from hot mix asphalt and cement concrete pavements is allowed to a depth just above the pavement surface, then water blasting or shot blasting shall be required to remove the remaining markings. 8- 23.AP8 ' Section 8 -23, Temporary Pavement Markings January 5, 2015 This section's content is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new sub - sections: 8 -23.1 Description The Work consists of furnishing, installing, and removing temporary pavement markings. Temporary pavement markings shall be provided where noted in the Plans; for all lane shifts and detours resulting from construction activities; or when permanent markings are 1 removed because of construction operations. ' AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 8 -23.2 Materials Materials for temporary markings shall be paint, plastic, tape, raised pavement markers or flexible raised pavement markers. Materials for pavement markings shall meet the following requirements: Raised Pavement Markers 9 -21 Temporary Marking Paint 9- 34.2(6) Plastic 9 -34.3 Glass Beads for Pavement Marking Materials 9 -34.4 Temporary Pavement Marking Tape 9 -34.5 Temporary Flexible Raised Pavement Markers 9 -34.6 8.23.3 Construction Requirements 8- 23.3(1) General The Contractor shall select the type of pavement marking material in accordance with the Contract. 8- 23.3(2) Preliminary Spotting All preliminary layout and marking in preparation for application or removal of temporary pavement markings shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 8- 23.3(3) Preparation of Roadway Surface Surface preparation for temporary pavement markings shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 8- 23.3(4) Pavement Marking Application 8- 23.3(4)A Temporary Pavement Markings — Short Duration Temporary pavement markings — short duration shall meet the following requirements: Temporary Center Line — A BROKEN line used to delineate adjacent lanes of traffic moving in opposite directions. The broken pattern shall be based on a 40 -foot unit, consisting of a 4 -foot line with a 36 -foot gap if paint or tape is used. If temporary raised pavement markers are used, the pattern shall be based on a 40 -foot unit, consisting of a grouping of three temporary raised pavement markers, each spaced 3 feet apart, with a 34 foot gap. Temporary Edge Line — A SOLID line used on the edges of Traveled Way, The line shall be continuous if paint or tape is used. If temporary raised pavement markers are used, the line shall consist of markers installed continuously at 5 -foot spacing. Temporary Lane Line — A BROKEN line used to delineate adjacent lanes with traffic traveling in the same direction. The broken pattern shall be based on a 40 -foot unit, consisting of a 4 -foot line with a 36 -foot gap, if paint or tape is used. If temporary raised pavement markers are used, the pattern shall be based on a 40 -foot unit, consisting of a grouping of three temporary raised pavement markers, each spaced 3 feet apart, with a 34 foot gap. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Lane line and right edge line shall be white in color. Center line and left edge line shall be yellow in color. Edge lines shall be installed only if specifically required in the Contract. All temporary pavement markings shall be retroreflective. 8- 23.3(4)A1 Temporary Pavement Marking Paint Paint used for short duration temporary pavement markings shall be applied in one application at a thickness of 15 mils or 108 square feet per gallon. Glass beads shall be in accordance with Section 8- 22.3(3)G. 8- 23.3(4)A2 Temporary Pavement Marking Tape Application of temporary pavement marking tape shall be in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Black mask pavement marking tape shall mask the existing line in its entirety. 8- 23.3(4)A3 Temporary Raised Pavement Markers Temporary raised pavement markers are not allowed on bituminous surface treatments. 8- 23.3(4)A4 Temporary Flexible Raised Pavement Markers Flexible raised pavement markers are required for new applications of bituminous surface treatments. Flexible raised pavement markers are not allowed on other pavement types unless otherwise specified or approved by the Engineer. Flexible raised pavement markers shall be installed with the protective cover in place. The cover shall be removed immediately after spraying asphaltic material. 8- 23.3(4)B Temporary Pavement Markings - Long Duration Application of paint, pavement marking tape and plastic for long duration pavement markings shall meet the requirements of Section 8- 22.3(3); application of raised pavement markers shall meet the requirements of Section 8 -09.3; and application of flexible pavement markings shall be in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 8- 23.3(4)C Tolerance for Lines Tolerance for lines shall conform to Section 8- 22.3(4). 8- 23.3(4)D Maintenance of Pavement Markings Temporary pavement markings shall be maintained in serviceable condition throughout the project until permanent pavement markings are installed. As directed by the Engineer; temporary pavement markings that are damaged, including normal wear by traffic, shall be repaired or replaced immediately. Repaired and replaced pavement markings shall meet the requirements for the original pavement marking. 8- 23.3(4)E Removal of Pavement Markings Removal of temporary paint is not required prior to paving; all other temporary pavement markings shall be removed. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 All temporary pavement markings that are required on the wearing course prior to construction of permanent pavement markings and are not a part of the permanent markings shall be completely removed concurrent with or immediately subsequent to the construction of the permanent pavement markings. Temporary flexible raised pavement markers on bituminous surface treatment pavements shall be cut off flush with the surface if their location conflicts with the alignment of the permanent pavement markings. All other temporary pavement markings shall be removed in accordance with Section 8- 22.3(6). All damage to the permanent Work caused by removing temporary pavement markings shall be repaired by the Contractor at no. additional cost to the Contracting Agency. 8 -23.4 Measurement Temporary pavement markings will be measured by the linear foot of each installed line or grouping of markers, with no deduction for gaps in the line or markers and no additional measurement for the second application of paint required for long duration paint lines. Short duration and long duration temporary pavement markings will be measured for the initial installation only. 8 -23.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal: "Temporary Pavement Marking — Short Duration ", per linear foot. "Temporary Pavement Marking — Long Duration ", per linear foot. The unit Contract price per linear foot for `Temporary Pavement Marking — Short Duration" and `Temporary Pavement Marking — Long Duration" shall be full pay for all Work. 9- 01.AP9 Section 9 -01, Portland Cement August 3, 2015 9- 01.2(3) Low Alkali Cement This section is revised to read: When low alkali portland cement is required, the percentage of alkalies in the cement shall not exceed 0.60 percent by weight calculated as Na20 plus 0.658 K20. This limitation shall apply to all types of portland cement. 9- 01.2(4) Blended Hydraulic Cement The first paragraph is revised to read: Blended hydraulic cement shall be either Type IP(X)(MS), Type IS(X)(MS), Type IT(PX)(LY), Type IT(SX)(LY), or Type IL(X) cement conforming to AASHTO M 240 or ASTM C 595, except that the portland cement used to produce blended hydraulic cement AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 shall not contain more than 0.75 percent alkalies by weight calculated as Na20 plus 0.658 K20 and shall meet the following additional requirements: 1. Type IP(X)(MS) - Portland-Pozzolan Cement where (X) equals the targeted percentage of fly ash, the fly ash is limited to a maximum of 35 percent by weight of the cementitious material; (MS) indicates moderate sulfate resistance. 2. Type IS(X)(MS) - Portland Blast- Furnace Slag Cement, where: (X) equals the targeted percentage of ground granulated blast- furnace slag, the ground granulated blast furnace slag is limited to a maximum of 50 percent by weight of the cementitious material; (MS) indicates moderate sulfate resistance. 3. Type IT(PX)(LY), where (PX) equals the targeted percentage of pozzolan, and (LY) equals the targeted percentage of limestone. The pozzolan (PX) shall be Class F fly ash and shall be a minimum of 25% and a maximum of 35 %. (LY) shall be a minimum of 5% and a maximum of 15 %. Separate testing of each source of fly ash at each proposed replacement level shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM C 1012 at the storage temperature prescribed in Section 9.3 of the test procedure, as well as at a storage temperature of 5.0 ± 2.0 °C. Expansion at 1 year shall be 0.10% or less for each test temperature. 4. Type IT(SX)(LY), where (SX) equals the targeted percentage of slag cement, and (LY) equals the targeted percentage of limestone. (SX) shall be a minimum of 30% and a maximum of 50 %. (LY) shall be a minimum of 5% and a maximum of 15 %. Separate testing of each source of slag at each proposed replacement level shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM C 1012 at the storage temperature prescribed in Section 9.3 of the test procedure, as well as at a storage temperature of 5.0 ± 2.0 °C. Expansion at 1 year shall be 0.10% or less for each test temperature. 5. Type IL(X), where (X) equals the targeted percentage of limestone, and shall be a minimum of 5% and a maximum of 15 %. Type IL(X) shall only be used with either 25% to 35% replacement with Class F fly ash, or with 30% to 50% replacement with slag cement. Separate testing of each source of fly ash or slag at each proposed replacement level shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM C 1012 at the storage temperature prescribed in Section 9.3 of the test procedure, as well as at a storage temperature of 5.0 ± 2.0 °C. Expansion at 1 year shall be 0.10% or less for each test temperature. The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: The source and weight of the fly ash or ground granulated blast- furnace slag shall be certified on the cement mill test report or cement certificate of analysis and shall be reported as a percent by weight of the total cementitious material. This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: Limestone shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 240 or ASTM C 595. 9 -01.3 Tests and Acceptance The first paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Cement may be accepted by the Engineer based on the cement mill test report number or cement certificate of analysis number indicating full conformance to the Specifications. All shipments of the cement to the Contractor or concrete supplier shall identify the applicable cement mill test report number or cement certificate of analysis number and shall be provided by the Contractor or concrete supplier with all concrete deliveries. The second paragraph is revised to read: Cement producers/suppliers that certify portland cement or blended cement shall participate in the Cement Acceptance Program as described in WSDOT Standard Practice QC1. 9 -01.4 Storage on the Work Site This section is revised to read: At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide test data to show that cement stored on site for longer than 60 days meets the requirements of 9 -01. Tests shall be conducted on samples taken from the site in the presence of the Engineer. Test results that meet the requirements of 9 -01 shall be valid for 60 days from the date of sampling, after which the Engineer may require further testing. 9- 02.AP9 Section 9 -02, Bituminous Materials April 6, 2015 9- 02.1(4) Performance Graded Asphalt Binder (PGAB) The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: For HMA with greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA or any amount of RAS the new asphalt binder, recycling agent and recovered asphalt (RAP and /or RAS) when blended in the proportions of the mix design shall meet the PGAB requirements of AASHTO M 320 Table 1 for the grade of asphalt binder specified by the Contract. This section is supplemented with the following: The recycling agent used to rejuvenate the recovered asphalt from recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) and reclaimed asphalt shingles (RAS) shall meet the specifications in Table 1: Table 1 RA 1 RA 5 RA 25 Test ASTM Test Method Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Viscosity @ 140 °F cSt D2170 or D2171 50 150 200 800 1000 4000 Flashpoint COC, °F D92 400 400 400 Saturates, Wt.% D2007 30 30 30 Specific D70 or Report Report Report AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Gravity D2198 Tests on Residue from RTFC D2872 Viscosity Ratio' 3 3 3 Mass Change ± 4 4 4 'Viscosity Ratio Original Viscosity = RTFC Viscosity @ 140 °F, cSt @ 140 °F, cSt 9- 02.1(6)A Polymerized Cationic Emulsified Asphalt CRS -2P In the ninth row of the table, "Test" is revised to read "Tests ". The eleventh row in the table is revised to read: Elastic Recovery % The last two rows of the table are deleted. Footnote 2 below the table is revised to read: 2 The residue material for T 301 shall come from the modified distillation per note 1. Footnote 3 below the table is deleted. The last paragraph is deleted. 9- 03.AP9 Section 9 -03, Aggregates August 3, 2015 9- 03.1(2)C Use of Substandard Gradings This section including title is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: Vacant 9- 03.1(4)C Grading In the second paragraph, the first sentence is deleted. The third paragraph is deleted. 9- 03.1(5)B Grading The last paragraph is revised to read: The Contracting Agency may sample each aggregate component prior to introduction to the weigh batcher or as otherwise determined by the Engineer. Each component will be sieve T 3012 50 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 analyzed separately in accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC /AASHTO Test Method T- 27/11. All aggregate components will be mathematically re- combined by the proportions (percent of total aggregate by weight) provided by the Contractor on Concrete Mix Design Form 350 -040. 9- 03.8(1) General Requirements The first paragraph up until the colon is revised to read: Preliminary testing of aggregates for source approval shall meet the following test requirements: The list in the first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Sand Equivalent 45 min. The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph: Aggregate sources that have 100 percent of the mineral material passing the No. 4 sieve shall be limited to no more than 5 percent of the total weight of aggregate. 9- 03.8(2) HMA Test Requirements The second paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: The mix design shall produce HMA mixtures when combined with RAP, RAS, coarse and fine aggregate within the limits set forth in Section 9- 03.8(6) and mixed in the laboratory with the designated grade of asphalt binder, using the Superpave gyratory compactor in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 312, and at the required gyrations for N initial, N design, and N maximum with the following properties: The third paragraph is revised to read: The mix criteria for Hamburg Wheel -Track Testing and Indirect Tensile Strength do not apply to HMA accepted by commercial evaluation. 9- 03.8(3)B Gradation — Recycled Asphalt Pavement and Mineral Aggregate This section is supplemented with the following: For HMA with greater than 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA the RAP shall be processed to ensure that 100 percent of the material passes a sieve twice the size of the maximum aggregate size for the class of mix to be produced. When any amount of RAS is used in the production of HMA the RAS shall be milled, crushed or processed to ensure that 100 percent of the material passes the Y2 inch sieve. Extraneous materials in RAS such as metals, glass, rubber, soil, brick, tars, paper, wood and plastic shall not exceed 2.0 percent by mass as determined on material retained on the No. 4 sieve. 9- 03.14(3) Common Borrow This section is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Material for common borrow shall consist of granular or nongranular soil and/or aggregate which is free of deleterious material. Deleterious material includes wood, organic waste, coal, charcoal, or any other extraneous or objectionable material. The material shall not contain more than 3 percent organic material by weight. The plasticity index shall be determined using test method AASHTO T 89 and AASHTO T 90. The material shall meet one of the options in the soil plasticity table below. Soil Plasticity Table Option Sieve Percent Passing Plasticity Index 1 No. 200 0 - 12 N/A 2 No. 200 12.1 - 35 6 or Less 3 No. 200 Above 35 0 All percentages are by weight. If requested by the Contractor, the plasticity index may be increased with the approval of the Engineer. 9- 03.14(4) Gravel Borrow for Structural Earth Wall In the second table, the row beginning with "pH" is revised to read: pH WSDOTTest 4.5 -9 5 -10 Method T 417 9- 03.21(1) General Requirements The following new paragraph is inserted after the second paragraph: Reclaimed asphalt shingles samples shall contain less than the maximum percentage of asbestos fibers based on testing procedures and frequencies established in conjunction with the specifying jurisdiction and state or federal environmental regulatory agencies. 9- 03.21(1)B Vacant This section, including title, is revised to read: 9- 03.21(1)B Concrete Rubble Concrete rubble shall not be placed below the ordinary high water mark of any water of the State. 9- 03.21(1)D Recycled Steel Furnace Slag This section is supplemented with the following new sentence: Recycled steel furnace slag shall not be placed below the ordinary high water mark of any water of the State. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 9- 03.21(1)E Table on Maximum Allowable Percent (By Weight) of Recycled Material In the table, the "Concrete Rubble" value for the item "Gravel Backfill for Drains" is revised to read "0 ". In the table, the "Concrete Rubble" value for the item " Backfill for Sand Drains" is revised to read "0 ". In the table, the "Concrete Rubble" value for the item "Sand Drainage Blanket" is revised to read "O„ 9- 04.AP9 Section 9 -04, Joint and Crack Sealing Materials August 3, 2015 9- 04.1(4) Elastomeric Expansion Joint Seals In this section, "AASHTO M 220" is revised to read "ASTM D 2628 ". 9 -04.2 Joint Sealants In the first paragraph, "AASHTO M 324" is revised to read "ASTM D 6690 ". 9- 04.2(2) Poured Rubber Joint Sealer In item number 9, "WSDOT Test Method No. 412" is revised to read "ASTM D 5329 ". 9- 04.2(3) Polyurethane Sealant The first paragraph is revised to read: Polyurethane sealant shall conform to ASTM C 920 Type S Grade NS Class 25 Use M or ASTM C 920 Type S Grade NS Class 35 Use M. 9- 05.AP9 Section 9 -05, Drainage Structures and Culverts April 7, 2014 9 -05.13 Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe The first paragraph is deleted. 9- 06.AP9 Section 9 -06, Structural Steel and Related Materials January 5, 2015 9- 06.5(4) Anchor Bolts The third sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Nuts for ASTM F 1554 Grade 36 or 55 black or galvanized anchor bolts shall conform to ASTM A 563, Grade A or DH. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 ' 9- 07.AP9 Section 9 -07, Reinforcing Steel ' August 3, 2015 9 -07.2 Deformed Steel Bars The first sentence is revised to read: Deformed steel bars for concrete reinforcement shall conform to either AASHTO M 31 ' Grade 60 or ASTM A 706 Grade 60, except as otherwise noted in this Section or as shown in the Plans. ' This section is supplemented with the following new sub - section: 9- 07.2(1) Headed Steel Reinforcing Bar ' Headed steel reinforcing bars shall conform to Section 9 -07.2 and ASTM A 970, including Annex Al requirements for Class HA head dimensions. Headed steel reinforcing bars shall be forged headed bars or threaded headed bars. ' 9- 07.5(1) Epoxy- Coated Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation) This section is revised to read: Epoxy- coated dowel bars shall be round plain steel bars of the dimensions shown in the Standard Plans. They shall conform to AASHTO M 31, Grade 60 or ASTM A 615, Grade 60 1 and shall be coated in accordance with ASTM A 1078 Type 2 coating, except that the bars may be cut to length after being coated. Cut ends shall be coated in accordance with ASTM A 1078 with a patching material that is compatible with the coating, inert in concrete ' and recommended by the coating manufacturer. The thickness of the epoxy coating shall be 10 mils plus or minus 2 mils. The Contractor shall furnish a written certification that properly identifies the coating material, the number of each batch of coating material used, ' quantity represented, date of manufacture, name and address of manufacturer, and a statement that the supplied coating material meets the requirements of ASTM A 1078 Type 2 coating. Patching material, compatible with the coating material and inert in concrete and recommended by the manufacturer shall be supplied with each shipment for field repairs by ' the Contractor. ' 9- 07.5(2) Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Pavement) This section's title is revised to read: 9- 07.5(2) Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars (for Cement Concrete Pavement and ' Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation) 9- 08.AP9 1 Section 9-08, Paints and Related Materials January 5, 2015 1 9- 08.1(2)H Top Coat, Single Component, Moisture -Cured Polyurethane The second paragraph is revised to read: 1 AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Color and Gloss: As specified in the Plans or Special Provisions The last item in the requirements list is revised to read: The top coat shall be a gloss or semi -gloss 9- 08.1(8) Standard Colors The second paragraph is deleted. The third paragraph is revised to read: Unless otherwise specified, all top or finish coats shall be gloss or semi - gloss, with the paint falling within the range of greater than 70 for gloss and 35 to 70 for semi -gloss on the 60- degree gloss meter. 9- 09.AP9 Section 9 -09, Timber and Lumber January 6, 2014 9- 09.3(1) General Requirements The fourth paragraph is revised to read: All orders of treated timber and lumber shall be accompanied by a Certificate of Treatment record. The Certificate. of Treatment showing conformance to this specification and AWPA standards shall include the following information: Name and location of the wood preserving company, Customer identification, Date of treatment and charge number, Type of chemical used and amount of retention, Treating process and identification of the Specification used, Boring records verifying treatment penetration for timber and lumber with a nominal dimension of 6" x 6" or larger, Description of material that was treated, and Signature of a responsible plant official. The fifth paragraph is deleted. The first sentence in the last paragraph is revised to read: All timber and lumber to be used in aquatic environments, unless specified otherwise in the Contract, shall be chemically treated using Western Wood Preservers Institute Best Management Practices (BMPs). AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 9- 10.AP9 Section 9 -10, Piling August 3, 2015 9- 10.2(1) Concrete The first paragraph is deleted. The first sentence of the second paragraph is deleted. 9 -10.5 Steel Piling This section is revised to read: The material for rolled steel piling H- piling and pile splices shall conform to ASTM A 36, ASTM A 572 or ASTM A 992. The material for steel pipe piling and splices shall conform to one of the following requirements except as specifically noted in the Plans: 1. API 5L Grade X42 or X52 material may be used for longitudinal seam welded or helical (spiral) seam submerged -arc welded pipe piles of any diameter. 2. ASTM A 252 Grade 2 or 3 material may be used for longitudinal seam welded or helical (spiral) seam submerged -arc welded pipe piles of any diameter. For the purposes of welding and prequalification of base metal, steel pipe pile designated as ASTM A 252 may be treated as prequalified provided the chemical composition conforms to a prequalified base metal classification listed in Table 3.1 of the AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, latest edition, Structural Welding Code, the grade of pipe piling meets or exceeds the grade specified in the Plans, and the carbon equivalent (CE) is a maximum of 0.45 - percent. 3. ASTM A 572 or ASTM A 588 material may be used for longitudinal seam welded piles of any diameter. For helical (spiral) seam submerged -arc welded pipe piles, the maximum radial offset of strip /plate edges shall be 1/8 inch. The offset shall be transitioned with a taper weld and the slope shall not be less than a 1 in 2.5 taper. The weld reinforcement shall not be greater than 3/16 inches and misalignment of weld beads shall not exceed 1/8 inch. Steel soldier piles, and associated steel bars and plates, shall conform to ASTM A 36, ASTM A 572 or ASTM A 992, except as otherwise noted in the Plans. All steel piling may be accepted by the Engineer based on the Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance submitted in accordance with Section 1 -06.3. The manufacturer's certificate of compliance submittal for steel pipe piles shall be accompanied by certified mill test reports, including chemical analysis and carbon equivalence, for each heat of steel used to fabricate the steel pipe piling. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 9- 13.AP9 Section 9 -13, Riprap, Quarry Spalls, Slope Protection, and Rock for Erosion and Scour Protection and Rock Walls January 5, 2015 This section's content is deleted. 9 -13.1 Loose Riprap This section's content, including title and subsections, is revised to read the following: 9 -13.1 Riprap and Quarry Spalls 9- 13.1(1) General Riprap and quarry spalls shall consist of broken stone or broken concrete rubble and shall be free of rock fines, soil, or other extraneous material. Concrete rubble shall not be contaminated by foreign materials such as fibers, wood, steel, asphalt, sealant, soil, plastic and other contaminants or deleterious material. Concrete rubble that is imported to the job site will require testing and certification for toxicity characteristics per Section 9- 03.21(1). The grading of the riprap shall be determined by the Engineer by visual inspection of the Toad before it is dumped into place, or, if so ordered by the Engineer, by dumping individual loads on a flat surface and sorting and measuring the individual rocks contained in the load. Should the riprap contain insufficient spalls, as defined in Section 9- 13.1(5), the Contractor shall furnish and place supplementary spall material. Riprap and quarry spalls shall be free from segregation, seams, cracks, and other defects tending to destroy its resistance to weather and shall conform to the following requirements for quality. Aggregate Property Test Method Requirement Degradation Factor WSDOT T 113 15 minimum Los Angeles Wear, 500 Rev. AASHTO T 96 50% maximum Specific Gravity, SSD _ AASHTO T 85 2.55 minimum 9- 13.1(2) Heavy Loose Riprap Heavy loose riprap shall meet the following requirements for grading: 9- 13.1(3) Light Loose Riprap Light loose riprap shall meet the following requirements for grading: Size Range Maximum Size 20% to 90% 300 lbs. to 1 ton AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Minimum Size Maximum Size 40% to 90% 1 ton (1/2 cubic yd.) 70% to 90% 300 lbs. (2 cu. ft.) 10% to 30% 3 inch 50 lbs. (spalls) 9- 13.1(3) Light Loose Riprap Light loose riprap shall meet the following requirements for grading: Size Range Maximum Size 20% to 90% 300 lbs. to 1 ton AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9- 13.1(4) Hand Placed Riprap Hand placed riprap shall be as nearly rectangular as possible, 60 percent shall have a volume of not less than 1 cubic foot. No stone shall be used which is less than 6 inches thick, nor which does not extend through the wall. 9- 13.1(5) Quarry Spalls Quarry spalls shall meet the following requirements for grading: Sieve Size (2 cu. ft. to 1/2 cu. yd.) 8" 15% to 80% 50 lbs. to 1 ton (1/3 cu. ft. to' /2 cu. yd.) 40 max. 10% to 20% 3 inch 50 lbs. (spalls) 9- 13.1(4) Hand Placed Riprap Hand placed riprap shall be as nearly rectangular as possible, 60 percent shall have a volume of not less than 1 cubic foot. No stone shall be used which is less than 6 inches thick, nor which does not extend through the wall. 9- 13.1(5) Quarry Spalls Quarry spalls shall meet the following requirements for grading: Sieve Size Percent Passing 8" 100 3" 40 max. 3/4" 10 max. 9 -13.2 Hand Placed Riprap This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 9 -13.2 Vacant 9 -13.4 Rock for Erosion Control and Scour Protection The last sentence is revised to read: The use of recycled materials and concrete rubble is not permitted for this application. 9 -13.6 Quarry Spalls This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 9 -13.6 Vacant 9- 14.AP9 Section 9 -14, Erosion Control and Roadside Planting August 3, 2015 9.14.1 Soil This section, including title, is revised to read: 9 -14.1 Topsoil Topsoil shall not contain any recycled material, foreign materials, or any listed Noxious and Nuisance weeds of any Class designated by authorized State or County officials. Aggregate shall not comprise more than 10% by volume of Topsoil and shall not be greater than two inches in diameter. 9- 14.1(2) Topsoil Type B The last sentence of the second paragraph is deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 9 -14.2 Seed This section is revised to read: Seed of the type specified shall be certified in accordance with WAC 16 -302. Seed mixes shall be commercially prepared and supplied in sealed containers. The labels shall show: (1) Common and botanical names .of seed (2) Lot number (3) Net weight (4) Pounds of Pure live seed (PLS) in the mix (5) Origin of seed All seed vendors must have a business license issued by supplier's state or provincial Department of Licensing with a "seed dealer" endorsement. 9 -14.4 Erosion Control and Roadside Planting This section is supplemented with the following new sub - section: 9- 14.4(9) Horticultural Grade Perlite Horticultural grade perlite shall be in a pelletized or granular form. Horticultural grade perlite shall meet the following requirements for quality and grading: Quality Requirements Property • Test Method Note 1 Requirement 6.5 — 8.0 pH (of water slurry) PI 202 Bulk Density, lb /ft PI 200 2 - 10 Note 1 — PI, abbreviation for the Perlite Institute Gradation Requirements Sieve Size Percent Passing No .4 99 —100 No. 18 30 max No. 30 ' 10 max All percentages are by weight. 9- 14.4(3) Bark or Wood Chips This section's title is revised to read: Bark or Wood Chip Mulch The first paragraph is revised to read: Bark or wood chip mulch shall be derived from fir, pine, or hemlock species. It shall not contain resin, tannin, or other compounds in quantities that would be detrimental to plant AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 life. Sawdust shall not be used as mulch. Mulch produced from finished wood products or construction debris will not be allowed. 9- 14.4(5) Lime This section, including title, is revised to read: 9- 14.4(5) Agricultural Grade Dolomite Lime Agricultural grade dolomite lime shall be in a pelletized or granular form, meeting the grading requirements of ASTM C 602 for Class E. ' 9- 14.4(6) Gypsum 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 This section, including title, is revised to read: 9- 14.4(6) Agricultural Grade Gypsum Agricultural grade gypsum shall consist of Calcium Sulfate (CaSO4.2H20) in a pelletized or granular form and shall meet the following grading requirements: Sieve Size Percent Passing 1/4" 99 — 100 No. 20 20 max All percentages are by weight. 9- 14.4(7) Tackifier This section is revised to read: Tackifiers are used as a tie -down for soil, compost, seed, and/or mulch. Tackifiers shall contain no growth or germination- inhibiting materials and shall not reduce infiltration rates. Tackifiers shall hydrate in water and readily blend with other slurry materials. The Contractor shall provide test results documenting the tackifier meets the requirements for Acute Toxicity, Solvents, and Heavy Metals as required in Table 1 in Section 9- 14.4(2). The tests shall be performed at the manufacturer's recommended application rate. 9- 14.4(8) Compost The second paragraph is revised to read: Compost production and quality shall comply with WAC 173 -350. 9- 14.4(8)A Compost Submittal Requirements Item 2 is revised to read: 2. A copy of the Solid Waste Handling Permit issued to the manufacturer by the Jurisdictional Health Department in accordance with WAC 173 -350 (Minimum Functional Standards for Solid Waste Handling). 9- 14.6(1) Description Item number 3 in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 3. Live pole cuttings shall have a diameter between 2 inches and 3.5 inches. Live poles shall have no more than three branches which must be located at the top end of the pole and those branches shall be pruned back to the first bud from the main stem. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 813/15 9- 14.6(2) Quality The second and third paragraphs in this section are revised to read: All plant material shall comply with State and Federal laws with respect to inspection for plant diseases and insect infestation. Plants must meet Washington State Department of Agriculture plant quarantines and have a certificate of inspection. Plants originating in Canada must be accompanied by a phytosanitary certificate stating the plants meet USDA health requirements. All plant material shall be purchased from a nursery licensed to sell plants in their state or province. 9- 15.AP9 Section 9 -15, Irrigation System August 4, 2014 9 -15.18 Detectable Marking Tape In the second paragraph, the table is supplemented with the following new row: Non - Potable Water Purple 9- 16.AP9 Section 9 -16, Fence and Guardrail August 4, 2014 9- 16.2(1)B Wood Fence Posts and Braces In the table, the row beginning with "ACA" js deleted. 9- 19.AP9 Section 9 -19, Prestressed Concrete Girders August 3, 2015 This section, including title, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: Vacant 9- 29.AP9 Section 9 -29, Illumination, Signal, Electrical August 3, 2015 9 -29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9- 29.1(9) Repair Manufacturer repair kits shall be used for field repair of existing conduit, innerduct and outerduct. The conduit repair kit shall be manufactured specifically for the repair of existing damaged conduit, inner duct and outer duct. The repair kit shall be prepackaged and include the split conduit and split couplings necessary to restore the damaged conduit to the original inside dimensions including a water and air tight seal. 9- 29.2(1)B Heavy Duty Junction Boxes The second paragraph is revised to read: The Heavy -Duty Junction Box steel frame, lid support and lid fabricated from steel plate and shapes shall be painted with a shop applied, inorganic zinc primer in accordance with Section 6 -07.3. Ductile iron and gray iron castings shall not be painted. The following new paragraph is inserted after the second paragraph: The concrete used in Heavy -Duty Junction Boxes shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi. In the fourth paragraph (after the preceding Amendment is applied), the table is revised to read: Materials Requirement Concrete Section 6 -02 Reinforcing Steel Section 9 -07 Lid ASTM A 786 diamond plate steel, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A 572, grade 50 or ASTM A 588, and having a min. CVN toughness of 20 ft-lb at 40 degrees F. Or Ductile iron casting meeting Section 9-05.15 Frame and stiffener plates ASTM A 572 grade 50 or ASTM A 588, both with min. CVN toughness of 20 ft-lb at 40 degrees F Or Gray iron casting meeting Section 9 -05.15 Anchors (studs) Section 9- 06.15 Threaded Anchors for Gray Iron Frame ASTM F1554 grade 55 Headed Anchor Requirements Bolts, Studs, Nuts, Washers ASTM F 593 or A 193, Type 304 or 316, or Stainless steel grade 302, 304, or 316 in accordance with approved shop drawings Hinges and Locking and Latching Mechanism and associated Hardware and Bolts In accordance with approved shop drawings Safety Bars In accordance with approved shop drawings The last paragraph is revised to read: The bearing seat and lid perimeter shall be free from burrs, dirt, and other foreign debris that would prevent solid seating. Bolts and nuts shall be liberally coated with anti -seize AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 compound. Bolts shall be installed snug tight. The bearing seat and lid perimeter shall be machined to allow a minimum of 75 percent of the bearing areas to be seated with a tolerance of 0.0 to 0.005 inches measured with a feeler gage. The bearing area percentage will be measured for each side of the lid as it bears on the frame. 9- 29.2(2) Standard Duty and Heavy -Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes This section's title is revised to read: Small Cable Vaults, Standard Duty Cable Vaults, Heavy -Duty Cable Vaults, Standard Duty Pull Boxes, and Heavy -Duty Pull Boxes In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Small, Standard Duty and Heavy -Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty and Heavy -Duty Pull Boxes shall be constructed as a concrete box and as a concrete lid. 9- 29.2(2)A Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes This section's title is revised to read: Small Cable Vaults, Standard Duty Cable Vaults, and Standard Duty Pull Boxes The first paragraph is revised to read: Small and Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty Pull boxes shall be concrete and have a minimum Toad rating of 22,500 pounds and be tested in accordance with Section 9- 29.2(1)C for concrete Standard Duty Junction Boxes. In the second paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Concrete for Small and Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty Pull Boxes shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi. In the third paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: All Small and Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty Pull Boxes placed in sidewalks, walkways, and shared -use paths shall have slip- resistant surfaces. The fourth paragraph (up until the colon) is revised to read: Materials for Small and Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Standard Duty Pull Boxes shall conform to the following: 9 -29.3 Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors, and Cable This section is supplemented with the following new subsection: 9- 29.3(3) Wire Marking Sleeves Wire marking sleeves shall be full - circle in design, non- adhesive, printable using an indelible ink and shall fit snugly on the wire or cable. Marking sleeves shall be made from a PVC or polyolefin, and provide permanent identification for wires and cables. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 9- 29.3(2)A4 Location Wire This section is revised to read: Location wire shall be steel core copper clad minimum size AWG 14 insulated conductor. The insulation shall be orange High, Molecular Weight High Density Polyethylene (HMHDPE). 9- 29.13(2) Manufacturing Quality This section, including title, is revised to read: 9- 29.13(2) Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing Each traffic signal controller assembly shall be tested as follows. The Contractor shall: 1. Prior to shipping, arrange appointment for testing at the WSDOT Materials Laboratory. 2. Assembly shall be defined as tightening all screws, nuts and bolts, verifying that all wiring is clear of moving parts and properly secured, installing all pluggables, connecting all cables and ensure that all Contract required documents are present, proper documentation is provided, and all equipment required by the Contract is installed. 3. The Contractor shall demonstrate that all of the functions required by the Contract perform as intended. Demonstration shall include energizing the cabinet and verifying that all 8 phases, 4 pedestrian movements and 4 overlaps (as required by the Contract Provisions) operate per Section 9- 29.13. The Contractor shall place the controller in minimum recall with interval timing set at convenient value for testing purposes. Upon a satisfactory demonstration the controller assembly will then be accepted by WSDOT for testing. 4. If the assembly and acceptance for testing is not complete within 7 calendar days of delivery, the Project Engineer may authorize the return of the assembly to the Contractor, with collect freight charges to the Contractor. 5. WSDOT will test each traffic signal control assembly in accordance with the following test methods, WSDOT T 421, T 422, T 423, T 424, T 425, T 427, and T 428. 6. If the traffic signal control assembly passes all testing, the Contractor will be notified where the assembly is to be picked -up for delivery to the project. The Contractor shall pick -up the assembly within 7 calendar days of notification. 7. If the traffic signal control assembly fails testing, the Contractor has 7 calendar days to repair or replace any components that fail during the testing process at no cost to the Contracting Agency. All repairs shall be completed during normal business hours for the State Materials Lab. A failure shall be defined as a component that no longer functions as intended under the conditions required or does not meet the requirements of the Contract and is at the sole discretion of WSDOT. Once all repairs and replacement of components is complete WSDOT will retest the traffic controller as specified in step 6 and all costs for retesting will be deducted from monies due or that may become due the Contractor. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 9- 29.13(2)A Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing This section is deleted. 9 -29.16 Vehicular Signal Heads, Displays, and Housing The last sentence of the last paragraph is revised to read: A 1- inch -wide strip of yellow retro - reflective, type IV prismatic sheeting, conforming to the requirements of Section 9- 28.12, shall be applied around the perimeter of each backplate with the exception of installations where all sections of the display will be dark as part of normal operation such as ramp meters, hawk signals and tunnels. 9- 31.AP9 Section 9 -31, Elastomeric Bearing Pads August 4, 2014 This section's title is revised to read: Elastomeric Pads 9 -31.1 Requirements In the first paragraph, the word "bearing" is deleted from the first sentence. In the first sentence of the second paragraph, the word "bearing" is deleted and replaced with "elastomeric ". In the last sentence of the second paragraph, the word "Bearing" is deleted and replaced with "Elastomeric ". In the third paragraph, the word "bearing" is deleted and replaced with the word "elastomeric ". 9- 32.AP9 Section 9 -32, Mailbox Support August 4, 2014 9 -32.7 Type 2 Mailbox Support The first sentence is revised to read: Type 2 mailbox supports shall be 2 -inch 14 -gage steel tube and shall meet the NCHRP 350 or the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH) crash test criteria. 9- 33.AP9 Section 9 -33, Construction Geosynthetic August 3, 2015 9- 33.4(1) Geosynthetic Material Approval This section is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Geosynthetics listed in the WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL) are approved for use. If the geosynthetics material is not listed inthe current WSDOT QPL, a sample of each proposed geosynthetic shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation. Geosynthetic material approval will be based on conformance to the applicable properties from the Tables in Section 9 -33.2 or in the Standard Plans or Special Provisions. Approval /Disapproval information will be provided within 30 calendar days after the sample and required information for each geosynthetic type have been received at the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater. The Cohtractor shall submit to the Engineer the following information regarding each geosynthetic material proposed for use: Manufacturer's name and current address, Full product name, Geosynthetic structure, including fiber /yarn type, Geosynthetic polymer type(s) (for permanent geosynthetic retaining walls, reinforced slopes, reinforced embankments, and other geosynthetic reinforcement applications), Geosynthetic roll number(s), Geosynthetic lot number(s), Proposed geosynthetic use(s), and Certified test results for minimum average roll values. Geosynthetics used as reinforcement in permanent geosynthetic retaining walls, reinforced slopes, reinforced embankments, and other geosynthetic reinforcement applications require proof of compliance with the National Transportation Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP) in accordance with WSDOT Standard Practice T 925 or AASHTO Standard Practice PP 66, Standard Practice for Determination of Long -Term Strength for Geosynthetic Reinforcement. 9- 33.4(3) Acceptance Samples In the the second row of the table, the value for "Application" is revised to read: Permanent Geosynthetic Reinforced Slopes, Retaining Walls, Reinforced Embankments, and other Geosynthetic Reinforcement Applications The fourth paragraph is supplemented with the following: Test results from 9- 33.4(1) Geosynthetic Material Approval testing may be used for acceptance provided the tested roll(s) are part of the "lot" as defined above. 9- 34.AP9 Section 9 -34, Pavement Marking Material January 5, 2015 9 -34.2 Paint The second paragraph is revised to read: AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 Blue and black paint shall comply with the requirements of yellow paint in Section 9- 34.2(4) and Section 9- 34.2(5), with the exception that blue and black paints do not need to meet the requirements for titanium dioxide, directional reflectance, and contrast ratio. 9 -34.4 Glass Beads for Pavement Marking Materials In the third paragraph, the table titled "Metal Concentration Limits" is revised to read: Metal Concentration Limits Element Test Method Max. Parts Per Million (ppm) Arsenic EPA 3052 SW -846 6010C 10.0 Barium EPA 3052 SW -846 6010C 100.0 Cadmium EPA 3052 SW -846 6010C 1.0 Chromium EPA 3052 SW -846 6010C 5.0 Lead EPA 3052 SW -846 6010C 50.0 Silver EPA 3052 SW -846 6010C 5.0 Mercury EPA 3052 SW -846 7471 B 4.0 9 -34.5 Temporary Pavement Marking Tape This section is revised to read: Biodegradable tape with paper backing is not allowed. This section is supplemented with the following new sub- sections: 9- 34.5(1) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape - Short Duration Temporary pavement marking tape for short duration shall conform to ASTM D4592 Type II except that black tape, black mask tape and the black portion of the contrast removable tape, shall be non - reflective. 9- 34.5(2) Temporary Pavement Marking Tape — Long Duration Temporary pavement marking tape for long duration shall conform to ASTM D4592 Type I. Temporary pavement marking tape for long duration, except for black tape, shall have a minimum initial coefficient of retroreflective luminance of 200 mcd *m 2 *ix' when measured in accordance with ASTM E 2832 or ASTM E 2177. Black tape, black mask tape and the black portion of the contrast removable tape, shall be non - reflective. 9 -34.6 Temporary Raised Pavement Markers This section's title is revised to read: Temporary Flexible Raised Pavement Markers The second paragraph is deleted. AMENDMENTS TO THE 2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 9- 35.AP9 Section 9 -35, Temporary Traffic Control Materials August 4, 2014 9 -35.0 General Requirements The following item is deleted from the list of temporary traffic control materials: Barrier Drums The last sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Certification for crashworthiness according to NCHRP 350 or the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH) will be required as described in Section 1- 10.2(3). 9 -35.2 Construction Signs The first sentence is . revised to read: Construction signs shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD and shall meet the requirements of NCHRP Report 350 for Category 2 devices or MASH. 9 -35.7 Traffic Safety Drums The third paragraph is revised to read: Drums and light units shall meet the crashworthiness requirements of NCHRP 350 or MASH as described in Section 1- 10.2(3). 9 -35.8 Barrier Drums This section including title is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 9 -35.8 Vacant 9 -35.12 Transportable Attenuator In the first paragraph, the fourth sentence is revised to read: The Contractor shall provide certification that the transportable attenuator complies with NCHRP 350 Test level 3 or MASH Test Level 3 requirements. 9 -35.13 Tall Channelizing Devices In the sixth paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read: The method of attachment must ensure that the Tight does not separate from the device upon impact and light units shall meet the crashworthiness requirements of NCHRP 350 or MASH as described in Section 1- 10.2(3). AMENDMENTS TO THE.2014 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK Revised: 8/3/15 SPECIAL PROVISIONS INTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) The work on this project shall be accomplished in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2014 edition, as issued by the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and the American Public Works Association (APWA), Washington State Chapter (hereafter "Standard Specifications "). The Standard Specifications, as modified or supplemented by the Amendments to the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, all of which are made a part of the Contract Documents, shall govern all of the Work. These Special Provisions are made up of both General Special Provisions (GSPs) from various sources, which may have project- specific fill -ins; and project- specific Special Provisions. Each Provision either supplements, modifies, or replaces the comparable Standard Specification, or is a new Provision. The deletion, amendment, alteration, or addition to any subsection or portion of the Standard Specifications is meant to pertain only to that particular portion of the section, and in no way should it be interpreted that the balance of the section does not apply. The project- specific Special Provisions are not labeled as such. The GSPs are labeled under the headers of each GSP, with the effective date of the GSP and its source. For example: (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) (April 1, 2013 WSDOT GSP) (May 1, 2013 City of Federal Way GSP) Also incorporated into the Contract Documents by reference are: • Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, currently adopted edition, with Washington State modifications, if any • Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, WSDOT /APWA, current edition • National Electric Code, current edition • King County Road Standards — 2007 • City of Federal Way Public Works Development Standards • Lakehaven Utility District -Water System Facilities Design, Material and Construction Standards Specifications Contractor shall obtain copies of these publications, at Contractor's own expense. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DESCRIPTION OF WORK (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) This Contract provide for the improvement of South 352nd Street and other work, all in accordance with the attached Contract Plans, these Contract Provisions, and the Standard Specifications. ( * * * * * *) SCHEDULE A — Roadway Improvements. This contract provides for the improvement of South 352nd Street from Pacific Hwy S to Enchanted Parkway S including construction of new asphalt concrete pavement, curb, gutter, sidewalk and planters, drainage improvements, detention pond modification, retaining walls, traffic signals, illumination, landscaping and other work, all in accordance with the attached Contract Plans, these Special Provisions, and the 2014 Standard Specifications. SCHEDULE B— Lakehaven Water and Sewer The work in this schedule includes water relocation work required for the improvements in Schedule A, including fire hydrant relocation, several 8 -inch main relocations and connections, removal and /or abandonment of water pipe, and water valve and sewer manhole adjustments. Lakehaven Utility District will supply any necessary frames and covers for manhole adjustments. Schedule A The Contractor is advised that all work performed under these schedules of the contract shall conform to the 2014 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction (English), together with the APWA Division 1 General Special Provisions as issued by the Washington State Department of Transportation and American Public Works Association, Washington State Chapter. The following Special Provisions supersede any conflicting provisions of the 2014 Standard Specifications for Road, bridge and Municipal Construction (English), together with the APWA Division 1 General Special Provisions as issued by the Washington State Chapter and the foregoing Amendments to the aforementioned Standard Specifications. Schedule B The Contractor is advised that all work performed under Schedule B shall conform to the Lakehaven Utility District Standards provided in Appendix E and that the Lakehaven Utility District Standards supersede any conflicting provisions of the 2014 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction (English), together with the APWA Division 1 General Special Provisions as issued by the Washington State Chapter and the foregoing Amendments to the aforementioned Standard Specifications. This work will be performed for Lakehaven Utility District to their standard specifications included herein. Cumulative Schedules Bidding This Bid Proposal requires the bidder to bid cumulative Schedules as part of the bid. As such the bidder is required to submit a Base Bid (Schedule A) and a bid for each of the cumulative Schedule(s). City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Bid Proposal The bid proposal is composed of the following parts: 1. Base Bid The base bid shall include constructing all items included in the proposal except those items contained in the Schedule B. 2. Schedule B a. Schedule B Based on constructing Lakehaven Utility District facilities. The bid items for Schedule B are as listed in the bid proposal. Bidding Procedures To be considered responsive the bidder shall submit a price on each and every item of work included in the Base Bid and all Schedule(s.) Bid Evaluation The successful bidder will be the bidder submitting the lowest responsible bid for the Base Bid (Schedule A) plus Schedule B. The award will be subject to the requirements of Section 1 -03. 1 -01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 1 -01.3 Definitions (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete the heading Completion Dates and the three paragraphs that follow it, and replace them with the following: Dates Bid Opening Date The date on which the Contracting Agency publicly opens and reads the Bids. Award Date The date of the formal decision of the Contracting Agency to accept the lowest responsible and responsive Bidder for the Work. Contract Execution Date The date the Contracting Agency officially binds the Agency to the Contract. Notice to Proceed Date The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract time begins. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 3 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Substantial Completion Date The day the Engineer determines the Contracting Agency has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, any remaining traffic disruptions will be rare and brief, and only minor incidental work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, plant establishment periods, or correction or repair remains for the Physical Completion of the total Contract. Physical Completion Date The day all of the Work is physically completed on the project. All documentation required by the Contract and required by law does not necessarily need to be furnished by the Contractor by this date. Completion Date The day all the Work specified in the Contract is completed and all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract are fulfilled by the Contractor. All documentation required by the Contract and required by law must be furnished by the Contractor before establishment of this date. Final Acceptance Date The date on which the Contracting Agency accepts the Work as complete. Supplement this Section with the following: All references in the Standard Specifications, Amendments, or WSDOT General Special Provisions, to the terms "State ", "Department of Transportation ", 'Washington State Transportation Commission ", "Commission ", "Secretary of Transportation ", "Secretary ", "Headquarters ", and "State Treasurer" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency ". All references to "State Materials Laboratory" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency designated location ". All references to "final contract voucher certification" shall be interpreted to mean the final payment form established by the Contracting Agency. Additive A supplemental unit of work or group of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal, which may, at the discretion of the Contracting Agency, be awarded in addition to the base bid. Alternate One of two or more units of work or groups of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal, from which the Contracting Agency may make a choice between different methods or material of construction for performing the same work. Business Day A business day is any day from Monday through Friday except holidays as listed in Section 1 -08.5. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 4 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1 Contract Bond The definition in the Standard Specifications for "Contract Bond" applies to whatever bond form(s) are required by the Contract Documents, which may be a combination of a Payment Bond and a Performance Bond. 1 Contract Documents See definition for "Contract ". 1 Contract Time The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the Contract within which ' the Work must be physically completed. Notice of Award The written notice from the Contracting Agency to the successful Bidder signifying the 1 Contracting Agency's acceptance of the Bid Proposal. Notice to Proceed ' The written notice from the Contracting Agency or Engineer to the Contractor authorizing and directing the Contractor to proceed with the Work and establishing the date on which the Contract time begins. 1 Traffic Both vehicular and non - vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, 1 and equestrian traffic. 1 -02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 1 1 -02.1 Prequalification of Bidders Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 1 -02.1 Qualifications of Bidder ' (January 24, 2011 APWA GSP) Before award of a public works contract, a bidder must meet at least the minimum qualifications of RCW 39.04.350(1) to be considered a responsible bidder and qualified to 1 be awarded a public works project. 1 -02.2 Plans and Specifications ' (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed can be found in the Call for Bids (Advertisement for Bids) for the work. 1 After award of the contract, plans and specifications will be issued to the Contractor at no cost as detailed below: rCity of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 ' Page 5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS To Prime Contractor No. of Sets Basis of Distribution Reduced plans (11" x 17 ") 6 Furnished automatically upon award. Contract Provisions 6 Furnished automatically upon award. Large plans (e.g., 22" x 34 ") 2 Furnished only upon request. Additional plans and Contract Provisions may be obtained by the Contractor from the source stated in the Call for Bids, at the Contractor's own expense. 1 -02.5 Proposal Forms (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: The Proposal Form will identify the project and its location and describe the work. It will also list estimated quantities, units of measurement, the items of work, and the materials to be furnished at the unit bid prices. The bidder shall complete spaces on the proposal form that call for, but are not limited to, unit prices; extensions; summations; the total bid amount; signatures; date; and, where applicable, retail sales taxes and acknowledgment of addenda; the bidder's name, address, telephone number, and signature; the bidder's D /M/WBE commitment, if applicable; a State of Washington Contractor's Registration Number; and a Business License Number, if applicable. Bids shall be completed by typing or shall be printed in ink by hand, preferably in black ink. The required certifications are included as part of the Proposal Form. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the proposal forms with alternates and additives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The bidder shall bid on all alternates and additives set forth in the Proposal Form unless otherwise specified. 1 -02.6 Preparation of Proposal Section 1 -02.6 is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * * *) A minimum bid of * ** $5,000 * ** lump sum has been established for the item "Type * ** B * ** Progress Schedule." The Contractor's bid shall equal or exceed that amount. If the Contractor's bid is less than the minimum specified amount, the Contracting Agency will unilaterally revise the bid amount to the minimum specified amount and recalculate the Contractor's total bid amount. The corrected total bid amount will be used by the Contracting Agency for award purposes and to fix the amount of the contract bond. (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) Supplement the second paragraph with the following: City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 4. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item, the unit or lump sum price must equal or exceed the minimum amount stated. 5. Any correction to a bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. Delete the last paragraph, and replace it with the following: The Bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the bid in any manner. A bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name, by the president or a vice president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). A bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name, and signed by a partner. A copy of the partnership agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any D /M/WBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. A bid by a joint venture shall be executed in the joint venture name and signed by a member of the joint venture. A copy of the joint venture agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any D/W /MBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. 1 -02.7 Bid Deposit (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: Bid bonds shall contain the following: 1 Contracting Agency- assigned number for the project; 2. Name of the project; 3. The Contracting Agency named as obligee; 4. The amount of the bid bond stated either as a dollar figure or as a percentage which represents five percent of the maximum bid amount that could be awarded; 5. Signature of the bidder's officer empowered to sign official statements. The signature of the person authorized to submit the bid should agree with the signature on the bond, and the title of the person must accompany the said signature; 6. The signature of the surety's officer empowered to sign the bond and the power of attorney. If so stated in the Contract Provisions, bidder must use the bond form included in the Contract Provisions. If so stated in the Contract Provisions, cash will not be accepted for a bid deposit. 1 -02.9 Delivery of Proposal (August 15, 2012 APWA GSP, Option A) Delete this section and replace it with the following: City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 7 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Each proposal shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, with the Project Name and Project Number as stated in the Call for Bids clearly marked on the outside of the envelope, or as otherwise required in the Bid Documents, to ensure proper handling and delivery. If the project has FHWA funding and requires DBE Written Confirmation Documents or Good Faith Effort Documentation, then to be considered responsive, the Bidder shall submit with their Bid Proposal, written Confirmation Documentation from each DBE firm listed on the Bidder's completed DBE Utilization Certification, form 272 -056A EF, as required by Section 1 -02.6. The Contracting Agency will not open or consider any Bid Proposal that is received after the time specified in the Call for Bids for receipt of Bid Proposals, or received in a location other than that specified in the Call for Bids. 1 -02.12 Public Opening Of Proposal Section 1 -02.12 is supplemented with the following: Date of Opening Bids Sealed bids are to be received at one of the following locations prior to the time Specified: 1. At City of Federal Way Purchasing Office, Post Office Box 9718, Federal Way, WA 98063 -9718. The City will consider notification of bid receipt by the Post Office as the actual receipt of the bid. 2. In the City of Federal Way Purchasing Office, 33325 8th Avenue South, Federal Way, WA 98063, until 10:00 A.M. of the bid opening date. Bids delivered in person will be received only in the Bid Room on the bid opening date. The bid opening date for this project is December 1, 2015. Bids received will be publicly opened and read after 10:10 A. M. on this date. 1- 02.13 Irregular Proposals (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Revise item 1 to read: 1. A proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if: a. The Bidder is not prequalified when so required; b. The authorized proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not used or is altered; c. The completed proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, alternate Bids, or conditions; d. The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, or enter into the Contract; e. A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal; f. The Proposal form is not properly executed; City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 8 SPECIAL PROVISIONS g. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Subcontractor list, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6; h. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Certification, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6; The Bidder fails to submit written confirmation from each DBE firm listed on the Bidder's completed DBE Utilization Certification that they are in agreement with the bidders DBE participation commitment, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6, or if the written confirmation that is submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions; The Bidder fails to submit DBE Good Faith Effort documentation, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6, or if the documentation that is submitted fails to demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort to meet the Condition of Award was made; k. The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet the material terms of the Bid invitation; or More than one proposal is submitted for the same project from a Bidder under the same or different names. 1 -02.14 Disqualification of Bidders (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP, Option B) Delete this Section and replace it with the following: A Bidder will be deemed not responsible if the Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1), as amended; or does not meet the following Supplemental Criteria: 1. Delinquent State Taxes A. Criterion: The Bidder shall not owe delinquent taxes to the Washington State Department of Revenue without a payment plan approved by the Department of Revenue. B. Documentation: The Bidder shall not be listed on the Washington State Department of Revenue's "Delinquent Taxpayer List" website: http: / /dor.wa.gov/ content / fileandpaytaxes /Iatefiling /dtlwest.aspx , or if they are so listed, they must submit a written payment plan approved by the Department of Revenue, to the Contracting Agency by the deadline listed below. 2. Federal Debarment A. Criterion: The Bidder shall not currently be debarred or suspended by the Federal government. B. Documentation: The Bidder shall not be listed as having an "active exclusion" on the U.S. government's "System for Award Management" database (www.sam.gov). 3. Subcontractor Responsibility City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension Page 9 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 SPECIAL PROVISIONS A. Criterion: The Bidder's standard subcontract form shall include the subcontractor responsibility language required by RCW 39.06.020, and the Bidder shall have an established procedure which it utilizes to validate the responsibility of each of its subcontractors. The Bidder's subcontract form shall also include a requirement that each of its subcontractors shall have and document a similar procedure to determine whether the sub -tier subcontractors with whom it contracts are also "responsible" subcontractors as defined by RCW 39.06.020. B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall submit a copy of its standard subcontract form for review by the Contracting Agency, and a written description of its procedure for validating the responsibility of subcontractors with which it contracts. 4. Prevailing Wages A. Criterion: The Bidder shall not have a record of prevailing wage violations as determined by WA Labor & Industries in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, that demonstrates a pattern of failing to pay workers prevailing wages, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency. B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall submit a list of all prevailing wage violations in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, along with an explanation of each violation and how it was resolved. The Contracting Agency will evaluate these explanations and the resolution of each complaint to determine whether the violation demonstrate a pattern of failing to pay its workers prevailing wages as required. 5. Claims Against Retainage and Bonds A. Criterion: The Bidder shall not have a record of excessive claims filed against the retainage or payment bonds for public works projects in the three years prior to the bid submittal date, that demonstrate a lack of effective management by the Bidder of making timely and appropriate payments to its subcontractors, suppliers, and workers, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency. B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall submit a list of the public works projects completed in the three years prior to the bid submittal date that have had claims against retainage and bonds and include for each project the following information: • Name of project • The owner and contact information for the owner; • A list of claims filed against the retainage and /or payment bond for any of the projects listed; City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension Page 10 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 SPECIAL PROVISIONS • A written explanation of the circumstances surrounding each claim and the ultimate resolution of the claim. 6. Public Bidding Crime A. Criterion: The Bidder and /or its owners shall not have been convicted of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract in the five years prior to the bid submittal date. B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder and /or its owners have not been convicted of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract. 7. Termination for Cause / Termination for Default A. Criterion: The Bidder shall not have had any public works contract terminated for cause or terminated for default by a government agency in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency. B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder has not had any public works contract terminated for cause or terminated for default by a government agency in the five years prior to the bid submittal date; or if Bidder was terminated, describe the circumstances. 8. Lawsuits A. Criterion: The Bidder shall not have lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date that demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet the terms of contracts, unless there are extenuating circumstances and such circumstances are deemed acceptable to the Contracting Agency B. Documentation: The Bidder, if and when required as detailed below, shall sign a statement (on a form to be provided by the Contracting Agency) that the Bidder has not had any lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date that demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet the terms of contracts, or shall submit a list of all lawsuits with judgments entered against the Bidder in the five years prior to the bid submittal date, along with a written explanation of the circumstances surrounding each such lawsuit. The Contracting Agency shall evaluate these explanations to determine whether the lawsuits demonstrate a pattern of failing to meet of terms of construction related contracts As evidence that the Bidder meets the mandatory and supplemental responsibility criteria stated above, the apparent two lowest Bidders must submit to the Contracting Agency by 12:00 P.M. (noon) of the second business day following the bid submittal City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352"' Street Extension November 2015 Page 11 SPECIAL PROVISIONS deadline, a written statement verifying that the Bidder meets all of the mandatory and supplemental criteria together with supporting documentation including but not limited to that detailed above (sufficient in the sole judgment of the Contracting Agency) demonstrating compliance with all mandatory and supplemental responsibility criteria. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to request such documentation from other Bidders as well, and to request further documentation as needed to assess Bidder responsibility. The Contracting Agency also reserves the right to obtain information from third - parties and independent sources of information concerning a Bidder's compliance with the mandatory and supplemental criteria, and to use that information in their evaluation. The Contracting Agency may (but is not required to) consider mitigating factors in determining whether the Bidder complies with the requirements of the supplemental criteria. The basis for evaluation of Bidder compliance with these mandatory and supplemental criteria shall include any documents or facts obtained by Contracting Agency (whether from the Bidder or third parties) including but not limited to: (i) financial, historical, or operational data from the Bidder; (ii) information obtained directly by the Contracting Agency from others for whom the Bidder has worked, or other public agencies or private enterprises; and (iii) any additional information obtained by the Contracting Agency which is believed to be relevant to the matter. If the Contracting Agency determines the Bidder does not meet the bidder responsibility criteria above and is therefore not a responsible Bidder, the Contracting Agency shall notify the Bidder in writing, with the reasons for its determination. If the Bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within two (2) business days of the Contracting Agency's determination by presenting its appeal and any additional information to the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will consider the appeal and any additional information before issuing its final determination. If the final determination affirms that the Bidder is not responsible, the Contracting Agency will not execute a contract with any other Bidder until at least two business days after the Bidder determined to be not responsible has received the Contracting Agency's final determination. Request to Change Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria Prior To Bid: Bidders with concerns about the relevancy or restrictiveness of the Supplemental Bidder Responsibility Criteria may make or submit requests to the Contracting Agency to modify the criteria. Such requests shall be in writing, describe the nature of the concerns, and propose specific modifications to the criteria. Bidders shall submit such requests to the Contracting Agency no later than five (5) business days prior to the bid submittal deadline and address the request to the Project Engineer or such other person designated by the Contracting Agency in the Bid Documents. 1 -02.15 Pre Award Information (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Before awarding any contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more of these items or actions of the apparent lowest responsible bidder: City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 12 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1. A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all materials to be used, 2. Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests, 3. A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the order of and time required for the various phases of the work, 4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item, 5. Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer, 6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city or county where the work is located. 7. Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the bidder is the lowest responsible bidder. 1 -03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1 -03.1 Consideration of Bids (January 23, 2006 APWA GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read: After opening and reading proposals, the Contracting Agency will check them for correctness of extensions of the prices per unit and the total price. If a discrepancy exists between the price per unit and the extended amount of any bid item, the price per unit will control. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item and the bidder's unit or lump sum price is less than the minimum specified amount, the Contracting Agency will unilaterally revise the unit or lump sum price, to the minimum specified amount and recalculate the extension. The total of extensions, corrected where necessary, including sales taxes where applicable and such additives and/or alternates as selected by the Contracting Agency, will be used by the Contracting Agency for award purposes and to fix the Awarded Contract Price amount and the amount of the contract bond. 1 -03.2 Award Of Contract Section 1 -03.2 is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * *1 The contract will be awarded on the basis of the total of Schedule A plus Schedule B. Should the Contracting Agency exercise the option to delete the work in one or more of the schedules listed above and shown on the Summary of Quantities prior to contract award, then Section 1 -04.6 will not apply to the items that are deleted. 1 -03.3 Execution of Contract (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Copies of the Contract Provisions, including the unsigned Form of Contract, will be available for signature by the successful bidder on the first business day following City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension Page 13 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 SPECIAL PROVISIONS award. The number of copies to be executed by the Contractor will be determined by the Contracting Agency. Within 10 calendar days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the signed Contracting Agency - prepared contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1- 07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1 -03.4. Before execution of the contract by the Contracting Agency, the successful bidder shall provide any pre -award information the Contracting Agency may require under Section 1- 02.15. Until the Contracting Agency executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the Contracting Agency nor shall any work begin within the project limits or within Contracting Agency - furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the contract is executed by the Contracting Agency. If the bidder experiences circumstances beyond their control that prevents return of the contract documents within the calendar days after the award date stated above, the Contracting Agency may grant up to a maximum of 5 additional calendar days for return of the documents, provided the Contracting Agency deems the circumstances warrant it. 1 -03.4 Contract Bond (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following: The successful bidder shall provide executed payment and performance bond(s) for the full contract amount. The bond may be a combined payment and performance bond; or be separate payment and performance bonds. In the case of separate payment and performance bonds, each shall be for the full contract amount. The bond(s) shall: 1. Be on Contracting Agency- furnished form(s); 2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that: a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner, 3. Guarantee that the Contractor will perform and comply with all obligations, duties, and conditions under the Contract, including but not limited to the duty and obligation to indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against all losses and claims related directly or indirectly from any failure: a. b. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform and comply with all contract obligations, conditions, and duties, or Of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material person, or any other person who provides supplies or provisions for carrying out the work; 4. Be conditioned upon the payment of taxes, increases, project under titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW; and and penalties incurred on the City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 14 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety's officer empowered to sign the bond; and 6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond(s) must be signed by the president or vice president, unless accompanied by written proof of the authority of the individual signing the bond(s) to bind the corporation (Le., corporate resolution, power of attorney, or a letter to such effect signed by the president or vice president). 1 -04 SCOPE OF THE WORK 1 -04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications, and Addenda (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read: Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 1. Addenda, 2. Proposal Form, 3. Special Provisions, 4. Contract Plans, 5. Amendments to the Standard Specifications, 6. Standard Specifications, 7. Contracting Agency's Standard Plans or Details (if any), and 8. WSDOT Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 1 -04.4 Changes Section 1- 04.4(2) is added as follows: 1- 04.4(2) Unexpected Site Changes (Special Provisions) Addition Unanticipated site Work, as ordered by the Engineer, shall consist of Work not otherwise provided for in the Contract and paid in accordance with Section 1 -09.6. Such Work may include: 1. Design changes to address field conflicts or adjustments needed to complete the Work; 2. Miscellaneous Work, directed by the Contracting Agency, not covered in the Contract and not exceeding $15,000 per change; 3. Removal of unexpected Structures or obstructions. Measurement No specific unit of measurement will apply to the force account item "Unexpected Site Changes ". City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 15 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Payment "Unexpected Site Changes ", by force account as provided in Section 1 -09.6. To provide a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the Proposal to become a part of the Contractor's total Bid. 1 -05 CONTROL OF WORK 1 -05.4 Conformity With and Deviations from Plans and Stakes (April 4, 2011 WSDOT GSP) Contractor Surveying - Structure Copies of the Contracting Agency provided primary survey control data are available for the bidder's inspection at the office of the Project Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for setting, maintaining, and resetting all alignment stakes, slope stakes, and grades necessary for the construction of bridges, noise walls, and retaining walls. Except for the survey control data to be furnished by the Contracting Agency, calculations, surveying, and measuring required for setting and maintaining the necessary lines and grades shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer when monuments are discovered that were not identified in the Plans and construction activity may disturb or damage the monuments. All monuments noted on the plans "DO NOT DISTURB" shall be protected throughout the length of the project or be replaced at the Contractors expense. Detailed survey records shall be maintained, including a description of the work performed on each shift, the methods utilized, and the control points used. The record shall be adequate to allow the survey to be reproduced. A copy of each day's record shall be provided to the Engineer within three working days after the end of the shift. The meaning of words and terms used in this provision shall be as listed in "Definitions of Surveying and Associated Terms" current edition, published by the American Congress on Surveying and Mapping and the American Society of Civil Engineers. The survey work by the Contractor shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Verify the primary horizontal and vertical control furnished by the Contracting Agency, and expand into secondary control by adding stakes and hubs as well as additional survey control needed for the project. Provide descriptions of secondary control to the Contracting Agency. The description shall include coordinates and elevations of all secondary control points. 2. Establish, by placing hubs and /or marked stakes, the location with offsets of foundation shafts and piles. 3. Establish offsets to footing centerline of bearing for structure excavation. 4. Establish offsets to footing centerline of bearing for footing forms. 5. Establish wing wall, retaining wall, and noise wall horizontal alignment. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 16 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 6. Establish retaining wall top of wall profile grade. 7. Establish elevation benchmarks for all substructure formwork. 8. Check elevations at top of footing concrete line inside footing formwork immediately prior to concrete placement. 9. Check column location and pier centerline of bearing at top of footing immediately prior to concrete placement. 10. Establish location and plumbness of column forms, and monitor column plumbness during concrete placement. 11. Establish pier cap and crossbeam top and bottom elevations and centerline of bearing. 12. Check pier cap and crossbeam top and bottom elevations and centerline of bearing prior to and during concrete placement. 13. Establish grout pad locations and elevations. 14. Establish structure bearing locations and elevations, including locations of anchor bolt assemblies. 15. Establish box girder bottom slab grades and locations. 16. Establish girder and /or web wall profiles and locations. 17. Establish diaphragm locations and centerline of bearing. 18. Establish roadway slab alignment, grades and provide dimensions from top of girder to top of roadway slab. Set elevations for deck paving machine rails. 19. Establish traffic barrier and curb profile. 20. Profile all girders prior to the placement of any deadload or construction live load that may affect the girder's profile. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency copies of any calculations and staking data when requested by the Engineer. To facilitate the establishment of these lines and elevations, the Contracting Agency will provide the Contractor with the following primary survey and control information: 1. Descriptions of two primary control points used for the horizontal and vertical control. Primary control points will be described by reference to the project alignment and the coordinate system and elevation datum utilized by the project. In addition, the Contracting Agency will supply horizontal coordinates for the beginning and ending points and for each Point of Intersection (PI) on each alignment included in the project. 2. Horizontal coordinates for the centerline of each bridge pier. 3. Computed elevations at top of bridge roadway decks at one -tenth points along centerline of each girder web. All form grades and other working grades shall be calculated by the Contractor. City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension Page 17 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 SPECIAL PROVISIONS The Contractor shall give the Contracting Agency three weeks notification to allow adequate time to provide the data outlined in Items 2 and 3 above. The Contractor shall ensure a surveying accuracy within the following tolerances: Vertical Horizontal 1. Stationing on structures ±0.02 feet 2. Alignment on structures ±0.02 feet 3. Superstructure elevations ±0.01 feet variation from plan elevation 4. Substructure ±0.02 feet variation from Plan grades. The Contracting Agency may spot -check the Contractor's surveying. These spot - checks will not change the requirements for normal checking by the Contractor. When staking the following items, the Contractor shall perform independent checks from different secondary control to ensure that the points staked for these items are within the specified survey accuracy tolerances: Piles Shafts Footings Columns The Contractor shall calculate coordinates for the points associated with piles, shafts, footings and columns. The Contracting Agency will verify these coordinates prior to issuing approval to the Contractor for commencing with the survey work. The Contracting Agency will require up to seven calendar days from the date the data is received to issuing approval. Contract work to be performed using contractor - provided stakes shall not begin until the stakes are approved by the Contracting Agency. Such approval shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the accuracy of the stakes. Primary survey control data provided by the Contracting Agency is indicated on the Plans. All costs associated with Structure Surveying shall be measured and paid under the item "Construction Suveying" per 1 -05.4 herein. (April 1, 2013 WSDOT GSP) Contractor Surveying - Roadway Copies of the Contracting Agency provided primary survey control data are available for the bidder's inspection at the office of the Project Engineer. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 18 SPECIAL PROVISIONS The Contractor shall be responsible for setting, maintaining, and resetting all alignment stakes, slope stakes, and grades necessary for the construction of the roadbed, drainage, surfacing, paving, channelization and pavement marking, illumination and signals, guardrails and barriers, and signing. Except for the survey control data to be furnished by the Contracting Agency, calculations, surveying, and measuring required for setting and maintaining the necessary lines and grades shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer when monuments are discovered that were not identified in the Plans and construction activity may disturb or damage the monuments. All monuments noted on the plans "DO NOT DISTURB" shall be protected throughout the length of the project or be replaced at the Contractors expense. Detailed survey records shall be maintained, including a description of the work performed on each shift, the methods utilized, and the control points used. The record shall be adequate to allow the survey to be reproduced. A copy of each day's record shall be provided to the Engineer within three working days after the end of the shift. The meaning of words and terms used in this provision shall be as listed in "Definitions of Surveying and Associated Terms" current edition, published by the American Congress on Surveying and Mapping and the American Society of Civil Engineers. The survey work shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Verify the primary horizontal and vertical control furnished by the Contracting Agency, and expand into secondary control by adding stakes and hubs as well as additional survey control needed for the project. Provide descriptions of secondary control to the Contracting Agency. The description shall include coordinates and elevations of all secondary control points. 2. Establish, the centerlines of all alignments, by placing hubs, stakes, or marks on centerline or on offsets to centerline at all curve points (PCs, PTs, and Pls) and at points on the alignments spaced no further than 50 feet. 3. Establish clearing limits, placing stakes at all angle points and at intermediate points not more than 50 feet apart. The clearing and grubbing limits shall be 5 feet beyond the toe of a fill and 10 feet beyond the top of a cut unless otherwise shown in the Plans. 4. Establish grading limits, placing slope stakes at centerline increments not more than 50 feet apart. Establish offset reference to all slope stakes. If Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) Machine Controls are used to provide grade control, then slope stakes may be omitted at the discretion of the Contractor 5. Establish the horizontal and vertical location of all drainage features, placing offset stakes to all drainage structures and to pipes at a horizontal interval not greater than 25 feet. 6. Establish roadbed and surfacing elevations by placing stakes at the top of subgrade and at the top of each course of surfacing. Subgrade and surfacing stakes shall be set at horizontal intervals not greater than 50 feet in tangent sections, 25 feet in curve sections with a radius less than 300 feet, and at 10- foot intervals in intersection radii with a radius less than 10 feet. Transversely, stakes shall be placed at all locations where the roadway slope changes and City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 19 SPECIAL PROVISIONS at additional points such that the transverse spacing of stakes is not more than 12 feet. If GPS Machine Controls are used to provide grade control, then roadbed and surfacing stakes may be omitted at the discretion of the Contractor. 7. Establish intermediate elevation benchmarks as needed to check work throughout the project. 8. Provide references for paving pins at 25 -foot intervals or provide simultaneous surveying to establish location and elevation of paving pins as they are being placed. 9. For all other types of construction included in this provision, (including but not limited to channelization and pavement marking, illumination and signals, guardrails and barriers, and signing) provide staking and layout as necessary to adequately locate, construct, and check the specific construction activity. 10. Contractor shall determine if changes are needed to the profiles or roadway sections shown in the Contract Plans in order to achieve proper smoothness and drainage where matching into existing features, such as a smooth transition from new pavement to existing pavement. The Contractor shall submit these changes to the Project Engineer for review and approval 10 days prior to the beginning of work. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency copies of any calculations and staking data when requested by the Engineer. To facilitate the establishment of these lines and elevations, the Contracting Agency will provide the Contractor with primary survey control information consisting of descriptions of two primary control points used for the horizontal and vertical control, and descriptions of two additional primary control points for every additional three miles of project length. Primary control points will be described by reference to the project alignment and the coordinate system and elevation datum utilized by the project. In addition, the Contracting Agency will supply horizontal coordinates for the beginning and ending points and for each Point of Intersection (PI) on each alignment included in the project. The Contractor shall ensure a surveying accuracy within the following tolerances: Slope stakes Subgrade grade stakes set 0.04 feet below grade Vertical Horizontal ±0.10 feet ±0.10 feet ±0.01 feet ±0.5 feet (parallel to alignment) ±0.1 feet (normal to alignment) City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 20 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Stationing on roadway N/A ±0.1 feet Alignment on roadway N/A ±0.04 feet Surfacing grade stakes ±0.01 feet ±0.5 feet (parallel to alignment) ±0.1 feet (normal to alignment) Roadway paving pins for surfacing or paving ±0.01 feet ±0.2 feet (parallel to alignment) ±0.1 feet (normal to alignment) The Contracting Agency may spot -check the Contractor's surveying. These spot - checks will not change the requirements for normal checking by the Contractor. When staking roadway alignment and stationing, the Contractor shall perform independent checks from different secondary control to ensure that the points staked are within the specified survey accuracy tolerances. The Contractor shall calculate coordinates for the alignment. The Contracting Agency will verify these coordinates prior to issuing approval to the Contractor for commencing with the work. The Contracting Agency will require up to seven calendar days from the date the data is received. Contract work to be performed using contractor - provided stakes shall not begin until the stakes are approved by the Contracting Agency. Such approval shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the accuracy of the stakes. Stakes shall be marked in accordance with Standard Plan A10.10. When stakes are needed that are not described in the Plans, then those stakes shall be marked, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency as ordered by the Engineer. Primary survey control data provided by the Contracting Agency is indicated on the Plans. All costs associated with Roadway Surveying shall be paid under the item "Construction Suveying" per 1 -05.4 herein. 1 -05.4 Conformity With and Deviations from Plans and Stakes *****1 Section Section 1 -05.4 is supplemented with the following: Major items of work shall be defined to include the following items: Manholes Catch Basins and Inlets Valves Vertical and Horizontal Bends Junction Boxes Cleanouts Side Sewers Illumination Systems City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension Page 21 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Hydrants Major Changes in Design Grade(s) Vaults Culverts Curb, Gutter and Sidewalk Signal Systems and Equipment Retaining Walls Curb lines and sidewalks Irrigation Sleeves under Roadways After the completion of the work covered by this contract, the Contractor's surveyor shall provide to the City the hard cover field book(s) containing the construction staking and as -built notes, and one set of white prints of the construction drawings upon which he has plotted the notes of the Contractor locating existing utilities, and one set of white prints of the construction drawings upon which he has plotted the as -built location of the new work as recorded in the field book(s). This drawing shall bear the surveyors seal and signature certifying its accuracy. The Contractor shall be responsible for reestablishing or locating legal survey markers such as GLO monuments or property corner monuments, conduct boundary surveys to determine Contracting Agency right -of -way locations, and obtain, review and analyze deeds and records as necessary to determine these boundaries. The Contracting Agency will provide "rights of entry" as needed by the Contractor to perform the work. The Contractor shall brush out or clear and stake or mark the right -of -way lines as designated by the Engineer. When required, the Contractor shall prepare and file a Record of Survey map in accordance with RCW 58.09 and provide a recorded copy to the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will provide all existing base maps, existing horizontal and vertical control, and other material available with Washington State Plane Coordinate information to the Contractor. The Contracting Agency will also provide maps, plan sheets, and/or aerial photographs clearly identifying the limits of the areas to be surveyed. The Contractor shall establish Washington State Plane Coordinates on all points required in the Record of Survey and other points designated in the Contract documents. In accordance with RCW 58.24.040(8), No cadastral or geodetic survey monument may be disturbed without a valid permit to remove or destroy a survey monument, issued by the Washington State Department of Natural Resources. Permit applications can be obtained by calling the Public Land Survey Office at (360)902 -1194. The permit application must be stamped by a registered Washington State land Surveyor. Existing right of way documentation, existing base maps, existing horizontal and vertical control descriptions, maps, plan sheets, aerial photographs and all other available material may be viewed by prospective bidders at the office of the Project Engineer. The Contractor shall perform all of the necessary calculations for the contracted survey work and shall provide copies of these calculations to the Contracting Agency. Electronic files of all survey data shall be provided and in a format acceptable to the Contracting Agency. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 22 SPECIAL PROVISIONS All survey work performed by the Contractor shall conform to all applicable sections of the Revised Code of Washington and the Washington Administrative Code. The Contractor shall provide all traffic control, signing, and temporary traffic control devices in order to provide a safe work zone. Audio/Video Taping Furnish a continuous color audio -video DVD recording of the sensitive areas within fifty (50) feet of construction. A. Complete coverage shall include all surface features within 50' of the work area to be utilized by the Contractor, and shall be supported by appropriate audio description made simultaneously with video coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, all existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, ditches, roadways, landscaping, trees, culverts, headwalls, and retaining walls, equipment, structures, pavements, manholes, vaults, handrails, etc. located within the aforementioned work zone. Video coverage shall extend to the maximum height of all structures within this zone. B. All taping shall be done during times of good visibility. No taping shall be done during periods of visible precipitation, or when more than ten percent of the ground area is covered with standing water, unless otherwise authorized by Owner. As -Built Survey and Record Drawings After construction has been completed the Contractor shall perform an as -built survey and provide the information in (1) full -size paper copy and AutoCAD 2011 or later version file to the Engineer. This as -built survey shall consist of the following: Survey of rim elevation, sump elevations, and invert elevations of all storm drainage structures installed, modified or left in place within the limits of this contract. Storm pipe diameter and material; drainage structure type, size, lid type (solid cover or grate, standard or heavy duty), and lid shape; model No. of CB water quality treatment inserts installed, flowline of open channel conveyance systems at 50 -foot max. intervals, and retaining wall footing drains, including cleanouts. Finished grade shots on all utility appurtenances within the limits of this contract, including, but not limited to vaults, handholes, valves, fire hydrants, water meters, junction boxes, signal poles, etc. Appurtenances with round covers should have one survey shot in the center of the manhole or valve cover, or at the center of the fire hydrant. Utility handholes and boxes shall have two shots on opposite corners of the cover. • Final curb elevations, with a minimum of 5 shots at each curb return. Also, final shots along all curb and gutter, block curb, integral curb and extruded curb installed in this contract (at flowline of the curbs). • Final elevations at the front and back of walk throughout the project limits. • Final wall elevations at the face and top of all walls installed in this contract. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 23 SPECIAL PROVISIONS ■ Shots of all signs, trees, illumination and signal equipment installed as part of this contract. • Shots to delineate all channelization installed in this contract. Throughout construction, the Contractor shall keep a set of redline drawings that record as -built information at the project site. This set of drawings shall be provided to the Engineer at the end of the project. This record drawing information shall, at a minimum, consist of the following: • All changes to the Contract Plans. ■ Pothole information gathered by the Contractor. • Actual location of utility trenches, including depth to top of conduits at a minimum of 100' spacing. • Existing utility information not included in the Contract Plans, or that differs from the Contract Plans. Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1 for the following bid items when included in the proposal: "Construction Surveying ", lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "Construction Surveying" shall be full pay for all labor equipment, materials, and supervision utilized to perform the work specified, including any resurveying, checking, correction of errors, replacement of missing or damaged stakes, structure surveying, roadway surveying and coordination efforts. "As- Built Survey and Record Drawings ", lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "As -Built Survey and Record Drawings " shall be full pay for all labor, equipment, materials, and supervision utilized to perform the work specified, including any resurveying, checking, correction of errors, replacement of missing or damaged stakes, and coordination efforts. 1 -05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified in a written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the Contract Documents, the Engineer may correct and remedy such work as may be identified in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the Contracting Agency may deem necessary. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 24 SPECIAL PROVISIONS If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and unauthorized work corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, or have work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency or other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the public. Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, or to become due, the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall include in particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor's unauthorized work. No adjustment in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency's rights provided by this Section. The rights exercised under the provisions of this section shall not diminish the Contracting Agency's right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect to the Contractor's failure to perform the work as required. 1 -05.11 Final Inspection Section 1 -05.11 is supplemented with the following: 1- 05.11(1) Operational Testing It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and operable system. There fore when the work involves the installation of machinery or other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal systems; irrigation systems; buildings; or other similar work it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final inspection but prior to the physical completion date. Whenever items of work are listed in the Contract Provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date can not be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 25 SPECIAL PROVISIONS related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal. Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a manufacturer's guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the contract. 1 -05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Delete the sixth and seventh paragraphs of this section. 1 -05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) Section 1 -05.14 is supplemented with the following: Other Contracts or Other Work It is anticipated that the following work adjacent to or within the limits of this project will be performed by others during the course of this project and will require coordination of the work: 1. Puget Sound Energy — pole relocations, conduit and vault placement or relocations, and service conversions. 2. Comcast — pole relocations and service conversions. 3. CenturyLink — pole relocations and service conversions. 4. Lakehaven Utility District — work regarding Lakehaven Utility District facilities are contained in the Plans and Schedule B of the Proposal and will be performed by the Contractor. 1- 05.14(A) Notifications Relative to Contractor's Activities Section 1- 05.14(A) is a new section: Notification shall be written, with a copy delivered to the Engineer within a minimum of ten (10) working days prior to the commencement of work, including any work impacting utilities, and must be in such detail as to give the time of the commencement and completion of work, names of streets to be closed, schedule of operations, routes of detours where possible. The Contractor shall also notify the agencies listed below of the name(s) of the construction superintendent in responsible charge or other individuals having full authority to execute the orders or direction of the Engineer, in the event of an emergency. Failure to comply with this requirement will result in a stop work order. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 26 SPECIAL PROVISIONS City of Federal Way Police Department 33325 -8th Ave S Federal Way, WA 98063 -9718 Telephone: 253 - 835 - 67016701 (To schedule officer T.C. support); 253 - 835 -6767 (For traffic /road closure issues) King County Metro 1270 Sixth Avenue South, Bldg. 2, MS:QS Seattle, WA 98134 Telephone: 206 - 684 -2732 Email: construction.coord @metrokc.gov Comcast Cable Communication 4020 Auburn Way N Auburn, WA 98002 Attn: Tom Chrisman CenturyLink 23315 66th Avenue S Kent, WA 98032 Attn: Victor Novelo Lakehaven Utility District 31623 First Avenue South P. O. Box 4249 Federal Way, WA 98063 Attn: Wes Hill ZAYO Group Attn: Scott Morrison Email: scott.morrison @zayo.com South King Fire & Rescue 31617 1st Ave. South Attn.: Lauri Perry Federal Way, WA 98003 Telephone: 946 -7253 Email:Lauri.Perry@ SouthKingFire.orq Federal Way School District Transportation Department Attn: Cindy Wendland 1066 South 320th Street Federal Way, WA 98003 Telephone: 253 - 945 -5965 Email: cwendlan @fwps.orq Puget Sound Energy (Gas) 3130 S. 38th St. Tacoma, WA 98409 Attn: Anita Yurovchak Telephone: 253 -476 -6304 Puget Sound Energy (Power) 14103 8th Street East Sumner, WA 98390 Attn: Tom Quann Telephone: 253 - 863 -0484 King County Traffic Operations 155 Monroe Avenue NE Renton, WA 98056 Attn: Mark Parrett Tel: 206 - 296 -8152 1- 05.14(B) Coordination of Work with City Section 1- 05.14(B) is a new section: ( * * * * **) At least a three (3) working days written notification shall be required on all requests for engineering services other than inspection. All requests shall be coordinated with the Engineer. The Contractor will not be responsible for overtime pay to the City's Engineer for work performed at night. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 27 SPECIAL PROVISIONS All costs resulting from delays in which requests were not coordinated with the Engineer shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 1 -05.16 Water and Power (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the work, unless the contract includes power and water as a pay item. 1 -05.18 Contractor's Daily Diary The Contractor and subcontractors, as additional consideration for payment for this contract work, hereby agree to maintain and provide to the Owner and the Engineer a Daily Diary Record of this Work. This diary will be created by pen and ink entries in a hardbound diary book of the type that is commonly available by the commercial outlets. The diary must be kept and maintained by the Contractor's designated project superintendent. Entries must be made on a daily basis and must accurately represent all of the project activities on each day. At a minimum, the diary shall show on a daily basis: • The day and date. • The weather conditions, including changes throughout the day. • A complete description of work accomplished during the day with adequate references to the Plans and Specifications so that the reader can easily and accurately identify said work on the Plans. • An entry for each and every changed condition, dispute or potential dispute, incident, accident, or occurrence of any nature whatsoever which might affect the Contract, Owner, or any third party in any manner. • Listing of any materials received and stored on or off -site by the Contractor for future installation, to include the manner of storage and protection of the same. • Listing of materials installed during each day. • List of all subcontractors working on -site during each day. • Listing of the number of Contractor's employees working during each day by category of employment. • Listing of Contractor's equipment working on the site during each day. Idle equipment on the site shall be listed and designated as idle. • Notations to explain inspections, testing, stake -out, and all other services furnished to the Contractor by the Owner or other during each day. • Entries to verify the daily (including non -work days) inspection and maintenance of traffic control devices and condition of the traveled roadway surfaces. The Contractor shall not allow any conditions to develop that would be hazardous to the public. • Any other information that serves to give an accurate and complete record of the nature, quantity, and quality of the Contractor's progress on each day. • Summary of total number of working days to date, and total number of delay days to date. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352' Street Extension November 2015 Page 28 SPECIAL PROVISIONS All pages of the diary must be numbered consecutively with no omissions in page numbers. The Contractor shall utilize additional sheets separate from the diary book, if necessary, to provide a complete diary record. However, the Owner's senior representative must sign separate sheets on each day and a copy furnished at the time of signing to the Owner. The Contractor must provide a copy of the diary to the Owner and the Engineer each morning for the preceding workday. All copies must be legible. IT IS EXPRESSLY AGREED BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND THE OWNER THAT THE DAILY DIARY MAINTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE THE "CONTRACTOR'S BOOK OF ORIGINAL ENTRY" FOR THE DOCUMENTATION OF ANY POTENTIAL CLAIMS OR DISPUTES THAT MIGHT ARISE DURING THIS CONTRACT. FAILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN THIS DIARY IN THE MANNER DESCRIBED ABOVE WILL CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE DAILY DIARY MAINTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR DOES NOT CONSTITUTE THE OFFICIAL RECORD OF THE PROJECT. THE OFFICIAL RECORD OF THE PROJECT IS PREPARED AND MAINTAINED EXCLUSIVELY BY THE ENGINEER. All costs associated with Contractor's Daily Diary shall be included in the related item of work and no additional payment will be made. 1 -05.19 Defects Arising in One Year and Remedies Section 1 -05.19 is a new section: ( * * * * * *) The Contractor shall be responsible for correcting all defects in workmanship and material within one year after acceptance of this work by the City of Federal Way. When corrections of defects are made, the Contractor shall be responsible for correcting all defects in workmanship and /or materials in the corrected work for one year after acceptance of the corrections by the Owner. The Contractor shall start work to remedy such defects within seven (7) calendar days of mailing notice of discovery thereof by the Owner and shall complete such work within a reasonable time. In emergencies, where damage may result from delay or where loss of services may result, such corrections may be made by the Owner, in which case the cost shall be borne by the Contractor. In the event the Contractor does not accomplish corrections at the time specified, the work will be otherwise accomplished and the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor. These actions will be pursuant to the provisions of Section 1 -05.8 of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall be liable for any costs, losses, expenses, or damages, including consequential damages suffered by the Owner resulting from defects in the Contractor's work including, but not limited to, cost of materials and labor extended by Owner in making emergency repairs and cost of engineering, inspection and supervision by the Owner or the Engineer. The Contractor shall hold the Owner harmless from any and all claims which may be made against the Owner as a result of any defective work, and the Contractor shall defend any such claims at his own expense. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 29 SPECIAL PROVISIONS The Contractor agrees the above one -year limitation shall not exclude or diminish the Owner's rights under any law to obtain damages and recover costs resulting from defective and unauthorized work discovered after one year but prior to the expiration of the legal time period set forth in RCW 9.16.040 limiting actions upon a contract in writing or liability, expressed or implied, arising out of a written agreement. 1 -07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1 -07.1 Laws to be Observed (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall apply. The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA). The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well known place at the project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital, or doctor's care, persons, including employees, who may have been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to work on the project site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor's care. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of the Contractor's plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting from their failure, or improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the project site, including safety for all persons and property in the performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously, and not be limited to normal working hours. The required or implied duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor's performance does not, and shall not, be intended to include review and adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the project site. (April 3, 2006 WSDOT GSP) Section 1 -07.1 is supplemented with the following: Confined Space Confined spaces are known to exist at the following locations: ** *Existing storm drainage, sanitary sewer, and other utility systems, vaults, and structures, along with all new similar new construction items that meet the requirements of WAC 296- 809 - 100. * ** The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the safety and health of all on -site workers and compliant with Washington Administrative Code (WAC 296 -809). City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 30 SPECIAL PROVISIONS The Contractor shall prepare and implement a confined space program for each of the confined spaces identified above. The Contractors Confined Space program shall be sent to the contracting agency at least 30 days prior to the contractor beginning work in or adjacent to the confined space. No work shall be performed in or adjacent to the confined space until the plan is submitted to the Engineer as required. The Contractor shall communicate with the Project Engineer to ensure a coordinated effort for providing and maintaining a safe worksite for both the Contracting Agency's and Contractor's workers when working in or near a confined space. All costs to prepare and implement the confined space program shall be included in the bid prices for the various items associated with the confined space work. 1 -07.2 State Taxes Delete this section, including its sub - sections, in its entirety and replace it with the following: 1 -07.2 State Sales Tax (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the State sales tax. Sections 1- 07.2(1) through 1- 07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The Contractor should contact the Washington State Department of Revenue for answers to questions in this area. The Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a bid on a misunderstood tax liability. The Contractor shall include all Contractor -paid taxes in the unit bid prices or other contract amounts. In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included. Section 1- 07.2(2) describes this exception. The Contracting Agency will pay the retained percentage (or release the Contract Bond if a FHWA- funded Project) only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington State Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all contract - related taxes have been paid (RCW 60.28.051). The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor any amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of Revenue, whether the amount owed relates to this contract or not. Any amount so deducted will be paid into the proper State fund. 1- 07.2(1) State Sales Tax — Rule 171 WAC 458 -20 -171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, roads, etc., which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the state, or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. This includes storm or combined sewer systems within and included as a part of the street or road drainage system and power lines when such are part of the roadway lighting system. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include Washington State Retail Sales Taxes in the various unit bid item prices, or other contract amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the purchase of the materials, equipment, or supplies used or consumed in doing the work. 1- 07.2(2) State Sales Tax — Rule 170 WAC 458 -20 -170, and its related rules, apply to the constructing and repairing of new or existing buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 31 SPECIAL PROVISIONS limited to, the construction of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the state of Washington; water mains and their appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage disposal systems unless such sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, or other conduits or lines in or above streets or roads, unless such power lines become a part of a street or road lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of tangible personal property in or to real property, whether or not such personal property becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency, retail sales tax on the full contract price. The Contracting Agency will automatically add this sales tax to each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the Contractor shall not include the retail sales tax in the unit bid item prices, or in any other contract amount subject to Rule 170, with the following exception. Exception: The Contracting Agency will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor or a subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit bid item prices or in any other contract amount. 1- 07.2(3) Services The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the Contracting Agency on any contract wholly for professional or other services (as defined in Washington State Department of Revenue Rules 138 and 244). 1 -07.4 Sanitation 1- 07.4(2) Health Hazards Supplement this subsection with the following: Work on this project will involve exposure to asbestos cement pipe. The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that all work in the vicinity of, and the removing, handling, processing, hauling and disposing of asbestos cement pipe conforms to the rules, regulations, and recommended practices of the jurisdictional agencies, at a minimum. 1 -07.5 Environmental Regulations Section 1 -07.5 is supplemented with the following: (August 3, 2009 WSDOT GSP) The intentional bypass of stormwater from all or any portion of a stormwater treatement system is prohibited without the approval of the Engineer. 1- 07.5(3) State Department of Ecology Section 1- 07.5(3) is supplemented with the following: City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352id Street Extension November 2015 Page 32 SPECIAL PROVISIONS (January 5, 2015 WSDOT GSP) 9. Once Physical Completion has been given the Contractor shall prepare a Notice of Termination (Ecology form ECY 020 -87). The Contractor shall submit the Notice of Termination electronically to the Engineer in a PDF format a minimum of 7 calendar days prior to submitting the Notice of Termination to Ecology. 10. The Contractor shall submit copies of all correspondence with Ecology electronically to the Engineer in a PDF format within four calendar days. 1 -07.5 Environmental Regulations 1- 07.5(4) Air Quality Supplement the first paragraph of this subsection with the following: The local air pollution authority for work in the vicinity of, and the removing, handling, processing, hauling and disposing, asbestos cement pipe is the Puget Sound Clean Air Agency. Puget Sound Clean Air Agency: Asbestos / Demolition Notification for Contractors and Property Owners State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries: Notice of Asbestos Abatement Project The Contractor shall coordinate with the Contracting Agency in completing the applications and preparing plans as applicable for, and shall be responsible to secure and comply with the provisions of, the following: 1 -07.6 Permits and Licenses Section 1 -07.6 is supplemented with the following: (January 5, 2015 WSDOT GSP) The Contracting Agency has obtained the below - listed permit(s) for this project. A copy of the permits) is attached as an appendix for informational purposes. Copies of these permits are required to be onsite at all times. Contact with the permitting agencies, concerning the below - listed permit(s), shall be made through the Engineer with the exception of the Construction Stormwater General Permit where direct communication with the Ecology is allowed. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining Ecology's approval for any Work requiring additional approvals (e.g. Request for Chemical Treatment Form). The Contractor shall obtain additional permits as necessary. All costs to obtain and comply with additional permits shall be included in the applicable Bid items for the Work involved. * ** Construction Stormwater General Permit * ** *****1 City City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension Page 33 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Construction Stormwater General Permit Prior to the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall fill out, execute and submit a Transfer of Coverage to the Department of Ecology to transfer the Construction Stormwater General Permit (NPDES and State Waste Discharge General Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity) from the City to the Contractor. In addition, upon physical completion, the Contractor shall fill out, execute and submit a Notice of Termination form to the Department of Ecology. Copies of the completed Transfer of Coverage and the completed Notice of Termination shall be sent to the Engineer. See section 8 -01 for related SWPP and stormwater monitoring requirements. See Appendix G for a copy of the City's Construction Stormwater General Permit, for a copy of the City's Notice of Intent application, and for blank copies of the Transfer of Coverage, and the Notice of Termination. Survey Monuments In accordance with RCW 58.24.040(8), no cadastral or geodetic survey monument may be disturbed without a valid permit to remove or destroy a survey monument, issued by the Washington State Department of Natural Resources. Permit applications can be obtained by calling the Public Land Survey Office at (360) 902 -1194. The permit application must be stamped by a registered Washington State Land Surveyor. Asbestos Handling and Disposal The local air pollution authority for work in the vicinity of, and the removing, handling, processing, hauling and disposing, asbestos cement pipe is the Puget Sound Clean Air Agency. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Contracting Agency in completing the applications and preparing plans as applicable for, and shall be responsible to secure and comply with the provisions of, the following: Puget Sound Clean Air Agency: Asbestos / Demolition Notification for Contractors and Property Owners State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries: Notice of Asbestos Abatement Project Forms and information are included in Appendix F. All costs associated with preparing required documentation are included in the applicable Bid Items for asbestos removal. 1 -07.7 Load Limits (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) Section 1 -07.7 is supplemented with the following: If the source of materials provided by the Contractor necessitates hauling over roads other than State Highways, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's expense, make all arrangements for the use of the haul routes. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 34 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1 -07.13 Contractor's Responsibility for Work 1- 07.13(4) Repair of Damage (August 6, 2001 WSDOT GSP) Section 1- 07.13(4) is revised to read: The Contractor shall promptly repair all damage to either temporary or permanent work as directed by the Engineer. For damage qualifying for relief under Sections 1- 07.13(1), 1- 07.13(2) or 1- 07.13(3), payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.4. Payment will be limited to repair of damaged work only. No payment will be made for delay or disruption of work. 1 -07.15 Temporary Water Pollution / Erosion Control 1- 07.15(1) Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures Plan ( * * * * *1 Payment will be made under the following bid item(s) when it appears in the Proposal: "SPCC Plan ", per lump sum. 1- 07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities (April 2, 2007 WSDOT GSP) Section 1 -07.17 is supplemented with the following: Locations and dimensions shown in the Plans for existing facilities are in accordance with available information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification. The following addresses and telephone numbers of utility companies known or suspected of having facilities within the project limits are supplied for the Contractor's convenience: * ** Comcast Cable Communication 4020 Auburn Way N Auburn, WA 98002 Attn: Tom Chrisman CenturyLink 23315 66th Avenue S Kent, WA 98032 Attn: Victor Novelo Puget Sound Energy (Gas) 3130 S. 38th St. Tacoma, WA 98409 Attn: Anita Yurovchak Telephone: 253- 476 -6304 Puget Sound Energy (Power) 14103 8th Street East Sumner, WA 98390 Attn: Tom Quann Telephone: 253 - 863 -0484 City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 35 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Lakehaven Utility District 31623 First Avenue South P. O. Box 4249 Federal Way, WA 98063 Attn: Wes Hill Section 1 -07.17 is supplemented with the following: Public and private utilities, or their contractors, will furnish all work necessary to adjust, relocate, replace, or construct their facilities unless otherwise provided for in the Plans or these Special Provisions. Such adjustment, relocation, replacement, or construction will be done during the prosecution of the work for this project. Puget Sound Energy (PSE) will transfer existing electrical transmission lines to the new transmission poles. Power and communication distribution lines will remain on these poles until the entire underground distribution system is in place. Removal of the existing poles cannot take place until PSE, Comcast, and CenturyLink have completed the installation of the new wiring, energized the system, and all service conversions are complete. The Contractor shall schedule his operations such that work impacted by the location of existing poles is not on the critical path. Costs to shore, relocate or remove existing utility poles to facilitate the Contractors operations shall be incidental to and included in the other items of the contract. Interruptions in power transmission or distribution service are dependent on the status of the power grid and may not be available when requested. 60 day notice shall be provided to the Puget Sound Energy Load Office prior to scheduled outages. The Contractor shall be prepared to reschedule impacted work if outages are unavailable. 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: 1 -07.18 Insurance (January 24, 2011 APWA GSP) 1- 07.18(1) General Requirements A. The Contractor shall obtain the insurance described in this section from insurers approved by the State Insurance Commissioner pursuant to RCW Title 48. The insurance must be provided by an insurer with a rating of A -: VII or higher in the A.M. Best's Key Rating Guide, which is licensed to do business in the state of Washington (or issued as a surplus line by a Washington Surplus lines broker). The Contracting Agency reserves the right to approve or reject the insurance provided, based on the insurer (including financial condition), terms and coverage, the Certificate of Insurance, and /or endorsements. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352rd Street Extension November 2015 Page 36 SPECIAL PROVISIONS B. The Contractor shall keep this insurance in force during the term of the Contract and for thirty (30) days after the Physical Completion date, unless otherwise indicated (see C. below). C. If any insurance policy is written on a claims made form, its retroactive date, and that of all subsequent renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this Contract. The policy shall state that coverage is claims made, and state the retroactive date. Claims - made form coverage shall be maintained by the Contractor for a minimum of 36 months following the Final Completion or earlier termination of this Contract, and the Contractor shall annually provide the Contracting Agency with proof of renewal. If renewal of the claims made form of coverage becomes unavailable, or economically prohibitive, the Contractor shall purchase an extended reporting period ( "tail ") or execute another form of guarantee acceptable to the Contracting Agency to assure financial responsibility for liability for services performed. D. The insurance policies shall contain a "cross liability" provision. E. The Contractor's and all subContractors' insurance coverage shall be primary and non- contributory insurance as respects the Contracting Agency's insurance, self- insurance, or insurance pool coverage. F. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency and all Additional Insureds with written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of such notice. G. Upon request, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency a full and certified copy of the insurance policy(s). H. The Contractor shall not begin work under the Contract until the required insurance has been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency. I. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the Contracting Agency may, after giving five business days notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate the Contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency. J. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit or lump sum prices of the contract and no additional payment will be made. 1- 07.18(2) Additional Insured All insurance policies, with the exception of Professional Liability and Workers Compensation, shall name the following listed entities as additional insured(s): • the Contracting Agency and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents, and volunteers • KPG Inc, P.S. and its officers, employees, agents, and subconsultants. The above - listed entities shall be additional insured(s) for the full available limits of liability maintained by the Contractor, whether primary, excess, contingent or otherwise, irrespective City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 37 SPECIAL PROVISIONS of whether such limits maintained by the Contractor are greater than those required by this Contract, and irrespective of whether the Certificate of Insurance provided by the Contractor pursuant to 1- 07.18(3) describes limits lower than those maintained by the Contractor. 1- 07.18(3) Subcontractors Contractor shall ensure that each subcontractor of every tier obtains and maintains at a minimum the insurance coverages listed in 1- 07.18(5)A and 1- 07.18(5)B. Upon request of the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide evidence of such insurance. 1- 07.18(4) Evidence of Insurance The Contractor shall deliver to the Contracting Agency a Certificate(s) of Insurance and endorsements for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work. The certificate and endorsements must conform to the following requirements: 1. An ACORD certificate or a form determined by the Contracting Agency to be equivalent. 2. Copies of all endorsements naming Contracting Agency and all other entities listed in 1- 07.18(2) as Additional Insured(s), showing the policy number. The Contractor may submit a copy of any blanket additional insured clause from its policies instead of a separate endorsement. A statement of additional insured status on an ACORD Certificate of Insurance shall not satisfy this requirement. 3. Any other amendatory endorsements to show the coverage required herein. 1- 07.18(5) Coverages and Limits The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below. Providing coverage in these stated minimum limits shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from liability in excess of such limits. All deductibles and self- insured retentions must be disclosed and are subject to approval by the Contracting Agency. The cost of any claim payments falling within the deductible shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1- 07.18(5)A Commercial General Liability A policy of Commercial General Liability Insurance, including: Per project aggregate Premises /Operations Liability Products /Completed Operations — for a period of one year following final acceptance of the work. Personal /Advertising Injury Contractual Liability Independent Contractors Liability Stop Gap / Employers' Liability Explosion, Collapse, or Underground Property Damage (XCU) Blasting (only required when the Contractor's work under this Contract includes exposures to which this specified coverage responds) Such policy must provide the following minimum limits: $1,000,000 $2,000,000 Each Occurrence General Aggregate City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 38 SPECIAL PROVISIONS $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate Personal & Advertising Injury, each offence Stop Gap / Employers' Liability $1,000,000 Each Accident $1,000,000 Disease - Policy Limit $1,000,000 Disease - Each Employee 1- 07.18(5)8 Automobile Liability Automobile Liability for owned, non - owned, hired, and leased vehicles, with an MCS 90 endorsement and a CA 9948 endorsement attached if "pollutants" are to be transported. Such policy(ies) must provide the following minimum limit: $1,000,000 combined single limit 1- 07.18(5)C Workers' Compensation The Contractor shall comply with Workers' Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the state of Washington. 1 -07.23 Public Convenience and Safety 1- 07.23(1) Construction under Traffic (January 2, 2012 WSDOT GSP) Section 1- 07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: Work Zone Clear Zone The Work Zone Clear Zone (WZCZ) applies during working and nonworking hours. The WZCZ applies only to temporary roadside objects introduced by the Contractor's operations and does not apply to preexisting conditions or permanent Work. Those work operations that are actively in progress shall be in accordance with adopted and approved Traffic Control Plans, and other contract requirements. During nonworking hours equipment or materials shall not be within the WZCZ unless they are protected by permanent guardrail or temporary concrete barrier. The use of temporary concrete barrier shall be permitted only if the Engineer approves the installation and location. During actual hours of work, unless protected as described above, only materials absolutely necessary to construction shall be within the WZCZ and only construction vehicles absolutely necessary to construction shall be allowed within the WZCZ or allowed to stop or park on the shoulder of the roadway. The Contractor's nonessential vehicles and employees private vehicles shall not be permitted to park within the WZCZ at any time unless protected as described above. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 39 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Deviation from the above requirements shall not occur unless the Contractor has requested the deviation in writing and the Engineer has provided written approval. Minimum WZCZ distances are measured from the edge of traveled way and will be determined as follows: Regulatory Posted Speed ti: Distance,From$:r Traveled (Feet) 35 mph or less 10 * 40 mph 15 45 to 55 mph 20 60 mph or greater 30 * or 2 -feet beyond the outside edge of sidewalk Minimum Work Zone Clear Zone Distance Section 1- 07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: Pedestrian Access The Contractor shall keep all pedestrian routes and access points (including sidewalks, and crosswalks when located within the project limits) open and clear at all times unless permitted otherwise by the Engineer in an approved traffic control plan. (February 14, 2005 NWR GSP) Section 1- 07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: Signs and Traffic Control Devices All signs and traffic control devices for the permitted closures shall only be installed during the specified hours. Construction signs, if placed earlier than the specified hours of closure, shall be turned or covered so as not to be visible to motorists. Hours of Darkness The Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency, make all arrangements for operations during hours of darkness. Flagger stations shall be illuminated using a minimum 150 -watt floodlight. Lighting used for nighttime work shall, whenever possible, be directed away from, or shielded from, residences and oncoming traffic. (March 6, 2000 NWR GSP) Section 1- 07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: Night Work Working at night (10:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. weekdays, 10:00 p.m. to 9:00 a.m. weekends and holidays) is not mandated by the Contracting Agency. Should the Contractor schedule project work during the nighttime closure hours allowed below, it shall be the City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Contractor's responsibility to obtain any required noise variance or exemption for such work. (March 6, 2000 NWR GSP) Section 1- 07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: Closure Restrictions The traffic closures listed above will not be allowed during the following time periods: Holidays - from noon the day prior to a holiday or holiday weekend through noon the day following a holiday or holiday weekend. Holidays that occur on Friday, Saturday, Sunday, or Monday are considered a holiday weekend. 1- 07.23(2) Construction and Maintenance of Detours Revise the first paragraph to read: Unless otherwise approved, the Contractor shall maintain two -way traffic during construction. The Contractor shall build, maintain in a safe condition, keep open to traffic, and remove when no longer needed: 1. Detours and detour bridges that will accommodate traffic diverted from the roadway, bridge, sidewalk, or path during construction, 2. Detour crossings of intersecting highway, and 3. Temporary approaches. 1 -07.24 Rights Of Way (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: Street Right of Way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits are indicated in the Plans. The Contractor's construction activities shall be confined within these limits, unless arrangements for use of private property are made. Generally, the Contracting Agency will have obtained, prior to bid opening, all rights of way and easements, both permanent and temporary, necessary for carrying out the work. Exceptions to this are noted in the Bid Documents or will be brought to the Contractor's attention by a duly issued Addendum. Whenever any of the work is accomplished on or through property other than public Right of Way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any easement agreement obtained by the Contracting Agency from the owner of the private property. Copies of the easement agreements may be included in the Contract Provisions or made available to the Contractor as soon as practical after they have been obtained by the Engineer. Whenever easements or rights of entry have not been acquired prior to advertising, these areas are so noted in the Plans. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the work in areas where right of way, easements or rights of entry have not been City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 41 SPECIAL PROVISIONS acquired until the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the right of way or easement is available or that the right of entry has been received. If the Contractor is delayed due to acts of omission on the part of the Contracting Agency in obtaining easements, rights of entry or right of way, the Contractor will be entitled to an extension of time. The Contractor agrees that such delay shall not be a breach of contract. Each property owner shall be given 48 hours notice prior to entry by the Contractor. This includes entry onto easements and private property where private improvements must be adjusted. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability to the Contracting Agency, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary construction facilities, storage of materials, or other Contractor needs. However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the work or not, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written permission of the private property owner, and, upon vacating the premises, a written release from the property owner of each property disturbed or otherwise interfered with by reasons of construction pursued under this contract. The statement shall be signed by the private property owner, or proper authority acting for the owner of the private property affected, stating that permission has been granted to use the property and all necessary permits have been obtained or, in the case of a release, that the restoration of the property has been satisfactorily accomplished. The statement shall include the parcel number, address, and date of signature. Written releases must be filed with the Engineer before the Completion Date will be established. Add the following New Section: 1 -07.28 Communication with Businesses and Property Owners The Contractor will be responsible for communicating all work activities with the property owners. The Contractor, along with the City's inspector, shall have one formal meeting with the managers of the business corridor. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to initiate and set up the meeting. Thereafter, the Contractor shall keep the businesses informed of their general work locations and activities for the upcoming two (2) months by distributing a monthly status /schedule memo to the businesses. The memo shall be approved by the Engineer prior to distribution. Payment for said meetings and communication shall be considered incidental to the unit contract price paid for Mobilization and no additional payment will be made. 1 -08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS Add the following new sections: 1 -08.0 Preliminary Matters (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 42 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1- 08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) Prior to the Contractor beginning the work, a preconstruction conference will be held between the Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be invited. The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be: 1. To review the initial progress schedule; 2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or affected by the work; 3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, submittals, etc.; 4. To establish normal working hours for the work; 5. To review safety standards and traffic control; and 6. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work. The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction conference the following: 1. A breakdown of all lump sum items; 2. A preliminary schedule of working drawing submittals; and 3. A list of material sources for approval if applicable. 1- 08.0(2) Hours of Work (December 8, 2014 APWA GSP) Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the normal working hours for the Contract shall be any consecutive 8 -hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, exclusive of a lunch break. If the Contractor desires different than the normal working hours stated above, the request must be submitted in writing prior to the preconstruction conference, subject to the provisions below. The working hours for the Contract shall be established at or prior to the preconstruction conference. All working hours and days are also subject to local permit and ordinance conditions (such as noise ordinances). If the Contractor wishes to deviate from the established working hours, the Contractor shall submit a written request to the Engineer for consideration. This request shall state what hours are being requested, and why. Requests shall be submitted for review no later than noon on the working day prior to the day(s) the Contractor is requesting to change the hours. If the Contracting Agency approves such a deviation, such approval may be subject to certain other conditions, which will be detailed in writing. For example: 1. On non - Federal aid projects, requiring the Contractor to reimburse the Contracting Agency for the costs in excess of straight -time costs for Contracting City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 43 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Agency representatives who worked during such times. (The Engineer may require designated representatives to be present during the work. Representatives who may be deemed necessary by the Engineer include, but are not limited to: survey crews; personnel from the Contracting Agency's material testing lab; inspectors; and other Contracting Agency employees or third party consultants when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such work necessitates their presence.) 2. Considering the work performed on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays as working days with regard to the contract time. 3. Considering multiple work shifts as multiple working days with respect to contract time even though the multiple shifts occur in a single 24 -hour period. 4. If a 4 -10 work schedule is requested and approved the non working day for the week will be charged as a working day. 5. If Davis Bacon wage rates apply to this Contract, all requirements must be met and recorded properly on certified payroll. 1 -08.1 Subcontracting (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Delete the eighth paragraph and replace it with the following: On all projects funded with federal assistance the Contractor shall submit "Quarterly Report of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation" (form 422 -102 EF) on a quarterly basis, in which DBE Work is accomplished, for every quarter in which the Contract is active or upon completion of the project, as appropriate. The quarterly reports are due on the 20th of April, July, October, and January for the four respective quarters. 1 -08.3 Progress Schedule 1- 08.3(5) Payment Section 1- 08.3(5) is supplemented with the following: "Type B Progress Schedule (Minimum Bid $5,000) ", lump sum. 1 -08.4 Prosecution of the Work Delete this section and replace it with the following: 1 -08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of Work (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed and the contract bond and evidence of insurance have been approved and filed by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall not commence with the work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall commence City of Federal Way South 352`d Street Extension Page 44 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 SPECIAL PROVISIONS construction activities on the project site within ten days of the Notice to Proceed Date, unless otherwise approved in writing. The Contractor shall diligently pursue the work to the physical completion date within the time specified in the contract. Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work within the time(s) specified in the contract. When shown in the Plans, the first order of work shall be the installation of high visibility fencing to delineate all areas for protection or restoration, as described in the Contract. Installation of high visibility fencing adjacent to the roadway shall occur after the placement of all necessary signs and traffic control devices in accordance with 1- 10.1(2). Upon construction of the fencing, the Contractor shall request the Engineer to inspect the fence. No other work shall be performed on the site until the Contracting Agency has accepted the installation of high visibility fencing, as described in the Contract. 1 -08.5 Time For Completion Section 1 -08.5 is supplemented with the following: ( * * * ** 4) This project shall be physically completed within 150 working days. The working days includes time to accomplish all force account work in the bid schedules. (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP, Option A) Revise the third and fourth paragraphs to read: Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed Date. Each working day shall be charged to the contract as it occurs, until the contract work is physically complete. If substantial completion has been granted and all the authorized working days have been used, charging of working days will cease. Each week the Engineer will provide the Contractor a statement that shows the number of working days: (1) charged to the contract the week before; (2) specified for the physical completion of the contract; and (3) remaining for the physical completion of the contract. The statement will also show the nonworking days and any partial or whole day the Engineer declares as unworkable. Within 10 calendar days after the date of each statement, the Contractor shall file a written protest of any alleged discrepancies in it. To be considered by the Engineer, the protest shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of time disputed. By not filing such detailed protest in that period, the Contractor shall be deemed as having accepted the statement as correct. If the Contractor is approved to work 10 hours a day and 4 days a week (a 4 -10 schedule) and the fifth day of the week in which a 4 -10 shift is worked would ordinarily be charged as a working day then the fifth day of that week will be charged as a working day whether or not the Contractor works on that day. Revise the sixth paragraph to read: The Engineer will give the Contractor written notice of the completion date of the contract after all the Contractor's obligations under the contract have been performed by City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 45 SPECIAL PROVISIONS the Contractor. The following events must occur before the Completion Date can be established: 1. The physical work on the project must be complete; and 2. The Contractor must furnish all documentation required by the contract and required by law, to allow the Contracting Agency to process final acceptance of the contract. The following documents must be received by the Project Engineer prior to establishing a completion date: a. Certified Payrolls (per Section 1- 07.9(5)). b. Material Acceptance Certification Documents c. Quarterly Reports of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation, as required by the Contract Provisions. d. Final Contract Voucher Certification e. Copies of the approved "Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid" for the Contractor and all Subcontractors f. Property owner releases per Section 1 -07.24 1 -08.9 Liquidated Damages (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) Revise the fourth paragraph to read: When the Contract Work has progressed to Substantial Completion as defined in the Contract, the Engineer may determine that the work is Substantially Complete. The Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of the Substantial Completion Date. For overruns in Contract time occurring after the date so established, the formula for liquidated damages shown above will not apply. For overruns in Contract time occurring after the Substantial Completion Date, liquidated damages shall be assessed on the basis of direct engineering and related costs assignable to the project until the actual Physical Completion Date of all the Contract Work. The Contractor shall complete the remaining Work as promptly as possible. Upon request by the Project Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish a written schedule for completing the physical Work on the Contract. 1 -09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1 -09.6 Force Account (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: The Contracting Agency has estimated and included in the Proposal, dollar amounts for all items to be paid per force account, only to provide a common proposal for Bidders. All such dollar amounts are to become a part of Contractor's total bid. However, the Contracting Agency does not warrant expressly or by implication, that the actual amount of work will correspond with those estimates. Payment will be made on the basis of the amount of work actually authorized by Engineer. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 46 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1 -09.7 Mobilization Section 1 -09.7 is supplemented with the following: Obtaining a site for the Contractor's mobilization, field office(s), storage of materials, and other general operations shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All costs associated with securing sites shall be included in the other bid items on the project and no other compensation will be made for this item. The Contractor will provide City with copy(s) of agreement(s). Payment is made under the following bid item: "Mobilization" per lump sum. The lump sum bid price for 'Mobilization" shall include, but not limited to, the following items: the movement of the Contractor's personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site; the establishment of the Contractor's office, buildings, and other facilities necessary for work on the project; providing sanitary facilities for the Contractor's personnel; obtaining permits or licenses required to complete the project not furnished by the Owner; and other work and operations which must be performed or costs that must be incurred. 1- 09.7(1) Field Office Building Section 1- 09.7(1) is a new section: ( * * * * **) Description This work shall consist of furnishing and setting -up a temporary office building for the sole use of the Contracting Agency. Construction Requirements The building shall be set -up, at the location designated by the Engineer, within the first 10 working days, unless the Engineer has approved a different schedule. The Contractor shall provide a secure minimum 400 square foot office suitable for use by the Engineer and resident inspection staff for the duration of the project. This office shall be separate from the Contractor's field office and be for the exclusive use of the Engineer and inspection staff. Prior to commencing physical construction, the Contractor shall provide the following minimum items: Field Office 400 square feet office space Above ground floor Parking for four vehicles on crushed gravel or equivalent surface Stairs shall have handrails Weekly janitorial service City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 47 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Heating and air conditioning Electric lights, including two desk lamps Operable windows with security bars Two, 6 sf. shelving units One 4- drawer filing cabinet Cork bulletin board (24 sf min.) Dry erase white board (24 sf min.) Plan layout table (3 ft x 6 ft min.) Drafting table (3 ft x 6 ft min.) with adjustable tilting top Copy machine / scanner with automatic feed, and capacity to copy /scan 11x17 sheets with extra toner and service as required Two conference tables (4 ft x 8 ft each) Twenty stackable chairs Two desks (3 ft x 6 ft min) with drawers along one side and pencil drawer Two desk chairs and one drafting chair with adjustable heights and backs Front door deadbolt or padlock with six keys Five gallon bottled water dispenser with full service Sanitary facilities within 25 ft of office Hand washing facilities DSL (256) or broadband communication line The Contractor shall include costs for office utilities and local telephone and fax service in this item. The building and contents shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site upon physical completion of the contract, or when designated by the Engineer. The Contractor shall arrange and provide the construction equipment staging area. This area must be approved by the City of Federal Way, Community Development Department. Sites chosen near residential properties can expect severe restrictions on noise and allowable work hours. Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for the following bid item: "Field Office Building ", lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "Field Office Building" shall be full pay for furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing the facility, including all costs associated with all required utility hook -ups and disconnects, and monthly utility charges for all utilities except telephone. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 48 SPECIAL PROVISIONS The monthly telephone costs will be paid by the Contracting Agency. 1 -09.8 Payment for Material on Hand (August 3, 2009 WSDOT GSP) Payment For Material On Hand The last paragraph of Section 1 -09.8 is revised to read: The Contracting Agency will not pay for material on hand when the invoice cost is Tess than $2,000. As materials are used in the work, credits equaling the partial payments for them will be taken on future estimates. Each month, no later than the estimate due date, the Contractor shall submit a letter to the Project Engineer that clearly states: 1) the amount originally paid on the invoice (or other record of production cost) for the items on hand, 2) the dollar amount of the material incorporated into each of the various work items for the month, and 3) the amount that should be retained in material on hand items. If work is performed on the items and the Contractor does not submit a letter, all of the previous material on hand payment will be deducted on the estimate. Partial payment for materials on hand shall not constitute acceptance. Any material will be rejected if found to be faulty even if partial payment for it has been made. 1 -09.9 Payments (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) Delete the first four paragraphs and replace them with the following: The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of Work performed according to the Contract and as specified for payment. The Contractor shall submit a breakdown of the cost of lump sum bid items at the Preconstruction Conference, to enable the Project Engineer to determine the Work performed on a monthly basis. A breakdown is not required for lump sum items that include a basis for incremental payments as part of the respective Specification. Absent a lump sum breakdown, the Project Engineer will make a determination based on information available. The Project Engineer's determination of the cost of work shall be final. Progress payments for completed work and material on hand will be based upon progress estimates prepared by the Engineer. A progress estimate cutoff date will be established at the preconstruction conference. The initial progress estimate will be made not later than 30 days after the Contractor commences the work, and successive progress estimates will be made every month thereafter until the Completion Date. Progress estimates made during progress of the work are tentative, and made only for the purpose of determining progress payments. The progress estimates are subject to change at any time prior to the calculation of the final payment. The value of the progress estimate will be the sum of the following: City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 49 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1. Unit Price Items in the Bid Form — the approximate quantity of acceptable units of work completed multiplied by the unit price. 2. Lump Sum Items in the Bid Form — based on the approved Contractor's lump sum breakdown for that item, or absent such a breakdown, based on the Engineer's determination. 3. Materials on Hand —100 percent of invoiced cost of material delivered to Job site or other storage area approved by the Engineer. 4. Change Orders — entitlement for approved extra cost or completed extra work as determined by the Engineer. Progress payments will be made in accordance with the progress estimate less: 1. Retainage per Section 1- 09.9(1), on non FHWA- funded projects; 2. The amount of progress payments previously made; and 3. Funds withheld by the Contracting Agency for disbursement in accordance with the Contract Documents. Progress payments for work performed shall not be evidence of acceptable performance or an admission by the Contracting Agency that any work has been satisfactorily completed. The determination of payments under the contract will be final in accordance with Section 1 -05.1. 1 -09.13 Claims Resolution 1- 09.13(3) Claims $250,000 or Less (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Delete this Section and replace it with the following: The Contractor and the Contracting Agency mutually agree that those claims that total $250,000 or Tess, submitted in accordance with Section 1 -09.11 and not resolved by nonbinding ADR processes, shall be resolved through litigation unless the parties mutually agree in writing to resolve the claim through binding arbitration. 1- 09.13(3)A Administration of Arbitration (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) Revise the third paragraph to read: The Contracting Agency and the Contractor mutually agree to be bound by the decision of the arbitrator, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in the Superior Court of the county in which the Contracting Agency's headquarters is located, provided that where claims subject to arbitration are asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.05 shall control venue and jurisdiction of the Superior Court. The decision of the arbitrator and the specific basis for the decision shall be in writing. The arbitrator shall use the Contract as a basis for decisions. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 50 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1 -10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1 -10.1 General Revise the first paragraph to read: ( The Contractor shall provide traffic control plans to the City of Federal Way for review and approval a minimum of ten (10) working days prior to implementation. These plans shall supplement Construction Staging Plans. The plans as provided by the Contractor shall include and not be limited to the following information: • Stop line locations with station and offset to verify safety of intersection turning radius for vehicles. • Minimum lane widths provided for vehicular travel. • Turn pocket length, gap, and tapers in conformance with the City of Federal Way Standard Detail DWG 3 -19A, and WSDOT standard plans. The Contractor shall provide flaggers, signs, and other traffic control devices not otherwise specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall erect and maintain all construction signs, warning signs, detour signs, and other traffic control devices necessary to warn and protect the public at all times from injury or damage as a result of the Contractor's operations which may occur on highways, roads, streets, sidewalks, or paths. No work shall be done on or adjacent to any traveled way until all necessary signs and traffic control devices are in place. Business Open During Construction Signs The Contractor shall provide a minimum of three (3) Business Open During Construction signs for the project. The Business Open During Construction signs shall be per the detail in the plans. City of Federal Way Project Signs City of Federal Way Project signs shall be considered Construction Signs Class A. The Contractor shall provide two (2) project signs per the standard detail within the Appendix. 1 -10.2 Traffic Control Management (December 1, 2008 WSDOT GSP) Section 1- 10.2(1) is supplemented with the following: Only training with WSDOT TCS card and WSDOT training curriculum is recognized in the State of Washington. The Traffic Control Supervisor shall be certified by one of the following: The Northwest Laborers - Employers Training Trust 27055 Ohio Ave. City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension Page 51 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Kingston, WA 98346 (360) 297 -3035 Evergreen Safety Council 401 Pontius Ave. N. Seattle, WA 98109 1- 800 - 521 -0778 or (206) 382 -4090 The American Traffic Safety Services Association 15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100 Fredericksburg, Virginia 22406 -1022 Training Dept. Toll Free (877) 642 -4637 Phone: (540) 368 -1701 1- 10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans Section 1- 10.2(2) is supplemented with the following: The following minimum Traffic Control requirements shall be maintained during the construction of the project: 1. The Contractor shall maintain continuous two -way traffic along streets throughout the project site. The Contractor shall have the option, with the approval of the Engineer, of momentarily interrupting the continuous two -way traffic to allow one -way traffic. Such interruptions shall utilize qualified flaggers placed in strategic locations to insure the public safety and minimize driver confusion. A momentary interruption shall be defined as a period of time not to exceed two (2) minutes. Regardless of the period of time no queue greater than ten (10) cars in length will be allowed. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying all affected property owners prior to commencing the barricading of streets, sidewalks and driveways. 3. All business driveways shall remain open except as necessary to permit curing of construction materials or for short periods of time as required for excavations. However, at least one (1) driveway per business shall remain open to vehicular traffic at all times unless otherwise approved by the Engineer and affected property owner in writing. If a business has only one driveway, then that driveway must be constructed one -half at a time to allow the passage of vehicles. The amount of time that a driveway can be closed will be limited. Business owners shall be notified in writing at least 48 hours in advance of any planned driveway closures. 4. Signs and barricades shall be supplemented by Type C steady burn lights to delineate edge of roadway during the hours of darkness. 5. Any asphalt concrete pavement, crushed surfacing, or gravel base for maintaining traffic during the life of this contract shall be placed by the Contractor immediately upon request by the Engineer. In addition, cuts made in City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 52 SPECIAL PROVISIONS the traveled lanes or on walkways that are paved will be temporarily patched with hot mix and maintained daily until such time as a permanent patch can be made. Payment for crushed surfacing, gravel and asphalt will be paid at their respective bid items, as included in the contract. 6. Detours will not be allowed except as noted herein or Section 1- 07.23(2) as amended. 7. Drivers of motor vehicles used in connection with the construction shall obey traffic rules posted for such location in the same manner and under the same restrictions as provided for the drivers of private vehicles. 8. The Contractor shall, at all times throughout the project, conduct the work in such a manner as will obstruct and inconvenience vehicular and pedestrian traffic as little as possible. The streets, sidewalks and private driveways shall be kept open by the Contractor except for the brief periods when actual work is being done. The Contractor shall so conduct his operations so as to have under construction no greater length or amount of work than he can prosecute vigorously and he shall not open up sections of the work and leave them in an unfinished condition. See Section 1- 07.23(1) for additional driveway closure requirements. 9. The Contractor shall provide traffic cones, barricades and drums, with warning lights in sufficient number and in good condition as required to protect the work and the public throughout the length of the job. Traffic Safety Drums with flashers in addition to temporary striping will be used to channelize traffic through construction zones. Opposing lanes of traffic will be separated by pylons when clearance for drums is not adequate. All signing and channelization shall be per current MUTCD standards. 10. Temporary paint striping, reflective marking tape, and/or retroreflective tubular markers shall be required for each shift of traffic control. The Contractor shall provide temporary striping, reflective marking tape, and /or retroreflective tubular markers as required at the direction of the Engineer. Paint, reflective marking tape, and /or retroreflective tubular markers used for temporary striping shall meet the requirement of Section 8 -23 of these Special Provisions. 11. The Contractor provided Traffic Control Plans shall lay out traffic control device spacing, tapers, etc., to scale, shall contain accurate dimensions and legends and shall be signed by the preparer. Special Conditions Pacific Highway South Traffic Requirements • One lane of traffic may be closed at a time between the hours of 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM northbound, and 7:00 AM to 3:00 PM southbound. • No closures are allowed between the hours of 6:00 AM to 7:00 AM and 4:00 PM to 7:00 PM on weekdays. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 53 SPECIAL PROVISIONS • One lane of traffic in each direction may be closed between the hours of 7:00 PM and 6:00 AM. • Traffic may be reduced to one lane in each direction at night to perform trenching for roadway crossings. All utility crossings shall be performed at night between the hours 8:00 PM and 6:00 AM. Enchanted Parkway South Traffic Requirements • One lane of traffic may be closed at a time between the hours of 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM northbound, and 7:00 AM to 3:00 PM southbound. • No closures are allowed between the hours of 6:00 AM to 7:00 AM and 4:00 PM to 7:00 PM on weekdays. • One lane of traffic in each direction may be closed between the hours of 7:00 PM and 6:00 AM. • Traffic may be reduced to one lane in each direction at night to perform trenching for roadway crossings. All utility crossings shall be performed at night between the hours 8:00 PM and 6:00 AM. • Southbound left -turn lane to S 352nd St shall be always be open from 9:00 AM to 4:00 PM. Traffic Requirements within entire Project Limits • A minimum of one access to each business will remain open at all times. • The existing lighting system shall remain operational until the new system is functioning. The Engineer may approve partial interruptions required because of staging. • No more than one shift may be worked per day without approval of the Engineer. • The Contractor may only work within one stage at a time. Specific work items in other stages may be approved by the Engineer if they do not cause significant impacts to traffic and business access. • Pedestrians must have access to pedestrian push buttons at all times. • The Contractor shall maintain at least one continuous ADA accessible pedestrian walkway throughout the project at all times. All associated costs with the Contractor designing, submitting, and obtaining approval for the Traffic Control Plans shall be considered included in the lump sum for "Mobilization ". 1 -103 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures and Devices 1- 10.3(1) Traffic Control Labor Section 1- 10.3(1) is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * * *) City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 54 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Off Duty Uniformed Police Officer The City shall reimburse the Contractor for the use of off duty uniformed police officers at the invoiced cost with no mark -up per Standard Specifications 1 -09.6 Force Account. The Contractor shall request uniformed off -duty police officers from the City of Federal Way Police Department, (253) 835 -6701. The request shall be made forty -eight (48) hours before the use of the off-duty police officers on the project site. A minimum of three (3) hours call out time shall be paid for each request for off-duty police officers. It shall be the Contractors responsibility to arrange a work schedule to minimize any additional costs incurred by the minimum three (3) hour call out requirement. No reimbursement of any portion of the minimum callout will be allowed where Contractor - made schedule revisions occur after an off duty officer has been procured. No reimbursement of any portion of the minimum callout will be allowed where Contractor - made schedule revisions occur after an Off -Duty Police Officer has been procured. Off -Duty Uniformed Police Officer will be required only when the signal system is in flashing mode or is not operational or otherwise approved by the Project Engineer. The last sentence of the second paragraph of Section 1- 10.3(1) is revised to read: The Contractor shall furnish the flashing stop /slow paddles for the flagging stations: The use of conventional flagging paddles will only be allowed in the case of an emergency, or temporary use while a failed FSSP is replaced or repaired. 1- 10.3(3) Traffic Control Devices Delete this Section and replace it with the following: All signs required by the approved traffic control plan(s) as well as any other appropriate signs prescribed by the Engineer shall be furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the posts or supports and erect and maintain the signs in a clean, neat, and presentable condition until the necessity for them has ceased. All non - applicable signs shall be removed or completely covered with metal, plywood, or an Engineer approved product specifically manufactured for sign covering during periods when they are not needed. When the need for these signs has ceased, the Contractor upon approval of the Engineer, shall remove all signs, posts, and supports from the project and they shall remain the property of the Contractor. All orange background signs shall utilize materials, and be fabricated in accordance with, Section 9 -28. All new orange background signs and all W20 -7a "Flagger Ahead" signs shall be fabricated with Type IV or Type VII fluorescent orange sign sheeting. All post mounted signs with Type IV or VII sheeting shall use a nylon washer between the twist fasteners (screw heads, bolts, or nuts) and the reflective sheeting. There shall be no intermixing of signs with non - fluorescent orange reflective sign sheeting and signs with fluorescent orange reflective sign sheeting on the same sign post. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 55 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Construction signs will be divided into two classes. Class A construction signs are those signs that remain in service throughout the construction or during a major phase of the work. They are mounted on posts, existing fixed structures, or substantial supports of a semi - permanent nature. Sign and support installation for Class A signs shall be in accordance with the Contract Plans or the Standard Plans. Class B construction signs are those signs that are placed and removed daily, or are used for short durations which may extend for one or more days. They are mounted on portable or temporary mountings. In the event of disputes, the Engineer will determine if a construction sign is considered as a Class A or B construction sign. If it is necessary to add weight to signs for stability, only a bag of sand that will rupture on impact shall be used. The bag of sand shall: (1) be furnished by the Contractor, (2) have a maximum weight of 40 pounds, and (3) be suspended no more than 1 foot from the ground. Signs, posts, or supports that are lost, stolen, damaged, destroyed, or which the Engineer deems to be unacceptable while their use is required on the project, shall be replaced by the Contractor without additional compensation. Traffic Safety Drums used to delineate driveways and access locations to private properties within the work zone shall be yellow in color. The following devices are deemed compliant with the crashworthiness requirements of NCHRP 350 and are approved for use on the project: Approved Category 11 Devices Type I & 1I Barricades Manufacturer WLI Industries Bent Manufacturing Bent Manufacturing Bent Manufacturing Eastern Metal Plasticade Products Plasticade Products Dicke Tool Company TrafFix Devices, Inc. The Roadmaker Company Three D Traffic Works, Inc. Protection Services, Inc. Flex -O -Lite United Rentals Highways Bureau of Highway Safety The Cortina Companies Type 11I Barricades Model Number Safety Cade Type 11 Unicade Waffle Barricade Type II Plywood or Plastic Panel Type 1 & II Barricades Fibercade Type II Plasticade Type II Type I Plastic Barricade Plastic Folding Type I Barricade Type II Plastic Barricade TD2000 Works Barricade Type 1 & II Barricades Type I Barricade Type I & II Barricades Penn. Type III Barricade Type I Plastic Barricades City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 56 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Manufacturer Bent Manufacturing Recycled Plastic Products Yodock Wall Company Cantel of Medford, Inc. Davidson Plastics Corp. Model Number Type III Barricade Hollow Core Plastic Barricade Yodock 2001m Type III Barricade EZ -UP Type III Barricade T3B Type III Barricade Approved Portable Signs and Stands Manufacturer Montana DOT WLI Texas DOT Reflexite /Eastern Metals Model Number DWG# 618 -02 (Plywood) SafetyCor Sign System (Plastic) Skid Mounted Sign Support (Plywood) DF 400 & DF 4700 TX (Endurance plastic) (Aluminum signs are not approved for use with the above listed stands at this time Wood Sign Posts Use the below charts to determine post size for Class A construction signs. One Post Installation Min. Sign Sq. Ft. Post Size 4x4 4x6 6x6 6x8 4x4 4x6 6x6 6x8 17.0 21.0 26.0 Max. Sign Sq. Ft. 16.0 20.0 25.0 31.0 Two Post Installation (For signs 5 feet or greater in width) 17.0 37.0 47.0 16.0 36.0 46.0 75.0 * * The Engineer shall determine post size for signs greater than 75 square feet. 1- 10.3(7) Temporary Pavement Marking Section 1- 10.3(7) is a new section: (* * * * **) All costs in connection with the use of reflective traffic tape as temporary pavement markings shall be incidental to other bid items. All costs for paint lines and reflective pavement markers used for temporary traffic control shall be paid under other bid items. Description City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 57 SPECIAL PROVISIONS The Contractor shall install and remove approved 4- inch -wide reflective traffic tape, paint line, RPMs and pavement markings per City of Federal Way Standard Details DWG - 3 -17, DWG - 3 -18, and DWG - 3 -19, as shown on the Plans, specified in the Special Provisions for this Contract, or as directed by the Engineer. Temporary pavement markings shall be removed after the installation of permanent lane marking is approved in writing by the Engineer. Materials Materials for temporary pavement markings shall be selected from approved materials listed in the Special Provisions of this Contract. Preliminary Spotting The Contractor is responsible for preliminary spotting (layout work) of the lines before marking begins. The City may provide pavement marking layout work for the Contractor if existing work loads permit, but all costs incurred by the City in providing layout work at the Contractor's request shall be charged to the Contractor. Temporary Pavement Markings Temporary pavement markings shall be installed and maintained by the Contractor whenever permanent pavement markings are included in the Contract and traffic is released onto public streets or roadways prior to installation of permanent pavement markings. The Contractor shall perform preliminary layout work to the satisfaction of the Engineer prior to installation of the temporary pavement markings. The temporary pavement markings shall be installed and maintained to the satisfaction of the Engineer until the permanent pavement markings are installed and approved in writing by the Engineer. After approval of permanent lane markings, the Contractor shall remove the temporary lane markings to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Appropriately colored 4- inch -wide reflective traffic tape shall be installed with a skip pattern based on a 10 -foot unit consisting of a 1 -foot line of tape and a 9 -foot gap, unless otherwise specified on the Plans or in the Special Provisions for this Contract. Reflective traffic tape markings shall generally follow the alignment for the permanent pavement markings and double lines shall be used when specified for the permanent pavement markings. Reflective tape shall not be used when the temporary pavement markings are to be exposed to traffic for more than two weeks without the written approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide paint lines per sections 8 -22 and 9 -34, and RPMs per sections 8 -09 and 9 -21, at the direction of the Engineer for temporary pavement markings for construction staging. Paint lines shall be provided for temporary pavement markings for any conditions not applicable for reflective tape. 1- 10.4(2) Item Bids with Lump Sum for Incidentals (August 2, 2004 WSDOT GSP) Section 1- 10.4(2) is supplemented with the following: City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 58 SPECIAL PROVISIONS The bid proposal does not contain the item "Project Temporary Traffic Control," lump sum. The provisions of section 1- 10.4(2) shall apply. A new pay item is added: Off -Duty Uniformed Police Officer will be paid at actual invoice cost. 1 -10.5 Payment ( * * * * *1 Payment will be made under the following bid item(s) when appearing in the Proposal: "Off -Duty Uniformed Police Officer", per force account. The City shall reimburse the Contractor for the use of off-duty uniformed police officers at the invoiced cost with no mark -up per Standard Specifications 1 -09.6 Force Account. "Traffic Control Supervisor ", lump sum "Flaggers and Spotters ", per hour "Other Traffic Control Labor", per hour "Other Temporary Traffic Control ", per lump sum "Construction Signs Class A ", per square foot "Sequential Arrow Sign ", per hour "Portable Changeable Message Sign ", per hour "Business Access Sign ", per each END OF DIVISION 1 City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352rd Street Extension November 2015 Page 59 SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK 2 -01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP 2 -01.1 Description Section 2 -01.1 is supplemented with the following: Clearing and grubbing on this project shall be performed within the limits shown in the plans. 2 -01.5 Payment Section 2 -01.5 is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * *,) Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1 for the following bid item(s) when included in the proposal: "Clearing and Grubbing ", per lump sum "Roadside Cleanup ", force account 2 -02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS 2 -02.1 Description Section 2 -02.1 is supplemented with the following: Removal of Structures and Obstructions The Contractor shall remove and dispose of all items shown on the site preparation plans and other minor items necessary to complete the work. The following partial list of items to be removed and disposed of is provided for the convenience of the contractor. The contractor shall review the plans, specifications and project site to verify other items to be removed: Sheet Station /Offset Structure /Obstruction Quantity 13, 14, 15, 16 various Ecology Block Wall 992 LF 12, 15 various Retaining Wall 72 LF 15 94 +00, RT 97 +75, RT Trench Drain 166 LF 12 38 +20, RT Guardrail 116 LF 12, 15 85 +92, LT 97 +75, LT Gate 2 EA City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension Page 60 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 12, 13, 14 various Fence 1463 LF 15 93 +45, RT Retaining wall lagging and 25 LF I -beams (March 18, 2002 NWR GSP) Section 2 -02.1 is supplemented with the following: Roadside Restoration The Contractor shall restore, repair or correct all portions of the roadside or adjacent landscapes that were unavoidably damaged due to the performance or installation of the specified work. Unavoidable damage shall be determined only by the Engineer. All materials utilized shall be in accordance with Sections 9 -14 and 9 -15 and other applicable sections of the Standard Specifications or Special Provisions, whichever may apply. All work shall be performed in accordance with Sections 8 -02 and 8 -03 and other applicable sections of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall review the work with the Engineer and receive approval to proceed prior to commencing roadside restoration work. 2 -02.3 Construction Requirements 2- 02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters Section 2- 02.3(3) is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * *,I) Prior to removal of pavement, the Contractor shall make a full -depth sawcut to delineate the areas of pavement removal from those areas of pavement to remain. The Engineer shall approve the equipment and procedures used to make the full -depth sawcut. No wastewater from the sawcutting operation shall be released directly to any stream or storm sewer system. Add the following New Section 2- 02.3(4): 2- 02.3(4) Removal of Drainage Structures ( * * * * * *) Where shown in the Plans or where designated by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove existing catch basins, manholes, pipes, and other drainage features in accordance with Section 2 -02 of the Standard Specifications. Removal shall be conducted in such a manner as to prevent damage to surrounding facilities including any existing storm sewers, sanitary sewers, electrical conduits or other facilities to City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352rd Street Extension November 2015 Page 61 SPECIAL PROVISIONS remain. All remaining facilities including but not limited to storm sewers, sanitary sewers, monuments, valves, vaults, and electrical conduits damaged due to the Contractor's operations shall be replaced by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Catch basins, manholes, and other drainage structures designated for removal, including all debris, shall be completely removed. All removed catch basins, manholes, and other drainage structures shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2 -02 of the Standard Specifications. All undamaged frames, grates, and solid covers in a re- useable condition shall become the property of the City of Federal Way and shall be delivered to a location specified by the Engineer. Sawcutting (full depth) of existing asphalt concrete pavement and cement concrete curb and gutter surrounding the structure required for removal will be considered incidental to the removal of the catch basin, manhole, or other drainage structures. Sawcuts shall be in accordance with Section 2 -02 of these Special Provisions. Backfilling of catch basins, manholes, pipes and other drainage structures to be removed and replaced shall not be performed until the new structure is installed and shall be in accordance with Section 7 -05. Backfilling of a structure to be replaced shall be considered incidental to the construction and installation of the new catch basin, manhole, or other drainage structure. Backfilling of catch basins, manholes, pipes and other drainage structures to be completely removed shall be performed using gravel borrow paid in accordance with the Bid Schedule. Prior to backfilling any voids, the Contractor shall remove pipe as noted in the plans. Pipe shown to be abandoned or ordered by the Engineer to be abandoned shall be filled with CDF in accordance with Section 2- 09.3(1)E of the Standard Specifications. Material, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to remove and /or fill any abandoned pipe shall be paid in accordance with the Bid Schedule. The Contractor shall maintain existing drainage, where designated by the Engineer, until the new drainage system is completely installed and functioning. Add the following New Section 2- 02.3(5): 2- 02.3(5) Removal and Relocation of Existing Private Improvements When directed by the Engineer, the removal and relocation of certain specified existing private improvements are to be paid for on the basis of force account in accordance with Section 1 -09.6 of the Standard Specifications. For the sole purpose of providing a common proposal, the Contracting Agency has estimated the cost of accomplishing this item of work and has arbitrarily entered that amount in the bid proposal to become part of the total bid by the Contractor. Typical items of work covered by this bid item include: 1. Private luminaire relocation 2. Ornamental structure modifications 3. Wood fence removal and replacement City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 62 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Removal of improvements which are incidental to the bid items for Clearing and Grubbing and Removal of Structures and Obstructions shall not be paid for separately under this bid item. Add the following New Section 2- 02.3(6): 2- 02.3(6) Adjust Existing Utility to Grade ( * * * * * *) As shown on the Plans, existing utilities such as monuments, manholes, catch basin frames and grates, water valves, and meter boxes shall be adjusted to finished grade. The Contractor shall, prior to the beginning of any work, familiarize himself with the existing utility locations. The Contractor shall adjust City -owned utilities. Final adjustment shall be smooth and flush with finished grade. The Contractor shall mark the location of all utilities prior to paving the new surface. Unless otherwise provided for in the Special Provisions and Proposal, costs for adjusting utilities to grade, including coordinating the work with other utilities, shall be incidental to the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed. Existing facilities shall be adjusted to the finished grade as shown on the Drawings and as further specified herein. Existing box, ring, grate, and cover shall be reset in a careful and workmanlike manner to conform to the new grade. Special care shall be exercised in all operations. Any damage occurring to the manholes, concrete inlets, monument cases, valve boxes, or water mains, due to the Contractor's operations, shall be repaired at the Contractor's own expense. Adjustments shall be made using bricks, concrete blocks, or cement, and the interior of the manhole adjustment shall be mortared smoothly. All covers and frames shall be thoroughly cleaned. The Contractor shall be responsible for referencing and keeping a record of such references of all manholes, catch basins, monument cases, meter boxes, and valve boxes encountered, and shall submit a copy of these references to the Engineer. The manholes, catch basins, monument cases, meter boxes, and valve boxes shall be adjusted to grade in accordance with Section 7- 05.3(1). Final restoration of finished grade surfaces shall be performed in the following manner: 1. Within a Gravel Surface: Provide a 6- inch -deep and 6- inch -wide asphalt collar installed installed in 3" lifts and restored with 3 inches of crushed surfacing top course. 2. Within a Grass Surface: Provide crushed surfacing top course backfill and 3 inches of topsoil, Type A, and seed. 3. Within an Asphalt Cement Concrete Paved Surface: See detail provided in Section 7- 05.3(1). See respective sections for each utility for additional information, including measurement and payment. Add the following New Section 2- 02.3(7): 2- 02.3(7) Asbestos Cement Pipe Removal, Handling and Disposal City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 63 SPECIAL PROVISIONS ( * * * * * *) The Contractor shall remove all asbestos- cement pipe where such pipe is designated for removal on the Plans, as may be required where out -of- service asbestos - cement water main intrudes or may intrude into or otherwise interfere with the Work, and /or as may be directed by the Engineer. The work under this section also includes handling and disposing the asbestos - cement pipe, together with any asbestos containing waste materials such as pipe fragments, protective clothing, HEPA filters, decontamination rinse water, asbestos - contaminated containers and debris. For the purposes of this contract, and regulatory compliance, asbestos - cement pipe shall be considered nonabsorbent, friable asbestos - containing material. For the purposes of Chapters 296 -62 and 296 -65 WAC, the work under this section shall be classified as "Class II asbestos work." Asbestos is classified as a Class 9 hazardous material, Identification Number NA 2212, under CFR Title 49 "Transportation." Asbestos Handling and Disposal The Contractor shall ensure that the removal, handling including haul, and disposal of the waste asbestos meets the requirements of EPA regulation 40 CFR Part 61, local health department regulations, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Act, all other applicable regulations, and these contract provisions. Prior to performing any contract work, the Contractor shall obtain all permits from, and provide notification to, the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries, the Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Authority (PSCAA), and other permitting and regulatory agencies with jurisdiction over the work involving asbestos as the law requires. Prior to commencing asbestos related work, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with written verification, including copies, of approvals and notifications that have been given and /or obtained from the required jurisdictional agencies, and the Contractor's schedule for all work involving asbestos removal, handling including haul, or disposal. The schedule shall include the sequencing and scheduling of asbestos related work, and identify the proposed waste disposal site. The proposed waste disposal site shall be located in the State of Washington, and shall be permitted to accept asbestos waste material. If any portion of the Work under this section will not be performed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall submit a subcontract request as provided in Section 1 -08.1, including any proposed independent or commercial hauling companies. Subject to the provisions of State law and interpretation by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries, a certificate of registration in compliance with RCW 39.27 may not be necessary for independent or commercial hauling companies. However, in all cases, independent and commercial hauling companies are required to file Statements of Intent to Pay Minimum Prevailing Wages and Affidavits of Wages Paid in accordance with the requirements of State law as administered by the Department of Labor and Industries, and the provisions of RCW 39.12 may be applicable as noted in Section 1 -08.1. The Contractor shall designate a Washington State Certified Asbestos Supervisor (CAS) to personally supervise the removal, handling, and disposal of the asbestos, and to ensure that the Work involving the asbestos is accomplished by certified asbestos City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 64 SPECIAL PROVISIONS workers pursuant to the requirements of the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries, and federal law. The CAS shall be on -site during removal and handling of the asbestos, including cutting the pipe, placing and sealing the asbestos in containers, labeling the containers for transport and disposal, and loading the containers into the transport vehicle(s) that will remove the material from the site. Prior to commencing asbestos related work, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with copies of the current certifications for the CAS and asbestos workers. The Contractor shall ensure the safety of all workers, visitors to the site, and the general public in accordance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations. Work areas involving asbestos, including areas of removal and handling asbestos - cement and associated materials, shall be controlled, clearly marked with barrels and asbestos warning signs, and have access restrictions as set forth in Section 4.05(b) of the PSCAA's Regulation III. Wet methods using appropriate equipment, wetting agents and methods as set forth in Section 4.05(b) of the PSCAA's Regulation III and not prohibited under WAC 296 -62- 07712(4), are the presumed standard engineering controls and practices for the work. More specifically, following the work procedures described in Appendices A and C in the "Evaluation of Asbestos Exposures During Selected Procedures Involving Underground Asbestos Containing Pipe" (by Schumacher and Associates under contract with the Snohomish County PUD, as published by the Washington Education Training and Resource Center, WETRC) for cutting pipe with a carbide wheel, cutting pipe with a hand saw, installing a repair band onto a pipe, cutting pipe with a snap cutter, and installing a tap while the pipe is under pressure has been evaluated and determined to keep asbestos exposure below the permissible exposure limits. Use of alternative engineering controls and practices as recognized in Chapter 296 -62 WAC, or that may result in time- weighted average or excursion concentrations exceeding permissible exposure limits, will require initial and subsequent air monitoring, exposure assessments, supplemental control measures, establishment of regulated area, and associated actions as provided in WAC 296- 62- 07712(10)(f) and WAC 296 -62- 07711. All asbestos - cement water pipe designated for removal as shown on the Plans, that has been determined to potentially or actually interfere with the Work, or as may be directed by the Engineer for removal, and any asbestos containing waste materials, including pipe fragments, protective clothing, HEPA filters and asbestos - contaminated containers and debris, shall be sealed in a leak tight container or containers as soon as possible after removal, but no later than the end of each work shift. If disposal bags are used to contain and transport the removed asbestos cement materials, the bags shall be: specifically formulated and approved for asbestos material removal, haul and disposal; a minimum thickness of 6 -mil.; and yellow in color. All containers shall be labeled, including asbestos warning, in accordance with regulatory requirements. Immediately following placement and sealing of the asbestos containing materials in a bag or bags, the sealed bags shalt be placed and sealed in a second bag. Each leak - tight container shall be permanently marked with the name of the waste generator (e.g., Lakehaven Utility District), date, location (address) of the generated waste, and quantity of material within the container. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 65 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Properly sealed and labeled containers of removed asbestos shall be hauled from the site and disposed at a waste site permitted to accept such waste. Such containers of removed asbestos may be temporarily stored in an on -site location agreed to by the Contractor, Contracting Agency, and jurisdictional road agency provided that the location is secured and signed in accordance with applicable rules and regulations. In the event that a mutually acceptable on -site location for the secure, temporary storage of the containers cannot be determined, the Contractor shall remove the containers from the site no later than the end of each work shift. In no event shall the Contractor allow the removed asbestos and containers to remain on private property, or to be transshipped to an intermediate off -site storage area, or comingled with other materials. The Contractor shall dispose asbestos within 10 days of removal in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.07 of the PSCAA's Regulation III. Transportation vehicles and drivers that move the asbestos waste material from the project to the disposal site shall comply with federal and state labeling, shipment record - keeping, and licensing requirements. The Contractor shall be responsible to track the removed asbestos using the Contracting Agency's prescribed Waste Shipment Record form, and to ensure that the requisite signatures are obtained of the material transfer and disposal process. The material information on the form shall provide a direct correlation between the removed asbestos, the sealed and labeled containers of removed asbestos, and the transported and disposed containers of removed asbestos. The Contractor shall provide the original copy of the completed Waste Shipment Record form(s) to the Engineer within 10- calendar day following disposal. Add the following New Section 2- 02.3(7): 2- 02.3(7) Removing Existing Water Facilities The Contractor shall remove the existing water facilities, including mains, hydrants, hydrant laterals, hydrant assemblies, valves, valve boxes, fittings, thrust blocks, water service connections, and other appurtenances as shown and noted in the Plans, as may be directed by the Engineer, and as set forth in these contract provisions. Removal shall be conducted in such a manner as to prevent damage to other facilities, including existing water facilities, storm sewers, sanitary sewers, power poles, underground utilities, or other improvements that are to remain. Any facilities not designated for removal, including but not limited to water facilities, storm sewers, sanitary sewers, power poles, underground utilities, or other improvements, damaged due to the Contractor's operations, shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. Water main removal shall include the pipe and associated valves, fittings, corporation stops, saddles, repair bands, spools, sleeves, couplings, and thrust blocks, if a separate contract bid item is not included for removal of structures and obstructions or for one or more specifically identified components. Hydrant assemblies shall be removed to the branch of the hydrant tee at the water main. City of Federal Way RFS It 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 66 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Water service connections shall be removed to the corporation stop at a minimum, including saddle and shutoff valve (if present), service line and fittings, meter box and lid, setter, individual service pressure reducing valve (if present and designated for removal on the Plans), including box and lid. Water service connection removal shall also include removal of the portion of customer supply line in right -of -way or easement either shown in the Plans for removal or that conflicts with installation of a new water service connection, including reconnection to the remaining portion of the customer water supply line. In the event that remnant portions of existing water service lines cannot be removed at the corporation stop due to unacceptable disturbance of existing improvements as determined by the Contracting Agency, the service line shall be removed to the maximum extent practical without such disturbance, and the exposed end of the remnant portion of the existing water service line shall be plugged with mortar. Where the water main is to remain in service and the corporation stop of a removed water service connection will not be used, the corporation stop shall be removed, together with the pipe saddle if necessary. A brass plug with rubber grommet or gasket with either the existing or new saddle shall be used to seal the pipe penetration as directed by the Contracting Agency's Inspector. All removed water facilities shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be processed, hauled, and salvaged or disposed in accordance with the contract provisions. If designated on the Plans or Special Provisions, removed hydrants, valves, fittings, and /or special water facility components shall be salvaged to the Contracting Agency, and shall be delivered to a location as specified in the Contract or as may be directed by the Contracting Agency's inspector. Cast iron, ductile iron, or steel pipe may be salvaged by the Contractor, or disposed by the Contractor at a permitted site. Asbestos cement pipe shall only be disposed at a permitted site. Sawcutting (full depth) of existing asphalt concrete pavement and cement concrete curb and gutter, as required for pipe removal will be considered incidental to the removal of the water main. Sawcuts shall be in accordance with Section 2- 02.3(3). Trench excavation for the removal of water facilities shall be unclassified, and as otherwise provided in Section 7- 09.3(1), including implementation of a trench safety system. Where the remaining portion of the existing water main is to remain in service following removal of the designated water main, hydrant assembly, or water service connection, the Contractor shall perform one or more of the following as applicable and as may be directed by the Engineer: Water Main: • Install permanent cast iron or ductile iron cap or plug with associated fittings, and thrust block if shown on the Plans; or • Install temporary blowoff in accordance with District Standard Plan 10; or • Install temporary blind flange or restrained MJ plug at exposed run or branch of tee to remain if temporary blowoff will not be necessary as determined by the Engineer. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 67 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Hydrant Assembly: Install temporary or permanent blind flange, or appropriate cap or plug on the branch of the hydrant tee as may be directed by the Engineer. Water Service Connection: Install temporary cap on the corporation stop or permanent plug as specified, or as may be directed by the Engineer. Following satisfactory removal of the water facilities, and water facility decommissioning as applicable, the vacant trench or excavation shall be backfilled with suitable native material from the trench excavation and compacted in accordance with Method C compaction as provided in Section 2- 03.3(14)C. Native material backfill determined to be unsuitable shall be removed, hauled, disposed at a permitted site, and replaced with suitable material in accordance with Section 7- 09.3(8). If insufficient materials are available to complete the trench backfill to subgrade as determined by the Engineer, bank run gravel for trench backfill shall be placed, compacted in accordance with Method C compaction as provided in Section 2- 03,3(14)C, and graded to provide a firm, smooth and uniform surface for placement of subsequent surfacing materials to finish grade. Completion of the trench backfill and surfacing shall be in accordance with the trench detail included or referenced in the Plans and Contract provisions. Trench backfill may be partially or completely deferred pending complete installation of the new water main subject to the Contractor's coordination in advance with and approval by the Engineer, and the requirements of the jurisdictional road agency. In areas subject to traffic, and/or in areas designated to remain accessible, the Contractor shall be responsible to complete the trench backfill, install temporary steel plates, or otherwise ensure safe access for traffic as provided in the contract provisions and required by the jurisdictional road agency. Following satisfactory testing, or the permitted duration for the temporary surfacing as may be allowed by the jurisdictional road agency in coordination with Engineer, the Contractor shall remove temporary backfill, steel plates or other temporary provisions, and complete the trench backfill and surfacing. In areas where new water main is placed in the same trench where the existing water main has been removed, pipe removal shall not be considered complete until the new main has been placed, the trench backfilled, and surfacing placed or restored. A Puget Sound Energy representative shall be present during work in the vicinity of power or light poles, and gas main. The Contractor shall coordinate with Puget Sound Energy's designated representative a minimum of two (2) business days in advance of any such work and adjust work hours as necessary to accommodate the representative's schedule. 2 -02.4 Measurement Section 2 -02.4 is supplemented with the following: Sawcutting will be measured by the linear foot. City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension Page 68 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Remove Existing Catch Basin by each. Remove /Abandon Existing Storm Sewer Pipe will be measured by the linear foot. "Remove [Material] Water Main _ In. Diam. ", will be measured by the linear foot along the centerline of the water main pipe removed. Hydrant assembly removal will be measured per each fire hydrant assembly removed. If the hydrant tee is designated to remain in place, the Work also includes installation of the blind flange, cap, or plug as indicated on the Plans. If the tee is designated for removal and the water main is to remain in service, the Work also includes installation of spool with couplings on the main pipe run as indicated on the Plans. Water service connection removal will be measured per each water service connection, irrespective of meter size, removed from the corporation stop at the main to and including the meter box, lid, and setter, and associated appurtenances, including shutoff valve, customer supply line, and service pressure reducing valve, box, and lid, as shown on the Plans. Where required, the removal of the water service connection shall also include removal of the corporation stop and saddle, installing a temporary cap, permanent plug, and /or pipe saddle, as specified. The Contracting Agency will be solely responsible to remove and salvage meters. 2 -02.5 Payment Section 2 -02.5 is supplemented with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1 for the following bid items when included in the proposal: "Removal of Structure and Obstruction ", lump sum. "Sawcutting ", per linear foot. "Remove Existing Catch Basin ", per each. "Remove /Abandon Existing Storm Sewer Pipe ", per linear foot. "Removal and Relocation of Existing Private Improvements ", per force account. Payment for "Removal and Relocation of Existing Private Improvements" will be provided per Section 1 -09.6, unless such work is explicitly included as part of another pay item in the Contract. This bid item includes, but is not limited to, relocating existing luminaires owned and operated by private landowners including constructing luminaire foundations, relocation of existing luminaire poles, luminaries and all associated equipment, conduit, wiring, trenching, backf ill, surface restoration, required testing, electrical permits, coordination with the property owner, removal of existing foundation, removal of unused equipment (as directed by the property owner and approved by the Engineer), and all other Work and materials as directed by the Engineer. "Remove [Material] Water Main In. Diam.," per linear foot. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 69 SPECIAL PROVISIONS "Remove Water Service Connection," per each. "Remove Hydrant Assembly," per each. Unless a separate bid item is included in the Proposal, the following work shall be considered incidental to bid items for removal, relocation and /or salvage of water facilities: sawcutting, removing, hauling and disposing existing pavement, curbs, gutters, or other surfacing materials from within the limits of the trench excavation section; protecting and restoring existing utilities, services, and improvements to remain; trench excavation irrespective of the materials; stockpiling and protecting stockpiled excavated native material; disassembling, handling, removing, hauling, disposing, salvaging, or decommissioning the feature as shown on the Plans or designated by the Contracting Agency; backfilling the trench with compacted suitable native material; placing, installing, or removing and replacing temporary access provisions with permanent improvements; and restoring the surface as shown on the Plans or specified. No Structure Excavation Class B quantities are indicated on the Plans for the Removal of Structures and Obstructions. Structure Excavation Class B for the removal of items shall be considered included in the associated bid item for the removal. 2 -03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 2 -03.2 Pavement Removal Section 2 -03.2 is replaced with the following: Where shown in the Plans or where designated by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove asphalt, concrete, Portland cement concrete pavement, sidewalks and curbs. Prior to removal, the Contractor shall make a full -depth sawcut to delineate the areas of pavement removal from those areas of pavement to remain. The Engineer shall approve the equipment and procedures used to make the full -depth sawcut. No wastewater from the sawcutting operation shall be released directly to any stream or storm sewer system. The removed pavement shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the project. Damage caused to portions of the pavement to remain, due to the Contractor's operation, shall be repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2- 03.3(10) Selected Material Section 2- 03.3(10) is supplemented with the following: Selected Material when specified or required by the Engineer for use on the project shall meet the requirements of specified in Section 9- 03.14(3) for Common Borrow. 2- 03.3(14)C Compacting Earth Embankments Change this section as follows under heading "Moisture Content" : City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 70 SPECIAL PROVISIONS ( * * * * * *) The moisture content shall not vary more than 1 percent wet to 3 percent dry of optimum as determined by the tests described in Section 2- 03.3(14)D. 2- 03.3(14)D Compaction and Moisture Control Tests Change this section as follows under heading item 1. : ( * * * * * *) Materials with less than 30 percent by weight retained on the U.S. No. 4 sieve shall be determined using FOP for AASHTO T180, Method D. 2- 03.3(14)E Unsuitable Foundation Excavation Section 2- 03.3(14)E is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * * *) All embankments shall be founded on dense, non - yielding granular foundation soil as approved by the engineer. Remove all organic materials and debris, trash, and all other deleterious material prior to beginning construction of new embankments. Proof roll the foundation to verify dense non - yielding conditions. 2- 03.3(14)G Backfilling Section 2- 03.3(14)G is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * * *) Remove all water and non - compatible materials from excavations prior to backfilling or attempting to compact embankment soil. Place native soils or provide import Gravel Borrow as required to complete the work. Backfill all embankments in accordance with 2- 03.3(14)C, Compacting Earth Embankments, Method C. 2 -03.4 Measurement (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) Section 2 -03.4 is supplemented with the following: Only one determination of the original ground elevation will be made on this project. Measurement for roadway excavation and embankment will be based on the original ground elevations recorded previous to the award of this contract. Control stakes will be set during construction to provide the Contractor with all essential information for the construction of excavation and embankments. If discrepancies are discovered in the ground elevations, which will materially affect the quantities of earthwork, the original computations of earthwork quantities will be adjusted accordingly. Earthwork quantities will be computed, either manually or by means of electronic data processing equipment, by use of the average end area method or by the finite element analysis method utilizing digital terrain modeling techniques. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 71 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS ground Copies of the round cross - section notes will be available for the bidder's inspection, p before the opening of bids, at the Project Engineer's office and at the Region office. Upon award of the contract, copies of the original ground cross - sections will be furnished to the successful bidder on request to the Project Engineer. Section 2 -03.4 is supplemented with the following: 1 (* * * * * *) Roadway Excavation shall not be measured for payment for the removal of "Temporary , Pavement" to required subgrade depth per the provisions of 5- 04.3(22) herein. "Gravel Borrow for Trench Backfill Incl. Haul" shall be measured and paid when backfilling subsequent to Structure Excavation Class B for Bid Schedule A work only. Backfill for Bid Schedule B shall be measured and paid under the items indicated in the Proposal. ' Gravel backfill subsequent to the removal of structures and obstructions shall be measured and paid under the "Gravel Borrow for Trench Backfill Incl. Haul" bid item. 2 -03.5 Payment Section 2 -03.5 is supplemented with the following: ' ( * * * * * *) Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1 for the following bid items ' when included in the proposal: "Gravel Borrow Incl. Haul ", per ton. ' "Gravel Borrow for Trench Backfill Incl. Haul ", per ton. "Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul ", per cubic yard. "Unsuitable Foundation Excavation Incl. Haul ", per cubic yard. ' (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) Section 2 -03.5 is supplemented with the following: ' All costs in connection with the preparation of waste sites and waste deposits shall be included in the Mobilization. 2 -09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION 2 -09.4 Measurement , The second sentence of the eleventh paragraph of Section 2 -09.4 is replaced with the following: ( * * * * *,) City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352 Street Extension November 2015 Page 72 , SPECIAL PROVISIONS Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B will be measured for payment only when structure excavation is four -feet (4') or deeper measured from existing ground surface to the bottom of pipe zone bedding. Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B will measured and paid per square foot based upon the following calculation: Depth: Actual trench depth from existing ground to bottom of pipe zone bedding, only when this dimension is four -feet (4') or greater. Length: Linear foot of trench excavated to a depth of four -feet (4') or greater along the centerline of the structure installed. Depth shall be measured only once, not for both sides of the excavation. Area (sf): Depth x Length Section 2 -09.4 is supplemented with the following: "Structure Excavation Class B Incl. Haul for Structural Earth Walls" shall be measured according to the neat lines shown in the Structural Earth Wall details in the plans. Shoring or Extra Excavation Cl. A will not be measured. 2 -09.5 Payment Paragraphs nine, ten, and eleven of Section 2 -09.5 are replaced with the following: ( * * * * **) Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1 for the following bid items when included in the proposal: "Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B ", per square foot. The unit contract price per square foot shall be full pay for all excavation, backfill, compaction, and other work required when extra excavation is used in lieu of constructing shoring. If select backfill material is required for backfilling within the limits of the structure excavation, it shall also be required as backfill material for the extra excavation at the Contractor's expense. Section 2 -09.5 is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * *,4) Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1 for the following bid items when included in the proposal: City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 73 SPECIAL PROVISIONS All costs for "Structure Excavation Class B ", except for "Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B ", shall be included in the unit contract price for the installation of each type and size of culvert, pipe, structure, or conduit as specified. "Structure Excavation Class B Incl. Haul for Structural Earth Walls ", per cubic yard. "Shoring or Extra Excavation Cl. A" per lump sum. The lump sum payment for the Shoring or Extra Excavation Cl. A shall be full pay for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary to design and submit the Shoring Plan, construct, maintain, and remove the shoring systems as specified at locations indicated on the Plans. 2 -11 TRIMMING AND CLEANUP 2 -11.5 Payment Section 2 -11.5 is supplemented with the following: Trimming and Cleanup as required by the Standard Specifications shall be considered included in the related items of work and no additional payment will be made. END OF DIVISION 2 City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 74 SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 3: PRODUCTION FROM QUARRY AND PIT SITES AND STOCKPILING 3 -01 PRODUCTION FROM QUARRY AND PIT SITES 3 -01.2 Material Sources, General Requirements (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) Section 3 -01.2 is supplemented with the following: Permits for Pit Operations in King County The Contractor is advised that King County may require the Contractor to meet any or all of the following listed conditions before considering issuance of a temporary permit for pit operations within King County: 1. Security fences and locking gates shall be installed where deemed necessary by the King County Department of Building. Cable or wire gates are not acceptable. 2. Hours of operation shall be limited to: 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. 3. Access roads shall be improved and maintained to the satisfaction of the King County Department of Public Works. A haul road agreement for County road maintenance may be required. All roads shall be swept, washed, or both, by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense as often as the Department of Building deems necessary. Property shall have functional access to an arterial level street. 4. All operations will have to be approved by King County Flood Control for drainage plans, Washington State Department of Ecology, and Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Authority. Those properties near or adjacent to any water body shall have written approval from the State of Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. The Contractor shall obtain a mining reclamation permit from the State of Washington Department of Natural Resources for sites of over three acres in size of disturbed land or resulting in pit walls more than thirty feet high and steeper than one to one slope. 5. No stockpiling of foreign excavated material is permitted on the site except for those materials to be used in the land rehabilitation of the subject property. 6. No signs other than signs required by Chapter 24.42, King County Zoning Code are authorized as a result of the temporary permit. 7. Plans required: City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 75 SPECIAL PROVISIONS a. Scale of Plot Plans Site Size: Tess than 10 acres 10 to 100 acres over 100 acres 1 inch = 50 feet 1 inch = 100 feet 1 inch = 200 feet b. Contours Show existing and proposed contours at 5 -foot intervals. If existing and proposed contours are superimposed upon one another it must be clear as to which is which. Plans which incorporate a screening process may be required by the County to distinguish said contours. Finished contours must show how the property can be used under the existing zoning. Plans showing daylighting of property to road grade or below with high 2:1 slope walls will no longer be permitted within the R, S, or G zones. The plans must contain large terraces which will permit the lot sizes and roads that are permitted within the zone. c. Sections Show a minimum of two sections in each direction. d. Maximum Slope Cuts shall not be steeper in slope than two horizontal to one vertical unless the owner furnishes a soils engineering or an engineering geology report certifying that the site has been investigated and indicating that the proposed deviation will not endanger any private property or result in the deposition of debris on any public way or interfere with any existing drainage course. e. Fill Slopes No fill shall be made which creates an exposed surface steeper in slope than two horizontal to one vertical. f. Benches on Slopes There shall be a 10 foot wide bench sloped into the hillside for every 50 feet in height. g. Setbacks Material and vegetation shall be left in its natural state: 50 feet from any FP, A, G, S, or R zoned property; 20 foot setback which includes a 6 foot high planted berm along any public right -of -way; 20 feet from M, B, or CG zoned property; 10 feet from QM or FR zoned property. Plans shall show type of vegetation existing within the buffer zones. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352'"' Street Extension November 2015 Page 76 SPECIAL PROVISIONS h. Drainage All drainage facilities shall be designed to carry surface waters to the nearest practical street, storm drain, or natural water - course. Adequate provision shall be made to prevent any surface waters from damaging the face of an excavation or fill. All slopes shall be protected from surface water runoff from above by berms or swales. The Contractor is further advised that King County may require conditions which are in addition to the foregoing list and that the County may reject permit applications at its discretion because of the proposed operations proximity to schools, residential neighborhoods, hospitals, arterials, or for other environmental conditions. When there are discrepancies between the requirements of the State and the County the more stringent specifications shall apply. Should the Contractor fail to comply with any requirements of a temporary permit obtained in the Contracting Agency's name, the Contracting Agency will take the necessary action to meet these requirements and any costs incurred by the Contracting Agency will be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. END OF DIVISION 3 City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352`d Street Extension November 2015 Page 77 SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 4: BASES 4 -04 BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING 4 -04.1 Description Section 4 -04.1 is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * *1 Crushed Surfacing shall be placed where shown in the Plans, as a base for sidewalks, driveways, and pavement, at existing driveways to provide temporary access, as backfill for unsuitable foundation excavation at mailbox supports, or for any other purposes deemed necessary by the Engineer. 4 -04.3 Construction Requirements 4- 04.3(4) Placing and Spreading Item 2 of Section 4- 04.3(3) and Section 4- 04(4), is replaced with the following: ( * * * * * *) 2. Road Mix Method. The road mix method of mixing surfacing material will not be allowed. 4 -04.5 Payment Section 4 -04.5 is supplemented with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1 for the following bid items when included in the proposal: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 "Crushed Surfacing Top Course ", per ton. The unit contract price per ton for "Crushed Surfacing Top Course" shall also include 1 compacting, and removing and hauling to waste when required by the Engineer. END OF DIVISION 4 City of Federal Way - RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 78 1 1 1 1 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS 5 -04 HOT MIX ASPHALT 5 -04.1 Description Section 5 -04.1 is supplemented with the following: Asphalt concrete pavement shall be used at the following locations on the project: 1. HMA CI 1/2 ", PG 64 -22: For all asphalt concrete roadway construction, prelevel, overlay, and reconstruction per the Typical Roadway section details on the Plans. 2. Commercial HMA: For all asphalt concrete construction or reconstruction behind back of curb where such construction is shown on the Plans or directed by the Engineer. 3. Temporary Pavement: For all temporary asphalt concrete construction and patching as directed by the Engineer. 5 -04.3 Construction Requirements 5- 04.3(5)A Preparation Of Existing Surfaces Section 5- 04.3(5)A is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * * *) In accordance with Section 1- 07.15(1) Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures Plan (SPCC), as part of the SPCC the Contractor shall address the mitigating measures to be taken in the event that the paving operation is suspended or terminated prior to the asphalt for tack coat being fully covered. 5- 04.3(7)A2 Statistical or Nonstatistical Evaluation Delete this section and replace it with the following: 5- 04.3(7)A2 Nonstatistical Evaluation (January 16, 2014 APWA GSP) Mix designs for HMA accepted by Nonstatistical evaluation shall; • Be submitted to the Project Engineer on WSDOT Form 350 -042 • Have the aggregate structure and asphalt binder content determined in accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732 and meet the requirements of Sections 9- 03.8(2) and 9- 03.8(6). • Have anti -strip requirements, if any, for the proposed mix design determined in accordance with WSDOT Test Method T 718 or based on historic anti -strip and aggregate source compatibility from WSDOT lab testing. Anti -strip evaluation of HMA mix designs utilized that include RAP will be completed without the inclusion of the RAP. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 79 SPECIAL PROVISIONS At or prior to the preconstruction meeting, the contractor shall provide one of the following mix design verification certifications for Contracting Agency review; • The proposed mix design indicated on a WSDOT mix design /anti -strip report that is within one year of the approval date • The proposed HMA mix design submittal (Form 350 -042) with the seal and certification (stamp & signature) of a valid licensed Washington State Professional Engineer. • The proposed mix design by a qualified City or County laboratory mix design report that is within one year of the approval date. The mix design will be performed by a lab accredited by a national authority such as Laboratory Accreditation Bureau, L -A -B for Construction Materials Testing, The Construction Materials Engineering Council (CMEC's) ISO 17025 or AASHTO Accreditation Program (AAP) and shall supply evidence of participation in the AASHTO Material Reference Laboratory (AMRL) program. At the discretion of the Engineer, agencies may accept mix designs verified beyond the one year verification period with a certification from the Contractor that the materials and sources are the same as those shown on the original mix design. 5- 04.3(8)A1 General (January 16, 2014 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: Acceptance of HMA shall be as defined under nonstatistical or commercial evaluation. Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for all HMA not designated as Commercial HMA in the contract documents. The mix design will be the initial JMF for the class of HMA. The Contractor may request a change in the JMF. Any adjustments to the JMF will require the approval of the Project Engineer and must be made in accordance with Section 9- 03.8(7). Commercial evaluation may be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the Project Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Project Engineer. Commercial HMA can be accepted by a contractor certificate of compliance letter stating the material meets the HMA requirements defined in the contract. 5- 04.3(8)A4 Definition of Sampling Lot and Sublot (January 16, 2014 APWA GSP) Section 5- 04.3(8)A4 is supplemented with the following: For HMA in a structural application, sampling and testing for total project quantities less than 400 tons is at the discretion of the engineer. For HMA used in a structural application and with a total City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 80 SPECIAL PROVISIONS project quantity less than 800 tons but more than 400 tons, a minimum of one acceptance test shall be performed: If test results are found to be within specification requirements, additional testing will be at the engineers discretion. ii. If test results are found not to be within specification requirements, additional testing as needed to determine a CPF shall be performed. 5- 04.3(8)A5 Test Results (January 16, 2014 APWA GSP) The first paragraph of this section is deleted. 5- 04.3(8)A6 Test Methods (January 16, 2014 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: Testing of HMA for compliance of Va will be at the option of the Contracting Agency. If tested, compliance of Va will be use WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure SOP 731. Testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 308. Testing for compliance of gradation will be by WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T 27/T 11. 5- 04.3(12) Joints (January 5, 2004 WSDOT GSP) Section 5- 04.3(12) is supplemented with the following: HMA utilized in the construction of joint wedges shall be modified by eliminating the coarse aggregate from the mix at the Contractor's plant or the commercial source or by raking the joint on the roadway, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 5- 04.3(13) Surface Smoothness (January 5, 2004 WSDOT GSP) The second sentence of Section 5- 04.3(13) is revised to read: The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than 1/4 inch from the lower edge of a 10 -foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to centerline. 5- 04.3(14) Planing Bituminous Pavement (January 5, 2004 WSDOT GSP) Section 5- 04.3(14) is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall perform the planing operations no more than * ** three (3) * ** calendar days ahead of the time the planed area is to be paved with HMA, unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer in writing. (August 3, 2009 WSDOT GSP) City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 81 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Section 5- 04.3(14) is supplemented with the following: Beveled Edge Planing A beveled edge shall be constructed in areas that will not be paved during the same work shift. The Contractor shall use a beveled cutter on the mandrel of the planing equipment, or other approved method(s), to eliminate the vertical edge(s). The beveled edge(s) shall be constructed at a 4:1 slope. Section 5- 04.3(14) is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * **) Equipment For traveled lane areas, the Contractor shall use asphalt concrete planing equipment with a Triple Wrap Head or an approved equal. The milling head shall be a minimum 72 inches in width, with a maximum tooth spacing of 5/8 inch or as approved by the Engineer. Transverse Joints The full depth end of each lane of planing shall be squared off to form a uniform transverse joint. The Contractor shall construct and maintain a temporary HMA wedge in accordance with Section 5- 04.3(12) across the entire width of the transverse edge when traffic is allowed on the planed surface prior to paving. The wedge shall be constructed before opening the lane to traffic. The Contractor shall remove the wedge immediately prior to paving. 5- 04.3(16) Weather Limitations (August 3, 2009 WSDOT GSP) The first sentence of Section 5- 04.3(16) is revised to read: HMA for wearing course shall not be placed on any traveled way from * ** October 15 * ** and through March 31st of the following year without written approval from the Engineer. Add the following New Section: 5- 04.3(22) Temporary Pavement ( * * * * * *) Temporary pavement is required to open areas to traffic during construction. These areas include the voids created by the removal of existing traffic islands and curbing, paving over excavated roadway and utility trenches to provide paved access to private properties, and ramps for property access during cement concrete approach construction. Temporary pavement shall be hot mix asphalt concrete pavement. All temporary paving shall be placed with a minimum thickness of 2 inches. All temporary paving shall be approved by the Engineer before placement. Any areas of temporary pavement to be removed and replaced shall be approved by the Engineer before placement. This work shall also include the removal of the temporary pavement prior to paving of final asphalt concrete pavement. Temporary Pavement, Hot mix asphalt will be used for any trench restoration within the traveled way. Whether temporary or permanent, saw cut and treat edges with CSS -1 City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352' Street Extension November 2015 Page 82 SPECIAL PROVISIONS asphalt emulsion and apply a minimum 3 -inch pavement depth or match existing, whichever is greater. Also, fill voids created by the removal of existing traffic islands and curbing, paving over excavated roadway to temporary access to adjacent properties, and ramps for property access during concrete approach construction. Temporary Pavement, cold mix asphalt is allowed for any temporary paving outside the traveled way. The cold mix shall be approved by the Engineer and placed in a 2 -inch minimum thickness. Placement of temporary pavement without prior approval of the Engineer shall be considered as a benefit of the Contractor and no cost to the owner. Any areas of temporary pavement to be removed and replaced require prior approval by the Engineer. This work shall include the removal of the temporary pavement prior to paving of final asphalt concrete pavement. The Contractor shall excavate and remove temporary pavement to the required subgrade depth to construct and install the proposed pavement section. Excavation and removal of temporary pavement, to subgrade depth, shall be considered included in the unit cost for "Temporary Pavement." 5 -04.4 Measurement Section 5 -04.4 is supplemented with the following: Temporary Pavement will be measured by the ton of material actually placed, with no deduction being made for the weight of liquid asphalt, blending sand, mineral filler, or any other component of the mixture. Temporary Pavement is defined as pavement placed and subsequently removed prior to the final hot mix asphalt and base course required by the typical sections on the Plans. 5 -04.5 Payment Section 5 -04.5 is supplemented with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1 for the following bid items when included in the proposal: "Temporary Pavement ", per ton. Included in the cost per ton for "Temporary Pavement' shall include placement and compaction of hot mix asphalt, cold mix asphalt, roadway excavation to proposed subgrade depths and disposal of temporary pavement. "HMA Cl. 1/2" PG 64 -22 ", per ton. "Commercial HMA PG 64 -22 ", per ton. "Planing Bituminous Pavement ", per square yard. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 83 SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 6: STRUCTURES 6 -13 STRUCTURAL EARTH WALLS 6 -13.1 Description Section 6 -13.1 is supplemented with the following: The work also consists of constructing Modular Block Walls in accordance with the details in the plans. Modular block walls are defined as SEW walls constructed of standard unit, straight face, grey blocks, less than 4' in height, without geogrid reinforcing. All walls on this project shall be in the same style and by a single manufacturer as approved by the Engineer in accordance with these Specifications.. 6 -13.2 Materials Section 6 -13.2 is supplemented with the following: (August 3, 2015 WSDOT GSP) Concrete Block Faced Structural Earth Wall Materials General Materials Concrete Block Acceptability of the blocks will be determined based on the following: 1. Visual inspection. 2. Compressive strength tests, conforming to Section 6- 13.3(4). 3. Water absorption tests, conforming to Section 6- 13.3(4). 4. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance in accordance with Section 1 -06.3. 5. Freeze -thaw tests conducted on the lot of blocks produced for use in this project, as specified in Section 6- 13.3(4). 6. Copies of results from tests conducted on the lot of blocks produced for this project by the concrete block fabricator in accordance with the quality control program required by the structural earth wall manufacturer. The blocks shall be considered acceptable regardless of curing age when compressive test results indicate that the compressive strength conforms to the 28- day requirements, and when all other acceptability requirements specified above are met. Testing and inspection of dry cast concrete blocks shall conform to ASTM C 140, and shall include block fabrication plant approval by WSDOT prior to the start of block production for this project. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 84 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Mortar Mortar shall conform to ASTM C 270, Type S, with an integral water repellent admixture as approved by the Engineer. The amount of admixture shall be as recommended by the admixture manufacturer. To ensure uniform color, texture, and quality, all mortar mix components shall be obtained from one manufacturer for each component, and from one source and producer for each aggregate. Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement Geogrid reinforcement shall conform to Section 9 -33.1, and shall be a product listed in Appendix D of the current WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL). The values of Tai and Tait as listed in the QPL for the products used shall meet or exceed the values required for the wall manufacturer's reinforcement design as specified in the structural earth wall design calculation and working drawing submittal. The minimum ultimate tensile strength of the geogrid shall be a minimum average roll value (the average test results for any sampled roll in a lot shall meet or exceed the values shown in Appendix D of the current WSDOT QPL). The strength shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 6637, for multi -rib specimens. The ultraviolet (UV) radiation stability, in accordance with ASTM D 4355, shall be a minimum of 70 percent strength retained after 500 hours in the weatherometer. The longitudinal (i.e., in the direction of loading) and transverse (i.e., parallel to the wall or slope face) ribs that make up the geogrid shall be perpendicular to one another. The maximum deviation of the cross -rib from being perpendicular to the longitudinal rib (skew) shall be no more than 1 inch in 5 feet of geogrid width. The maximum deviation of the cross -rib at any point from a line perpendicular to the longitudinal ribs located at the cross -rib (bow) shall be 0.5 inches. The gap between the connector and the bearing surface of the connector tab cross - rib shall not exceed 0.5 inches. A maximum of 10 percent of connector tabs may have a gap between 0.3 inches and 0.5 inches. Gaps in the remaining connector tabs shall not exceed 0.3 inches. The Engineer will take random samples of the geogrid materials at the job site. Approval of the geogrid materials will be based on testing of samples from each lot. A "lot" shall be defined as all geogrid rolls sent to the project site produced by the same manufacturer during a continuous period of production at the same manufacturing plant having the same product name. The Contracting Agency will require 14 calendar days maximum for testing the samples after their arrival at the WSDOT Materials Laboratory in Tumwater, WA. The geogrid samples will be tested for conformance to the specified material properties. If the test results indicate that the geogrid lot does not meet the specified properties, the roll or rolls which were sampled will be rejected. Two additional rolls for each roll tested which failed from the lot previously tested will then be selected at random by the Engineer for sampling and retesting. If the retesting shows that any of the additional rolls tested do not meet the specified properties, the entire lot will be City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352`d Street Extension November 2015 Page 85 SPECIAL PROVISIONS rejected. If the test results from all the rolls retested meet the specified properties, the entire lot minus the roll(s) which failed will be accepted. All geogrid materials which have defects, deterioration, or damage, as determined by the Engineer, will be rejected. All rejected geogrid materials shall be replaced at no expense to the Contracting Agency. Except as otherwise noted, geogrid identification, storage and handling shall conform to the requirements specified in Section 2 -12.2. The geogrid materials shall not be exposed to temperatures less than —20F and greater than 122F. Drainage Geosynthetic Fabric Drainage geosynthetic fabric shall be a non -woven geosynthetic conforming to the requirements in Section 9 -33.1, for Construction Geotextile for Underground Drainage, Moderate Survivability, Class B. Proprietary Materials Allan Block Wall Wall backfill material placed in the open cells of the precast concrete blocks and placed in the one to three foot zone immediately behind the precast concrete blocks shall be crushed granular material conforming to Section 9- 03.9(3). KeyGrid Wall KeyStone connection pins shall be fiberglass conforming to the requirements of Keystone Retaining Wall Systems, Inc. Landmark Retaining Wall Lock bars shall be made of a rigid polyvinyl chloride polymer conforming to the following requirements: Property Value Specification Specific Gravity 1.4 minimum ASTM D 792 Tensile Strength at yield 2,700 psi minimum ASTM D 638 Lock bars shall remain sealed in their shipping containers until placement into the wall. Lock bars exposed to direct sunlight for a period exceeding two months shall not be used for construction of the wall. Mesa Wall Block connectors for block courses with geogrid reinforcement shall be glass fiber reinforced high- density polypropylene conforming to the following minimum material specifications: Property Specification Polypropylene ASTM D 4101 Group 1 Class 1 Grade 2 Fiberglass Content ASTM D 2584 Carbon Black ASTM D 4218 Specific Gravity ASTM D 792 Tensile Strength ASTM D 638 City of Federal Way Value 73 ± 2 percent 25 ± 3 percent 2 percent minimum 1.08 ±0.04 RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 86 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS at yield Melt Flow Rate 8,700 ± 1,450 psi ASTM D 1238 0.37 ± 0.16 ounces /10 min. Block connectors for block courses without geogrid reinforcement shall be glass fiber reinforced high- density polyethylene (HDPE) conforming to the following minimum material specifications: Property Specification HDPE ASTM D 1248 Type III Class A Grade 5 Fiberglass Content ASTM D 2584 Carbon Black ASTM D 4218 Specific Gravity ASTM D 792 Tensile Strength ASTM D 638 at yield Melt Flow Rate ASTM D 1238 Section 6 -13.2 is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * * *) UNIT FILL Value 68 ± 3 percent 30 ± 3 percent 2 percent minimum 1.16±0.06 8,700 ± 725 psi 0.11 ± 0.07 ounces /10 min. Unit Fill shall consist of clean 1" minus crushed stone meeting the following gradation tested in accordance with ASTM D -422. The percent fracture requirement shall be 75% minimum. The fracture requirement shall be at least one fractured face and will apply to combined aggregate retained on the U.S. No. 4 sieve in accordance with FOP for AASHTO PT 61. Sieve Size Percent Passing 1 inch 3/4 inch No. 4 No. 50 100 75 -100 0 -10 0 -5 A minimum of one (1) cubic foot of Unit Fill shall be used for each square foot of wall face. Unit fill shall be placed within cores of, between, and behind units to meet this requirement. GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURAL EARTH WALLS Gravel backfill for structural earth walls shall meet the requirements of Section 9- 03.12(2) of the Standard Specifications. 6 -13.3 Construction Requirements Section 6 -13.3 is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * * *) If an alternate wall system is proposed by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for identifying the limits of excavation for the proposed wall City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 87 SPECIAL PROVISIONS substitution. All costs associated with the expanded excavation limits, including but not limited to shoring for maintenance of driveways, roadway, business signs, luminaires, building foundations, backfill of the expanded excavation area, and restoration shall be included in the unit price for Modular Block Wall or Structural Earth Wall. Only one style of precast concrete block shall be allowed on the project. Once approved, all precast concrete blocks shall be of the same manufacture and style for all modular block and structural earth walls. 6 -13.3 Construction Requirements (August 3, 2015 WSDOT GSP) Concrete Block Faced Structural Earth Wall Concrete block faced structural earth walls shall be constructed of only one of the following wall systems. The Contractor shall make arrangements to purchase the concrete blocks, soil reinforcement, attachment devices, joint filler, and all necessary incidentals from the source identified with each wall system: AIIan Block Wall AIIan Block Wall is a registered trademark of the AIIan Block Corporation AIIan Block Corporation 7424 W 78th Street Bloomington, MN 55439 (800) 899 -5309 FAX (952) 835 -0013 www.allanblock.com Redi -Rock Positive Connection System Redi -Rock Positive Connection System is a registered trademark of Redi -Rock International, LLC Redi -Rock International, LLC 05481 US 31 South Charlevoix, MI 49720 (866) 222 -8400 FAX (231) 237 -9521 www.redi- rock.com Mesa Wall Mesa Wall is a registered trademark of Tensar Corporation Tensar Corporation 2500 Northwinds Parkway Suite 500 Atlanta, GA 30009 (770) 334 -2090 FAX (678) 281 -8546 www.tensarcorp.com City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 88 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Landmark Retaining Wall System Landmark Retaining Wall System is a registered trademark of Anchor Wall Systems, Inc. Anchor Wall Systems, Inc. 5959 Baker Road, Suite 390 Minnetonka, MN 55345 -5996 (877) 295 -5415 FAX (952) 979 -8454 www.anchorwall.com KeyGrid Wall KeyGrid is a registered trademark of Keystone Retaining Wall Systems, Inc. Keystone Retaining Wall Systems, Inc. 4444 West 78th Street Minneapolis, MN 55435 (800) 747 -8971 FAX (952) 897 -3858 www.keystonewalls.com 6- 13.3(5) Precast Concrete Facing Panel and Concrete Block Erection Section 6- 13.3(5) is supplemented with the following: (April 2, 2012 WSDOT GSP) Specific Erection Requirements for Precast Concrete Block Faced Structural Earth Walls Landmark Retaining Wall When placing each course of concrete blocks, the Contractor shall pull the blocks towards the front face of the wall until the male key of the bottom face of the upper block contacts and fits into the female key of the top face of the supporting block below. A maximum gap of 1/8 -inch is allowed between adjacent concrete blocks, except for the base course set of concrete blocks placed on the leveling pad. A maximum gap of 1 -inch is allowed between adjacent base course concrete blocks, provided geosynthetic reinforcement for drains is in place over the gap at the back face of the concrete blocks. Lock bars shall be installed in the female key of the top face of all concrete block courses receiving geogrid reinforcement. Gaps between adjacent lock bars in the key shall not exceed 3- inches. The lock bar shall be installed flat side up, with the angled side to the back of the concrete block, as shown in the shop drawings. Geogrid reinforcement shall be placed and connected to concrete block courses specified to receive soil reinforcement. The leading edge of the geogrid reinforcement shall be maintained within 1 -inch of the front face of the supporting concrete blocks below. Geogrid panels shall be abutted for 100 percent backfill coverage with Tess than a 4 -inch gap between adjacent panels. Backfill shall be placed and compacted level with the top of each course of concrete blocks, and geogrid reinforcement placed and connected to concrete block courses specified to City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 89 SPECIAL PROVISIONS receive soil reinforcement, before the Contractor may continue placing the next course of concrete blocks. Mesa Wall For all concrete block courses receiving geogrid reinforcement, the fingers of the block connectors shall engage the geogrid reinforcement apertures, both in the connector slot in the block, and across the block core. For all concrete block courses with intermittent geogrid coverage, a #3 steel reinforcing bar shall be placed, butt end to butt end, in the top block groove, with the butt ends being placed at a center of a concrete block. 6 -13.4 Measurement Section 6 -13.4 is supplemented with the following: The modular block wall will be measured by the square foot of completed wall in place. The vertical limits for measurement are from the top of the base leveling pad (or bottom of wall if no base leveling pad is present) to the top of the top course of blocks of the exposed finished face. The horizontal limits for measurement are from the end of wall to the end of wall along the length of the exposed finished face. Gravel Backfill for Structural Earth Wall shall be measured by the cubic yard to the neat line limits indicated on the Plans. Unit Fill will not be measured for payment. 6 -13.5 Payment Section 6 -13.5 is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * * *) Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1 for the following bid items when included in the proposal: "Structural Earth Wall ", per square foot "Modular Block Wall ", per square foot The unit contract price per square foot for Modular Block Wall shall be full compensation for the complete construction of the retaining wall as shown in the Plans. This includes all other items as may be required to complete the work as specified including but not limited to modular block units, unit fill, shear connectors, cap units, base leveling pad, haul, underdrain, cleanouts, drain pipe and their connection to storm drain structures. The unit contract price per square foot for the Structural Earth Wall shall be full compensation for the complete construction of the retaining wall as shown in the Plans. This includes all other items as may be required to complete the work as specified including but not limited to modular block units, unit fill, shear connectors, cap units, base leveling pad, underdrain, cleanouts, drain pipe and their connection to storm drain structures. See Section 2 -09 for shoring requirements. City of Federal Way RFS # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 90 SPECIAL PROVISIONS "Gravel Backfill for Structural Earth Wall Incl. Haul ", per cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard for Gravel Backfill for Structural Earth Wall shall be full compensation backfill and compaction to the neat line limits indicated on the Plans for both modular block and structural earth walls. END OF DIVISION 6 City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352"' Street Extension November 2015 Page 91 SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS 7 -04 STORM SEWERS 7 -04.2 Materials Section 7 -04.2 is supplemented with the following: Storm sewer used in this project includes plain concrete and reinforced concrete storm sewer pipe, and class 50 ductile iron storm sewer pipe as called for in the Contract Plans. Concrete pipe material, gaskets, and couplings shall be in accordance with Section 9 -05.7 of the Standard Specifications and as modified in these special provisions. Class 50 ductile iron storm sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of 9- 05.13. The Contractor shall require the pipe suppliers to furnish certificates signed by their authorized representatives stating the specifications to which the materials or products were manufactured. Certificates indicating non - conformance with these Specifications shall be sufficient evidence for rejection. Precast concrete materials shall not be shipped until pipe suppliers have provided documentation that materials have been properly cured. Approval of certificates shall be considered only as tentative acceptance of the materials or products, and such action by the Engineer will not relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to perform field tests and to replace or repair faulty materials, equipment, and /or workmanship. 7 -04.3 Construction Requirements Section 7 -04.3 is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * * *) Pipe Joints: All concrete pipe joints shall be rubber gasketed; except connections made between dissimilar existing and new pipe materials shall be made utilizing WSDOT Standard Plan B- 60.20 -00 connection collar. Backfill and compaction: Water settling will not be permitted. Backfill shall be compacted by mechanical tampers in accordance with Section 2- 03.3(14)C "Method B" of the Standard Specifications. Existing storm sewer facilities: The Contractor shall field verify the location of existing storm sewer facilities. All facilities shown on the plan but not noted for removal shall be protected and remain operational throughout construction. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 92 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7- 04.3(1) Cleaning and Testing Section 7- 04.3(1) is supplemented with the following: Cleaning and testing of storm sewer pipe shall be in accordance with Section 7- 04.3(1) of the Standard Specifications, except as modified herein: Prior to testing, storm sewers will be visually inspected by the Engineer's representative either by external physical observation before backfilling, by physical observation from inside the pipe, or by video inspection methods, at the discretion of the Engineer. The contractor shall provide all necessary video inspection and/or safety equipment, including mechanical ventilation, as requested by the Engineer, with all related costs to be included in the unit bid price of the related item. Any departures from the best construction practices, such as pipe line misalignment, presence of foreign matter in the pipes or catch basins, poor catch basin construction, etc., shall be corrected by the Contractor at the Contractor's own expense. Testing will not be authorized until such corrections have been made to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Should high groundwater conditions be encountered, the completed storm sewers may be required to be infiltration tested. Infiltration testing shall be utilized only when ordered by the Engineer. Add the following New Section 7- 04.3(2): 7- 04.3(2) Coordination with Utility Companies ( * * * * *1 It is anticipated that minor adjustments will need to be made by the utility companies to avoid the proposed storm drainage system. Known relocations not to be performed by the Contractor have been shown on the Plans to be performed "by others ". The Contractor shall identify any additional utility crossings that may conflict with the storm drainage system and notify the Engineer immediately prior to construction in vicinity of conflicts. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating anticipated relocation work with the respective utility companies. This coordination shall include contacting the utility company representative listed in Section 1- 05.14(A) of these Special Provisions at least fifteen (15) working days prior to installing storm drain pipe that may conflict with the utility companies' respective facilities; and coordinating the construction of the storm drainage system with the respective utility construction crews. Coordination with utility companies shall be considered incidental to the Contract and no additional compensation will be made. 7 -04.4 Measurement Section 7 -04.4 is supplemented with the following: "Class IV Reinf. Conc. Storm Sewer Pipe _ In. Diam. ", shall be measured per linear foot. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 93 SPECIAL PROVISIONS "Class 50 Ductile Iron Storm Sewer Pipe _ In. Diam. ", shall be measured per linear foot. Excavation, backfill, pipe zone bedding, compaction of the pipe trench backfill (with native material), connections between dissimilar existing and new pipe materials, and testing will not be measured as these items are incidental to the drainage pipe pay items. 7 -04.5 Payment Section 7 -04.5 is supplemented with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1 for the following bid items when included in the proposal: "Class IV Reinf. Conc. Storm Sewer Pipe _ In. Diam. ", per linear foot. "Class 50 Ductile Iron Storm Sewer Pipe _ In. Diam ", per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot of storm sewer pipe of the type and size specified shall be full pay for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for its complete installation, including, but not limited to, all pavement removal, trench excavation, dewatering (if required), temporary flow bypass, laying pipe, pipe bedding, backfill (with native material), compaction, connection to new or existing storm sewers or drainage structures, surface restoration, haul and disposal of trench material to be wasted including unsuitable material, cleaning and testing costs related to maintaining existing drainage system during construction or to provide temporary drainage systems, and temporary patching hot mix to allow for the passage of traffic. If the Engineer determines that the native material is not satisfactory for trench backfill, Gravel Borrow For Trench Backfill Including Haul shall be used and paid for under Section 2 -03 in these Special Provisions. 7 -05 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS 7 -05.1 Description Section 7 -05.1 is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * * *) In the first paragraph, replace "Standard Plans" with "City of Federal Way Standard Drawings" Type 1 Catch Basins shall be constructed per City of Federal Way Standard Dwg 4 -1. Type 2 Catch Basins shall be constructed in accordance with City of Federal Way Standard Dwgs 4 -3 and 4 -4. Where shown on the plans and as detailed, or as designated by the Engineer, the Contractor shall adjust catch basins to grade, install solid cover and frame on existing catch basin, install round solid cover with conversion riser as required on existing catch basins, and install heavy City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 94 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS duty manhole frame and lids. All lids and frames shall be locking unless shown as non - locking on plans or directed otherwise by the Engineer. Vaned grates and associated frame (Federal Way Dwgs. 4 -6 and 4 -10) shall be used for all catch basins unless noted in the plans or directed otherwise by the Engineer. Storm drain cleanouts shall be provided for retaining wall drainage and connected to the storm drainage system at the locations specified on the plans. The cleanout configuration and connection shall be per the plan detail. Place anti -seize compound on all locking lid bolts prior to the final project punch list inspection. 7 -05.2 Materials Section 7 -05.2 is supplemented with the following: Trench Drain Systems Trench drains channels shall be manufactured from polyester polymer concrete with minimum properties as follows: Compressive strength: 14,000 psi Flexural strength: 4,000 psi Water absorption: 0.07% Frost proof: Yes Salt proof: Yes The nominal clear opening shall be 4 ", with an overall width of 6.3 ". Pre -cast units shall be manufactured with either an invert slope of 0.5% or with neutral invert and have a wall thickness of at least 0.67 ". Each trench unit shall have a partial radius in the trench bottom and an interconnecting end profile. Units shall have horizontal cast in anchoring keys on the outside walls for anchoring in surrounding concrete. The trench drain channel shall have an integral ductile iron edge rail with a minimum thickness of 1/4 ". Grates for trench drains shall have longitudinal opening conforming to ADA standards and shall be manufactured from ductile iron. Ductile iron shall be ASTM 536 -84 — Grade 65- 45 -12. In -line catch basin shall be at the downstream end of the trench drain at the pipe connection point. In -line catch basin shall have the same manufacturer as the connecting trench drain and shall have the same grate type. 7 -05.3 Construction Requirements Section 7 -05.3 is supplemented with the following: Backfill around catch basins shall be compacted by mechanical tampers in accordance with Section 2- 03.3(14)C "Method B" of the Standard Specifications. Catch basin cover frames shall be installed on precast rings or as directed by the Engineer. All bricks shall be installed with full mortar coverage and shall be plastered to a depth of 3/4 inch City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352`d Street Extension November 2015 Page 95 SPECIAL PROVISIONS on the outer surface. Catch basin covers shall be adjusted to the rim elevations depicted on the storm profile drawings. A locking vaned grate and associated frame shall be installed on manholes and catch basins located where they will accept runoff. Bi- directional locking vaned grates shall be installed at all roadway sag locations and at low points along curb returns. (Reference City of Federal Way Standard Drawings No. 4 -10 for standard vaned grate and 4 -6 for standard frame). All structures not receiving surface runoff shall include round solid locking lids; except rectangular solid locking lids shall be used where indicated on the plans or directed by the Engineer. Catch basins shall include conversion risers per plan detail to accommodate round lids where indicated in the plans or directed by the Engineer. All structures, new or existing, located within the proposed wheel path shall utilize heavy duty round solid locking lids. A solid locking manhole cover and associated frame shall be installed on manholes and catch basins where they will not accept concentrated runoff and are not located in the wheel path of a traveled lane. (Reference City of Federal Way Standard Drawings No. 4 -12 for solid cover and 4 -13 for standard frame.). 7- 05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes Valve Boxes and Catch Basins to Grade Section 7- 05.3(1) is supplemented with the following: Manholes, valve boxes, catch basins, and other structures shall not be adjusted to final grade until the adjacent pavement is completed, at which time the center of each structure shall be carefully relocated from references previously established by the Contractor. The asphalt concrete pavement shall be removed to a neat circular shape for manholes and catch basin conversion risers and a neat rectangular shape for type 1 catch basins. The edge of the cut shall be 1 foot from the outside edge of the cast iron frame of the structure. The base materials and crushed rock shall be removed. The manhole and catch basin frames shall be lifted and reset to the final grade, plumb to the roadway, and shall remain operational and accessible. Commercial class concrete shall be placed in the entire void up to within, but not to exceed, 3 inches of the finished pavement surface. The Contractor shall adjust the manholes and catch basins with pre -cast grade rings and mortar, or tapered or non - tapered Infra - Riser® rubber adjustment rings as manufactured by East Jordan Ironworks or approved equal, with a maximum 2 -inch thickness, as required. Metal adjustment rings shall not be used. If more than three grade rings are required to adjust a manhole to final grade, including existing grade rings, the Contractor shall remove the existing cone section, install a pre -cast manhole section of sufficient height to limit the number of grade rings to a maximum of three, and reinstall the cone section prior to paving operations. Cover and grate frames shall be securely grouted to the structure. Where existing structures are located within the wheel path of a proposed travel lane, catch basins adjusted to grade shall also include conversion risers and heavy duty locking covers per Section 7- 05.3(10). A minimum of twenty -four hours after placement of the concrete or as directed by the Engineer, the edges of the removed asphalt pavement, the concrete surface, and the outer edge of the reset frame shall be painted with asphalt for tack coat. Hot Mix Asphalt top course shall then be placed and properly compacted to finished grade. The Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) top course shall meet the requirements of Section 5 -04 of the Standard Specifications. The joint between the patch and existing pavement shall then be painted with asphalt for tack coat and immediately covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt for tack coat solidifies. City of Federal Way RFS # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 96 SPECIAL PROVISIONS See section 7 -05.3 of these special provisions for ring & cover and frame & grate requirements as applicable to both existing and proposed structures. 7- 05.3(3) Connections to Existing Manholes Section 7- 05.3(3) is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * * *) The requirements of this section shall also apply to connections to existing catch basins. Section 7 -05.3 is supplemented by adding the following Sections: 7- 05.3(5) Connection to Existing Pipe ( * * * * * *) The contractor shall connect (or reconnect) existing pipes to the new manholes or catch basins without obstructing flow from upstream locations. All costs associated with this work shall be included in the unit contract prices for the related items of work, where the related items of work are defined as the closest drainage item for which a pay item is provided. 7- 05.3(6) 72" Flat Top Catch Basin Lid ( * * * * * *) A 72" flat top catch basin lid shall be installed at the location shown on the Plans and per the details shown on the Plans. Work shall include removal of existing casting, exposing and cutting CMP riser, and placement of the 72" Flat Top Catch Basin Lid with new casting as shown on the detail on the Plans. 7- 05.3(7) Heavy Duty Ring and Cover ( * * * * * *) Provide a heavy duty ring and cover, in accordance with the requirements of Section 7 -05.3 and manufacturer installation instructions, for drainage structures in the wheel path of the traveled roadway as noted in the plans. Provide a rectangular to round conversion riser for existing or proposed structures where required by the plans. Remove existing frame and grate and provide conversion riser with new frame with heavy duty ring and cover for existing structures to remain but will no longer receive surface drainage. Provide conversion riser in accordance with the plan detail and the frame and cover per requirements of Section 7 -05.3, and Federal Way Standard Drawings 4 -12 for Locking Manhole Cover and 4 -13 for Locking Manhole Frame. The Heavy Duty Manhole Frame and Lid shall be manufactured from ductile iron. Covers shall be hinged and incorporate a 90- degree blocking system to prevent accidental closure and come complete with hinge infiltration plug. The lid shall be operable by one person using standard tools and capable of withstanding a test load of 100,000 lbs. Frames shall be circular, compatible with City of Federal Way standard top slab openings, incorporate a seating ring, and be available in a 24 -inch clear opening. The frame depth shall not exceed 4 inches, and the City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 97 SPECIAL PROVISIONS flange shall incorporate bedding slots and bolt holes. All components shall be black coated. Frame weight: 73 lbs. Cover weight: 122 lbs. Total weight: 195 lbs. The Heavy Duty Manhole Frame and Lid shall be Rexus 24 -inch Manhole Cover and Frame (or approved equal) as manufactured by the Certainteed Corporation. (Optional local distributor: Titus Industries located at 62292 Byram Road, Bend, OR 97701, Email: Ititus@neverleek.com or phone at: 541 - 389 - 1975). Heavy duty rings and covers shall be considered incidental to the structure installed and will not be measured for separate payment. 7- 05.3(8) Installing Trench Drains ( * * * * * *) Trench drain shall be installed per manufacturer's instructions and as detailed on the plans. 7 -05.4 Measurement Section 7 -05.4 is supplemented with the following: "Trench Drain ", will be measured per linear foot of trench drain installed, including any in -line catch basins required. "Catch Basin Type ,size ", will be measured per each. "Adjust Existing Storm Drainage Structure ", will be measured per each. "Connection to Existing Drainage Structure ", will be measured per each. "Heavy Duty Locking Ring & Cover", will be measured per each solid cover furnished, installed, and adjusted to grade, for an existing storm drainage structure. "72 In. Diam. Flat Top Catch Basin Lid ", will be measured per each. 7 -05.5 Payment Section 7 -05.5 is supplemented with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1 for the following bid items when included in the proposal: "Trench Drain ", per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for "Trench Drain" be full pay for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary to install trench drains in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. This includes all excavation, foundation material, concrete, manufactured trench drain and in -line catch basin system with ductile -iron edge rails, heavy -duty ADA- compliant grates, and 6" outfall drain pipes associated with the trench drain system. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 98 SPECIAL PROVISIONS "Catch Basin Type ", per each. "Catch Basin Type 2, _ In. Diam. ", per each. The unit contract price per each of storm drainage structure listed above shall be full pay for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary to complete each unit according to the Plans and Specifications. This includes all pavement removal and disposal, excavation, dewatering (if required), temporary flow bypass, connections to existing and new pipe, foundation material, bedding, backfill, compaction, surface restoration, testing, and furnishing and placing of all accessories such as traps, steps or ladders, control orifice risers, debris cages, weirs, orifice plates, temporary patching hot mix to allow for the passage of traffic, and other items as applicable. Frames and grates or rings and covers (standard duty or heavy duty where called for on the plans) shall also be considered included in the catch basin bid items to which they apply. "Adjust Existing Storm Drainage Structure ", per each. The unit contract price for "Adjust Storm Drainage Structure ", per each, applies to all existing storm drainage catch basins and manholes and includes all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary to adjust drainage structures to finished grade, temporary patching hot mix to allow for the passage of traffic, restoration of the area around the adjusted structure, and providing new rings and covers or frames and grates. Frames and grates, grade rings and adjustment risers (concrete or Infra - Riser) shall be considered incidental to this bid item and will not be measured for separate payment. This item shall also include rotating top slab of Type 2 Catch Basins where indicated on the Plans, including relocating the ladder to the new access location. "Connection to Existing Drainage Structure ", per each. The unit contract price for "Connection to Existing Drainage Structure ", per each, applies to connecting new storm drain pipe to existing storm drainage catch basins and manholes and includes all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary to core drill the existing drainage structure and provide the necessary pipe connection. "Heavy Duty Locking Ring & Cover ", per each. The unit contract price per each for "Heavy Duty Locking Ring & Cover" shall be full pay for installing a solid cover on existing structure. Rings and covers, as well as conversion risers, where necessary for installation of round solid locking lids on existing Type 1 structures. "72 In. Diam. Flat Top Catch Basin Lid ", per each. The unit contract price per each for "72 In. Diam. Flat Top Catch Basin Lid" shall be full pay for removing existing debris cage, installing solid top slab, installing riser sections, installing solid, locking ring, and cover, and adjusting to grade. This work shall also include ladder adjustments, regrouting connections where required, and sealing cracks. 7 -08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 7 -08.3 Construction Requirements Section 7 -08.3 is supplemented with the following: ( * * * * * *) City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 99 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Dewatering The Contractor may encounter groundwater in trench excavation depending on trench depth. The Contractor shall not dewater the excavation with wells or well points but shall keep the excavated trench free of water during pipe installation. This may be done with sheet piling and pumping within the excavationor other methods approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall assess the situation and develop a plan to accommodate construction in groundwater. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for this groundwater /trench excavation control plan. All costs related to trench dewatering shall be included in the related items of work. For bidding purposes the Contractor shall assume that the basic trench dewatering method is to be by sheet piling and sump pumping from the excavation with portable pumps. If advanced methods become necessary, compensation for such work shall be per 1 -04.4 of the Standard Specifications. 7- 08.3(3) Backfilling Section 7- 08.3(3) is supplemented with the following: Initial backfilling shall be performed only after inspection and approval of the installed pipe. Backfill shall be accomplished in such a manner that the pipe is not damaged by impact or overloading. All backfill for pipe trenches shall be mechanically compacted by a power operated mechanical tamper(s) as specified in Sections 7- 08.3(3) of the Standard Specifications or other mechanical compaction device approved by the Engineer. If there is an excess of acceptable backfill material obtained from trench excavation at one location on the project, it shall be used at other locations on the project as directed by the Engineer. Native backfill stockpiles shall be protected to prevent excessive wetting. The cost of transporting the excess backfill material shall be considered incidental to the pipe or structure backfilled. 7 -09 WATER MAINS 7 -09.1 Description Revise this section to read: This Work consists of installing water main and appurtenances in accordance with the Plans, these Standard Specifications, and the Special Provisions, at the locations and depths shown and noted in the Plans, and as may be directed by the Engineer. 7 -09.2 Materials City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 100 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Revise this section to delete any references to steel, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), and Polyethylene pipe for permanent water supply facilities. Pipe for water main shall only be ductile iron pipe Special Thickness Class 52, or such thicker - walled pipe as shown in the Plans. 7 -09.3 Construction Requirements ( * * * * * *) Supplement and revise this section with the following: All construction within public road rights -of -way shall be in conformance with the requirements of the City, County, or State governmental agency having jurisdiction in which the work is performed, as herein specified and as directed by the Engineer. All trench excavation required for the installation of water mains and appurtenances shall be unclassified. All material excavated from trenches and piled adjacent to the trench, or in a roadway or public thoroughfare, shall be piled and maintained so that the toe of the slope of the spoil material is at least two feet (2') from the edge of the trench. It shall be piled in a manner to prevent surface water from flowing into the excavation and in a manner that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to public travel. Free access shall be provided to all fire hydrants, water valves and meters; and clearance shall be left to enable the free flow of storm water in all gutters, conduits and natural water courses. All public traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work with as little inconvenience and delay as possible. The Contractor shall keep existing roads and streets adjacent to or within the limits of the Project open to and maintained in a good and safe condition for traffic at all times. The Contractor shall remove any deposits or debris and shall repair any damage resulting from its operations. Construction shall be conducted so as to cause as little inconvenience as possible to abutting property owners. Additionally, convenient access to each facility's driveways and buildings along the line of Work shall be maintained at all times. Upon completion of rough grading or placing any subsequent layer thereon, the surface of any road bed disturbed shall be brought to a smooth, even condition, free of bumps and depression, and satisfactory for the use of public traffic. Roadways, streets and appurtenances, including driveways and sidewalks, shall be cleaned at the conclusion of each day's operations and at such other times as deemed necessary by the Engineer to ensure the safety of the traveling and pedestrian public and to prevent inconvenience to the Contracting Agency, the public and owners of private property adjacent to the Project. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to restrict the Contractor to various sites and times of construction during the entire Project. All costs to comply with this Section are incidental to the Contract and are the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall include all related costs in the unit or lump sum bid prices of the Contract. On its own responsibility and expense, the Contractor shall provide adequate safeguards, safety devices and protective equipment, and take any other needed actions, on its own responsibility City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 101 SPECIAL PROVISIONS or as the Engineer may determine reasonably necessary to protect the life, health and safety of the public and to protect property in connection with the performance of the Work covered by the Contract. Where shown on the Plans or otherwise directed by the Contracting Agency, or City, County, or State governmental agency having jurisdiction, the Contractor shall install silt fences meeting the requirements of the Standard Plans where runoff from areas disturbed by construction activities could impact adjacent undisturbed property. All costs to install silt fences are incidental to the Contract and are the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall include all related costs in the unit or lump sum bid prices of the Contract. The types of gravel material which shall be used in trenches or other excavations are divided into several classifications. The descriptions of the materials, the locations where they shall be used, and the method for computing pay quantities are set forth in the following Sections and are shown on the Contract Plans. Garden areas shall not be disturbed until after the end of the growing season. The Contractor shall comply with all covenants, requirements and stipulations of easement documents which provide the right of the Contracting Agency to perform the Work on private property. 7- 09.3(5) Grade and Alignment ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection, including title, to read: 7- 09.3(5) Grade, Depth and Alignment The Contractor shall verify the locations and establish the depth of existing water mains at the points where connections are to be made prior to trenching for the pipelines. A separate contract pay item has been provided for this purpose under the current project. The profile shall be adjusted so neither a high spot nor a low spot is created adjacent to the connection to the existing water mains. The depth of trenching for water mains shall be such as to provide a minimum cover of thirty -six inches (36 ") over the top of the pipe, or twelve (12) inches over all valve nuts, whichever is deeper, or as otherwise shown on the Plans. Deeper excavation may be required due to localized breaks in grade, or to install the new main under existing culverts or other utilities where necessary. To provide for future street/road widening, this standard minimum cover shall be measured from the ground surface where the proposed water main is to be located, or the adjacent edge of pavement, whichever provides the lower water main elevation. Where the profile of the pipeline and ground surface is shown on the Plans, the pipeline shall be laid to the elevation shown regardless of depth. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 102 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7- 09.3(6) Existing Utilities ( * * * * * *) Supplement this subsection with the following: In addition to those facilities exposed above the ground surface, certain underground utility facilities exist, both known and of record, and unknown. Existing underground utility facilities, where known, are shown on the Plans for convenience only, and the Engineer and Contracting Agency assume no responsibility for proper locations or failure to show utility locations on the Plans. Among others, these utilities include: telephone, telegraph and power lines; natural gas and petroleum product pipelines; sanitary sewer, storm drain /ditches and structures and water lines; traffic and street lighting and signing systems. The locations of the underground utility facilities shown on the Plans have been provided from available records, and may not reflect the exact location of the underground utility facility. The proposed water facilities constituting the Work have been designed to minimize potential conflicts with the existing known underground utility facilities. If the Plans so indicate, certain existing underground utility facilities shall require removing or relocating the underground utility facility by the utility owner before the Contractor begins Work. If said utility owner has not done so by the time Work begins, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and Contracting Agency in writing. The Contractor shall advise the Utilities Underground Location Center of the commencement of the Work by calling 1- 800 - 424 -5555 or 811, providing the proposed construction area and the proposed schedule of work sequence, so the respective participating utilities may field -mark their underground utility facilities, as provided for in RCW 19.122. The Contractor shall also individually advise those utilities and private parties not participating in said one number locator service. The Contractor shall, by letter and copies thereof, demonstrate to the Contracting Agency its efforts to fully inform both the non - participating utilities and private parties and the Utilities Underground Location Center of its activities. Furthermore, the Contractor shall demonstrate full cooperation with each utility and private party involved in the Project. The Contractor shall conform to all other provisions of RCW 19.122. As provided for in RCW 19.122, "reasonable accuracy" in field - locating (marking) underground utility facilities means a field mark within twenty -four (24) inches of the outside dimensions of both sides of an underground utility facility. The minimum horizontal spacing between water mains and storm drains, gas mains, power cable, telephone cable, cable TV, and other underground utility facilities, except sanitary sewers, shall be three (3) feet, measured horizontally. The minimum vertical clearance /spacing between walls of water main pipelines and pipeline /cable /conduits of other utility facilities, except sanitary sewers, shall be six (6) inches. The minimum horizontal spacing between water mains and sanitary sewers shall be ten (10) feet, measured horizontally, unless a closer spacing is shown on the Plans, in which case certain pipe protection provisions are shown. For water mains crossing over sanitary sewers, a minimum vertical clearance /spacing between the walls of these pipelines shall be eighteen (18) inches, as measured at the intersection thereof, unless a narrower clearance /spacing is shown on the Plans, in which case certain pipe City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 103 SPECIAL PROVISIONS protection measures shall be shown. If these horizontal spacing and /or vertical clearance /spacing requirements cannot be met and are not already provided for in the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and Contracting Agency in writing. Certain alterations in alignment and grade of the proposed water system may be required if an existing underground utility facility, by field - location, is found to occupy that corridor indicated on the Plans to be reserved for construction of the proposed water system, or if the standard spacing cannot otherwise be achieved. The Contractor shall do all necessary excavation and potholing to expose such underground utility facilities to prevent damage to them which may otherwise result from the Work. The Contractor shall protect all existing underground utility facilities from damage resulting from the Work. The alignment and grade of the proposed water system shown on the Plans shall only be altered upon the written express approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall also notify those owners of underground utility facilities within close proximity of the proposed water system, within a reasonable period of time prior to construction at a particular location, so said owner and the Contractor can coordinate the precautions necessary to facilitate construction of the proposed water system and protect that particular underground utility facility. Any damages or disruptions to underground utility facilities resulting from the Contractor's operation shall be reported to the owner of said underground utility facility and to the Contracting Agency. Repairs to the damaged or disrupted underground utility facility shall immediately be made by the owner of said underground utility facility or by the Contractor, at the sole discretion of the owner of said underground utility facility. The cost for repairs to damaged or disrupted underground utility facilities shall be borne by the Contractor, unless the underground utility facility was not field- marked within "reasonable accuracy" defined by RCW 19.122. Whenever existing drainage channels, ditches, culverts, storm drains or structures are disturbed, the Contractor shall provide suitable means for diverting and maintaining all flows during construction in that area. After construction has been completed in that area, all channels, ditches, culverts, storm drains or structures shall be returned to their original location and functional use. Where the proposed water system is in close proximity of existing utility poles, the Contractor shall coordinate construction procedures with the owners of the affected utility poles. The Contractor shall give to the owners of affected utility poles reasonable advance notice so that the Contractor and owners of affected utility poles can properly protect the integrity of the utility poles by temporarily holding or moving the utility poles during construction of the proposed water system. To efficiently perform the Work, the Contractor shall be fully responsible to coordinate the Work and make the necessary arrangements, including permits and payment of any associated charges, with the respective owner of underground utility facilities to relocate, move, remove, or alter their underground utility facilities to attempt to minimize or eliminate conflicts during construction of the proposed water system in ways not otherwise shown on the Plans. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 104 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Any authorized agent of the Contracting Agency or owners of underground utility facilities may enter the site of the water system improvements at any time to repair, rearrange, alter, or connect their facilities. The Contractor shall cooperate with such efforts and shall avoid creating delays or hindrances to those doing the work. As needed, the Contractor shall arrange to coordinate work schedules. All utility facilities, including, but not limited to, water main valve boxes, gas main valve boxes, water meter boxes, and the like, shall remain accessible and marked by the Contractor at all times during construction. All costs to comply with this Section, including any repair and /or restoration of facilities necessitated by the Contractor's operations, are incidental to the Contract and are the responsibility of the Contractor, except as otherwise provided in RCW 19.122. The Contractor shall include all related costs in the Contract bid prices. 7- 09.3(7) Trench Excavation ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: All excavation performed on this Project shall be considered unclassified. Excavation shall consist of the removal of any and all material encountered, including cutting and removal of existing surfacing, tree stumps, trees, logs, abandoned railroad ties, piling, riprap, etc., if necessary. Excavation limits for applicable contract bid items are shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of whatever materials encountered to the depth indicated on the Plans. All excavations shall be made by open cut unless provided for otherwise. All trenches shall be excavated to true and smooth bottom grades and in accordance with the lines given by the Engineer. The trench bottom shall provide uniform bearing and support for each length of pipe. Bell holes shall be excavated to the extent necessary to permit accurate work in making and inspecting the joints. The banks of the trenches shall be kept as nearly vertical as soil conditions will permit. Where required to control trench width or to protect adjacent structures, the trench shall be sheeted and braced. Trench widths to one (1) foot above the top of the pipe shall not exceed thirty (30) inches maximum or one and one -half (1 1/2) times the outside diameter of the pipe plus eighteen (18) inches, whichever is greater. Standard excavating equipment shall be adjusted so as to excavate the narrowest trench possible. Trench excavation shall be not more than two hundred (200) linear feet ahead of the pipe laying and backfilling operation and all trenches shall be closed up and fully backfilled, leveled, and temporarily patched or graveled, or protected with an anchored steel plate at the end of each day as provided in Section 1- 07.23(1). In certain circumstances such as high -risk of trench sidewall cave -in, paralleling in close proximity with another utility which could slough into the open trench, critical street crossings, etc., this distance shall be shortened accordingly by the Contractor. The Contractor shall exercise sound engineering and construction practices in excavating the trench and maintaining it so that no damage will occur to any foundation, structure, utility pole City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 105 SPECIAL PROVISIONS or anchor, pipeline, or other facility because of sloughing or slopes, or from any other cause. If, as a result of the excavation, there is disturbance of the ground which may endanger other property, the Contractor shall immediately take remedial action. No act, representation, or instruction of the Engineer or Contracting Agency shall in any way relieve the Contractor from liability for damages or costs that result from trench excavation. Care shall be taken not to excavate below the depth specified. Excavation below that depth shall be backfilled with select backfill material and compacted as specified herein. The Contractor shall prevent damage to major tree roots, particularly those equal to or larger than two inches (2 ") in diameter. 7- 09.3(7)A Dewatering of Trench ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: Where water is encountered in the trench and other excavations for structures, it shall be removed during pipe - laying and backfilling operations and the trench and /or excavation so maintained until the ends of the pipe are sealed and provisions are made to prevent floating of the pipe, or the structure is placed or constructed and provisions are made to prevent it from floating. Trench water or other deleterious materials shall not be allowed to enter the pipe at any time. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment necessary to dewater the excavation and shall dispose of the water in such a manner as not to cause a nuisance or menace to the public, or damage or cause deterioration of existing improvements or natural features. The dewatering system shall be installed and operated by the Contractor so that the groundwater level outside the excavation is not reduced to the extent that adjacent structures or property are endangered or damaged. The release of groundwater to its static level shall be performed in such a manner as to maintain the undisturbed state of the natural foundation soil, prevent disturbances of backfill and prevent movement of structures and pipelines. Discharge to existing storm sewer facilities, storm drain system, or containment and discharge of such collected groundwater shall be in accordance with the TESC Plan as reviewed by the Engineer. 7- 093(7)B Rock Excavation ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: Rock excavation shall cover the removal and disposal of rock that requires systematic drilling and blasting for its removal, and also boulders exceeding two (2) cubic yards in volume. Ledge rock, stone larger than and one -half (11/2) inches, or boulders, shall be removed to provide a minimum clearance of four inches (4 ") under the pipe, with additional clearance required for pipe bells as necessary to provide uniform bearing and support for each length of pipe and permit accurate Work in making and inspecting the joints. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 106 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Hardpan, hard clay, glacial till, sandstone, silt stone, shale, or other sedimentary rocks which are soft, weathered, or extensively fissured will not be classified as rock excavation, even though it may be advantageous to use explosives in its removal. Rock is defined as one which has a modulus of elasticity of more than 200,000 psi or unconfined compressive strength at field moisture content of more than 2,000 psi. Materials removed shall be replaced with selected native materials from adjacent trenches or from imported bedding or backfill as designated by the Engineer. It is anticipated that solid rock will not be encountered. When such material is anticipated to be encountered, it will be paid for through an established bid item. 7- 09.3(7)C Extra Trench Excavation ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: Changes in grades of new water main, including hydrant laterals, from those shown on the Plans may be necessary because of unmarked or unknown utilities or for other reasons. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is necessary to adjust, correct, relocate or in any way change the line and grade, such changes shall be made by the Contractor as specified herein. When pipeline grade is lowered in excess of one foot (1') below the grade indicated on the Plans, the Contractor shall make extra excavation as necessary. When the pipeline horizontal alignment is changed by more than one foot (V) from the line indicated on the Plans, after the trench has been excavated, the Contractor shall excavate the trench at the changed location and backfill and compact the previous trench. Additional excavation so required will be classified as extra trench excavation. Any additional width made in excess of the designated neat line width of the trench as shown on the Plans by the Contractor shall be backfilled with the same material and in the same manner as specified herein for backfilling within the neat line limits of the trench. 7- 09.3(7)D Trench Safety Systems ( * * * * * *) Add the following new subsection: 7- 09.3(7)D Trench Safety Systems The Contractor shall provide all materials, labor, and equipment necessary to shore trenches to protect the Work, and existing improvements and natural features not designated for removal., and to provide safe working conditions in the trench. The Contractor may elect to use any City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 107 SPECIAL PROVISIONS combination of shoring and overbreak, tunneling, boring, sliding trench shield, or other method of accomplishing the Work consistent with applicable local, State, or Federal safety codes. If workers enter any trench four (4) feet or more in depth that does not meet the open pit requirements of Section 2- 093(3)B, the excavation shall be shored as provided in Section 2- 09.3(4). The Contractor alone shall be responsible for worker safety, and the Contracting Agency assumes no responsibility. Upon completing the Work, the Contractor shall remove all shoring unless the Plans or the Engineer direct otherwise. Shoring to be removed, or moveable trench shields or boxes, shall be located at least two and one -half (21/2) pipe diameters away from metal or thermoplastic pipe if the bottom of the shoring, shield, or box extends below the top of the pipe, unless a satisfactory means of reconsolidating the bedding or side support material disturbed by shoring removal can be demonstrated. Damages resulting from improper shoring or failure to shore shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The furnishing by the Contracting Agency of resident project representation and inspection shall not make the Contracting Agency responsible for the enforcement of such laws, rules, regulations, or procedures, nor shall such make the Contracting Agency responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures, or for the Contractor's failure to properly perform the Work necessary for proper trench excavation safety. 7- 09.3(8) Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Materials ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: When so directed by the Engineer, excavation shall be extended below the structure or pipeline grades to permit the placing of foundation gravel. Whenever in excavating a trench for water mains the bottom of the trench exposes peat, soft clay, quicksand, or other unsuitable foundation material, such material shall be removed to the depth directed by the Engineer and backfilled with foundation material. When determined by the Engineer that silty soils or fine, sandy soils are encountered, Class C foundation material will be required. Silty soils or fine, sandy soils usually flow in the presence of a stream of water. When determined by the Engineer that clays, peats, or other soft materials are encountered that become saturated with water, but do not break down into fine particles and flow, Class A or Class B foundation material will be required. When native excavated material is shown on the Plans or directed by the Engineer to be used for trench backfill, and such material removed from the trench that is determined by the Engineer to be unsuitable for trench backfill shall be removed loaded directly into trucks, and hauled to a waste site permitted to receive such material. Stockpiling of unsuitable material at the Project site will not be allowed. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 108 SPECIAL PROVISIONS If material is not available within the limits of the Project for backfilling the trench, the Contractor shall furnish suitable material meeting the requirements of Section 9 -03.19 "Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill," or the aggregate material as shown on the Plans. 7- 09.3(9) Bedding the Pipe ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection, including title, to read: 7- 09.3(9) Pipe Zone Bedding and Backfill Gravel backfill for pipe zone bedding shall be placed to depths shown on the Plans, and shall be rammed and tamped around the pipe to 95 percent of maximum density by the use of shovels or other approved hand -held tools, so as to provide firm and uniform support for the full length of the pipe, valves, and fittings. Care shall be taken to prevent any damage to the pipe or its protective coating. Gravel backfill for pipe zone bedding for pipe zone backfill shall be placed in uniform lifts on each side of and above the pipe as shown on the Plans, and shall be compacted to 90 percent of maximum density. 7- 09.3(10) Backfilling Trenches ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: Trench backfill material, placement and compaction for ductile iron pipe shall be as shown in the Plans. When all pipe, fittings, valves, valve boxes and other appurtenances have been properly installed and inspected, the trench shall be backfilled. Prior to backfilling, all shoring or other trench safety system components, and debris shall be removed from the trench. Shoring and trench safety system components used by the Contractor shall be removed just ahead of the backfilling operation. Backfill up to twelve (12) inches over the top of the pipe shall be evenly and carefully placed. Materials capable of damaging the pipe or its coating, including, but not limited to, large rocks, stumps, logs, brush, broken concrete, frozen dirt clumps, pavement pieces, and other deleterious material, shall be removed from the backfill material. The remainder of the material shall be continually placed from the end of the trench. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans or directed by the Engineer, native material excavated from the trenches and excavations shall be used as backfill in the trench section and around structures and special appurtenances, provided that compaction requirements specified hereinafter can be satisfied. A warranty is neither expressed nor implied relative to the suitability of the native excavated material for trench backfill and the ability to compact said material as set forth in this section.. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 109 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Material removed from the trench that is unsuitable for backfill shall be replaced with suitable material available within the limits of the Project or with suitable imported material meeting the requirements of Section 7- 09.3(8), "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Materials." The backfill for trenches within existing road rights -of -way shall meet the requirements of the jurisdictional Agency, which may be other than native material backfill or bank run gravel. Transverse trenches crossing improved street sections in King County, and the Cities of Auburn and Federal Way shall be backfilled with compacted crushed surfacing base course. A minimum three (3) inch sand cushion, or neoprene pad or high - density polyethylene foam (e.g., Ethafoam 900, or approved equal) shall be placed between the water main and existing pipelines, conduits, or other facilities when encountered during construction and as directed by the Engineer. Native excavated material in excess of the quantity for compacted trench backfill shall be removed and disposed as provided in Section 7- 09.3(8) "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Materials." 7- 09.3(11) Compaction of Backlit! ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: Unless the density of the trench backfill within a road right -of -way is required to be greater by the jurisdictional road agency, the trench backfill material shall be compacted to at least ninety -five percent (95 %) of the maximum density as specified in Section 2- 03.3(14)D "Compaction and Moisture Control Tests," for the purposes of this project, the trench backfill materials and compaction shall be as shown on the Plans." Maximum density and optimum moisture for non - granular materials will be determined using WSDOT Test Method No. 609. Maximum density and optimum moisture for granular materials will be determined using WSDOT Test Method No. 606. In -place density and moisture content will be determined using the Washington Densometer method or Nuclear Gauge as outlined in the WSDOT Construction Manual. The backfill material shall be placed in successive layers not exceeding twelve inches (12 ") in loose thickness, and each layer shall be mechanically compacted to the density specified herein as the trench is backfilled. At locations where paved streets, roadway shoulders, driveways, or sidewalks will be constructed or reconstructed over the trench, the backfill shall be spread in layers and be compacted by mechanical tampers. In such cases, the backfill material shall be placed in successive layers not exceeding six inches (6 ") in loose thickness, and each layer shall be compacted with mechanical tampers to the density specified herein. Mechanical tampers shall be of the impact type as approved by the Engineer. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 110 SPECIAL PROVISIONS The Contractor shall provide the proper size and type of mechanical compaction equipment and select the proper method of utilizing said equipment to attain the required compaction density. The thickness of layers and the number of passes shall be adjusted to the extent necessary to attain the required compaction density. Impact compactors shall be operated with the least practical amount of pressure or weight applied, and vibratory compactors shall be operated with no more weight applied than the unsupported weight of the machine's pad and boom, all to achieve the required compaction density without overloading the pipe or structure. Moisture content of the backfill material may be adjusted to achieve the required compaction density. This adjustment may be attained by sprinkling the backfill material, or by adding and mixing dry backfill material, or by windrowing the backfill material and allowing it to dry prior to placement in the trench. Contracting Agency, at its sole discretion, may perform compaction tests on the compacted backfill material at any time. Areas to be tested shall be at the direction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to allow compaction tests to be conducted. The compaction tests shall be performed by a testing consultant /laboratory selected by the Contracting Agency, and the costs expended for the services of said testing consultant/ laboratory shall be borne by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor at its sole expense, shall remove and recompact material that does not meet the specified compaction requirements; shall promptly and properly refill, regrade, restore, or otherwise repair any trench settlement; and shall otherwise remedy any defects that appear in the backfill. Where the required compaction density cannot be achieved on the existing backfill material, the Contractor shall remove and replace said backfill with material able to meet said compaction densities. 7- 09.3(12) General Pipe Installation ( * * * * * *) Supplement this subsection with the following new subsections: 7- 09.3(12)A Laying Ductile Iron Pipe, Fittings and Appurtenances Ductile iron pipe shalt be laid in accordance with AWWA C -151 and the recommendations of the pipe manufacturer. The pipe shall be laid to the line and grade shown on the Plans, in the Standard Plans, and as may be directed by the Engineer. All pipe, fittings and appurtenances shall be carefully checked by the Contractor upon delivery to the project site, as well as just prior to their installation and placement in the trench. The bottom of the trench shall be finished to grade in such a manner that the pipe will have bearing along the entire length of the barrel. The pipe, fittings and appurtenances shall be carefully bedded, joined, and protected. The pipe interior at all times shall be kept free from dirt, gravel, water, and all other deleterious material. The open ends of the pipe, fittings, and appurtenances shall be closed by a City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension Page 111 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 SPECIAL PROVISIONS watertight plug or by other means approved by the Contracting Agency to ensure cleanliness inside the pipe. Except where necessary to make connections with other pipelines, and where otherwise authorized by the Engineer, ductile iron pipe shall be laid with bells facing the direction of laying. The bells shall face upward where pipelines are laid on an appreciable slope, as authorized by the Engineer. A non -toxic pipe lubricant, as recommended by the pipe manufacturer and approved for use in potable -water applicatgions, shall be applied to the gasket and pipe mating surfaces. Bolts on mechanical joint and flanged pipe, fittings, spools, and appurtenances shall be tightened uniformly to the torque recommended by the manufacturer. All joints in the pipe, fittings, valves, flexible couplings, etc., shall be fully seated with small clearances allowed for pipe expansion. Where flexible couplings are required, the space between pipe ends shall not exceed one quarter inch (1/4 ") to prevent pipe movement. When the space between pipe ends is excessive, short sections of pipe may be inserted as a spacer ring to limit such pipe movement within the coupling or mechanical joint sleeve fitting, to obtain the one quarter inch (1/4 ") spacing limitation provided herein. All fittings and pipe which will come in contact with cement concrete, such as from concrete pipe encasement and thrust blocking, shall be protected by a layer of heavy building paper or plastic sheeting. The material shall be wrapped loosely around the pipe and need not be water tight, but no part of the pipe or fittings shall be exposed to the cement concrete. Care shall be exercised during backfilling to prevent the plastic film wrap from becoming punctured or otherwise damaged. The Contractor shall comply with other requirements for placing concrete thrust blocking provided in Section 7- 09.3(21) "Concrete Thrust Blocking." Only mechanical joint sleeve fittings shall be used to connect plain ends of ductile iron pipe and /or spools; flexible couplings shall not be used for this purpose. Fittings shall not be backfilled until first approved by the Engineer for compliance with the Plans and Specifications. Where shown on the Plans or otherwise directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall install pipe anchor blocks, sacked slope retainer and timber baffles meeting the requirements of the Standard Plans in the backfilled trench where water mains are installed on slopes twenty percent (20 %) or greater. 7- 09.3(12)B Taste and Odor No water main pipe, fitting, or other appurtenances will be accepted by the Contracting Agency in which an objectionable taste and /or odor is detected in water which has been in contact with the interior surface(s) of said material, either before or after the material has been installed. Taste and odor testing, if determined necessary by the Contracting Agency, shall be conducted through the City of Seattle in accordance with the City of Seattle's testing procedures and requirements. Such testing shall be subject to the City of Seattle's schedule. All such testing by the City of Seattle, and resulting corrective actions required by the Contracting Agency to City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 112 SPECIAL PROVISIONS remedy a defect or defects as may be determined by such testing, shall be at the Contractor's sole expense. 7- 09.3(13) Handling of Pipe ( * * * * * *) Supplement this subsection with the following: Each pipe, fitting, or other accessory shall be carefully inspected and thoroughly cleaned of any dirt or deleterious material which might be present on the inside prior to its installation. Such cleaning shall be accomplished prior to lowering the pipe or other accessories into the trench; and after the materials are placed in the trench, care shall be taken to keep them internally clean. To minimize risks and expedite the Work, it is suggested that the open ends of stockpiled pipe be plugged, or sealed with a polyethylene bag or equivalent mechanism to prevent the introduction of dirt or deleterious material, and that the pipe be cleaned using, and /or swabbed with a clean foam cube designed for that purpose and saturated in, a one percent (1 %) hypochlorite solution. The Contractor shall exercise particular care to guard against the entrance of stormwater or sewage into the trench during the course of construction. All sanitary sewers and storm drain lines, house side sewers, and /or other subsurface drains shall be located prior to excavation. The Contractor shall employ provisions to protect the Work from contamination by deleterious liquids. 7- 09.3(14) Cutting Pipe ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: Whenever it becomes necessary to cut a length of pipe, the cut shall be made by abrasive saw or by special pipe cutter. All pipe ends shall be square with the longitudinal axis of the pipe and shall be reamed or otherwise smoothed so that good connections can be made. Threads shall be cleanly cut. Oxyacetylene torch cutting of ductile iron pipe shall not be allowed. Flaring of copper tubing shall be accurately and smoothly performed with tools designed specifically for this task. 7- 09.3(15) Laying of Pipe on Curves 7- 09.3(15)A Ductile Iron Pipe ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: Long radius curves, either horizontal or vertical, may be laid with standard pipe by deflecting the joints. If the pipe is shown curved on the Plans and no special fittings are shown, the Contractor can assume that the curves can be made by deflecting the joints with standard lengths of pipe. If shorter lengths are required, the Plans will indicate maximum lengths that can be used. The amount of deflection at each pipe joint when pipe is laid on a horizontal or City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 113 SPECIAL PROVISIONS vertical curve shall not exceed the manufacturer's printed recommended deflections. For the purposes of this project, the maximum allowable deflection shall be three (3) degrees or the manufacturer's recommendation, whichever is least. Where field conditions require deflection or curves not anticipated by the Plans, the Engineer will determine the methods to be used. No additional payment will be made for laying pipe on curves as shown on the Plans, nor for field changes involving standard lengths of pipe deflected at the joints. When special fittings not shown on the Plans are required to meet field conditions, additional payment will be made for special fittings. When rubber - gasketed pipe is laid on a curve, the pipe shall be jointed in a straight alignment and then deflected to the curved alignment. Trenches shall be made wider on curves for this purpose. 7- 09.3(16) Cleaning and Assembling Joints ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: Joints shall be "made -up" in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Standard joint materials, including rubber ring gaskets, shall be furnished with the pipe. Materials shall be suitable for the specified pipe sizes and pressures. All parts of the pipe ends, coupling, fittings, and appurtenances shall be cleaned to remove oil, grit, or other foreign matter from the joint. Care shall be taken to keep the joint from contacting the ground. Pipe not furnished with a depth mark shall be marked before assembly to ensure visual observation of the work. 7- 09.3(19) Connections 7- 09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: No connection to the existing water system shall be made until all provisions for hydrostatic pressure testing, as required in Section 7- 09.3(23) "Hydrostatic Pressure Test," and disinfection, as required in Section 7- 09.3(24) "Disinfection of Water Mains," have been met. At least one connection to the existing water system shall be made within ninety -six (96) consecutive hours of the time that written acceptable results of the most recent bacteriological sampling are available as provided in Section 7- 09.3(24)W. "Subsequent Bacteriological Sampling." If at least one connection is not made within the specified time period, additional sampling meeting the requirements of Section 7- 09.3(24)0. "Repetition of Flushing and Testing" shall be conducted. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 114 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Connections to the existing system shall not be made without first making the necessary arrangements with the Contracting Agency at least twenty -four (24) hours in advance. Work shall not be started until all of the materials, equipment and labor necessary to properly complete the work, including that for temporary surface repair, are assembled on the site. When work is once started on a connection, it shall proceed continuously without interruption and as rapidly as possible until completed and under continuous observation by Contracting Agency. All existing mains shall be restored to service overnight and on weekends and holidays. The Contractor shall coordinate its work on connections to the existing system with that of Contracting Agency's main cleaning efforts as provided for in Section 7- 09.3(24)X. "Main cleaning." In certain cases, foam rubber cubes used for main cleaning must be inserted into the new system prior to its connection to the existing system. If the connection to the existing system involves temporarily discontinuing water service to customers, the Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the customers affected by the service interruption, as well as the fire protection authority having jurisdiction, at least twenty -four (24) hours, but preferably forty -eight (48) hours, in advance of said service interruption. Contracting Agency shall advise the Contractor as to which customers are affected by the service interruption, and shall provide the forms ( "door- hangers ") to be used for said notification efforts. The Contractor shall fill in the appropriate spaces in said forms. The Engineer may, under certain special circumstances, require this connection work to be performed during times other than normal working hours, at no additional expense to Contracting Agency. Valves in the existing system, or between the existing system and the new system, shall be operated only by Contracting Agency personnel or by others under the Engineer's specific direction. The work anticipated for each connection to the existing system is detailed on the Plans. If conditions are subsequently found to differ from those shown on the Plans, revisions to the connections to the existing system must first be approved by the Engineer. The interior of all pipe and fittings used to make connections to the existing system shall be cleaned of all deleterious material and swabbed and /or sprayed with a clean, one (1) percent hypochlorite solution, mixed in a clean container, before they are installed. If any portion of the new system becomes contaminated during the connection work by the inadvertent entry of ditch water or any other reason, the new system shall again be disinfected in accordance with the provisions of Section 7- 09.3(24) "Disinfection of Water Mains" before said connection work is continued. When 1) the existing water system is extended with new pipe to connect to a new system; 2) the new water system has successfully passed the hydrostatic pressure and disinfection tests; 3) connection is approved by the Contracting Agency; and 4) the length of pipe from the existing water system to the new water system is sixty feet (60') or less, this section of new pipe shall be cleaned of all deleterious material and swabbed and /or sprayed with a clean, one (1) percent hypochlorite solution before they are installed. If the length of pipe from the existing water system to the new water system is longer than ten (10) feet, but no longer than City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 115 SPECIAL PROVISIONS sixty (60) feet, this section of new pipe shall be subject to bacteriological testing as specified in Section 7- 09.3(24) "Disinfection of Water Mains." The Contractor shall install temporary blowoff assemblies as necessary to conduct these tests. Tapping sleeves and tapping gate valve assemblies shall first be tested by air or water at a minimum pressure of one hundred pounds per square inch (100 psi), with no perceptible loss after at least two (2) minutes, after placement onto the existing main and before cutting into the existing main. All pipe and fittings exposed by the excavation for a connection to an existing asbestos cement water main shall be bedded with pea gravel meeting the requirements of Section 9 -03.25 "Pea Gravel for Asbestos- Cement Pipe Connections." Where shown on the Plans or directed by the Engineer, and after completion of connection(s) to existing main(s), the Contractor shall excavate and remove any existing gate valves and other fittings from water mains scheduled for removal, or decommissioning. Where shown on the Plans, gate valves and other fittings removed shall be replaced with blind flange(s). Where asbestos - cement water main pipe is encountered and removal of a section thereof is required, the Contractor shall comply with all applicable statutes, regulations, and requirements for disposal of said removed section of asbestos - cement pipe promulgated by the Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency and any other City, County, State, or Federal governmental agency having jurisdiction. For the purposes of the current project, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements of these Special Provisions for the removal and disposal of asbestos cement pipe. All costs to comply with this Section are incidental to the Contract and are the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall include all related costs in the unit or lump sum bid prices of the Contract. 7- 09.3(19)C Allowable Water Service Disruption and Notice ( * * * * * *) Add the following new subsection: The Contractor shall coordinate and confirm with the Engineer a minimum of 72 hours (3 business days) in advance of a water main shutoff exceeding four (4) hours, or 48 hours (2 business days) in advance of a water main shutoff not exceeding four (4) hours, in accordance with the schedule submitted to and reviewed by the Engineer and subject to City of Federal Way authorizations, as applicable. Any such water service disruption shall be limited to 08:00 a.m., to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, exclusive of Contracting Agency holidays for which no disruption will be allowed. The Contractor shall prepare and hand - deliver Contracting Agency- furnished notification forms ( "Door Hangers ") a minimum of 48 hours (2 business days) in advance of a water service disruption exceeding four (4) hours, or 24 hours (1 business day) in advance of a water service disruption not exceeding four (4) hours. The Contracting Agency will provide the locations or addresses of the affected buildings and premises. City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension Page 116 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7- 09.3(19)D Temporary Water Service ( * * * * * *) Add the following new subsection: The Contractor shall be responsible to develop a proposed plan to provide temporary water service for any scheduled work requiring a water main or meter shutoff exceeding the following: • 8 hours during any calendar day, • 12 hours on consecutive calendar days, • 16 hours in a seven (7) calendar day period. Such plan, as a prerequisite for performing the scheduled work, shall be submitted for the Engineer's review a minimum of 72 hours (3 business days) prior to the time that the Contractor needs to commence work to complete the proposed temporary service(s). Acceptance of a proposed plan for temporary water service shall be at the sole discretion of the Engineer and the Contractor shall not presume that a proposed plan will be accepted. The Contractor shall prepare and hand - deliver Contracting Agency- furnished notification forms ( "Door Hangers ") a minimum of 48 hours (2 business days) prior to commencing temporary water service installation in accordance with an approved plan. 7- 09.3(23) Hydrostatic Pressure Test ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: All water mains and appurtenances, including, but not limited to, water service connection taps, service saddles, corporation stops, and service pipe and fittings, shall be tested in sections of convenient length under a hydrostatic pressure equal to 250 pounds per square inch (250 psi), or 150 pounds per square inch (150 psi) in excess of the normal operating pressure, whichever is greater. Sections to be tested shall normally be limited to 1,500 feet in length. The Engineer may require that the first section of pipe, not less than 1,000 feet in length, installed by each of the Contractor's working crews, be tested in order to qualify the crew and the material. Pipe - laying shall not be continued more than an additional 1,000 feet until the first section has been tested successfully. Prior to requesting the Engineer to witness the "official" pressure test, the Contractor shall have all equipment set up, completely ready for operation, and shall have successfully performed an acceptable "pre- test" to assure that the pipe is in a satisfactory condition. All costs to comply with this Section are incidental to the Contract and are the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall include all related costs in the unit or lump sum bid prices of the Contract. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 117 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7- 09.3(23)A Testing Extensions from Existing Mains ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: When 1) the existing water system is extended with new pipe to connect to a new system; 2) the new water system has successfully passed the hydrostatic pressure and disinfection tests; 3) connection is approved by the Contracting Agency; and 4) the length of pipe from the existing water system to the new water system is sixty feet (60') or Tess, this section of new pipe and fittings shall require no hydrostatic test. However, all pipe and fittings required to effect this connection shall be disinfected according to Section 7- 09.3(19)A. "Connections to Existing Mains." Where the length of pipe between the existing water system and the new water system exceeds sixty feet (60'), this section of new pipe shall pass the hydrostatic pressure test and undergo the disinfection procedure, all as specified herein. The Contractor shall install temporary blowoff assemblies as necessary to conduct these tests. Any visible leakage detected from pipe, valves, and fittings required to effect the connection shall be corrected by the Contractor and witnessed by the Contracting Agency, at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. 7- 09.3(23)C Testing Hydrants Installed on Existing Mains ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: For hydrants installed and connected to existing water mains, and the connection /lateral pipe is sixty (60) feet or less, the hydrant assembly including hydrant tee, connection /lateral pipe, auxiliary gate valve and other fittings, shall not be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test. All pipe, fittings, and appurtenances for the fire hydrant assembly shall be disinfected using the same procedure provided in Section 7- 09.3(19)A. "Connections to Existing Mains." Any visible leakage detected from the pipe, valves and fittings for the hydrant assembly shall be corrected by the Contractor and witnessed by the Contracting Agency, at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency, when subjected to the normal working pressure of the existing water system. Where the connection /lateral pipe exceeds sixty feet (60'), the connection /lateral pipe and fittings between the auxiliary gate valve and main hydrant valve shall be subjected to the hydrostatic pressure test and disinfection procedures as specified in Section 7- 09.3(24) "Disinfection of Water Mains" and Section 7- 09.3(23) "Hydrostatic Pressure Test." 7- 09.3(23)D Equipment for Hydrostatic Pressure Test ( * * * * * *) Add the following new subsection: 7- 09.3(23)D Equipment for Hydrostatic Pressure Test All pumps, gauges, plugs, saddles, corporation stops, miscellaneous hose and piping, and measuring equipment necessary for performing the test shall be furnished and operated by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 118 SPECIAL PROVISIONS A clean container of water from which the pressure pump suction shall draw shall be provided while pumping pressure into the water system being tested. This "make -up" water shall contain a minimum concentration of approximately fifty parts per million (50 ppm) of free chlorine by the addition of a twelve percent (12 %) hypochlorite solution. All pumps and other equipment used for this hydrostatic pressure test shall be properly disinfected to prevent the introduction of contamination to the section being tested. Gauges used in the test shall be accompanied with certifications of accuracy from a laboratory approved by the Contracting Agency. If the gauge proposed for use by the Contractor by its appearance could possibly provide erroneous test results, the Contracting Agency will provide its own gauge for use during the hydrostatic pressure test(s). The quantity of water required to restore the pressure (the "make -up" water) shall be accurately determined by pumping through a positive displacement water meter with a sweep unit hand registering one gallon per revolution. The meter shall be approved by the Engineer. As an alternative, the Contractor may provide a volumetric graduated container approved by the Engineer to accurately record the quantity of the "make -up" water. 7- 09.3(23)E Hydrostatic Pressure Test Procedure ( * * * * * *) Add the following new subsection: 7- 09.3(23)E Hydrostatic Pressure Test Procedure The section of pipeline to be tested shall be backfilled sufficiently to prevent movement of the pipe under test pressure. All thrust blocks shall be in place and time allowed for the concrete to sufficiently cure before testing. Where permanent blocking is not otherwise required, the Contractor shall furnish and install temporary blocking and remove it after testing is complete. The water system to be tested shall be filled with a chlorinated water solution in accordance with Section 7- 09.3(24)S. "Filling Procedure." The chlorinated water solution shall be allowed to stand in the water system to be tested a sufficient length of time (approximately twenty - four (24) hours) to allow the escape of air and allow the lining of the pipe to absorb water, all before hydrostatic pressure testing is conducted. The test shall be accomplished by pumping the water system to be tested up to the required test pressure, stopping the pump for fifteen (15) minutes, and then pumping the water system to be tested up to the beginning test pressure again. During the test, the water system being tested shall be observed to detect any visible leakage. Acceptability of the hydrostatic pressure test shall be determined by two (2) factors: 1. The quantity of chlorinated water solution required to restore the pressure (the "make- up" water) shall not exceed the volume as determined by the formula: City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 119 SPECIAL PROVISIONS L = ND(P)5 29,600 in which: L = allowable leakage / "make -up" water volume within a fifteen (15) minute period in gallons N = number of joints in the length of pipeline tested D = nominal inside diameter of the pipe in inches P = average test pressure during the leak test in pounds per square inch (gauge) (PSIG) ( Table 7- 09.3(12) -A provides the solution to this formula for different diameters and lengths of water main assuming an average test pressure of 250 psig and an assumed number of joints per 100 feet of water main of seven (7). ) 2. There shall be no appreciable or abrupt Toss in pressure during the fifteen (15) minute test period. The hydrostatic pressure test shall be conducted with the hydrant auxiliary gate valve(s) opened and the main hydrant valve(s) closed. At the acceptable conclusion of this hydrostatic pressure test, and when the water system is placed into service, each hydrant will be inspected for visible leakage under working pressure conditions while the hydrant ports are capped and the main hydrant valve is fully opened (to close the hydrant barrel drain valve). Any visible leakage or defects discovered from this visual inspection shall be corrected by the Contractor. (Continued on Next Page) City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352'"4 Street Extension November 2015 Page 120 SPECIAL PROVISIONS City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 121 SPECIAL PROVISIONS TABLE 7- 09.3(23)E MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE/ "MAKE -UP" WATER VOLUME (L) FOR 15- MINUTE HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TEST L = ND(P)o.5 29,600 ASSUMED AVERAGE TEST PRESSURE (P): 250 PSIG ASSUMED NUMBER OF JOINTS PER 100 FEET OF WATER MAIN (N): 7 DIAMETER (D) = 4 INCHES LENGTH OF MAIN MAX ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE/ "MAKE -UP" WATER VOLUME DEPTH IN GARBAGE CAN * (FEET) (GALLONS ) (QUARTS) (PINTS) (CU IN) DECIMAL INCHES 16TH INCHES 50 0.007 0.030 0.060 1.728 0.006 0.103 100 0.015 0.060 0.120 3.455 0.013 0.206 150 0.022 0.090 0.179 5.183 0.019 0.308 200 0.030 0.120 0.239 6.910 0.026 0.411 250 0.037 0.150 0.299 8.638 0.032 0.514 300 0.045 0.179 0.359 10.365 0.039 0.617 350 0.052 0.209 0.419 12.093 0.045 0.720 400 0.060 0.239 0.479 13.820 0.051 0.823 450 0.067 0.269 0.538 15.548 0.058 0.925 500 0.075 0.299 0.598 17.275 0.064 1.028 550 0.082 0.329 0.658 19.003 0.071 1.131 600 0.090 0.359 0.718 20.730 0.077 1.234 650 0.097 0.389 0.778 22.458 0.084 1.337 700 0.105 0.419 0.838 24.185 0.090 1.440 750 0.112 0.449 0.897 25.913 0.096 1.542 800 0.120 0.479 0.957 27.640 0.103 1.645 850 0.127 0.509 1.017 29.368 0.109 1.748 900 0.135 0.538 1.077 31.095 0.116 1.851 950 0.142 0.568 1.137 32.823 0.122 1.954 1000 0.150 0.598 1.197 34.550 0.129 2.057 1050 0.157 0.628 1.256 36.278 0.135 2.159 1100 0.165 0.658 1.316 38.005 0.141 2.262 1150 0.172 0.688 1.376 39.733 0.148 2.365 City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension Page 122 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1200 0.179 0.718 1.436 41.460 0.154 2.468 * For a 32- gallon garbage can with a top diameter equaling approximately 18.5 inches. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 123 SPECIAL PROVISIONS TABLE 7- 09.3(23)E MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE/ "MAKE -UP" WATER VOLUME (L) FOR 15- MINUTE HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TEST L = ND(P)o.5 29,600 ASSUMED AVERAGE TEST PRESSURE (P): 250 PSIG ASSUMED NUMBER OF JOINTS PER 100 FEET OF WATER MAIN (N): 7 DIAMETER (D) = 6 INCHES LENGTH OF MAIN MAX ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE/ "MAKE -UP" WATER VOLUME DEPTH IN GARBAGE CAN * (FEET) (GALLONS ) (QUARTS) (PINTS) (CU IN) DECIMAL INCHES 16TH INCHES 50 0.011 0.045 0.090 2.591 0.010 0.154 100 0.022 0.135 0.179 5.183 0.019 0.308 150 0.034 0.202 0.269 7.774 0.029 0.463 200 0.045 0.269 0.359 10.365 0.039 0.617 * For a 32- gallon garbage can with a top diameter equaling approximately 18.5 inches. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352n4 Street Extension November 2015 Page 124 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS TABLE 7- 09.3(23)E MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE/ "MAKE -UP" WATER VOLUME (L) FOR 15- MINUTE HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TEST L = ND(P)o.5 29,600 ASSUMED AVERAGE TEST PRESSURE (P): 250 PSIG ASSUMED NUMBER OF JOINTS PER 100 FEET OF WATER MAIN (N): 7 DIAMETER (D) = 8 INCHES LENGTH OF MAIN MAX ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE/ "MAKE -UP" WATER VOLUME DEPTH IN GARBAGE CAN * (FEET) (GALLONS ) (QUARTS) (PINTS) (CU IN) DECIMAL INCHES 16TH INCHES 50 0.015 0.060 0.120 3.455 0.013 0.206 100 0.030 0.120 0.239 6.910 0.026 0.411 150 0.045 0.179 0.359 10.365 0.039 0.617 200 0.060 0.239 0.479 13.820 0.051 0.823 250 0.075 0.299 0.598 17.275 0.064 1.028 300 0.090 0.359 0.718 20.730 0.077 1.234 350 0.105 0.419 0.838 24.185 0.090 1.440 400 0.120 0.479 0.957 27.640 0.103 1.645 450 0.135 0.538 1.077 31.095 0.116 1.851 500 0.150 0.598 1.197 34.550 0.129 2.057 550 0.165 0.658 1.316 38.005 0.141 2.262 600 0.179 0.718 1.436 41.460 0.154 2.468 650 0.194 0.778 1.555 44.915 0.167 2.673 700 0.209 0.838 1.675 48.370 0.180 2.879 750 0.224 0.897 1.795 51.825 0.193 3.085 800 0.239 0.957 1.914 55.280 0.206 3.290 850 0.254 1.017 2.034 58.735 0.219 3.496 900 0.269 1.077 2.154 62.190 0.231 3.702 950 0.284 1.137 2.273 65.645 0.244 3.907 1000 0.299 1.197 2.393 69.100 0.257 4.113 1050 0.314 1.256 2.513 72.555 0.270 4.319 City of Federal Way South 352nd Street Extension Page 125 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 SPECIAL PROVISIONS LENGTH OF MAIN MAX ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE/ "MAKE -UP" WATER VOLUME DEPTH IN GARBAGE CAN * (FEET) (GALLONS ) (QUARTS) (PINTS) (CU IN) DECIMAL INCHES 16TH INCHES 1100 0.329 1.316 2.632 76.010 0.283 4.524 1150 0.344 1.376 2.752 79.465 0.296 4.730 1200 0.359 1.436 2.872 82.920 0.308 4.936 1250 0.374 1.496 2.991 86.375 0.321 5.141 1300 0.389 1.555 3.111 89.830 0.334 5.347 1350 0.404 1.615 3.231 93.285 0.347 5.553 1400 0.419 1.675 3.350 96.740 0.360 5.758 1450 0.434 1.735 3.470 100.195 0.373 5.964 1500 0.449 1.795 3.590 103.650 0.386 6.170 1550 0.464 1.855 3.709 107.105 0.398 6.375 1600 0.479 1.914 3.829 110.560 0.411 6.581 1650 0.494 1.974 3.949 114.015 0.424 6.787 1700 0.509 2.034 4.068 117.470 0.437 6.992 1750 0.523 2.094 4.188 120.925 0.450 7.198 1800 0.538 2.154 4.308 124.380 0.463 7.404 1850 0.553 2.214 4.427 127.835 0.476 7.609 1900 0.568 2.273 4.547 131.290 0.488 7.815 1950 0.583 2.333 4.666 134.745 0.501 8.020 2000 0.598 2.393 4.786 138.200 0.514 8.226 2050 0.613 2.453 4.906 141.655 0.527 8.432 2100 0.628 2.513 5.025 145.110 0.540 8.637 2150 0.643 2.573 5.145 148.565 0.553 8.843 2200 0.658 2.632 5.265 152.020 0.566 9.049 2250 0.673 2.692 5.384 155.475 0.578 9.254 2300 0.688 2.752 5.504 158.930 0.591 9.460 2350 0.703 2.812 5.624 162.385 0.604 9.666 2400 0.718 2.872 5.743 165.840 0.617 9.871 2450 0.733 2.932 5.863 169.295 0.630 10.077 2500 0.748 2.991 5.983 172.750 0.643 10.283 * For a 32- gallon garbage can with a top diameter equaling approximately 18.5 inches. City of Federal Way South 352` Street Extension Page 126 RFB # 15 -015 November 2015 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7- 09.3(23)F Repetition of Pressure Test Procedure ( * * * * * *) Add the following new subsection: 7- 09.3(23)F Repetition of Pressure Test Procedure Any visible leakage detected shall be corrected by the Contractor regardless of the allowable leakage specified above. Should the water system being tested fail to successfully meet the hydrostatic pressure test as specified, the Contractor shall, at no expense to the Contracting Agency, locate and repair the defects and then re -test the water system as herein specified. The Contracting Agency shall witness said repairs of the defects found. Defective materials or workmanship, discovered as a result of the hydrostatic pressure test, shall be replaced by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. Whenever it is necessary to replace defective material or correct the workmanship, the hydrostatic pressure test procedure shall be repeated by the Contractor at its own expense until a satisfactory hydrostatic pressure test is obtained. 7- 093(24) Disinfection of Water Mains ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: All new water mains, water service connection pipelines and appurtenances thereof, and repaired portions of existing water mains, or extensions thereto, shall be filled, flushed, and disinfected using this procedure. All costs to comply with this Section 7- 09.3(24) are incidental to the Contract and are the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall include all related costs in the unit or lump sum bid prices of the Contract. 7- 093(24)M Chlorinating Connections to Existing Water Mains and Water Service Connections ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: The disinfection procedure for connections to existing mains shall be as specified in Section 7- 09.3(19)A. "Connections to Existing Mains." The disinfection procedure for service connections shall be as specified in Section 7- 15.3(5) "Pressure Testing and Disinfection of Water Service Connections." City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 127 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7- 09.3(24)N Final Flushing and Testing ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: When satisfactory results of the intermediate chlorine residual test(s) have been achieved, the disinfection solution shall be thoroughly flushed and expelled from all parts of the water system to be tested, including from the water service connection pipelines. Replacement water shall be fed into the water system to be tested through a flushing box obtained and connected by the Contractor. To ensure expulsion of the solution, chlorine residual tests shall be conducted at the designated non - source sample points, and at the end of each water service connection pipeline, and the tests shall show a residual not in excess of that carried in the Contracting Agency's system in the vicinity of the "feed point(s)." Due to the restricted capacity of the flushing box, low flushing velocities should be anticipated. Before flushing has commenced, the hydrant barrel and the flushing box and its appurtenances shall be disinfected using the procedure as that provided in Section 7- 09.3(24)S. "Filling Procedure." Flushing overnight will not be permitted. 7- 09.3(24)0 Repetition of Flushing and Testing ( * * * * * *) Revise this subsection to read: Should the first disinfection procedure (consisting of the initial and subsequent bacteriological tests constituting one "round" of tests) yield unsatisfactory bacteriological test results, the disinfection procedure shall be repeated by the Contractor at its own expense until satisfactory results are obtained. Failure to obtain satisfactory test results shall be considered as failure by the Contractor to keep the pipe clean before and during construction, and /or failure to properly disinfect the water system. 7- 09.3(24)P Sequence of Hydrostatic Pressure Testing and Water for Testing ( * * * * * *) Add the following new subsection: 7- 09.3(24)P Sequence of Hydrostatic Pressure Testing and Water for Testing The hydrostatic pressure test shall be performed after the water system to be tested has been initially filled, but before bacteriological sampling is conducted. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements for this procedure provided in Section 7- 09.3(23) "Hydrostatic Pressure Test." The Contracting Agency shall provide a reasonable quantity of water for the testing procedures described herein. The Contracting Agency shall first provide approval to the Contractor for use of said water, based upon its determination whether supply in excess of normal domestic City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 128 SPECIAL PROVISIONS demands is available at that particular time. Excessive wasting of water shall not be permitted. The cost for water in excess of a quantity deemed reasonable by the Engineer shall be borne by the Contractor in accordance with the Contracting Agency's latest fee schedule. 7- 09.3(24)Q Equipment for Main Filling, Flushing and Disinfection ( * * * * * *) Add the following new subsection: 7- 09.3(24)Q Equipment for Main Filling, Flushing and Disinfection In order to prevent possible contamination of the water system and to reduce wasting of water, the Contracting Agency shall provide to the Contractor one of two devices each time the Contractor requests water to be supplied to the water system to be tested. For the filling procedure hereinafter detailed in Section 7- 09.3(24)S. "Filling Procedure," the Contracting Agency shall provide a backflow prevention device (hereinafter referred to as a "chlorinator box ") for this purpose. For the chlorine residual testing, flushing and sampling procedures hereinafter detailed in Section 7- 09.3(24)T. "Intermediate Chlorine Residual Test," Section 7- 09.3(24)N. "Final Flushing and Testing," Section 7- 09.3(24)V. "Initial Bacteriological Sampling," and Section 7- 09.3(24)W. "Subsequent Bacteriological Sampling," the Contracting Agency shall provide a different backflow prevention device, hereinafter referred to as the "flushing box." The chlorinator box is equipped with an electrically- driven chemical feed pump which can be adjusted to provide a free chlorine concentration of approximately fifty parts per million (50 ppm) at a variety of flow rates. The chlorinator box is also provided with a short section of two and one -half (21/2) inch diameter inlet hose adaptable to a two and one -half (21/2) diameter NST hose thread, and is equipped with a meter and double check valve assembly. A power source with a minimum capacity of one hundred ten (110) volts A.C. and five hundred (500) watts shall be supplied by the Contractor to operate the pump. The flushing box is also provided with a short section of two and one -half (21/2) diameter inlet hose adaptable to a two and one -half inch (21/2) NST hose thread, and is equipped with a meter and double check valve assembly, but has no chemical feed pump. Both the chlorinator box and flushing box shall be checked out by the Contractor at the Contracting Agency's Water Operations Building on an "as- available" basis, upon execution of an agreement holding the Contracting Agency harmless from any damage to either device while in the Contractor's custody. Other sections of two and one -half (21/2) diameter hose to be used for connecting either device to the water system to be tested can also be provided to the Contractor on an "as- available" basis. The Contractor shall supply all labor and equipment necessary to Toad and unload either device at the Water Operations Building. The chlorinator box shall be returned to the Water Operations Building after each day's use by the Contractor. No other method of disinfection /chlorine solution injection will be acceptable, unless, prior to use, the Contractor obtains written approval from the Engineer. The use of dry chlorine compounds inserted into the water system during installation is prohibited and deemed an unacceptable disinfection procedure by the Contracting Agency. City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 129 SPECIAL PROVISIONS To provide access at all extremities of the water system to be tested and in the absence of a permanent blowoff assembly or fire hydrant assembly necessary for filling, disinfecting, and hydrostatically testing the water, the Contractor shall furnish temporary blowoff assemblies meeting the requirements of the Standard Plans, including provisions for temporary thrust restraint. During testing procedures, the Contractor shall furnish a standpipe assembly for permanent blowoff assemblies as that shown for temporary blowoff assemblies in the Plans. All hoses used for connecting the chlorinator box or flushing box will be furnished by the Contracting Agency at the Water Operations Shop buiding. The Contractor shall furnish all hoses, dechlorination equipment and materials, velocity dissipaters, and /or containment vessels for flushing, draining, and disposing the disinfection solution from the water main. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish containers of twelve percent (12 %) hypochlorite solution and a chlorine residual testing kit (capable of detecting a range from 0 to no more than 250 ppm free chlorine residual) required for the disinfection procedure. 7- 09.3(24)R Sample Collection and Bacteriological Testing Results ( * * * * * *) Add the following new subsection: 7- 09.3(24)R Sample Collection and Bacteriological Testing Results Bacteriological samples shall remain in the custody of the Contracting Agency at all times. Sample bottles will be brought to the Project site and samples collected and delivered to the laboratory by the Contracting Agency or an authorized agent thereof. Lakehaven Collections of the first sample shall be limited to Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday between 8:00 a.m.. and 2:00 p.m., excluding holidays. Second day samples shall be limited to Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday. between 8:00 a.m.. and 2:00 p.m., excluding holidays. Copies of the written reports of bacteriological tests shall be obtained from the laboratory only by employees of the Contracting Agency or an authorized agent thereof. 7- 09.3(24)S Filling Procedure ( * * * * * *) Add the following new subsection: 7- 09.3(24)S Filling Procedure Each extremity of the water main system to be tested shall be equipped with a fire hydrant assembly or permanent blowoff assembly, as shown on the Plans. Other pipe extremities shall be equipped with a temporary blowoff assembly meeting the requirements of the Standard Plans. The end of each water service connection pipeline shall be equipped with a temporary valve to be used during this main filling, flushing, disinfection, and hydrostatic pressure testing procedure, if the meter setter has not been installed. The water system to be tested, including water service connection pipelines, shall be filled with a chlorinated water solution by use of the chlorinator box, so that all parts of the water system to be tested shall have an initial free chlorine residual of at least fifty parts per million (50 City of Federal Way RFB # 15 -015 South 352nd Street Extension November 2015 Page 130 SPECIAL PROVISIONS ppm), but not more than one hundred parts per million (100 ppm). The Contractor shall connect the chlorinator box between the existing water system and a point on the water system to be tested, which is selected by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. Representatives of the Contracting Agency shall observe this filling process. If water is drawn from a fire hydrant on the existing water system, the flow shall be regulated from said hydrant by use of the auxiliary gate valve, with the main hydrant valve fully opened (to close the hydrant barrel drain valve). The Contractor shall disinfect the hydrant barrel and the chlorinator box and its appurtenances by infusing a one percent (1 %) hypochlorite solution into a hydrant port after the auxiliary gate valve is closed and after the main hydrant valve is opened. This solution shall be discharged from the hydrant barrel through the chlorinator box before it is connected to the water system to be tested. The initial chlorine content shall be tested at pipe extremities and other representative points, the number of which is a function of the size of the water system to be tested, and shall be determined by and at the direction of the Engineer, and witnessed by representatives of the Contracting Agency. These points shall hereinafter be referred to as the "designated non - source sample points." During the filling process, all valves and other appurtenances to the water system to be tested shall be operated by the Contractor. The hydrostatic pressure test shall be undertaken at this time, before proceeding further, in accordance with Section 7- 09.3(23) "Hydrostatic Pressure Test': 7- 09.3(24)T Intermediate Chlorine Residual Test ( * * * * * *) Add the following new subsection: 7- 09.3(24)T Intermediate Chlorine Residual Test The disinfection solution shall be retained in the water system to be tested for a period of at least twenty -four (24) hours. After this period, the Contractor shall obtain and connect a flushing box from the existing system to the water system to be tested in order to conduct a test for free chlorine residual. This test shall be performed by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer. The test will be deemed acceptable if the residual measured at the des